Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 264

MOC_Name

MO
Param_Name
Baseline_Value Para_Description
Aal1TpVccTp
Aal1TpVccTpId
The value component of the RDN.
Aal1TpVccTp
alarmReport
ALARM_LOC
Specifies which type of
alarms are reported.
Aal1TpVccTp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Aal1TpVccTp
cdvt
1000
"Specifies the Cell Delay Variation Tole
rance (CVDT). Refer to ATM Forum for more details.Unit: 0.001 ms, that is 1 micr
osecond"
Aal1TpVccTp
continuityCheck FALSE "Specifies whether VC end-to-end
continuity check is active.Continuity checking means that a cell is sent downst
ream when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. Continu
ity check both enables generation of continuity check cells as well as detection
of LOC.This attribute activates sending of the cells downstream, but not detect
ion of loss of continuity.Specification: ITU.T rec I.610."
Aal1TpVccTp
counterActivation
FALSE "Indicates whether PM co
unters are activated for this MO instance, when MO class activation is used in t
he Performance Management Service (PMS) interface.If true, this attribute activa
tes all PM counters for this MO instance.This attribute setting is ignored, when
MO instance activation has been used in the PMS interface."
Aal1TpVccTp
counterMode
PM_MODE_FPM_BR PM mode is set to indica
te the type of the performance monitoring mode used for the F5 PM OAM flow.
Aal1TpVccTp
currentPmRegister
"Returns the current val
ues of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values to a PM cou
nter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter for the MO instan
ce. Alternatively start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter for t
he MO instance, and set the attribute counterActivation = true. Otherwise, the v
alue of the PM counter is set to -1."
Aal1TpVccTp
ds0BundleId
Reference to an instance of Ds0B
undle MO.
Aal1TpVccTp
nomPmBlockSize NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_10
Nominal block si
ze for PM. The minimum number of ATM cells that is sent before sending a Forward
Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell.Unit: Number of cells
Aal1TpVccTp
operationalState
The operational state.
Aal1TpVccTp
partialFill
47
"Indicates how many bytes are fi
lled in each ATM cell. The value 47 indicates that cells are not partially fille
d, that is, all cells are filled completely.Partial filling of cells is used in
circuit emulation, to reduce packetization delay. Refer to the ATM Forum specifi
cations for more details.If partial filling is used, a maximum of 10 time slots
can be configured on the MO Ds0Bundle that is used by the MO Aal1TpVccTp."
Aal1TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal1TpVccTp
vclTpId
Reference to an instance of VclTp MO.
Aal2Ap
Aal2ApId
The value component of the RDN.
Aal2Ap
aal2QoSCodePointProfileId
"The identity of the QoS
CodePointProfile used by this MO.If this attribute is not specified, no QoS info
rmation is sent in outgoing signalling messages from this AAL2 AP.If this attrib
ute is not specified, QoS Class A is assumed for incoming signalling messages to
this AAL2 AP.When this attribute has been set, it cannot later be reset it to N
ULL, that is, not referencing any Aal2QosCodePointProfile MO."
Aal2Ap
allocationMode MANUAL "This attribute indicates if the RPU all
ocation for the AAL2 AP and its Path Distribution Units is manual or automatic.
The manual allocation mode is supported for all types of AAL2 APs, but the autom
atic allocation mode is only supported for AAL2 APs using UNI-SAAL as signalling
bearer. If an AAL2 AP is created with the attribute sigLinkId of type Mtp3bAp,
the attribute allocationMode should either not be set at all or it should be set
to MANUAL.If the MO is created with allocationMode = MANUAL, the attribute rpuI
d must be set. If the MO is created with allocationMode = AUTOMATIC, rpuId must
not be set.If the allocationMode is changed from AUTOMATIC to MANUAL, the existi
ng RPU allocation will be kept until the rpuId is set again.If the allocationMod
e is changed to AUTOMATIC, the existing RPU allocation will be kept until a real

location is initiated by the reallocate action or if the RPU becomes faulty."


Aal2Ap
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
Aal2Ap
currentPmRegister
"Returns the current values of a
ll PM counters.To read the values of the PM counter, start a measurement on that
PM counter for the MO instance. Otherwise, the value of the PM counter is set t
o -1."
Aal2Ap
nrOfConfiguredAal2Paths 0
The total number of Aal2PathVccT
p MOs configured on this Aal2 Ap.
Aal2Ap
nrOfRemotelyBlockedAal2Paths
Number of Aal2PathVccTp
instances that are connected to this Aal2Ap MO and where remoteBlockingState is
REMOTELY_BLOCKED.
Aal2Ap
nrOfUnavailableAal2Paths
0
"The total number of una
vailable Aal2PathVccTp instances on this Aal2Ap MO, that is the number of Aal2Pa
thVccTp MOs connectected to this Aal2Ap MO, where administrativeState is LOCKED
and operatonalState is DISABLED."
Aal2Ap
operationalState
The operational state.
Aal2Ap
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
Aal2Ap
rpuId
"The location of an AAL2 AP program represented
by a reference to a ReliableProgramUniter MO.When setting the rpuId, the attribu
te reliableProgramLabel for the new rpuId must be the same as for the previous r
puId.The rpuId must be specified when the MO is created with allocationMode set
to MANUAL. The rpuId must not be set if the MO is created with allocationMode se
t to AUTOMATIC, but the value of rpuId can still be read."
Aal2Ap
secondarySigLinkId
Reference to a UniSaalTp MO that
is used as a secondary signalling link. This attribute can be set only when sig
LinkId is of type UniSaalTp.The reference to the secondary signalling link can b
e removed by setting this attribute to NULL.
Aal2Ap
sigLinkId
Reference to a UniSaalTp MO or to an Mtp
3bAp MO that provides a signalling link for the Aal2Ap MO.
Aal2Ap
timerErq
5000
Timer for Q.2630 establishment requests.
Unit: 1 ms
Aal2Ap
timerRel
2000
Timer for Q.2630 release requests.Unit:
1 ms
Aal2Ap
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2PathDistributionUnit
Aal2PathDistributionUnitId
The value component of the RDN.
Aal2PathDistributionUnit
aal2PathVccTpList
"List of
references to Aal2PathVccTp MOs.Setting of this attribute removes the current l
ist of Aal2PathVccTp MOs.The value of aal2PathId must be unique amongst all path
s within all Aal2PathDistributionUnit MOs that belong to the same Aal2Ap MO.If t
he aal2pathVccTpList is changed, all Aal2PathVccTp MOs in the old list that are
not in the new list must have administrativeState = LOCKED."
Aal2PathDistributionUnit
rpuId
"The location of an AAL2
Path Resource Control Program represented by a reference to a ReliableProgramUn
iter MO.When setting the rpuId, the reliableProgramLabel for the new rpuId must
be the same as for the previous rpuId.This attribute must be set if the parent A
al2Ap MO has allocationMode set to MANUAL. This attribute must not be set if the
parent MO has allocationMode set to AUTOMATIC, but the value of this attribute
can still be read."
Aal2PathDistributionUnit
userLabel
Label for free u
se.
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathId
"Identifies the path in the Q.26
30 protocol.The value must be unique within all Aal2PathDistributionUnit MOs und
er the same Aal2Ap MO.The aal2PathId is used by the AAL2 connection control func
tion in two AAL2 nodes to uniquely identify an AAL2 path between the two nodes.
This means that the value of the attribute aal2PathId for an AAL2 path must be t
he same in each of the two nodes.In order to set this attribute, the Aal2PathVcc
Tp MO must not be reserved. If an attempt is made when the Aal2PathVccTp MO is r

eserved, an IsReservedCanNotSetPathId exception is thrown.Setting of this attrib


ute does not have any effect until the action addPath in the Aal2PathDistributio
nUnit MO is called, adding this MO to the list of Aal2PathVccTp MOs."
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2PathOwner
"Indicates whether this AAL2 Pat
h VCC Termination Point is considered to be the owner of the AAL2 Path in order
to decide the channel selection procedure in the Q.2630 protocol.In order to set
this attribute, the Aal2PathVccTp MO must not be reserved and administrativeSta
te must be LOCKED.Setting of this attribute does not have any effect until the a
ction addPath in the Aal2PathDistributionUnit MO is called, adding this MO to th
e list of Aal2PathVccTp MOs."
Aal2PathVccTp
Aal2PathVccTpId
The value component of the RDN.
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2QoSAvailableProfiles
CLASS_A_B_C_D Specifie
s which QoS class can be supported by this MO.
Aal2PathVccTp
aal2QoSProfileId
Reference to an instance
of Aal2QosProfile MO.
Aal2PathVccTp
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
"The administrat
ive state. When setting the admininstrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, 1800 seconds
(30 minutes) will elapse before the MO goes into state LOCKED."
Aal2PathVccTp
alarmReport
ALARM_LOC
Specifies which type of
alarms are reported.
Aal2PathVccTp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Aal2PathVccTp
continuityCheck FALSE "Specifies whether VC end-to-end
continuity check is active.Continuity checking means that a cell is sent downst
ream when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. Continu
ity check both enables generation of continuity check cells as well as detection
of LOC.This attribute activates sending of the cells downstream, but not detect
ion of loss of continuity.If this attribute is set to true, continuity check mus
t be activated on both ends of the AAL2 path.Specification: ITU.T rec I.610."
Aal2PathVccTp
counterActivation
FALSE "Indicates whether PM co
unters are activated for this MO instance, when MO class activation is used in t
he Performance Management Service (PMS) interface.If true, this attribute activa
tes all PM counters for this MO instance.This attribute setting is ignored, when
MO instance activation has been used in the PMS interface."
Aal2PathVccTp
counterMode
PM_MODE_FPM_BR PM mode is set to indica
te the type of the performance monitoring mode used for the F5 PM OAM flow.
Aal2PathVccTp
currentPmRegister
"Returns the current val
ues of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values to a PM cou
nter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter for the MO instan
ce. Alternatively start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter for t
he MO instance, and set the attribute counterActivation = true. Otherwise, the v
alue of the PM counter is set to -1."
Aal2PathVccTp
nomPmBlocksize NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_10
Nominal block si
ze for PM. The minimum number of ATM cells that is sent before sending a Forward
Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell.Unit: Number of cells
Aal2PathVccTp
operationalState
The operational state.
Aal2PathVccTp
remoteBlockingState
UNDEFINED
Represents wheth
er this AAL2 Path VCC Termination Point is locked or unlocked from the remote en
d.
Aal2PathVccTp
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erves this MO instance.
Aal2PathVccTp
timerCu 10
"Timer that assures that CPS packets wit
h one or more octets already packed in the ATM cell, wait at most the duration o
f timerCu before being scheduled for transmission.Unit: 0.1 ms, that is 100 micr
oseconds"
Aal2PathVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2PathVccTp
vclTpId
"Reference to an instance of VclTp MO.In
order to set this attribute, the administrativeState or therelated physical por
t must be LOCKED."
Aal2QosCodePointProfile
Aal2QosCodePointProfileId
The valu

e component of the RDN.


Aal2QosCodePointProfile
qualityOfServiceCodePointA
"The Cod
e Point for Class A.Recommended value for Class A, 128."
Aal2QosCodePointProfile
qualityOfServiceCodePointB
"The Cod
e Point for Class B.Recommended value for Class B, 129."
Aal2QosCodePointProfile
qualityOfServiceCodePointC
"The Cod
e Point for Class C.Recommended value for Class C, 130."
Aal2QosCodePointProfile
qualityOfServiceCodePointD
"The Cod
e Point for Class D.Recommended value for Class D, 131."
Aal2QosCodePointProfile
reservedBy
Contains a list of Aal2A
p MO instances that reserve this MO instance.
Aal2QosCodePointProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2QosProfile
Aal2QosProfileId
The value component of t
he RDN.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA
This attribute holds the values
applicable for QoS Class A.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA.boundOnNodeDelay 5000
The upper bound
on the delay (delay=queueing and serving of Aal2 packets in an Aal2 mux + delay
on ATM layer) through the current node.Unit: 1 microseconds.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA.boundOnProbOfDelay
500000 Represen
ts the upper bound on the probability that the delay in the node exceeds the del
ay limit given by the attribute boundOnNodeDelay.Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassA.boundOnProbOfLoss 500000 Represents the u
pper bound of the cell loss probability in the current node.Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB
This attribute holds the values
applicable for QoS Class B.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB.boundOnNodeDelay 15000 The upper bound
on the delay (delay=queueing and serving of Aal2 packets in an Aal2 mux + delay
on ATM layer) through the current node.Unit: 1 microseconds.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB.boundOnProbOfDelay
500000 Represen
ts the upper bound on the probability that the delay in the node exceeds the del
ay limit given by the attribute boundOnNodeDelay.Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassB.boundOnProbOfLoss 500000 Represents the u
pper bound of the cell loss probability in the current node.Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC
This attribute holds the values
applicable for QoS Class C.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC.boundOnNodeDelay 25000 The upper bound
on the delay (delay=queueing and serving of Aal2 packets in an Aal2 mux + delay
on ATM layer) through the current node.Unit: 1 microseconds.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC.boundOnProbOfDelay
1000000000
Represents the upper bound on the probability that the delay in the node exceeds
the delay limit given by the attribute boundOnNodeDelay.Unit: 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassC.boundOnProbOfLoss 1000000000
Represen
ts the upper bound of the cell loss probability in the current node.Unit: 1/1000
000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD
This attribute holds the values
applicable for QoS Class D.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD.boundOnNodeDelay 50000 The upper bound
on the delay (delay=queueing and serving of Aal2 packets in an Aal2 mux + delay
on ATM layer) through the current node.Unit: 1 microseconds.
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD.boundOnProbOfDelay
1000000000
Represents the upper bound on the probability that the delay in the node exceeds
the delay limit given by the attribute boundOnNodeDelay.Unit:s 1/1000000000
Aal2QosProfile
profileClassD.boundOnProbOfLoss 1000000000
Represen
ts the upper bound of the cell loss probability in the current node.Unit: 1/1000
000000
Aal2QosProfile
reservedBy
Contains a list of Aal2PathVccTp
MO instances that reserve this MO instance.
Aal2QosProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2RoutingCase
Aal2RoutingCaseId
The value component of t

he RDN.
Aal2RoutingCase
numberDirection
"Defines the possible set of AAL
type 2 Service Endpoint Addresses (A2EA) that match the routing case.The number
direction of a routing case is interpreted as all AAL type 2 Service Endpoint A
ddresses starting with the string of numbers defined in the number direction. Fo
r example, the AAL2 End System Addresses 12340 and 123400 match the number direc
tion 1234.The AAL2 routing function uses a longest match comparison to select be
tween routing cases with overlapping number directions. For example, given two r
outing cases: A with the number direction 1234 and B with the number direction 1
2345: - the AAL2 End System Address 12345 is routed using routing case B, - the
AAL type 2 Service Endpoint Addresses 12344 and 12346 are routed using routing c
ase A.It is not allowed to use leading zeros when configuring this attribute.It
is not possible to replace an existing routing case by creating routing cases wi
th number directions that completely overlap the number direction of the existin
g routing case.It is not possible to create two routing cases with the exact sam
e number directions in a node.It is possible to create one or more routing cases
with number directions that partially overlap the number direction of an existi
ng routing case."
Aal2RoutingCase
routeList
"An array of alternative routes
identified by the concerned Aal2Ap MOs. A routeList can have 0 to 5 Aal2Ap MOs.
The Aal2Ap must be unique.If this attribute is set, the routePriorityList must a
lso be set with the same number of values (that is, if the routeList contains 3
routes, the routePriorityList must contain 3 priorities).The routeList must cont
ain at least one Aal2Ap MO, in order to make the Aal2RoutingCase available for r
outing."
Aal2RoutingCase
routePriorityList
"A list of all the Aal2A
p priorities.The priority values can be in the range 1 to 5, one being the highe
st priority. The Aal2Aps can have the same priorities."
Aal2RoutingCase
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal2Sp
a2ea
An E.164 format number that specifies the AAL ty
pe 2 Service Endpoint Address of the node.Length Range: 1..15Alphabet: 012345678
9It is not allowed to use leading zeros when configuring this attribute.
Aal2Sp
Aal2SpId
The value component of the RDN.
Aal2Sp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal5TpVccTp
Aal5TpVccTpId
The value component of the RDN.
Aal5TpVccTp
alarmReport
ALARM_LOC
Specifies which type of
alarms are reported.
Aal5TpVccTp
continuityCheck FALSE "Specifies whether VC end-to-end
continuity check is active.Continuity checking means that a cell is sent downst
ream when no user cell has been sent for a period of nominally 1 second. Continu
ity check both enables generation of continuity check cells as well as detection
of LOC.This attribute activates sending of the cells downstream, but not detect
ion of loss of continuity.Specification: ITU.T rec I.610."
Aal5TpVccTp
counterActivation
FALSE "Indicates whether PM co
unters are activated for this MO instance, when MO class activation is used in t
he Performance Management Service (PMS) interface.If true, this attribute activa
tes all PM counters for this MO instance.This attribute setting is ignored, when
MO instance activation has been used in the PMS interface."
Aal5TpVccTp
counterMode
PM_MODE_FPM_BR PM mode is set to indica
te the type of the performance monitoring mode used for the F5 PM OAM flow.
Aal5TpVccTp
currentPmRegister
"Returns the current val
ues of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values to a PM cou
nter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter for the MO instan
ce. Alternatively start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter for t
he MO instance, and set the attribute counterActivation = true. Otherwise, the v
alue of the PM counter is set to -1."
Aal5TpVccTp
fromUserMaxSduSize
"The maximum SDU size in
number of octets received from the user.The allowed range for the atribute maxS
duSize in UniSaalTp MO and NniSaalTp MO, is dependent on the processor type:SP:
lowest maxSduSize =1, highest maxSduSize=1600BP: lowest maxSduSize =1, highest m

axSduSize=1600MP: lowest maxSduSize =1, highest maxSduSize=2048"


Aal5TpVccTp
nomPmBlkSize
NOM_PM_BLKSIZE_2_10
Nominal block si
ze for PM. The minimum number of ATM cells that is sent before sending a Forward
Performance Monitoring (FPM) cell.Unit: Number of cells
Aal5TpVccTp
operationalState
The operational state.
Aal5TpVccTp
processorId
"Specifies on what processor the
termination point resides. The processor can either be a board processor or a m
ain processor (PlugInUnit MO) or an SP processor (Spm MO).The operationalState o
f this MO is DISABLED, until this attribute is set. This attribute can also be s
et by the application, that is, the unique software for the node type, such as R
NC, RBS or M-MGW, that uses the AAL5 transport service. If this attribute is set
by the application, this value overrides any previous value of the attribute."
Aal5TpVccTp
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erves this MO instance.
Aal5TpVccTp
toUserMaxSduSize
"The maximum SDU size in
number of octets sent to the user.The allowed range for the atribute maxSduSize
in UniSaalTp MO and NniSaalTp MO, is dependent on the processor type:SP: lowest
maxSduSize =1, highest maxSduSize=1600BP: lowest maxSduSize =1, highest maxSduS
ize=1600MP: lowest maxSduSize =1, highest maxSduSize=2048"
Aal5TpVccTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Aal5TpVccTp
vclTpId
Reference to an instance of VclTp MO.
Accu
AccuId
Accu
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the non-processing
unit.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER
_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_U
C_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management D
esign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
Accu
deviceRef
Reference to the AC device that supervis
es this unit.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: PCU created.Ref. [CB_EC
F]
Accu
greenLed
"Indicates the operational status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported
. NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Power not pres
ent, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is ind
icated instead. STEADY_LIGHT = Power present. SLOW_BLINK = Dependant resource mi
ssing, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is i
ndicated instead. FAST_BLINK = Load/Test in progress, but since the LED state is
not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is indicated instead. FLICKERING = In
itial boot test, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAI
LABLE is indicated instead.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]"
Accu
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
productName
"Product name of the unit (part of PID).
Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondition
: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (part of P
ID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installedRef. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
productType
HW
"Product type (PID) is used by product i
nventory to select products.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the non-processing
unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported. NOT_AVAILABLE
= The LED state is currently not available. OUT = No fault. STEADY_LIGHT = Faul
t.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]

Accu
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies the unit
(part of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Accu
yellowLed
Indicates the information status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported.
NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Board unlocked.
STEADY_LIGHT = Board locked. SLOW_BLINK = Shutdown in progress. FLICKERING = Bo
ard busy.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]
AccuSubrack
AccuSubrackId
AccuSubrack
cabinetPosition
"Free text, that denotes the cab
inet position on-site.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:
12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
AccuSubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position.The value
consist of (<X><Y><Z>):X = Cabinet position within the node starting from the le
ft, one digit (1 - 9).Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabinet starting
from the ground, one letter (A - Z).Z = Subrack horizontal position within the c
abinet starting from the left, one digit (1 - 9).Examples: 1A1, 1B1, 1B2, 2A1.De
pendencies: The value of attribute cabinetPosition corresponds to the first digi
t in attribute subrackPosition.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHAND
L_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
AcDevice
AcDeviceId
AcDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
AcDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
AcDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: AUC_310Ref. [FS_AUC]
AcDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
AcDeviceSet
AcDeviceSetId
AcDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
AcDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
ActiveOtherLMs
activeLMs
"References to active instances
of the LoadModule MO, with loaderType set to OTHER."
ActiveOtherLMs
ActiveOtherLMsId
The value component of t
he RDN.
ActiveOtherLMs
otherLoaderNameContents
"References to instances
of the LoadModule MO, with loaderType set to OTHER and otherLoaderName set."
ActiveOtherLMs
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
AgpsPositioning
AgpsPositioningId
Naming attribute.Contain
s the value part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
AgpsPositioning
altitude
"Altitude of the UE reference po
sition, independent of whether the pre-estimate is successful or the RNC instead
uses a fall-back position. Altitudes larger than 32767 meters are represented a
s 32767 meters.Before starting the GPS measurements in the UE, the RNC makes a p
re-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-estimate is successful, it is used as
the UE reference position. If the pre-estimate fails, a fall-back position is u
sed as the UE reference position instead.This reference position is sent from th

e RNC to the UE when starting the GPS measurements.Unit: mChange takes effect: O
ngoing connections"
AgpsPositioning
altitudeDirection
"Altitude direction of t
he UE reference position, independent of whether the pre-estimate is successful
or the RNC instead uses a fall-back position. The direction refers to height abo
ve or depth below the WGS84 ellipsoid surface. Before starting the GPS measureme
nts in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-estim
ate is successful, it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre-estimate
fails, a fall-back position is used as the UE reference position instead.This re
ference position is sent from the RNC to the UE when starting the GPS measuremen
ts.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections"
AgpsPositioning
confidence
"Confidence of the UE reference
position. This value is only used when the pre-estimate is successful, that is,
is used as the UE reference position.Before starting the GPS measurements in the
UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-estimate is suc
cessful, it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre-estimate fails, a f
all-back position is used as the UE reference position instead. This reference p
osition is sent from the RNC to the UE when starting the GPS measurements.Specia
l values:0 indicates that no information is available.Unit: %Change takes effect
: Ongoing connections"
AgpsPositioning
elevationThreshold
5
Threshold for satellite
elevation.The satellites that are below the elevation threshold will not be used
.Unit: degreesChange takes effect: Ongoing connections
AgpsPositioning
polygonRadiusFactor
10
"Scale factor that is mu
ltiplied with the uncertainty estimateThis value is only used when the pre-estim
ate is successful, that is, used as the UE reference position.Before starting th
e GPS measurements in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. I
f the pre-estimate is successful, it is used as the UE reference position. If th
e pre-estimate fails, a fall-back position is used as the UE reference position
instead.This reference position is sent from the RNC to the UE when starting the
GPS measurements.Value mapping:1: 0.12: 0.2...n: n / 10...999: 99.91000: 100.0U
nit: 0.1Change takes effect: Ongoing connections"
AgpsPositioning
posQualities
Typical QoS parameters for the A
-GPS positioning method.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioni
ng transaction)
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.accuracyCodeTypical
"Expecte
d accuracy code of the positioning method, to be used in the selection of the po
sitioning method for the first positioning attempt. The uncertainty radius of a
circular uncertainty measure (in meters) is related to the accuracy code by:Radi
us = 10 x (1.1^accuracyCodeTypical - 1)Specification: 3GPP TS 23.032"
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.confidenceEstimate
Expected confide
nce of the positioning method to be used for shape Conversion. Unit: %
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.responseTimeTypical
Expected
response time of the positioning method to be used in the selection of the posi
tioning method for the first positioning attempt.Unit: ms Resolution: 100
AgpsPositioning
posQualities.verticalAccuracyCodeTypical
"Expected vertical accuracy code of the positioning method, to be used in the se
lection of the positioning method for the first positioning attempt. The uncerta
inty (in meters) is related to the vertical accuracy code by:Uncertainty = 45 x
(1.025^verticalAccuracyCodeTypical - 1) Specification: 3GPP TS 23.032 "
AgpsPositioning
uncertaintyAltitude
"Uncertainty in altitude
for the UE reference position, independent of whether the pre-estimate is succe
ssful or the RNC instead uses a fall-back position.Before starting the GPS measu
rements in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-e
stimate is successful, it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre-estim
ate fails, a fall-back position is used as the UE reference position instead.Thi
s reference position is sent from the RNC to the UE when starting the GPS measur
ements.Value mapping:0 : 0 m1 : 1.13 m2 : 2.28 m3 : 3.46 m...n : 45*((1.025)^n 1) m...126 : 965.2 m127 : 990.5 mUnit: 45 * ((1.025)^n - 1) mChange takes effec
t: Ongoing connections"

AgpsPositioning
utranRnsConfidence
100
"Confidence of the fallback position, used when the pre-estimate fails.Before starting the GPS measurem
ents in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-esti
mate is successful, it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre-estimate
fails, a fall-back position is used as the UE reference position instead.This r
eference position is sent from the RNC to the UE when starting the GPS measureme
nts.Special values:0 means that no information is available.Unit: %Change takes
effect: Ongoing connections"
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition
"Fall-back position used
when the pre-estimate fails.Before starting the GPS measurements in the UE, the
RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-estimate is successful,
it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre-estimate fails, a fall-back
position is used as the UE reference position instead.This reference position i
s sent from the RNC to the UE when starting the GPS measurements.Change takes ef
fect: Ongoing connections"
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition.latitude
0
"Latitude value
(N), derived by the formula:N <= (2^23) * (X / 90) < (N + 1)where X is the latit
ude in degrees (0..90).Unit: latitude unit"
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition.latitudeSign NORTH The direction (n
orth or south) of the latitude value.
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsPosition.longitude
0
"Longitude value
(N), derived by the formula:N <= (2^24) * (X / 360) < (N + 1)where X is the lon
gitude in degrees (-180..+180).Unit: longitude unitResolution: 1"
AgpsPositioning
utranRnsUncertaintyRadius
"Uncertainty sem
i-major and semi-minor axes for the fall-back position, used when the pre-estima
te fails. Both axes are assigned the same value.Before starting the GPS measurem
ents in the UE, the RNC makes a pre-estimate of the UE position. If the pre-esti
mate is successful, it is used as the UE reference position. If the pre-estimate
fails, a fall-back position is used as the UE reference position instead.This r
eference position is sent from the RNC to the UE when starting the GPS measureme
nts.Value mapping:0 : 0 meters (m)1 : 1.0 m2 : 2.1 m...n : 10 * ((1.1^n) - 1) m.
..126 : 1640000 m127 : 1810000 mUnit: 10 * ((1.1^n) - 1) metersChange takes effe
ct: Ongoing connections"
Aich
AichId
Aich
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases:CCH_UC20Ref. [FS_CCH]
Aich
dbchDeviceSetRef
"Reference to MO DbchDeviceSet.U
se cases: CCH_UC4, CCH_UC20.Ref. [FS_CCH]"
Aich
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC20Ref. [FS_CCH]
AiDevice
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
"The administrat
ive state of the device.Possible values: LOCKED UNLOCKEDUse cases: MBD_UC_DEV_LO
CK, MBD_UC_DEV_UNLOCK, MBD_READ_ADM.Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731Requirement:
LOCK_UNLOCK_RBS_FU: 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 21, 24, 25Disturbances: Changing this attribu
te can affect traffic. Owing to Status Propagation, dependent objects may lose c
apabilities when this object is locked.Ref. [FS_MBD]"
AiDevice
AiDeviceId
AiDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTR
AN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: DBC_UC906Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic

e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731


Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDeviceSet
AiDeviceSetId
AiDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: DBC_905Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC905Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC905Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiuDeviceGroup
AiuDeviceGroupId
AiuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement
: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDHardware units not sup
porting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINED.Use case
s: HWT_UC1Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3Ref. [FS_HWT]
AiuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T r
ec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
AiuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC904Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
AlarmIRP
AlarmIRPId
AlarmIRP
irpVersion
"One or more Alarm IRP version e
ntriesNote: For CORBA users, CommonIRPConstDefs::VersionNumberSet, see ref. [28]
Sub: FMSRef. [21]"
AlmDevice
administrativeState
LOCKED "The administrative stat
e of the device.Possible values: LOCKED UNLOCKEDUse cases: EAC_UC100,EAC_UC110,
EAC_UC120,EAC_UC130Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Ref. [FS_EAC]"
AlmDevice
alarmSlogan
"Specifies the alarm.Use cases:
EAC_UC110,EAC_UC100Requirement: AlarmH_RBS_FU_49Ref. [FS_EAC]"
AlmDevice
AlmDeviceId
AlmDevice
almDeviceStatus
The current external alarm statu
s of the device. Shows if the device has detected an alarm signal from external
equipment.Possible values: 0 = No alarm. 1 = Alarm present.Use cases: EAC_UC110R
equirement: AlarmH_RBS_FU_42Ref. [FS_EAC]
AlmDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
AlmDevice
normallyOpen
TRUE
"Definition of the alarm conditi
on. Specifies the condition under which the external equipment generates an alar
m.True = The normally opened condition.False = The normally closed condition.Use
cases: EAC_UC110,EAC_UC10Requirement: AlarmH_RBS_FU_48Ref. [FS_EAC]"
AlmDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
AlmDevice
perceivedSeverity
4
"Specifies the severity
level code of the alarm.Possible values: CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR WARNINGUse cases:
EAC_UC110,EAC_UC100Requirement: AlarmH_RBS_FU_49Specification: 3GPP TS 32.111-2R
ef. [FS_EAC]"

AlmDevice
probableCause 550
"Specifies the probable cause co
de of the alarm. The 3GPP standard 3G TS 32.111 indicates valid cause codes. The
default value is code 550 for EXTERNAL EQUIPMENT FAILURE.Use cases: EAC_UC110,E
AC_UC100Requirement: AlarmH_RBS_FU_45Specification: 3GPP TS 32.111-2Ref. [FS_EAC
]"
AlmDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
AlmDevice
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
AlmDeviceSet
AlmDeviceSetId
AlmDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
AlmDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
AntennaBranch
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the antenna
branch.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UN
DER_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 wh
en bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQ
F_UC_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Managemen
t Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
AntennaBranch
AntennaBranchId
AntennaBranch
antennaSupervisionThreshold
0
"Threshold for s
upervision of antenna branch. Supervision is done by ASC if part of the configur
ation, otherwise by AIU or FU.There are two types of supervision, DC resistance
supervision, and VSWR supervision.Selection of supervision type is controlled by
the capabilities of the installed hardware (ASC, AIU and FU). The interpretatio
n of the threshold is dependent on the type of supervision.When DC resistance su
pervision is used the threshold maps to a resistance (R),R = (101-antennaSupervi
sionThreshold)*0.15 ohmWhen VSWR supervision is used the threshold is mapped to
a return loss (RL),when performed by ASC:RL = 4 + 0.1*antennaSupervisionThreshol
d dBwhen performed by FU:RL = 3.3 + 0.22*antennaSupervisionThreshold dBVSWR = (1
+10^(-RL/20))/(1-10^(-RL/20))The threshold value 0 means that the supervision is
turned off.When RET without ASC, antenna DC resistance supervision is possible
only on Antenna Branch B or Atenna Branch D. (Antenna VSWR supervision is possib
le on the TX branch.)Unit: 1%Use cases: CCL_UC035, CCL_UC036, CCL_UC037Ref. [FS_
CCL] "
AntennaBranch
branchName
"A, B, C and D indicates the nam
e of an antenna branch within sector.Dependencies: The name of an antenna branch
must be unique within a sector, i.e. two antenna branches must not have the sam
e name.Use cases: CCL_UC035, CCL_UC036Ref. [FS_CCL]"
AntennaBranch
fqBandHighEdge
"Denotes the downlink frequency
band high edge.Unit: 0.1 MHzUse cases: CCL_UC035, CCL_UC036Requirement: CELL_RBS
_OM:2, CELL_RBS_FU:11Dependencies: fqBandHighEdge > fqBandLowEdge. Must belong t
o band defined in action initSector (see MO Sector).Ref. [FS_CCL]"
AntennaBranch
fqBandLowEdge
"Denotes the downlink frequency
band low edge.Unit: 0.1 MHzUse cases: CCL_UC035, CCL_UC036Requirement: CELL_RBS_
OM:2, CELL_RBS_FU:11Dependencies: fqBandLowEdge < fqBandHighEdge. Must belong to
band defined in action initSector (see MO Sector).Ref. [FS_CCL]"
AntennaBranch
mechanicalAntennaTilt 0
"The antenna tilt relati
ve the vertical plane for this antenna. Positive values signify tilting of the a
ntenna forwards from the vertical plane (lowering the antenna beam below the hor
izontal plane for this antenna). Negative values signify tilting of the antenna
backwards from the vertical plane (raising the antenna beam above the horizontal
plane for this antenna).Example: 3 = 0.3 degreesUnit: 0.1Dependencies: In case th
e antenna is equipped with a RETU the total antenna tilt is mechanicalAntennaTil
t + RetDevice::electricalAntennaTilt.Use cases: CCL_UC035, CCL_UC037, CCL_UC036R

ef. [FS_CCL]"
AntennaBranch
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance. Use cases: CEC_300Ref. [FS_CCL]
AntennaBranch
verticalAntennaTilt
0
"The total antenna tilt
relative to the vertical plane for this antenna. Vertical antenna tilt = Electri
cal antenna tilt + Mechanical antenna tilt.Negative values signify tilting the a
ntenna backwards from the vertical plane, that is, raising the antenna beam.Posi
tive values signify tilting the antenna forwards from the vertical plane, that i
s, lowering the antenna beam.Example: 1 = 0.1 degreesUnit: 0.1Use cases: CCL_UC036
Ref. [FS_CCL]"
AntFeederCable
antennaBranchRef
Reference to the antenna
branch to which this cable must be connected.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrec
ondition: The referred to MO must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
AntFeederCable
AntFeederCableId
AntFeederCable
connectedToObjectARef
"Reference to the hardwa
re unit (for example, RRU) to which this cable must be connected.Use cases: Scra
tch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentPrecondition: The referred to MO must e
xist, and if a plug-in unit MO also the corresponding device group MO.Ref. [CB_E
CF]"
AntFeederCable
dlAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, downlink.The
sequence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval.The f
irst entry represents the attenuation value of the lowest frequency interval in
the frequency band, and so on.The number of intervals depends on the frequency b
and.The value range for each entry is -500..-2, -1, 0..500 (-50..50 dB). Unused
entries are set to -1.For information on the different frequency bands please re
fer to the 3GPP specification TS 25.104.An example of the entries required for f
requency band 1 is given below.Twelve entries, one entry for each 5 MHz in the i
nterval 2110 MHz to 2170 MHz. Unused entries are set to -1. The table below show
s how each attenuation value Ai in entry i, in the sequence attribute, is mapped
to a 5-MHz-wide frequency interval. The actual values of Ai are cable-specific
and have to be measured.Entry(i)RangeAttenuation Ai0 2110<=f<=2115 A01 2115<f<=2
120 A12 2120<f<=2125 A2 3 2125<f<=2130 A34 2130<f<=2135 A45 2135<f<=2140 A56 214
0<f<=2145 A6 7 2145<f<=2150 A78 2150<f<=2155 A89 2155<f<=2160 A910 2160<f<=2165
A1011 2165<f<=2170 A1112 Not used-113 Not used-114 Not used-1 Use cases: Scratch
RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipment Unit: 0.1 dB Takes effect: At the next ce
ll setup for the affected cell. Undefined value: -1 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
AntFeederCable
electricalDlDelay
"Cable delay, downlink.T
he sequence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval.The
first entry represents the delay value of the lowest frequency interval in the
frequency band, and so on.The number of intervals depends on the frequency band.
The value range for each entry is 0..800000 (0..800000 ns). Unused entries are s
et to -1.For information on the different frequency bands please refer to the 3G
PP specification TS 25.104.An example of the entries required for frequency band
1 is given below.Twelve entries, one entry for each 5 MHz in the interval 2110
MHz to 2170 MHz. Unused entries are set to -1. The table below shows how each de
lay value Di in entry i, in the sequence attribute, is mapped to a 5-MHz-wide fr
equency interval. The actual values of Di are cable-specific and have to be meas
ured.Entry(i)Range Delay Di0 2110<=f<=2115 D01 2115<f<=2120 D12 2120<f<=2125 D2
3 2125<f<=2130 D34 2130<f<=2135 D45 2135<f<=2140 D56 2140<f<=2145 D6 7 2145<f<=2
150 D78 2150<f<=2155 D89 2155<f<=2160 D910 2160<f<=2165 D1011 2165<f<=2170 D1112
Not used-113 Not used-114 Not used-1 Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Ant
enna EquipmentUnit: 1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected c
ell. Undefined value: -1 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
AntFeederCable
electricalUlDelay
"Cable delay, uplink.The
sequence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval.The f
irst entry represents the delay value of the lowest frequency interval in the fr
equency band, and so on.The number of intervals depends on the frequency band.Th
e value range for each entry is 0..800000 (0..800000 ns). Unused entries are set
to -1.For information on the different frequency bands please refer to the 3GPP
specification TS 25.104.An example of the entries required for frequency band 1

is given below.Twelve entries, one for each 5 MHz in the interval 1920 MHz to 1
980 MHz. Unused entries are set to -1. The table below shows how each delay valu
e Di in entry i, in the sequence attribute, is mapped to a 5-MHz-wide frequency
interval. The actual values of Di are cable-specific and have to be measured.Ent
ry(i)Range Delay Di0 1920<=f<=1925 D01 1925<f<=1930 D12 1930<f<=1935 D2 3 1935<f
<=1940 D34 1940<f<=1945 D45 1945<f<=1950 D56 1950<f<=1955 D6 7 1955<f<=1960 D78
1960<f<=1965 D89 1965<f<=1970 D910 1970<f<=1975 D1011 1975<f<=1980 D1112 Not use
d-113 Not used-114 Not used-1 Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equ
ipmentUnit: 1 ns Takes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell. Und
efined value: -1 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
AntFeederCable
objectAConnector
"Value representing the
connector on the hardware unit, to which this cable is connected.Note that the v
alue NOT_CONNECTED shall only be used temporarily during certain reconfiguration
activities. Leaving the cable in this state will result in an alarm at the next
node restart or sector initiation.Possible values: NOT_CONNECTED = Used when ca
bles for branch B are moved when adding a carrier. ANT_A ANT_B J1 H1 J2 H2 J3 H3
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 J1_AND_K1 J3_AND_K2 J4 J5_AND_K3 J6Use cases: Scratch RBS at
Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentRef. [CB_ECF]"
AntFeederCable
ulAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, uplink.The s
equence contains 15 entries and each entry represents one 5 MHz interval.The fir
st entry represents the attenuation value of the lowest frequency interval in th
e frequency band, and so on.The number of intervals depends on the frequency ban
d.The value range for each entry is -500..-2, -1, 0..500 (-50..50 dB). Unused en
tries are set to -1.For information on the different frequency bands please refe
r to the 3GPP specification TS 25.104.An example of the entries required for fre
quency band 1 is given below.Twelve entries, one for each 5 MHz in the interval
1920 MHz to 1980 MHz. Unused entries are set to -1. The table below shows how ea
ch attenuation value Ai in entry i, in the sequence attribute, is mapped to a 5MHz-wide frequency interval. The actual values of Ai are cable-specific and have
to be measured.Entry(i)Range Attenuation Ai0 1920<=f<=1925 A01 1925<f<=1930 A12
1930<f<=1935 A2 3 1935<f<=1940 A34 1940<f<=1945 A45 1945<f<=1950 A56 1950<f<=19
55 A6 7 1955<f<=1960 A78 1960<f<=1965 A89 1965<f<=1970 A910 1970<f<=1975 A1011 1
975<f<=1980 A1112 Not used-113 Not used-114 Not used-1 Use cases: Scratch RBS at
Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 dBTakes effect: At the next cell setup
for the affected cell. Undefined value: -1 Ref. [CB_ECF]"
Areas
AreasId
Relative Distinguished Name<tab>Sub: CMS<tab>Ref
. []
ArpMap
ArpMapId
Naming attribute. Contains the value par
t of the RDN.
ArpMap
defaultArpQos
"Default ARP values to be used when no E
xternal ARP value is received over RANAP, or when 'no priority' (= 15) is receiv
ed."
ArpMap
defaultArpQos.intPrio
ARP priority level to be used.
ArpMap
defaultArpQos.pci
Pre-emption capability.
ArpMap
defaultArpQos.pvi
Pre-emption vulnerability.
ArpMap
externalArpMapping
"List of internal priority value
s to which External ARP values are mapped.The index of the sequence element (its
position) corresponds to the external ARP value, and the value at that index sp
ecifies the internal priority to be used. "
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos
System default ARP values used w
hen the ARP mapping feature is not activated through its RncFeature MO instance.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos.intPrio
ARP priority level to be
used.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos.pci
Pre-emption capability.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQos.pvi
Pre-emption vulnerability.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo
System default ARP values used w
hen the ARP mapping feature is not activated through its RncFeature MO instance.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:The value
s in this attribute are displayed in the read-only attribute systemDefaultArpQos

ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo.intPrio
ARP priority level to be
used.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo.pci
Pre-emption capability.
ArpMap
systemDefaultArpQosEo.pvi
Pre-emption vulnerabilit
y.
ArpMap
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
ArpQosClassProfile
ArpQosClassProfileId
Naming attribute
. Contains the value part of the RDN.
ArpQosClassProfile
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
AscDeviceGroup
AscDeviceGroupId
AscDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
AscDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
AscDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
AscDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
AtmCrossConnection
AtmCrossConnectionId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
AtmCrossConnection
operationalState
The operational
state.
AtmCrossConnection
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpAId
Identifies the VclTp MO
involved in the A side of the cross connection (which consists of an A and B sid
e).Must not be the same as vclTpBId.
AtmCrossConnection
vclTpBId
Identifies the VclTp MO
involved in the B side of the cross connection (which consists of an A and B sid
e).Must not be the same as vclTpAId.
AtmPort
AtmPortId
The value component of the RDN.
AtmPort
availabilityStatus
The availability status.It conta
ins details about operationalState.
AtmPort
hecCorrectionMode
TRUE
Header Error Correction.Specifie
s if the ATM Port detects and corrects single bit errors or detects multiple bit
errors in the ATM header.
AtmPort
loopbackDetection
DISABLED
Controls the activation
of detection of looped physical link(s) related to this MO.
AtmPort
operationalState
The operational state.
AtmPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
AtmPort
uses
"Reference to the physical port, IMA Group or Ds
0Bundle used by the ATM port.The possible MOs are: E1PhysPathTerm, J1PhysPathTer
m, T1PhysPathTerm, E3PhysPathTerm, T3PhysPathTerm, Sts3CspeTtp, Sts1SpeTtp, Vc4T
tp, E1Ttp, T1Ttp, Ds0Bundle and ImaGroup.If the reference is moved from Ds0Bundl
e MO then Ds0Bundle would be deleted automatically.If the reference is moved fro
m ImaGroup MO then the ImaGroup and all ImaLinks under it would be deleted autom
atically."
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp
"This attribute returns
the ATM header (VPI, VCI and PTI) of the last received unexpected cell."
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp.pti
0
The ATM header pti.
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp.vci
0
The ATM header vci.
AtmPort
valueOfLastCellWithUnexp.vpi
0
The ATM header vpi.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
AtmTrafficDescriptorId
The value compon

ent of the RDN.


AtmTrafficDescriptor
egressAtmMcr
0
Egress ATM minimum desir
ed cell rate.Only non-negative values are allowed. The attribute is only mandato
ry when serviceCategory is UBR+.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
egressAtmPcr
0
"Egress ATM Peak cell ra
te (cells/s).Only non-negative values are allowed. This attribute is only mandat
ory when serviceCategory is CBR.When serviceCategory is set to UBR+, egressAtmPc
r < egressAtmMcr disables shaping. egressAtmPcr >= egressAtmMcr enables shaping
to the rate specified."
AtmTrafficDescriptor
egressAtmQos
Egress ATM quality of se
rvice.This attribute can be set to Class 1 and 2 if attribute serviceCategory is
set to CBR.This attribute can be set to Class 3 if attribute serviceCategory is
set to UBR+.This attribute can be set to Class 4 if attribute serviceCategory i
s set to UBR.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
ingressAtmMcr 0
Ingress minimum desired
cell rate (cells/s).Only non-negative values are allowed. This attribute is mand
atory only when serviceCategory is UBR+.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
ingressAtmPcr 0
Ingress ATM Peak cell ra
te (cells/s).Only non-negative values are allowed. The attribute is only mandato
ry when serviceCategory is CBR.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
ingressAtmQos
Ingress ATM quality of s
ervice.This attribute can be set to Class 1 and 2 if attribute serviceCategory i
s set to CBR.This attribute can be set to Class 3 if attribute serviceCategory i
s set to UBR+.This attribute can be set to Class 4 if attribute serviceCategory
is set to UBR.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
packetDiscard FALSE Controls the functions E
arly Packet Discard (EPD) and Partial Packet Discard (PPD) used in AAL5 for traf
fic classes UBR and UBR+. N.B. should never be enabled for non-AAL5 traffic.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO in
stances that reserve this MO instance.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
serviceCategory
The service category.
AtmTrafficDescriptor
userLabel
Label for free use.
AuxPlugInUnit
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
"The administrat
ive state of the unit.Possible values: LOCKED SHUTTING_DOWN UNLOCKEDUse cases: M
BD_UC_AUX_LOCK, MBD_UC_AUX_UNLOCK, MBD_READ_ADM.Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731R
equirement: LOCK_UNLOCK_RBS_FU:21, 24, 25Disturbances: Changing this attribute c
an affect traffic. Owing to Status Propagation, dependent objects may lose capab
ilities when this object is locked.Ref. [FS_MBD]"
AuxPlugInUnit
auType
"Type of Auxiliary Unit.Possible values:
ARETU ASC ATMAU BFU CLU CU FAN FCU FU MCPA PAU PCU PSU RETU RRURRUW RU RUW SAIU
SAU SCU XALMUse cases: AUC_300, AUC_307Ref. [FS_AUC]"
AuxPlugInUnit
AuxPlugInUnitId
AuxPlugInUnit
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the auxiliary unit.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENC
Y_LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS
= Full availability.Use cases: AUC_307Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requiremen
t: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
AuxPlugInUnit
greenLed
Indicates the operational status
of the auxiliary plug-in unit.Possible values: NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is
currently not available. STEADY_LIGHT = Power present. FAST_BLINK = Load or tes
t in progress.Use cases: AUC_307Ref. [FS_AUC]
AuxPlugInUnit
hubPosition
NA
"The AuxPlugInUnit connection in
the AU hub, used for HDLC addressing purposes. Mandatory for AU types BFU, PSU,
CLU, FCU and SCU. Not applicable to other AU types. Possible values: A-J = Hub
positions valid for hub type 1. A1-A8, B1-B8 = Hub positions valid for hub type
2. NA = Not applicable; used for AU types not using hubPosition.Note that mixed
hub types on same RBS are not allowed.Undefined value: NAUse cases: AUC_301Depen
dencies: The value of hubPosition is checked against value of auType. For AU typ
es using hubPosition, the attribute is mandatory at create. The hub type is defi
ned by the first created AuxPlugInUnit using hubPosition. The following AuxPlugI

nUnit must use values for the selected hub type. For AU types not using hubPosit
ion, only NA is allowed (NA is default but may also be used at create).Ref. [FS_
AUC]"
AuxPlugInUnit
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_307Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
AuxPlugInUnit
piuType
"Reference to corresponding PiuType MO.
Indirectly used to control the loading of software on the auxiliary unit and the
auto-configuration of contained MOs. Note! For historical reasons the reference
may be NULL for certain non-loadable auxiliary units.Use cases: AUC_300, AUC_30
7Precondition: The PiuType MO must exist.Ref. [FS_AUC]"
AuxPlugInUnit
plugInUnitRef1
"Reference to the PIU, through w
hich the MP communicates with the auxiliary unit.Use cases: AUC_300, AUC_307Prec
ondition: The PlugInUnit or AuxPlugInUnit MO must exist.Ref. [FS_AUC]"
AuxPlugInUnit
plugInUnitRef2
"Reference to the redundant PIU,
through which the MP communicates with the auxiliary unit.Note that it is not p
ossible to remove a reference to a redundant PIU by setting the attribute to nul
l. This is only possible by deleting the MO and recreating it.Use cases: AUC_300
, AUC_307, AUC_314Precondition: The PlugInUnit or AuxPlugInUnit MO must exist.Re
f. [FS_AUC]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (par
t of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Pr
econdition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productName
"Product name of the unit (part
of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Prec
ondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (par
t of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Pr
econdition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (p
art of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3
Precondition: Hardware must be installedRef. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
productType
HW
"Product type (PID) is used by p
roduct inventory to select products.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3
Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the auxili
ary plug-in unit.Possible values: NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not
available. OUT = No fault. STEADY_LIGHT = Fault.Use cases: AUC_307Ref. [FS_AUC]
AuxPlugInUnit
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: AUC_307Ref. [FS_SUE]
AuxPlugInUnit
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies t
he unit (part of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PI
D_RBS_FU:3Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
AuxPlugInUnit
unitType
Type of unit.Displays the same v
alue as the struct member productName of the productData attribute on the corres
ponding PiuType MO.Ref. [FS_AUC]
AuxPlugInUnit
yellowLed
NOT_AVAILABLE Indicates the informatio
n status of the auxiliary plug-in unit.Possible values: NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED
state is currently not available. OUT = Board unlocked. STEADY_LIGHT = Board loc
ked. SLOW_BLINK = Shutdown in progress. FLICKERING = Board busy.Use cases: AUC_3
07Ref. [FS_AUC]
Battery
batteryCapacityDefaultValue
60
"Nominal battery capacit
y.Unit: 1 AhDependencies: If <= 30 then PowerSupplySystem: batteryTestEnable may
not be set to true (battery test is not allowed for low capacity batteries).Use
cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
BatteryId
Battery
batteryTestEndLimit
-456
"Voltage limit at which battery
test is terminated.Example: -480 = -48 VUnit: 0.1 VScope: Battery testUse cases:
PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
batteryVoltageDefaultValue
-545
"Nominal battery voltage

. Example: -480 = -48 VUnit: 0.1 VUse cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref.
[FS_PSC]"
Battery
chargeLimit
104
"After an AC failure or a battery test,
the battery is recharged. This parameter denotes the battery capacity, which has
to be recharged within the time limit chargeTimeLimit. The parameter is given a
s a percentage of discharged capacity.Unit: 1%Scope: Battery testUse cases: PSC_
UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
chargeOffset
15
"Voltage offset used during boost chargi
ng.Example: 12 = 1.2 VUnit: 0.1 VScope: Battery chargingUse cases: PSC_UC221, PS
C_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
chargeTimeLimit 20
"Limit for the recharging time of the ba
ttery, after a battery test or AC failure.Unit: 1 hScope: Battery testUse cases:
PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
compFactor
-96
"Compensation factor, shows how much the
voltage changes with temperature.Example: 2500 = 2.5 V per 1 degree CelsiusUnit
: 0.001 V/CScope: Float chargingUse cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS
_PSC]"
Battery
cyclicChargeInterval
30
"Indicates number of days betwee
n cyclic chargingUnit: 1 dScope: Battery chargingUse cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223
, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
dischargeLimit 80
"During an AC failure or a battery test,
the battery is discharged. This parameter denotes the battery capacity, that ca
n be discharged before the battery voltage has dropped to the level set by batte
ryTestEndVoltage. The parameter is given as a percentage of batteryCapacityDefau
ltValue.Unit: 1%Scope: Battery testUse cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref
. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
freeDate1
"Date field, user defined.Use cases: PSC
_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
freeDate2
"Date field, user defined.Use cases: PSC
_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
freeDate3
"Date field, user defined.Use cases: PSC
_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
freeText1
"Text field, user defined.Use cases: PSC
_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
freeText2
"Text field, user defined.Use cases: PSC
_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC] "
Battery
freeText3
"Text field, user defined.Use cases: PSC
_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC] "
Battery
freeText4
"Text field, user defined.Use cases: PSC
_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC] "
Battery
initialBatteryTestStartTime
0
"Start time of the initi
al battery test after the battery test function has been enabled. The value 0 me
ans 'initial test disabled'.Unit: 1 hScope: Battery testUse cases: PSC_UC221, PS
C_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
minDaysBeforeCyclicCharge
16
"Indicates minimum numbe
r of days before next cyclic charging is allowed.Unit: 1 dTakes effect: At commi
t or at next charging if charging is active.Scope: Battery chargingUse cases: PS
C_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Battery
remainingBackupTime
30
"Estimated remaining time in min
utes until the battery is empty. The remainingBackupTime is based on the present
current load and nominal battery capacity (see attribute batteryCapacityDefault
Value). The battery capacity is continuously calculated as the battery is discha
rged/recharged. When the battery capacity is unknown, as after node restart, the
battery capacity starting value is set to 0 and then increased as the battery b
eing charged. Fully charged battery is defined as 0-current during >30 minutes.
NOTE! The attribute value accuracy is dependent on battery condition since the a
ttribute is based on the nominal battery capacity. A more accurate remaining bac
kup time based on real battery capacity can be obtained via the battery test res
ult. NOTE! The attribute is in essence read-only and non-persistent.Unit: 1 minU
se cases: PSC_UC221, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"

Battery
tempCharging
250
"Nominal temperature for float charging.
Example: 25 = 2.5 degrees CelsiusUnit: 0.1CScope: Float chargingUse cases: PSC_UC2
21, PSC_UC223, PSC_UC224Ref. [FS_PSC]"
BbifBoard
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the BBIF bo
ard.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_
REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when b
it 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_UC
_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management De
sign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_EFH]"
BbifBoard
BbifBoardId
BbifBoard
dlClockDelay
BBIF internal downlink clock del
ay. Unit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 61Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteUser category
: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
dlTrafficDelay
BBIF internal downlink traffic d
elay. Unit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 15Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteUser catego
ry: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (par
t of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Pr
econdition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
productName
"Product name of the unit (part
of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Prec
ondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (par
t of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Pr
econdition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (p
art of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3
Precondition: Hardware must be installedRef. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
productType
HW
"Product type (PID) is used by p
roduct inventory to select products.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3
Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
rfifPlugInUnitRef
"Reference to the RFIF D
evice Board, through which MP communication is done.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Si
tePrecondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MO must exi
st for the RFIF board.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
BbifBoard
serialNumber
"Unique number, which identifies
the unit (part of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement:
PID_RBS_FU:3Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
BbifBoard
ulClockDelay
BBIF internal uplink clock delay
. Unit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 61Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteUser category:
Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]
BbifBoard
ulTrafficDelay
BBIF internal uplink traffic del
ay. Unit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 32Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteUser category
: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]
Bch
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases:CCH_UC17Ref. [FS_CCH]
Bch
BchId
Bch
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC17.Ref. [FS_CCH]
BfDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfDevice
BfDeviceId
BfDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational

state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re


c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: AUC_310Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfDeviceSet
BfDeviceSetId
BfDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfSubrack
BfSubrackId
BfSubrack
cabinetPosition
"Free text, that denotes the cab
inet position on-siteUse cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:1
2Ref. [CB_ECF]"
BfSubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position.The value
consist of (<X><Y><Z>):X = Cabinet position within the node starting from the le
ft, one digit (1 - 9).Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabinet starting
from the ground, one letter (A - Z).Z = Subrack horizontal position within the c
abinet starting from the left, one digit (1 - 9).Examples: 1A1, 1B1, 1B2, 2A1.De
pendencies: The value of attribute cabinetPosition corresponds to the first digi
t in attribute subrackPosition.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHAND
L_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
Bfu
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the non-processing
unit.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER
_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_U
C_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management D
esign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
Bfu
BfuId
Bfu
deviceRef
Reference to the BF device that depends
on (uses) this unit.It is set by the system at creation of the NPU.Use cases: Sc
ratch RBS at SitePrecondition: PCU created.Ref. [CB_ECF]
Bfu
greenLed
"Indicates the operational status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported
. NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Power not pres
ent, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is ind
icated instead. STEADY_LIGHT = Power present. SLOW_BLINK = Dependant resource mi
ssing, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is i
ndicated instead. FAST_BLINK = Load/Test in progress, but since the LED state is
not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is indicated instead. FLICKERING = In
itial boot test, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAI
LABLE is indicated instead.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]"
Bfu
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Bfu
productName
"Product name of the unit (part of PID).
Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondition
: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Bfu
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Bfu
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (part of P
ID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installedRef. [FS_PIY]"

Bfu
productType
HW
"Product type (PID) is used by product i
nventory to select products.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Bfu
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the non-processing
unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported. NOT_AVAILABLE
= The LED state is currently not available. OUT = No fault. STEADY_LIGHT = Faul
t.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]
Bfu
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies the unit
(part of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Bfu
yellowLed
Indicates the information status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported.
NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Board unlocked.
STEADY_LIGHT = Board locked. SLOW_BLINK = Shutdown in progress. FLICKERING = Bo
ard busy.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]
BfuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfuDeviceGroup
BfuDeviceGroupId
BfuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
BfuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
BfuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
BreakPoint
BreakPointId
BreakPoint
breakPointName
"Name of the breakpoint.Sub: PCA
, RNR"
BreakPoint
description
"Description of the breakpoint.S
ub: PCA, RNR"
BreakPoint
reached FALSE "Indicates whether the breakpoint is val
id or not. Once a breakpoint has been reached the value is set to TRUE. Initial
value is FALSE. Sub: PCA, RNR"
BreakPoint
timestamp
"The timestamp information (with
nanosecond precision) in the breakpoint. It is used by PCA activation to fetch
and execute planned actions less than or equal to the timestamp of the breakpoin
t. On reaching a breakpoint the plan activation will stop.Sub: PCA, RNR"
BulkCmIRP
BulkCmIRPId
BulkCmIRP
irpVersion
"One or more Bulk CM IRP version
entries.Note: For CORBA users, CommonIRPConstDefs::VersionNumberSet, see ref. [
28]Sub: RAHRef. [21]"
Cabinet
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the cabinet.Only bi
t 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_REPAIRbit1=
CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when bit 1, 2 or
3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_UC_923, EQF_U
C_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management Design Rules,
rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
Cabinet
CabinetId
Cabinet
cabinetParameters
"0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0" "Cabinet specifi
c parameters for fan control. Parameter value modification is only intended for
Node Verification to determine good values of the cabinet parameters profiles.De
pendencies: Typically reflects the value of cabinetParametersProfileStandard or
cabinetParametersProfileExtended. Which of these depends on the value of the att
ribute climateSystem. But the parameter values given by the selected profile can
also be overridden (by setting cabinetParameters to another value).User categor

y: Ericsson personnelUse cases: Manufacture RBS, Scratch the RBS at SiteRef. [CB
_CLC]"
Cabinet
cabinetParametersProfileExtended
"Cabinet paramet
ers profile for an extended climate system. The specification of each parameter
with unit and valid range is located in RBS Configuration Data.User category: Er
icsson personnelUse cases: Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at siteRef. [CB_CLC]"
Cabinet
cabinetParametersProfileStandard
"Cabinet paramet
ers profile for a standard climate system. The specification of each parameter w
ith unit and valid range is located in RBS Configuration Data.User category: Eri
csson personnelUse cases: Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at siteRef. [CB_CLC]"
Cabinet
climateSystem STANDARD
"Defines which type of climate s
ystem that is used, (indirectly how many fan groups there are in the cabinet).Po
ssible values: STANDARD EXTENDEDUse cases: Manufacture RBS, Scratch the RBS at S
ite, Add CapacityRef. [CB_ECF]"
Cabinet
productionDate
"Date the cabinet was produced (part of
PID). When updating the attribute, the data will, in addition to be stored in th
e database, also be stored in the corresponding SCU.Dependencies: Must match the
PID on the cabinet label and corresponding PID data stored in the SCU.Use cases
: Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_PIN]"
Cabinet
productName
"Product name of the cabinet (part of PI
D). When updating the attribute, the data will, in addition to be stored in the
database, also be stored in the corresponding SCU.Dependencies: Must match the P
ID on the cabinet label and corresponding PID data stored in the SCU.Use cases:
Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_PIN]"
Cabinet
productNumber
"Product number of the cabinet (part of
PID). When updating the attribute, the data will, in addition to be stored in th
e database, also be stored in the corresponding SCU.Dependencies: Must match the
PID on the cabinet label and corresponding PID data stored in the SCU.Use cases
: Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_PIN]"
Cabinet
productRevision
"Product revision of the cabinet (part o
f PID). When updating the attribute, the data will, in addition to be stored in
the database, also be stored in the corresponding SCU.Dependencies: Must match t
he PID on the cabinet label and corresponding PID data stored in the SCU.Use cas
es: Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_PIN]"
Cabinet
productType
Product type (PID) is used by product in
ventory to select products. Always set to HW.Ref. [CB_PIN]
Cabinet
scuAuxPlugInUnitRef
"Reference to the corresponding
SCU auxiliary plug-in unit.Precondition: The SCU AuxPlugInUnit MO and correspond
ing SCU DeviceGroup MO must exist.Use cases: Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at Sit
eRef. [CB_ECF]"
Cabinet
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies the cabin
et (part of PID). When updating the attribute, the data will, in addition to be
stored in the database, also be stored in the corresponding SCU.Dependencies: Mu
st match the PID on the cabinet label and corresponding PID data stored in the S
CU.Use cases: Manufacture RBS, Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_PIN]"
Cabinet
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
Carrier
aiDeviceRef
"Reference to the AI device(s) of the ca
rrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of c
reate Carrier (for initiated sector).Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00849 Rev:AUse
cases: CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
airRateTypeSelector
TRANSMITTED
Scheduling index to weig
ht the factor (air rate) in the queue selection procedure.Possible values: ACKNO
WLEDGED TRANSMITTEDUse cases: CCH_UC33Requirement: HSCM_AD_RBS_5302:03435 Rev:AR
ef. [FS_CCH]
Carrier
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
arrier.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED DEPEND
ENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full availabi
lity.Use cases: CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]
Carrier
averagePowLimSwitchOn
"Shows if the Average Power Limi
ter is on or not, on the DPCL device (controlled by the actions turnAveragePowLi

mOn and turnAveragePowLimOff). Set by the system to True, if the DPCL device is
released for some reason.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
Carrier
bchIsActive
Indicates whether BCH is turned on or of
f (controlled by the actions turnSchBchOff and resumeSchBch).Possible values: 0
= False (BCH is turned off). 1 = True (BCH is turned on).User category: Ericsson
personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
CarrierId
Carrier
cpichIsActive
Indicates whether CPICH is turned on or
off (controlled by the actions turnCpichOff and resumeCpich).Possible values: 0
= False (CPICH is turned off). 1 = True (CPICH is turned on).User category: Eri
csson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
cqiAdjustmentOn FALSE "Turns the CQI adjustment of the UE repo
rted CQI on or off per cell.Use cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSUP_AD_RB
S_5001:01068 Rev:BRef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
cqiErrors
10
"Denotes the repetition factor for trigg
ering consecutive erroneous CQI reports.Value 0 -> the RBS triggered updates are
turned off.Resolution: 1 in range 0..15 and 5 in range 15..100Dependencies: Tun
ing of cqiErrors is made together with cqiErrorsAbsent.Use cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_
UC37Requirement: HSCP_AD_RBS_5001:01869 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
cqiErrorsAbsent 10
"Denotes the repetition factor for trigg
ering consecutive correct CQI reports.Value 0 -> the RBS triggered updates are t
urned off.Resolution: 1 in range 0..15 and 5 in range 15..100Dependencies: Tunin
g of cqiErrorsAbsent is made together with cqiErrors.Use cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC
37Requirement: HSCP_AD_RBS_5001:01872 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
dbccDeviceRef
"Reference to the DBCC device(s) of the
carrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of
create Carrier (for initiated sector).Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00851 Rev:AU
se cases: CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
dlBandwidth
50
"Denotes the carrier bandwidth in downli
nk.Example: 50 = 5.0 MHzUnit: 0.1 MHzPrecondition: Cell must not be setup by the
RNC. If corresponding sector is initialized the TR devices used by the carrier
must be capable of setting DL bandwidth.Dependencies: Can only be set to another
value than default in case a valid license key for the feature is installed, th
at is if NodeBFunction::licenseStateConfigurableCarrierBandwidth = ENABLED. If t
he value is other than default when the license state changes from ENABLED to DI
SABLED, a corresponding Carrier_ConfigurableCarrierBandwidthLicenseNotValid alar
m is generated.Takes effect: At next cell setup.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequi
rement: WRAN 1595Ref. [CB_LMT]"
Carrier
dlFilterProfile STANDARD
Denotes the filter profile that
will be used for the carrier bandwidth in downlink.Possible values: STANDARD ACA
800_1Precondition: Cell must not be setup by the RNC. If corresponding sector is
initialized the TR devices used by the carrier must be capable of setting DL fi
lter profile.Takes effect: At next cell setup.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequire
ment: WRAN 1595Ref. [CB_LMT]
Carrier
dlTestModelTransmissionHsOn
Shows whether the DL tes
t model transmission is started for HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH (controlled by the acti
ons startHsDlTestModelTran and stopHsDlTestModelTran).User category: Ericsson pe
rsonnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
dpclDevicesRef
"Reference to the DPCL device(s) of the
carrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of
create Carrier (for initiated sector).Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00850 Rev:AU
se cases: CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
frequencyPlane
"Denotes the frequency plane of the carr
ier. Carriers with the same frequency plane are allocated to cells with the same
frequency. If frequencyPlane is not given at create of the Carrier MO, the RBS
system generates a value; the first free frequency plane from the bottom is allo
cated.Use cases: CCL_UC041, CCL_UC018Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, CELL_RBS_FU:11R
ef. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
hsPowerMargin 2
"Power margin the HSDPA scheduler is usi
ng when allocating remaining power of cell carrier. It is relative the maximum a

vailable power of the cell.Example: 2 = 0.2 dBUnit: 0.1 dBUse cases: CCH_UC33, C
CH_UC37Requirement: HSCAP_AD_RBS_5001:00912 Rev:BRef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
hsScchMaxCodePower
-20
"HS-SCCH maximum code power rela
tive PCPICH power. This parameter also determines the fixed power level for HS-S
CCH.Example: 15 = 1.5 dBUnit: 0.1 dBResolution: 5Use cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Re
quirement: HSCP_AD_RBS_5001:01833 Rev:BRef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
hsScchMinCodePower
-150
"HS-SCCH minimum transmit code p
ower relative P-CPICH reference power.Example: 15 = 1.5 dBUnit: 0.1 dBResolution
: 5Use cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCM_AD_RBS_5302:03171 Rev:BRef. [F
S_CCH]"
Carrier
nonModCarrierIsActive
Indicates whether or not the car
rier is modulated (controlled through the actions startNonModulated and stopNonM
odulated).Possible values: 0 = False (carrier is modulated). 1 = True (carrier i
s non-moulated).User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
nonModCarrierPower
Transmission Power.Unit: 0.1 dBm
User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
numberOfRxBranches
2
Parameter for configuration of n
umber of RX (receiver) branches.Precondition: Sector to which the carrier belong
s is not initialized (Sector::proceduralStatus = INITIALIZATION_REQUIRED).Depend
encies: It is only possible to reconfigure from 2 to 4 AntennaBranch MOs if ther
e are 2 SectorAntenna MOs.Takes effect: At next cell setup. Ref. [CB_SIC]
Carrier
numberOfTxBranches
1
"Parameter for configuration of
number of TX (transmit) branches.Precondition: Sector to which the carrier belon
gs is not initialized (Sector::proceduralStatus = INITIALIZATION_REQUIRED).Depen
dencies: At initSector, all carriers of a sector must have the same number of TX
branches.Use cases: Configure RBS at Site, Add CapacityRequirement: TXDIV_AD_RB
S-OSS_6502:00279 Rev BRef. [CB_SIC]"
Carrier
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCL_UC018Requirement: CELL_RBS_FU:9Ref
. [FS_CCL]
Carrier
qualityCheckPower
0
"Feedback from the HS-SCCH recei
ved quality.Unit: 1 dBUse cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCM_AD_RBS_5302
:03172 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
queueSelectAlgorithm
ROUND_ROBIN
"Specifies the schedulin
g algorithm used in the cell.Possible values: EQUAL_RATE MAXIMUM_CQI PROPORTIONA
L_FAIR_HIGH PROPORTIONAL_FAIR_LOW PROPORTIONAL_FAIR_MEDIUM ROUND_ROBINUse cases:
CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCM_AD_RBS_5302:03427 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
reservedBy
"Contains a list of MO instances that re
serve this MO instance.Use cases: CCL_UC002, CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
schCongPeriodGbr
50
"Minimum time period to define t
he congestion situation of the guaranteed service.Example: 5 = 10msUnit: 2 msUse
cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02257 Rev:ARef. [FS_
CCH]"
Carrier
schCongThreshGbr
5
"Threshold to detect the congest
ion situation of the guaranteed service.Example: 5 = 10msUnit: 2 msUse cases: CC
H_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02256 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
schCongThreshNonGbr
2
"Threshold to detect the congest
ion situation of the non-guaranteed service. Use cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requir
ement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02260 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
schIsActive
Indicates whether SCH is turned on or of
f (controlled by the actions turnSchBchOff and resumeSchBch).Possible values: 0
= False (SCH is turned off). 1 = True (SCH is turned on).User category: Ericsson
personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
schMaxDelay
"-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,100,10,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1"
"Parameter to define the maximum scheduling delay for scheduling priorit
y class 0 to 15 (default value in left end is for scheduling priority class 0).E
xample: 10 = 100 msUnit: 10 msUse cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Undefined value: -1Re
quirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02263 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
schMinPowerNonGbrHsUsers
0
"Parameter to define the
minimum reserved power for the non-guaranteed service in congestion situation.

The value is defined as a percentage of maximum transmission power. Unit: 1%Use


cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02262 Rev:ARef. [FS_C
CH]"
Carrier
schNoCongPeriodGbr
25
"Minimum time period to define t
he time that congestion situation of the guaranteed service ends. Example: 5 = 1
0msUnit: 2 msUse cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:0225
9 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
schNoCongThreshGbr
15
"Threshold to detect the time th
at congestion situation of the guaranteed service ends.Example: 15 = 30 msUnit:
2 msUse cases: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02258 Rev:ARe
f. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
schPowerDeltaCongGbr
15
"Parameter to define the minimum
necessary power for the guaranteed service in congestion situation. The value i
s defined as a percentage of maximum transmission power. Unit: 1%Use cases: CCH_
UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02261 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
schPrioForAbsResSharing 15
"Parameter to decide the priorit
y class(es) where absolute resource sharing will be applied.Use cases: CCH_UC33,
CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02255 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
schWeight
"1,10,200,300,450,900,1000,4000,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,10
000"
"Parameter to define the scheduling weight for scheduling priority class
0 to 15 (default value in left end is for scheduling priority class 0).Use case
s: CCH_UC33, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:02264 Rev:DRef. [FS_CCH]"
Carrier
tpaDeviceRef
"Reference to the TPA device(s) of the c
arrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of
create Carrier (for initiated sector).Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00810 Rev:AUs
e cases: CCL_UC015, CCL_UC41, CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
trDeviceRef
"Reference to the TR device(s) of the ca
rrier. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector, or at commit of c
reate Carrier (for initiated sector).Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00809 Rev:AUse
cases: CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
txGainAdjustHidden
Last calculated TX Gain adjustme
nt.Unit: 0.01 dBUser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Carrier
txGainCalType AUTOMATIC
"Defines whether manual or autom
atic TX Gain Calibration is used. The attribute has no effect if Digital Predist
ortion is used.Possible values: AUTOMATIC MANUALUse cases: CCL_UC018, CCL_UC009U
ser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_CCL]"
Carrier
txGainCalValue 0
"Gain value used if manually TX Gain set
ting is used. The attribute has no effect if Digital Predistortion is used.Unit:
0.1 dBUse cases: CCL_UC018, CCL_UC009User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_
CCL]"
Carrier
ulBandwidth
50
"Denotes the carrier bandwidth in uplink
.Example: 50 = 5.0 MHzUnit: 0.1 MHzPrecondition: Cell must not be setup by the R
NC. If corresponding sector is initialized the TR devices used by the carrier mu
st be capable of setting UL bandwidth.Dependencies: Can only be set to another v
alue than default in case a valid license key for the feature is installed, that
is if NodeBFunction::licenseStateConfigurableCarrierBandwidth = ENABLED. If the
value is other than default when the license state changes from ENABLED to DISA
BLED, a corresponding Carrier_ConfigurableCarrierBandwidthLicenseNotValid alarm
is generated.Takes effect: At next cell setup.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequire
ment: WRAN 1595Ref. [CB_LMT]"
Carrier
ulFilterProfile STANDARD
Denotes the filter profile that
will be used for the carrier bandwidth in uplink.Possible values: STANDARD ACA80
0_1Precondition: Cell must not be setup by the RNC. If corresponding sector is i
nitialized the TR devices used by the carrier must be capable of setting UL filt
er profile.Takes effect: At next cell setup.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequireme
nt: WRAN 1595Ref. [CB_LMT]
Cbu
availabilityStatusEt
The availability status for the
Exchange Terminal part of the Cbu board. It contains details about operationalSt
ate.
Cbu
availabilityStatusTu
The availability status for the

Timing Unit part of the Cbu board.It contains details about operationalState.
Cbu
CbuId
The value component of the RDN.
Cbu
operationalState
The operational state.
CcDevice
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The administrati
ve state of the Common channel device.
CcDevice
availabilityStatus
"The availability status
of the Common Channel device. More than one of the following conditions can app
ly for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit
3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, 10 o
r 11 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bi
t 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCYSHUTT
INGDOWN"
CcDevice
CcDeviceId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
CcDevice
deviceIndId
"Device individual identity.Set
by the system to CCD-<#>, where #=a number greater that zero."
CcDevice
operationalState
The operational state of
the Common channel device.
CcDevice
spmReference
Reference to an instance of Spm
MO.
CcDevice
usageState
The usage state of the Common Ch
annel device.
CcDevice
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
CchFrameSynch
CchFrameSynchId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
CchFrameSynch
doStep 1
Downlink offset step size.Unit: ms
CchFrameSynch
dto
10
"Downlink Transport delay Offset.Part of
the Downlink Offset (DO).Represents the maximum transport delay between the RNC
and the RBS, including transport network associated delays in each node. Used a
s a compensation to secure that a traffic frame will have a guaranteed time marg
in at reception in the RBS (before the ToAWE point).The DTO shall take delay var
iations into account, assuming a very low probability that the real transport de
lay exceed the DTO. Note that the same value shall consider the possible intra-R
NS as well as inter-RNS transport connections.If this value is set too low, fram
es may be lost or discarded (due to too-late arrival).As a secondary result, the
RBS may issue Timing Adjustment control frames toward the RNC (due to out-of-wi
ndow detection).Unit: ms"
CchFrameSynch
toAE
195
Time of arrival early point.Unit: ms
CchFrameSynch
toAWE 2
Time of arrival window end point.Unit: m
s
CchFrameSynch
toAWS 30
Time of arrival window starting point.Un
it: ms
CchFrameSynch
tProcRbsDl
5
"Buffering/processing time in th
e RBS for a FACH/PCH data frame on the downlink.Part of the Downlink Offset (DO)
.Should be set to the upper limit of the delay within the RBS in the transmissio
n of each frame.The actual buffering/processing time is affected by the type of
traffic frame (transport block type) as well as load, processing type, etc. If t
his value is set too low, frames may be lost or discarded (due to too late arriv
al).This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: ms"
CchFrameSynch
tProcRncDl
1
"Buffering/processing time in th
e RNC for a FACH/PCH data frame on the downlink.Part of the Downlink Offset (DO)
.Should be set to the upper limit of the delay within the RNC in the transmissio
n of each frame.The actual buffering/processing time is affected by the type of
traffic frame (transport block type) as well as load, processing type, etc. If t
his value is set too low, frames may be lost or discarded (due to too-late arriv
al).This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: ms"
CellUpdate
CellUpdateId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
CellUpdate
rrcTcuc 10
Timer for supervision of the response to

CELL UPDATE CONFIRM.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Un


it: 0.1 s
ChannelSwitching
allowSwitchToCommon
1
Controls whether
it is allowed to switch the radio connection from a dedicated transport channel
to a common transport channel (RACH/FACH) during channel switching in case of r
adio bearer inactivity.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Value mapping:0: Transition to common channel (RACH/FACH) is not allowed1: Tran
sition to common channel (RACH/FACH) is allowedChange takes effect: New connecti
ons
ChannelSwitching
bandwidthMargin 90
"Throughput threshold fo
r triggering an upswitch of a downlink radio bearer on DCH to a higher DCH rate.
Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the currently allocated radi
o bearer.When the downlink throughput has been above this threshold for the leng
th of time defined by upswitchTimer, an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH rate i
s normally requested. However, the upswitch is not requested after a throughputbased downswitch unless the downlink throughput has fallen below the value of dl
ThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold at least once since the downswitch.The upswitch
is also not requested if it would cause the transmitted power to become too hig
h, as defined using upswitchPwrMargin.Special values:0 is used to turn off the u
se of this threshold, meaning that an upswitch will never take place, regardless
of user throughput.Dependencies:If dlThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold = 0, no e
xtra restriction applies to upswitches in the downlink after a throughput-based
downswitch.Unit: %Change takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
bandwidthMarginUl
0
"Throughput thre
shold for triggering an upswitch of an uplink radio bearer on DCH to a higher DC
H rate. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the currently allocat
ed radio bearer.When the uplink throughput has been above this threshold for the
length of time defined by upswitchTimerUl, an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH
rate is normally requested. However, the upswitch is not requested after a thro
ughput-based downswitch unless the uplink throughput has fallen below the value
of ulThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold at least once since the downswitch.The ups
witch is also not requested if it would cause the transmitted power to become to
o high, as defined using upswitchPwrMargin.Special values:0 is used to turn off
the use of this threshold, meaning that an upswitch will never take place, regar
dless of user throughput.Dependencies:If ulThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold = 0,
no extra restriction applies to upswitches in the uplink after a throughput-bas
ed downswitch.Unit: %Change takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
ChannelSwitchingId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
ChannelSwitching
coverageTimer 10
"Time after which a down
link radio bearer on DCH is downswitched to a lower DCH rate due to high transmi
tted code power.When the difference between the downlink transmitted code power
and the maximum allowed code power has been less than the value of downswitchPwr
Margin for this length of time, a downswitch from DCH to a lower DCH rate is req
uested.Special values:0 is used to turn off the use of this timer, meaning that
a downswitch is requested as soon as the difference between the downlink transmi
tted code power and the maximum allowed code power becomes less than the value o
f downswitchPwrMargin.Unit: 0.1 sChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
dlDownswitchBandwidthMargin
0
"Through
put threshold for triggering a downswitch of a downlink radio bearer on DCH to a
lower DCH rate. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the radio be
arer to which the UE will been downswitched (the next lower rate).When the downl
ink throughput has been below this threshold for the length of time defined by d
lThroughputDownswitchTimer, a downswitch from DCH to a lower DCH rate is request
ed.Special values:0 is used to turn off the use of this threshold, meaning that
a downswitch will never take place, regardless of user throughput.Unit: %Change
takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
dlRlcBufUpswitch
500
"Downlink RLC bu
ffer threshold for upswitching from FACH/RACH to dedicated channel.When the RLC
buffer load in the downlink exceeds this threshold, an upswitch request is issue

d.Unit: bytesResolution: 100 bytesChange takes effect: New connections"


ChannelSwitching
dlRlcBufUpswitchMrab
0
"Downlink RLC bu
ffer threshold for upswitching from the multi-RAB SP0 (Speech + PS 0/0) to a mul
ti-RAB at the preferred rate (Speech + ulPrefRate/dlPrefRate or Speech + ulPrefR
ate/HS).When the RLC buffer load in the downlink exceeds this threshold, an upsw
itch request is issued.If the flexible initial rate selection feature is not act
ive for PS Interactive, 64 kbps is used as the preferred rate.This attribute is
only used if the SP0 feature is active.Special values:0 is used to indicate that
this threshold is not in use, meaning that no upswitches from SP0 will occur, i
rrespective of the RLC buffer load.Unit: 100 bytesChange takes effect: New conne
ctions"
ChannelSwitching
dlThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold
0
"Throughput threshold for allowing an upswitch in the downlink after a throughpu
t-based downswitch. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the curre
ntly allocated radio bearer (the rate to which the UE has been downswitched).Aft
er a throughput-based downswitch, upswitches are prohibited until the downlink t
hroughput has fallen below this threshold at least once.Special values:0 is used
to turn off the use of this threshold, meaning that no extra restriction applie
s to upswitches in the downlink after a throughput-based downswitch.Unit: %Chang
e takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
dlThroughputDownswitchTimer
20
"Time af
ter which a downlink radio bearer on DCH with low throughput is downswitched to
a lower DCH rate.When the downlink throughput has been below the percentage defi
ned by dlDownswitchBandwidthMargin for this length of time, a downswitch from DC
H to a lower DCH rate is requested.Dependencies:It is recommended to set dlThrou
ghputDownswitchTimer > downswitchTimer. Otherwise, if the bit rate is very low o
n both the uplink and the downlink, the user will be switched down to FACH rathe
r than to DCH with a lower downlink rate.Unit: 0.1 sChange takes effect: New con
nections"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchPwrMargin
2
"Margin on trans
mitted code power in the downlink, for triggering a downswitch to a lower DCH ra
te when the transmitted power is too high.Expressed relative to the maximum allo
wed code power.When the difference between the downlink transmitted code power a
nd the maximum allowed code power has been less than the value of this margin fo
r the length of time set in coverageTimer, a downswitch from DCH to a lower DCH
rate is requested.Value mapping:0 : 0.0 dB1 : 0.5 dB2 : 1.0 dB...20 : 10.0 dBUni
t: 0.5 dBChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchThreshold
0
"Throughput thre
shold for downswitching from dedicated channel to FACH/RACH.Once the throughput
on both the uplink and downlink has fallen below this threshold, a downswitch to
FACH/RACH is normaly requested after the length of time set in downswitchTimer.
However, the downswitch is not requested if the throughput has subsequently incr
eased above the value of downswitchTimerThreshold.Dependencies:downswitchThresho
ld <= downswitchTimerThresholdUnit: kbpsChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimer 10
"Time after which a conn
ection with low throughput is downswitched from dedicated channel to FACH/RACH.
Once the throughput on both the uplink and downlink has fallen below the value o
f downswitchThreshold, a downswitch to FACH/RACH is normally requested after thi
s length of time. However, the downswitch is not requested if the throughput has
subsequently increased above the value of downswitchTimerThreshold.Special valu
es:0 is used to disable traffic-volume-initiated channel switching from dedicate
d channel to FACH/RACH.Value mapping:5: 0.5 s10: 1 s...1000: 100 sUnit: 0.1 sRes
olution: 5Change takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimerSp
2
"Time after whic
h the packet part of the multi-RAB Speech 12.2 kbps + Packet 64/64 kbps will be
switched down to multi-RAB SP0 (Speech 12.2 kbps + Packet 0/0 kbps), if no PS da
ta has been transmitted.If the SP0 feature is not active, the packet part of the
connection is released instead.The default setting is based on packet performan
ce criteria.However, the actual setting may need to deviate from the default set
ting in order to limit the number of simultaneous multi-RAB connections in the R

BS, typically to deal with limitations in the transport network.Special values:0


is used to turn off the use of this timer, meaning that the packet part of the
connection will not be downswitched or released due to PS inactivity.Value mappi
ng:1 : 0.5 s...60 : 30 s...180 : 90 sUnit: 0.5 sChange takes effect: New connect
ions"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimerThreshold
0
"Through
put threshold used to achieve hysteresis for downswitching from dedicated channe
l to FACH/RACH. Once the throughput on both the uplink and downlink has fallen b
elow the value of downswitchThreshold, a downswitch to FACH/RACH is normally req
uested after the length of time set in downswitchTimer. However, the downswitch
is not requested if the throughput has subsequently increased above this thresho
ld value.Dependencies:downswitchTimerThreshold >= downswitchThresholdUnit: kbpsC
hange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
downswitchTimerUp
60
"Time after whic
h the packet part of the multi-RAB UDI + 8/8 (CS Data 64 kbps + Packet 8kbps) wi
ll be released, if no PS data has been transmitted.The default setting is based
on packet performance criteria.However, the actual setting may need to deviate f
rom the default setting in order to limit the number of simultaneous multi-RAB c
onnections in the RBS, typically to deal with limitations in the transport netwo
rk.Special values:0 is used to turn off the use of this timer, meaning that the
packet part of the connection will not be released due to PS inactivity.Value ma
pping:1 : 0.5 s...60 : 30 s...180 : 90 sUnit: 0.5 sChange takes effect: New conn
ections"
ChannelSwitching
fachToHsDisabled
FALSE "Controls whethe
r direct transitions from FACH to HS-DSCH are allowed for HS category 12 UEs. Wh
en set to TRUE, cat 12 UEs are forced to upswitch to HS via DCH. Direct transiti
ons to HS are disabled by removing all HS states from the DCCS when the cat 12 U
E is in state CELL_FACH. This will allow the cat 12 UE sufficient time to perfor
m neighbour cell measurements on CELL_DCH before the reconfiguration to HS is st
arted. Change takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
filteringCoefficient
6
Filtering coeffi
cient of the code power measurements.This attribute may only be changed by Erics
son personnel. Change takes effect: New connections
ChannelSwitching
hsdschInactivityTimer 2
"Time after whic
h a connection with low throughput is downswitched from HS-DSCH to CELL_FACH. On
ce the throughput on both the uplink and downlink has fallen below the value of
downswitchThreshold, a downswitch to FACH/RACH is normally requested after this
length of time. However, the downswitch is not requested if the throughput has s
ubsequently increased above the value of downswitchTimerThreshold. If CELL_FACH
state is not available, the connection is switched down to IDLE state.Special va
lues:The value 7200 is used only for testing purposes.Unit: sChange takes effect
: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimeMultiPsInteractive
50
"Time after which an inactive RB in a RAB combination containing PS Interactive
is released.When both the downlink and uplink throughput for an RB in the combin
ation have been 0 kbps (no data has been transmitted) for this length of time, a
release of that RB is requested from the CN.The timer is used for all RAB combi
nations that contain more than one PS Interactive RAB.Unit: 0.1 sChange takes ef
fect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimer 120
"Time after which an ina
ctive connection in CELL_FACH state is downswitched to URA_PCH state. When both
the downlink and uplink throughput have been 0 kbps (no data has been transmitte
d) for this length of time, a downswitch from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state is requ
ested. If URA_PCH state is not available, the UE is switched down to IDLE state.
Unit: sChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimerDch
30
"Time after whic
h an IU RELEASE REQUEST message is sent to the core network, for UEs that only u
se one or two signaling connections and no RABs in state CELL_DCH.This attribute
may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Special values:0: do not release (no
need to start measurements or algorithm)Unit: sChange takes effect: New connect

ions"
ChannelSwitching
inactivityTimerPch
30
"Time after whic
h a connection in URA_PCH state is switched down to IDLE state, if no upswitches
have been subsequently requested. Unit: minChange takes effect: New connections
"
ChannelSwitching
pendingTimeAfterTrigger 1
"Time after a ch
annel switch is requested, after which the next measurement report may be sent f
rom either the UE or RNC internal buffer load measurements. Used to limit the UE
and RNC buffer load reporting intensity.This attribute may only be changed by E
ricsson personnel. Value mapping:0: 0.25 s1: 0.5 s2: 1 s3: 2 s4: 4 s5: 8 s6: 16
sChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
repeatTimer
4
"Time between repeated r
equests to downswitch a downlink radio bearer on DCH with bad coverage to a lowe
r DCH rate.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Special val
ues.0: the repeat timer not in use, meaning that a downswitch request will not b
e repeatedValue mapping:1: 50 ms...4: 200 ms...40: 2000msUnit: 50 msChange takes
effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
thpReportInterval
5
Averaging period
of the UL and/or DL throughput measurement.This attribute may only be changed b
y Ericsson personnel. Unit: 0.1 sChange takes effect: New connections
ChannelSwitching
ulDownswitchBandwidthMargin
0
"Through
put threshold for triggering a downswitch of an uplink radio bearer on DCH to a
lower DCH rate. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the radio bea
rer to which the UE will been downswitched (the next lower rate).When the uplink
throughput has been below this threshold for the length of time defined by ulTh
roughputDownswitchTimer, a downswitch from DCH to a lower DCH rate is requested.
Special values:0 is used to turn off the use of this threshold, meaning that a d
ownswitch will never take place, regardless of user throughput.Unit: %Change tak
es effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
ulRlcBufUpswitch
256
"Uplink RLC buff
er threshold for upswitching from FACH/RACH to dedicated channel.When the RLC bu
ffer load in the uplink exceeds this threshold, a measurement report is sent fro
m the UE. An upswitch request is issued upon reception of the measurement report
. Unit: bytesChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
ulRlcBufUpswitchMrab
8
"Uplink RLC buff
er threshold for upswitching from the multi-RAB SP0 (Speech + PS 0/0) to a multi
-RAB at the preferred rate (Speech + ulPrefRate/dlPrefRate or Speech + ulPrefRat
e/HS).When the RLC buffer load in the uplink exceeds this threshold, a measureme
nt report is sent from the UE. An upswitch request is issued upon reception of t
he measurement report.If the flexible initial rate selection feature is not acti
ve for PS Interactive, 64 kbps is used as the preferred rate.This attribute is o
nly used if the SP0 feature is active.Unit: bytesChange takes effect: New connec
tions"
ChannelSwitching
ulThroughputAllowUpswitchThreshold
0
"Throughput threshold for allowing an upswitch in the uplink after a throughputbased downswitch. Expressed relative to the maximum allowed rate for the current
ly allocated radio bearer (the rate to which the UE has been downswitched).After
a throughput-based downswitch, upswitches are prohibited until the uplink throu
ghput has fallen below this threshold at least once.Special values:0 is used to
turn off the use of this threshold, meaning that no extra restriction applies to
upswitches in the uplink after a throughput-based downswitch.Unit: %Change take
s effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
ulThroughputDownswitchTimer
20
"Time af
ter which an uplink radio bearer on DCH with low throughput is downswitched to a
lower DCH rate.When the uplink throughput has been below the percentage defined
by ulDownswitchBandwidthMargin for this length of time, a downswitch from DCH t
o a lower DCH rate is requested.Dependencies:It is recommended to set ulThroughp
utDownswitchTimer > downswitchTimer and ulThroughputDownswitchTimer > hsdschInac
tivityTimer.Otherwise, if the bit rate is very low on both the uplink and the do
wnlink, the user will be switched down to FACH rather than to DCH with a lower u

plink rate.Unit: 0.1sChange takes effect: New connections"


ChannelSwitching
upswitchPwrMargin
6
"Margin on trans
mitted code power in the downlink, used to prohibit upswitches when the transmit
ted power is too high.Expressed relative to the maximum allowed code power.Befor
e an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH rate is requested, an estimate of the pow
er increase due to the upswitch is made.The upswitch is prohibited if the differ
ence between the the maximum allowed code power, and the sum of the current tran
smitted code power and the estimated increase in power, is less than the sum of
this margin and the value of downswitchPwrMargin.Value mapping:0 : 0.0 dB1 : 0.5
dB2 : 1.0 dB...20 : 10.0 dBUnit: 0.5 dBChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
upswitchTimer 5
"Time after which a down
link radio bearer on DCH with high throughput is upswitched to a higher DCH rate
.When the downlink throughput has been above the percentage defined by bandwidth
Margin for this length of time, an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH rate is nor
mally requested. However, the upswitch is not requested after a throughput-based
downswitch unless the downlink throughput has fallen below the value of dlThrou
ghputAllowUpswitchThreshold at least once since the downswitch.The upswitch is a
lso not requested if it would cause the transmitted power to become too high, as
defined using upswitchPwrMargin.Dependencies:If bandwidthMargin = 0, an upswitc
h is never requested, regardless of throughput.If dlThroughputAllowUpswitchThres
hold = 0, no extra restriction applies to upswitches in the downlink after a thr
oughput-based downswitch.Unit: 0.1 sChange takes effect: New connections"
ChannelSwitching
upswitchTimerUl 5
"Time after which an upl
ink radio bearer on DCH with high throughput is upswitched to a higher DCH rate.
When the uplink throughput has been above the percentage defined by bandwidthMar
ginUl for this length of time, an upswitch from DCH to a higher DCH rate is norm
ally requested. However, the upswitch is not requested after a throughput-based
downswitch unless the uplink throughput has fallen below the value of ulThroughp
utAllowUpswitchThreshold at least once since the downswitch.The upswitch is also
not requested if it would cause the transmitted power to become too high, as de
fined using upswitchPwrMargin.Dependencies:If bandwidthMarginUl = 0, an upswitch
is never requested, regardless of throughput.If ulThroughputAllowUpswitchThresh
old = 0, no extra restriction applies to upswitches in the uplink after a throug
hput-based downswitch.Unit: 0.1 sChange takes effect: New connections"
ClDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
ClDevice
ClDeviceId
ClDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
ClDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: AUC_310Ref. [FS_AUC]
ClDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
ClDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
ClDeviceSet
ClDeviceSetId
ClDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
Clu
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the non-processing
unit.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER
_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when

bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_U
C_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management D
esign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
Clu
CluId
Clu
deviceRef
Reference to the CL device that depends
on (uses) this unit.It is set by the system at creation of the NPU.Use cases: Sc
ratch RBS at SitePrecondition: PCU created.Ref. [CB_ECF]
Clu
greenLed
"Indicates the operational status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported
. NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Power not pres
ent, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is ind
icated instead. STEADY_LIGHT = Power present. SLOW_BLINK = Dependant resource mi
ssing, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is i
ndicated instead. FAST_BLINK = Load/Test in progress, but since the LED state is
not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is indicated instead. FLICKERING = In
itial boot test, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAI
LABLE is indicated instead.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]"
Clu
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Clu
productName
"Product name of the unit (part of PID).
Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondition
: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Clu
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Clu
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (part of P
ID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installedRef. [FS_PIY]"
Clu
productType
HW
"Product type (PID) is used by product i
nventory to select products.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Clu
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the non-processing
unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported. NOT_AVAILABLE
= The LED state is currently not available. OUT = No fault. STEADY_LIGHT = Faul
t.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]
Clu
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies the unit
(part of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Clu
yellowLed
Indicates the information status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported.
NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Board unlocked.
STEADY_LIGHT = Board locked. SLOW_BLINK = Shutdown in progress. FLICKERING = Bo
ard busy.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]
CluDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
CluDeviceGroup
CluDeviceGroupId
CluDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
CluDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
CluDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
CnOperator
CnOperatorId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.

CnOperator
equivalentPlmnIdentityGroupRef
"List of groups
of PLMN identities. Taken together, these groups identify the external CN operat
ors that have roaming agreements with this sharing CN operator."
CnOperator
iphoNetworkRefsGsm
Defines the external GSM
networks to which a UE registered in this core network is allowed to perform an
inter-PLMN handover.Used by the NRI MOCN feature to filter the ExternalGsmCells
allowed for handover. See the class description of GsmRelation for more details
.
CnOperator
iphoNetworkRefsUtran
Defines the UTRAN networ
ks to which a UE registered in this core network is allowed to perform an interor intra-PLMN handover.Used by the NRI MOCN feature to filter the ExternalUtran
Cells allowed for handover. See the class description of UtranRelation for more
details.
CnOperator
plmnIdentity
"The PLMN identity of this core
network operator. When the NRI MOCN feature is active, this attribute, together
with equivalentPlmnIdGroupRef, is used to identify to which CN Node a Ue should
be connected, when the routing procedure is based on IMSI.When the Cell MOCN fea
ture is active, this attribute is broadcast as the common PLMN-id in System Info
rmation for the cells owned by this CnOperator.The PLMN identity for this CnOper
ator (constructed from the values of the attributes mcc, mnc, and mncLength) mus
t be unique within the RNC. No two CnOperators handled by the same RNC may have
the same PLMN ID.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections"
CnOperator
plmnIdentity.mcc
1
The MCC part of a PLMN i
dentity used in the radio network.
CnOperator
plmnIdentity.mnc
1
The MNC part of a PLMN i
dentity used in the radio network.
CnOperator
plmnIdentity.mncLength 2
The length of the MNC pa
rt of a PLMN identity used in the radio networkUnit: digit
CnOperator
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO.See references in RncFunction and MocnCellProfile."
CnOperator
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
CommContexts
ccIdHiMonitoringStarted
"Shows the ccId's that h
ave HI monitoring active. Maximum one ccId per TX board can have HI Monitoring a
ctive, that is, in total 2 ccId can have HI Monitoring active.Ref. [CB_UTS]"
CommContexts
CommContextsId
CommContexts
noOfCommContexts
Total number of Communic
ation Contexts allocated in the RBS.Ref. [CB_DCC]
ConfigurationVersion
actionResult
Contains the result from
the latest invoked action. Additional information is stored in the attribute ad
ditionalActionResultData.This attribute is only valid for the non-blocking actio
ns:- putToFtpServer- getFromFtpServer- verifyRestore- restore- forcedRestore- co
nfirmRestore.
ConfigurationVersion
actionResult.actionId 1
This ID is used
to link more than one result to one action.
ConfigurationVersion
actionResult.configurationVersionName
"Specifies the name of the CV in which a particular action has been executed. No
tice that this CV name is the name that the CV has in the node (that is, it has
nothing to do with the name that a copy of the CV might have in a FTP server)."
ConfigurationVersion
actionResult.invokedAction
PUT_TO_FTP_SERVE
R
ConfigurationVersion
actionResult.mainResult EXECUTED
ConfigurationVersion
actionResult.pathToDetailedInformation
"Absolute file path to a HTML file containing detailed information logged at the
execution of the action.This parameter is populated only for actions verifyRest
ore, restore and forcedRestore."
ConfigurationVersion
actionResult.time
"A timestamp. Fo
rmat: Date: 2003-04-24, Time: 20:52:11.182"
ConfigurationVersion
additionalActionResultData
Contains

additional action result information.


ConfigurationVersion
additionalActionResultData.additionalInformation
Additional detailed information.
ConfigurationVersion
additionalActionResultData.information
ConfigurationVersion
autoCreatedCVIsTurnedOn TRUE
"This flag indic
ates that a configuration version is created automatically once a day, if it is
set to true.The value of this attribute must be set to false, if the node has li
mited disk space."
ConfigurationVersion
configAdmCountdown
900
"Specifies the n
umber of seconds until node restart, that is until a confirmation of the latest
change must be made.If the countdown mechanism is already activated (if the attr
ibute configCountdownActivated is set to true), changing this attribute will not
have any effect until the next countdown.Unit: 1 s"
ConfigurationVersion
configCountdownActivated
FALSE "Activat
es or deactivates the robust rollback function, that is a countdown mechanism fo
r confirmation of a configuration change.If set to true, the countdown mechanism
is activated.If set to false, the latest configuration change is regarded as co
nfirmed, and the countdown mechanism is deactivated. When countdown is ongoing,
the attribute configOpCountdown will decrease by 1 every second, until one of th
e following conditions occurs: - the latest configuration change is confirmed, b
y setting this attribute to false - the value of configOpCountdown reaches 0, a
warm restart takes place and the system rolls back to the previously startable c
onfiguration.When the countdown is started, a backup CV is automatically created
. If the countdown is stopped, a confirm CV is created. During countdown, it is
not possible to manually create a CV or set a CV as startable and the function t
o create automatic CVs (autoCreatedCVIsTurnedOn) is temporarily deactivated.Sett
ing this attribute takes effect immediately."
ConfigurationVersion
configOpCountdown
"Displays the nu
mber of seconds until node restart, that is until a confirmation of the latest c
hange must have been made. When the value of this attribute has reached 0, the n
ode restarts. If configCountdownActivated is false, the value of this attribute
is equal to that of configAdmCountdown.When 180 seconds remain to node restart,
an event is sent.Unit: 1 s"
ConfigurationVersion
ConfigurationVersionId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
ConfigurationVersion
corruptedUpgradePackages
"Specifi
es the upgrade packages which contain load modules that are corrupted.To correct
this problem, a forced installation of these upgrade packages is done.This attr
ibute is set at the execution of the actions verifyRestore, restore and forcedRe
store."
ConfigurationVersion
corruptedUpgradePackages.productInfo
Information about the product.If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the rang
e is 0.. (unlimited).
ConfigurationVersion
corruptedUpgradePackages.productionDate
"The production date is represented in two ways:- the preferred syntax is four-d
igits for the year, two digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a tota
l of eight characters. Example: 19991231- the date is also be represented by two
digits for the year, followed by the letter W for week, and two digits for the
number of the week, a total of five characters. Example: 99W52The production dat
e is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage and LoadModule.
"
ConfigurationVersion
corruptedUpgradePackages.productName
"The name of the product.The product name is mandatory for the MOs: Configuratio
nVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
ConfigurationVersion
corruptedUpgradePackages.productNumber
"The product number of the product or document.Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 45
6, 1/BFD 101 999For UpgradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade p
ackage.Maximum length for a product number is 36 when referring to a document. T
he product number is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage
, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."

ConfigurationVersion
corruptedUpgradePackages.productRevision
"The revision state of the product.Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7BThe product revi
sion is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule,
PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
ConfigurationVersion
currentDetailedActivity
Specifies the cu
rrent detailed activity (within the main activity) at the execution of a non-blo
cking action.Example: RETREIVING_BACKUP_FROM_REMOTE_SERVER.
ConfigurationVersion
currentLoadedConfigurationVersion
"Specifies the name of the currently loaded configuration version.This is stored
in, and read from the file system. This is the configuration version that the s
ystem started with, that is, the configuration version that was able to start at
the last node restart."
ConfigurationVersion
currentMainActivity
Specifies the cu
rrent main activity at the execution of CV related actions (not the actions that
handle the command log).Example: CREATING_CV.
ConfigurationVersion
currentUpgradePackage
This is a refere
nce to the upgrade package that is executing currently.
ConfigurationVersion
executingCv
"Specifies the name of t
he executing Configuration Version.This is the same as the attribute, currentLoa
dedConfigurationVersion, after a node restart, where this is changed to the valu
e of the lastCreatedCv, when a CV is created."
ConfigurationVersion
lastCreatedCv
Specifies the name of th
e last created Configuration Version.A CV of type downloaded is not considered a
s last created.
ConfigurationVersion
listOfHtmlResultFiles
Specifies the ab
solute file paths to the verify restore html result files.
ConfigurationVersion
missingUpgradePackages
"Specifies the u
pgrade packages that are included in the downloaded CV, but do not exist in the
node. This attribute is set at the execution of the actions verifyRestore, resto
re and forcedRestore."
ConfigurationVersion
missingUpgradePackages.productInfo
Information about the product.If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the rang
e is 0.. (unlimited).
ConfigurationVersion
missingUpgradePackages.productionDate
"The production date is represented in two ways:- the preferred syntax is four-d
igits for the year, two digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a tota
l of eight characters. Example: 19991231- the date is also be represented by two
digits for the year, followed by the letter W for week, and two digits for the
number of the week, a total of five characters. Example: 99W52The production dat
e is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage and LoadModule.
"
ConfigurationVersion
missingUpgradePackages.productName
"The name of the product.The product name is mandatory for the MOs: Configuratio
nVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
ConfigurationVersion
missingUpgradePackages.productNumber
"The product number of the product or document.Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 45
6, 1/BFD 101 999For UpgradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade p
ackage.Maximum length for a product number is 36 when referring to a document. T
he product number is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage
, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
ConfigurationVersion
missingUpgradePackages.productRevision
"The revision state of the product.Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7BThe product revi
sion is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule,
PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
ConfigurationVersion
restoreConfirmationDeadline
"Specifi
es the deadline, date and time for an operator confirmation of a restore action.
If the deadline is not met, then an automatic rollback to a previous configurat
ion is issued by the system. The date and time is in UTC format.Unit: 1 min"
ConfigurationVersion
rollbackInitCounterValue
5
Specifie
s the initial value of the rollback counter. This is used when rollback is switc

hed on (rollbackOn = true).


ConfigurationVersion
rollbackInitTimerValue 30
"Specifies the t
ime used by the system when rollback is switched on (rollbackOn = true). After t
he given time, the node is not in a cyclic restart mode. The rollback counter, r
ollbackInitCounterValue, is then reset to its initial value.Unit: 1 min"
ConfigurationVersion
rollbackList
"Specifies a list of con
figuration versions to rollback to (configuration version name). The first CV on
the list is used at the next rollback. This entry is then automatically removed
from the rollback list.This attribute is modified by the actions, setFirstRollb
ackList and removeFromRollbackList."
ConfigurationVersion
rollbackOn
TRUE
"This flag indicates if
rollback is enabled or not. If true, the system automatically sets the rollback
counter. If cyclic restarts, a rollback is issued after x restarts (x is defined
by the rollbackInitCounterValue)."
ConfigurationVersion
startableConfigurationVersion
"Specifi
es the name of the configuration version to use at the next node restart.This is
stored in, and read from the file system.This attribute is set by the action, s
etStartable. It is also set at rollback by the system. The first CV in the rollb
ack list is then used."
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions
"Lists t
he stored configuration versions in the node. These CVs are stored in, and read
from the file system. The CV list is formatted as a sequence of ConfigurationVer
sionAttributes.Each structure contains one CV with the following fields:- nameidentity- type- upgrade package id- operator name- operator comment- date- statu
sEach field in the structure has a string format with a maximum length of 40 cha
racters.Only the characters A - Z, a -z, 0 - 9, - and _ are allowed, other chara
cters are removed.White spaces are allowed within the strings for the fields, op
erator comment and operator name.The format for the field date is: weekday month
date hour:min:seconds year (DAY MMM DD HH:mm:ss YYYY). Example of a CV:{ name:
Rb_SU_CPP6_LSV22_HW_PB4_070621_1731 }{ identity: no value (cv product id) }{ typ
e: other }{ upgradePackageId: CPP6_LSV22_HW_PB4 }{ operatorName: Cello Packet Pl
atform }{ operatorComment: Rollb. CV autocreated at System Upgrade. }{ date: Thu
Jun 21 17:32:05 2007 }{ status: CELLO_CV_OK }"
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.date
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.identity
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.name
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.operatorComment
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.operatorName
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.status
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.type
ConfigurationVersion
storedConfigurationVersions.upgradePackageId
ConfigurationVersion
timeForAutoCreatedCV
04:00 "Specifies the t
ime (HH:MM) when the configuration versions are automatically created (once a da
y). See also the attribute, autoCreatedCVIsTurnedOn.If the clock on the node is
changed, this attribute must be set or else the JVM MP must be restarted."
ConfigurationVersion
userLabel
Label for free use.
ConnectionField
cabPosition
"A string that defines in which
cabinet the connection field is located. Does not affect operation of the system
. String with cabinet position as defined by Mub user' for positioning of cabinet
. Used by system in alarms, but does not affect operation of the system.Example:
2A (maximum 2 characters)Use cases: CEC_400, CEC_410.Ref. [FS_CEC]"
ConnectionField
ConnectionFieldId
ConnectionField
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: CEC_400Ref. [FS_CEC]
CoverageRelation
coverageIndicator
OVERLAP "Defines whether
the coverage area of the source cell and the target cell are indicated to overl
ap (has approximately the same coverage area), or whether the coverage area of t
he target cell is indicated to cover the source cell or it is contained in the s
ource cell."
CoverageRelation
CoverageRelationId
Naming attribute

.Contains the value part of the RDN.


CoverageRelation
hsPathlossThreshold
170
Maximum pathloss
allowed for Serving HS-DSCH cell selection to validate the target cell for sele
ction.Unit: dB
CoverageRelation
utranCellRef
Reference to the UtranCe
ll MO that contains the specification of the cell indicated by this coverage rel
ation (the target cell)
CpmTransGapPattSeq
CpmTransGapPattSeqId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.Set by the system.
CpmTransGapPattSeq
downLinkFrameType
0
"Frame structure
type used in downlink compressed mode control. This attribute may only be chang
ed by Ericsson personnel. Value mapping:0 = 'A'1 = 'B' Change takes effect: Next
configuration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
nIdentifyAbort 66
"Maximum number of patte
rn repeats that the UE shall use to attempt to decode the unknown BSIC of a GSM
cell in the initial BSIC identification procedure.This attribute may only be cha
nged by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: Next configuration of the trans
mission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tgcfnOffset
"Offset to the transmiss
ion gap connection frame number, for the pattern sequence when starting CPM.TGCF
N = running CFN + startCFNoffset + TGCFNoffsetThis attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel. Special values:Initial value (set by system) for GSM car
rier RSSI measurement (CpmTransGapPattSeq=1) is 0.Initial value (set by system)
for Initial BSIC identification (CpmTransGapPattSeq=2) is 2.Initial value (set b
y system) for BSIC reconfirmation (CpmTransGapPattSeq=3) is 6.Initial value (set
by system) for Inter Frequency measurements (CpmTransGapPattSeq=4) is 0.Change
takes effect: Next configuration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE,
DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGD
0
"Transmission gap start distance
. Number of slots between the starting slots of two consecutive transmission gap
s within a transmission gap pattern. If this parameter is not set by higher laye
rs, then there is only one transmission gap in the transmission gap pattern. If
there is only one transmission gap in the transmission gap pattern, this paramet
er shall be set to 0.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. S
pecial values:0 means undefinedChange takes effect: Next configuration of the tr
ansmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGL1
7
"Transmission gap length 1. Numb
er of slots in the first transmission gap within the transmission gap pattern. T
his attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Value mapping:Possible
values for GSM carrier RSSI Measurement are 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 14.Possible values f
or Initial BSIC identification are 7, 10, 14.Possible values for BSIC re-confirm
ation are 7, 10, 14.Possible values for Inter Frequency measurements are 7, 10,
14.Since the value ranges are different for each pattern sequence, the system wi
ll not check the range. It is the responsibility of the user (Ericsson personnel
) to check the range when configuring the parameter. Change takes effect: Next c
onfiguration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGL2
7
"Transmission gap length 2. Numb
er of slots in the second transmission gap within the transmission gap pattern.
This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:If this p
arameter is not explicitly set by higher layers, then tGL2 = tGL1.Value mapping:
Possible values for GSM carrier RSSI Measurement are 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 14.Possible
values for Initial BSIC identification are 7, 10, 14.Possible values for BSIC r
e-confirmation are 7, 10, 14.Possible values forInter Frequency measurements are
7, 10, 14.Since the value ranges are different for each pattern sequence, the s
ystem will not check the range. It is the responsibility of the user (Ericsson p
ersonnel) to check the range when configuring the parameter. Change takes effect
: Next configuration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS
."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGPL1
"Transmission gap pattern length
1. Number of frames in transmission gap pattern 1.This attribute may only be ch

anged by Ericsson personnel. Special values:Initial value (set by system) for GS


M carrier RSSI Measurement (CpmTransGapPattSeq=1) is 8.Initial value (set by sys
tem) for Initial BSIC identification (CpmTransGapPattSeq=2) is 8.Initial value (
set by system) for BSIC re-confirmation (CpmTransGapPattSeq=3) is 8.Initial valu
e (set by system) for Inter Frequency measurements(CpmTransGapPattSeq=4) is 4.Va
lue mapping:Possible value for GSM carrier RSSI Measurement is 8.Possible values
for Initial BSIC identification are 3, 4, 8, 12, 24.Possible values for BSIC re
-confirmation are 3, 4, 8, 12, 15, 23, 24.Possible values for Inter Frequency me
asurements are 3, 4, 8, 12, 24, 35.Since the value ranges are different for each
pattern sequence, the system will only check that the value is within the full
range defined for the parameter.There is no check that a value for a specific se
quence is within the range for that sequence.For example, the value 23 will be a
ccepted for Initial BSIC identification.It is the responsibility of the user (Er
icsson personnel) to check that the value for a specific sequence is within the
range of that sequence when configuring the parameter. Change takes effect: Next
configuration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGPL2
"Transmission gap pattern length
2. Numer of frames in transmission gap pattern 2.This attribute may only be cha
nged by Ericsson personnel. Special values:Initial value (set by system) for GSM
carrier RSSI Measurement (CpmTransGapPattSeq=1) is 8.Initial value (set by syst
em) for Initial BSIC identification (CpmTransGapPattSeq=2) is 8.Initial value (s
et by system) for BSIC re-confirmation (CpmTransGapPattSeq=3) is 8.Initial value
(set by system) for Inter Frequency measurements(CpmTransGapPattSeq=4) is 4.Dep
endencies:It is up to the user (Ericsson personnel) to make sure tGLP1 = tGPL2 f
or subsequent changes during operation. There is no check in the code for this.V
alue mapping:Possible value for GSM carrier RSSI Measurement is 8.Possible value
s for Initial BSIC identification are 3, 4, 8, 12, 24.Possible values for BSIC r
e-confirmation are 3, 4, 8, 12, 15, 23, 24.Possible values for Inter Frequency m
easurements are 3, 4, 8, 12, 24, 35.Since the value ranges are different for eac
h pattern sequence, the system will only check that the value is within the full
range defined for the parameter.There is no check that a value for a specific s
equence is within the range for that sequence.For example, the value 23 will be
accepted for Initial BSIC identification.It is the responsibility of the user (E
ricsson personnel) to check that the value for a specific sequence is within the
range of that sequence when configuring the parameter. Change takes effect: Nex
t configuration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGPRC 0
"Transmission gap pattern repeti
tion count. Number of transmission gap patterns within the transmission gap patt
ern sequence. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Special
values:0 means infinity. Change takes effect: Next configuration of the transmis
sion gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tGSN
4
"Transmission gap starting slot
number. A transmission gap pattern begins in a radio frame, containing at least
one transmission gap slot. TGSN is the slot number of the first transmission gap
slot within the first radio frame of the transmission gap pattern. This attribu
te may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: Next configur
ation of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
tReconfirmAbort 11
"Maximum time allowed fo
r the re-confirmation of the BSIC of a GSM cell in the BSIC re-confirmation proc
edure.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Value mapping:1:
0.5 s2: 1.0 s3: 1.5 s...11: 5.5 s...20: 10.0 sUnit: 0.5 sChange takes effect: N
ext configuration of the transmission gap pattern sequence in UE, DRNC or RBS."
CpmTransGapPattSeq
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
CuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]

CuDeviceGroup
CuDeviceGroupId
CuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
CuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
CuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
CuSubrack
cabinetPosition
"String with cabinet position as
defined by 'Mub user' for positioning of cabinet.It is used to distinguish subr
acks in different cabinets, thus allowing a unique subrack position to be built.
Example: 9.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB
_ECF]"
CuSubrack
CuSubrackId
CuSubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position.The value
consist of (<X><Y><Z>):X = Cabinet position within the node starting from the le
ft, one digit (1 - 9).Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabinet starting
from the ground, one letter (A - Z).Z = Subrack horizontal position within the c
abinet starting from the left, one digit (1 - 9).Examples: 1A1, 1B1, 1B2, 2A1.De
pendencies: The value of attribute cabinetPosition corresponds to the first digi
t in attribute subrackPosition.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHAND
L_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
DbccDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTR
AN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbccDevice
DbccDeviceId
DbccDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbccDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: DBC_UC906Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbccDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731
Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbccDeviceSet
activeHsdpaLmTxbMeasurements
Array with all a
ctive HSDPA Local Measurements on this MO. Measurement type for this attribute i
s 901. One measurement can be active and it is performed on the MP.Undefined val
ue: 0User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
DbccDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: DBC_905Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbccDeviceSet
DbccDeviceSetId
DbccDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC905Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbccDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC905Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbchDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: DBC_905Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbchDeviceSet
DbchDeviceSetId
DbchDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational

state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC905Specification: ITU-T


rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbchDeviceSet
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: DBC_UC905Ref. [FS_DBC]
DbchDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC905Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
DcDevice
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The administrati
ve state of the DC device.
DcDevice
availabilityStatus
"The availability status
of the DcDevice. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the sa
me object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLIN
EBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, 10 or 11 is set t
o 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPE
NDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCYSHUTTINGDOWN"
DcDevice
DcDeviceId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
DcDevice
deviceIndId
"Device individual identity.Set
by the system to DCD-<#>, where #=a number greater that zero."
DcDevice
operationalState
The operational state of
the DC device.
DcDevice
spmReference
Reference to an instance of Spm
MO.
DcDevice
usageState
The usage state of the DC device
.
DcDevice
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
DchFrameSynch
DchFrameSynchId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.
DchFrameSynch
doStep 1
Downlink offset step size.Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
dto
10
Downlink transport delay offset.Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
reservedBy
"Reference back to the UeRrcType
and/or UeRabType MO(s) that uses this DchFrameSynch instance.The system will se
t this attribute when the dchFrameSynchRef attribute of the UeRrcType MO and/or
UeRabType MO is set to this instance, and then in the same transaction as the cr
eation/set/delete."
DchFrameSynch
toAE
195
"Downlink, time of arrival early point.U
nit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
toAEUl 95
"Uplink, time of arrival early point.Dep
endencies:It is recommended to set toAWEUl + toAEUl <= 639 [ms] It is recommende
d to set toAWSUl <= toAEUlUnit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
toAWE 2
Time of arrival window end point in the
downlink.Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
toAWEUl 2
"Uplink, time of arrival window endpoint
.Dependencies:It is recommended to set toAWEUl + toAEUl <= 639 [ms] It is recomm
ended to set toAWSUl <= toAEUlUnit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
toAWS 30
"Downlink, time of arrival window starti
ng point.Unit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
toAWSUl 40
"Uplink, time of arrival window startpoi
nt.Dependencies:It is recommended to set toAWEUl + toAEUl <= 639 [ms] It is reco
mmended to set toAWSUl <= toAEUlUnit: ms"
DchFrameSynch
tProcRbsDl
Buffering/processing time for a
downlink DCH data frame in RBS.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe
rsonnel. Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
tProcRbsUl
Buffering/processing time for an
uplink DCH data frame in RBS.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel. Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
tProcRncDl
Buffering/processing time for a
downlink DCH data frame in RNC.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe
rsonnel. Unit: ms

DchFrameSynch
tProcRncUl
Buffering/processing time for an
uplink DCH data frame in RNC.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel. Dependencies:It is recommended to set tProcRncUl + toAWEUl + toAEUl <= 6
40 [ms] It is recommended to set toAWSUl <= toAEUlUnit: ms
DchFrameSynch
uoStep 1
Uplink offset step size.Unit: ms
DchFrameSynch
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
DchFrameSynch
uto
10
Uplink transport delay offset.Unit: ms
DchMap
dchDirection
Unidirectional DCH Indicator.Dependencie
s: gbrDlRangeStart < gbrDlRangeEnd when dchDirectrion =DL_DCH_UL_DCH.For further
restrictions please see DchMap class description. Change takes effect: New conn
ections
DchMap
DchMapId
Naming attribute. Contains the value par
t of the RDN.
DchMap
gbrDlRangeEnd
End point for the GBR range in the downl
ink. Dependencies: gbrDlRangeEnd > gbrDlRangeStart when dchDirectrion =DL_DCH_UL
_DCHThis parameter is ignored if dchDirection = DL_DCH_ONLY or UL_DCH_ONLY.For f
urther restrictions please see DchMap class description. Change takes effect: Ne
w connectionsUnit: TFI
DchMap
gbrDlRangeStart
Starting point for the GBR range in the
downlink. Dependencies: gbrDlRangeStart < gbrDlRangeEnd when dchDirectrion =DL_D
CH_UL_DCHThis parameter is ignored if dchDirection = DL_DCH_ONLY or UL_DCH_ONLY.
For further restrictions please see DchMap class description. Change takes effec
t: New connectionsUnit: TFI
DchMap
internalArp
"1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15" "Subset
of ARP values applicable for this instance of DchMap. If the sequence length is
zero, the complete ARP range is used.Dependencies: For further restrictions plea
se see DchMap class description. Change takes effect: New connections"
DchMap
qosRef
Reference to a TnlQosClass instance containing t
he QoS settings. Dependencies: This reference must point at an instance of TnlQo
sClass that is contained under the same profile as this instance.Change takes ef
fect: New connections
DchMap
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
DeviceGroup
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the device
group.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDE
R_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_
UC_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management
Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
DeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement
: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
DeviceGroup
DeviceGroupId
"Instance name, part of the rela
tive distinguished name (RDN). Indicates the device group type.Possible values:
ATMAU DUI RUW SAU SCU"
DeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDHardware units not sup
porting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINED.Use case
s: HWT_UC1Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3Ref. [FS_HWT]
DeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T r
ec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
DeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC904Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
Dhcp
DhcpId
The value component of the RDN.It is set automat
ically when the MO instance is created.

Dhcp
dhcpServerAddresses
"IP addresses to the DHCP server
, used by the DHCP Relay Agent.Default is an empty array.Adding and removing add
resses are done using the actions, addDhcpServerAddress() and removeDhcpServerAd
dress()."
Dhcp
userLabel
Label for free use.
DigitalCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the cable.O
nly bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_REPAI
Rbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when bit 1,
2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_UC_923,
EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management Design
Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_EFH]"
DigitalCable
connectedToObjectARef
"Reference to the hardwa
re unit (for example, RUIFB) to which this cable must be connected. The informat
ion sent through the cable is sent from Object A to Object B. If the cable is us
ed both for DL and UL, the DL direction must be Object A to Object B.Preconditio
n: The referred to MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.Use case
s: Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]"
DigitalCable
connectedToObjectBRef
"Reference to the hardwa
re unit (for example, RU) to which this cable must be connected. The information
sent through the cable is sent from Object A to Object B. If the cable is used
both for DL and UL, the DL direction must be Object A to Object B.Precondition:
The referred to MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.Use cases:
Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]"
DigitalCable
DigitalCableId
DigitalCable
electricalDelay
"Electricaldelay of the cable. T
he value -1 indicates that the electrical delay for the cable is measured by the
RBS.Example: 100 = 10 nanosecondsUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell set
up for the affected cell.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equipmen
tUser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
DigitalCable
objectAConnector
"Value representing the
connector on the hardware unit (RUIFB, DUW, RUW or RRUW) to which this cable mus
t be connected.Possible values: DATA_A = Valid connector for RUIFB. DATA_B = Val
id connector for RUIFB. DATA_C = Valid connector for RUIFB. DATA_D = Valid conne
ctor for RUIFB. DATA_E = Valid connector for RUIFB. DATA_F = Valid connector for
RUIFB. DATA_1 = Valid connector for RUW and RRUW. DATA_2 = Valid connector for
RUW and RRUW. RI_A = Valid connector for DUW. RI_B = Valid connector for DUW. RI
_C = Valid connector for DUW. RI_D = Valid connector for DUW. RI_E = Valid conne
ctor for DUW. RI_F = Valid connector for DUW.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRef.
[CB_ECF]"
DigitalCable
objectBConnector
"Value representing the
connector on the hardware unit (RU, RUW and RRUW) to which this cable must be co
nnected.Possible values: DATA_1 DATA_2Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF
]"
DownlinkBaseBandPool
DownlinkBaseBandPoolId
DownlinkBaseBandPool
maxNumADchReservation 128
The maximum numb
er of A-DCH resources that may be configured in a baseband pool.Takes effect: Ta
kes effect immediately if possible. Otherwise it will take effect gracefully (st
arving out resources).Ref. [CB_MOP]
DownlinkBaseBandPool
radioInterfaceBoardRef
"Refers to the r
adio interface board connected to the DL baseband pool.Use cases: MEC_300, DBC_U
C157, DBC_UC161, DBC_UC165Ref. [CB_PMG] "
DpclDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTR
AN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
DpclDevice
DpclDeviceId
DpclDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]

DpclDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: DBC_UC906Ref. [FS_DBC]
DpclDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC906Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731
Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
DpclDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: DBC_905Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
DpclDeviceSet
DpclDeviceSetId
DpclDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC905Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
DpclDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC905Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
DpProgram
DpProgramId
DpProgram
loadModule
"Reference to the corresponding
LoadModule MO. It contains information for loading: product data, load module fi
le path and file size.Use cases: SUE_UC_U2, SUE_UC_H2Precondition: The LoadModul
e MO must exist.Ref. [FS_SUE]"
DpProgram
startState
ENABLED "Shows whether the DpProgram is
allowed to be used after a device board restart (allowed if enabled).Possible va
lues: DISABLED ENABLED Use cases: DBC_UC139, DBC_UC119, DBC_UC140Dependencies: O
nly 1 program is allowed to have the state ENABLED at the same time for each dev
ice group.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_DBC]"
Ds0Bundle
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Ds0Bundle
Ds0BundleId
The value component of the RDN.
Ds0Bundle
listOfTimeSlots
"The list gives the time slots (
within ATM traffic fraction) that are to be allocated to the DS0 Bundle.When a D
S0 Bundle is contained by an E1PhysPathTerm, the slots that can be placed in thi
s list are 1 to 31. When a DS0 Bundle is contained by a J1PhysPathTerm, the slot
s that can be placed in this list are 1 to 24.When a DS0 Bundle is contained by
a T1PhysPathTerm, the slots that can be placed in this list are 1 to 24.When a D
S0 Bundle is contained by an E1Ttp, the slots that can be placed in this list ar
e 1 to 31. When a DS0 Bundle is contained by a T1Ttp, the slots that can be plac
ed in this list are 1 to 24.When a DS0 Bundle is contained by a HgTtp, the slots
that can be placed in this list are 1 to 6.The same timeslot cannot appear more
than once in the list. If an E1/J1/T1PhysPathTerm MP contains more than one DS0
Bundle, the listOfTimeSlots for the DS0 Bundle must be mutually exclusive, that
is, slots in one list cannot be used in another list.If the DS0 Bundle is used
for carrying SS7 traffic, that is if the DS0 Bundle is reserved by an Mtp2TpAnsi
, Mtp2TpItu or Mtp2TpChina, the listOfTimeSlots can contain only one time slot."
Ds0Bundle
operationalState
The operational state.
Ds0Bundle
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erves this MO instance.
Ds0Bundle
tdmMode
The state of tdmMode.true - enabled.fals
e - disabled.
Ds0Bundle
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
E1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false - r
eporting disabled.
E1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
E1PhysPathTerm
crc4Mode
ON
Indicates whether the E1 uses Cy
clical Redundancy Check (CRC) 4 framing.

E1PhysPathTerm
currentPmRegister
Returns the current valu
es of all PM counters.
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegM 7
The number of bad seconds in a row that
causes a Degraded Signal alarm.
E1PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
30
"Specifies how many of the recei
ved blocks are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made each second.
If the threshold is exceeded, the second is considered to be bad.Unit: 1%"
E1PhysPathTerm
E1PhysPathTermId
The value component of t
he RDN.
E1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED
"The idle pattern applie
s only to ports using TDM switching. It defines the pattern being sent out on a
timeslot that is not occupied by a 64 Kbit/s TDM connection.Changing from A_LAW
or U_LAW to UNDEFINED is allowed, but setting up one ET board with both U_LAW an
d A_LAW is not allowed. For example, if you want to change from A_LAW to U_LAW o
n one ET board, you must first change idlePattern to UNDEFINED on each physical
port belonging to the board. That is:A_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> U_LAW, or U_LAW -> UN
DEFINED -> A_LAW."
E1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
The line number on the board.
E1PhysPathTerm
loopback
NONE
The loopback state of this physi
cal path termination.The attribute administrativeState must be set to LOCKED whe
n setting the attribute loopback.
E1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
The operational state.
E1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH
Remote Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false reporting disabled.
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
The identity of the ImaL
ink MO that reserves this MO instance.
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
The identity of the Synchronizat
ion MO that reserves this MO instance.
E1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
The identity of the AtmP
ort MO that reserves this MO instance.
E1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 1800
"The shut-down timer.It is used
when the administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN. When the timer expires, ad
ministrativeState is set to LOCKED.Unit: 1 s"
E1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
E1Ttp
aisReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH Alarm In
dication Signal (AIS) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false - reporting
disabled.
E1Ttp
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
E1Ttp
crc4Mode
ON
Indicates whether the E1 uses Cyclical R
edundancy Check (CRC) 4 framing.
E1Ttp
currentPmRegister
Returns the current values of al
l PM counters.
E1Ttp
degDegM 7
The number of bad seconds in a row that causes a
Degraded Signal alarm.
E1Ttp
degDegThr
30
"Specifies how many of the received bloc
ks are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made each second. If the t
hreshold is exceeded, the second is considered to be bad.Unit: 1%"
E1Ttp
E1TtpId
The value component of the RDN.It is set automat
ically when the MO instance is created.
E1Ttp
idlePattern
UNDEFINED
"The idle pattern applies only t
o ports using TDM switching. It defines the pattern being sent out on a timeslot
that is not occupied by a 64 Kbit/s TDM connection.Changing from A_LAW or U_LAW
to UNDEFINED is allowed, but setting up one ET board with both U_LAW and A_LAW
is not allowed. For example, if you want to change from A_LAW to U_LAW on one ET
board, you must first change idlePattern to UNDEFINED on each physical port bel
onging to the board. That is:A_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> U_LAW, or U_LAW -> UNDEFINED
-> A_LAW."
E1Ttp
operationalState
The operational state.

E1Ttp
rdiReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH Remote D
efect Indication (RDI) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false - reportin
g disabled.
E1Ttp
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
E1Ttp
reservedByImaLink
The identity of the ImaLink MO t
hat reserves this MO instance.
E1Ttp
userLabel
Label for free use.
E3PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
E3PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false - r
eporting disabled.
E3PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
E3PhysPathTerm
currentPmRegister
Returns the current valu
es of all PM counters.
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegM 7
The number of bad seconds in a row that
causes a Degraded Signal alarm.
E3PhysPathTerm
degDegThr
30
"Specifies how many of the recei
ved blocks are allowed to have bit errors. The measurement is made each second.
If the threshold is exceeded, the second is considered to be bad.Unit: 1%"
E3PhysPathTerm
E3PhysPathTermId
The value component of t
he RDN.
E3PhysPathTerm
lineNo
The line number on the board.
E3PhysPathTerm
loopback
NONE
The loopback state of this physi
cal path termination.The attribute administrativeState must be set to LOCKED whe
n setting the attribute loopback.
E3PhysPathTerm
operationalState
The operational state.
E3PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH
Remote Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false reporting disabled.
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
The identity of the Synchronizat
ion MO that reserves this MO instance.
E3PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
The identity of the AtmP
ort MO that reserves this MO instance.
E3PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 1800
"The shut-down timer.It is used
when the administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN. When the timer expires, ad
ministrativeState is set to LOCKED.Unit: 1 s"
E3PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
EDbchDeviceSet
activeRdbtMeasurements
Array with all activeEUL
RDBT Measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute are 105 and 1
06. Up to 2 measurements can be active. Undefined value: 0User category: Ericsso
n personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
EDbchDeviceSet
activeRlmMeasurements
Array with all active EU
L Local Measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute are 191 an
d 192. Up to 2 measurements can be active. Undefined value: 0User category: Eric
sson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
EDbchDeviceSet
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the device
set.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_
REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when b
it 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_UC
_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management De
sign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
EDbchDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: DBC_905Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
EDbchDeviceSet
EDbchDeviceSetId

EDbchDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC905Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
EDbchDeviceSet
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: DBC_UC905 Ref. [FS_DBC]
EDbchDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC905Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
EDchResources
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the resources.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOC
KED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Ful
l availability.Use cases: CCH_UC72Ref. [FS_CCH]
EDchResources
eDbchDeviceSetRef
Reference to an E-DBCH d
evice set.Use cases: CCH_UC72Ref. [FS_CCH]
EDchResources
EDchResourcesId
EDchResources
eScDeviceSetRef
Reference to an E-SC device set.
Use cases: CCH_UC72Ref. [FS_CCH]
EDchResources
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC72 Ref. [FS_CCH]
Equipment
EquipmentId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
EScDeviceSet
activeRdbtMeasurements
"Array with all active E
UL local measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute are 100..
104,108,109. Up to 7 measurements can be active. Undefined value: 0User category
: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
EScDeviceSet
activeRlmMeasurements
"Array with all active E
UL local measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute are 190,
193, 195, 196 and 197. Up to 5 measurements can be active. Undefined value: 0Use
r category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
EScDeviceSet
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the device
set.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_
REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when b
it 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_UC
_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management De
sign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
EScDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: DBC_905Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
EScDeviceSet
EScDeviceSetId
EScDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC905Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
EScDeviceSet
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: DBC_UC905 Ref. [FS_DBC]
EScDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC905Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
EthernetLink
activeMau
Reference to the active Medium A
ccess Unit (MAU).
EthernetLink
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
EthernetLink
availableMaus
Contains a list of references to
all available Medium Access Units (MAUs).
EthernetLink
broadcastAddress
"The input format is fou
r fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of one to three digi
ts."
EthernetLink
EthernetLinkId
The value component of the RDN.
EthernetLink
interfaceName
"The interface name. Dependencie

s: If the IP address of the EthernetLink MO is the O&M IP Address for the node,
the attribute nodeInterfaceName in the Ip MO must be set to the value of this at
tribute."
EthernetLink
ipAddress
"Specifies the IP address of the
Ethernet link.The input format is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Ea
ch field consists of one to three digits. The address must not be a broadcast or
multicast address."
EthernetLink
macAddress
The MAC address is persistently
stored in the flash PROM on the MP where the IP stack resides. It is stored ther
e when the board is manufactured.
EthernetLink
metric 1
Specifies the metric of the Ethernet lin
k. The metric value is calculated as 10^8 divided by the link bit speed.For exam
ple:Metric for 10 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^7 = 10Metric for 100 Mbps Ethernet = 1
0^8/10^8 = 1
EthernetLink
mtuSize 1500
The IP layer expects the Ethernet link t
o have an MTU size (maximum Ethernet frame size without fragmentization) of 1500
bytes.The value must be the default value.
EthernetLink
operationalState
"The operational state.T
his attribute is dependent of the operational states of the underlying MAUs that
represent the Ethernet transceiver function. If there is at least one operation
al MAU, the operationalState of EthernetLink is set to ENABLED."
EthernetLink
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
EthernetLink
subnetMask
"States the subnet mask of the E
thernet link.The input format is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each
field consists of one to three digits.The subnet mask must be contiguous.Exampl
e:255.255.255.XContiguous subnet masks:11111111.11111111.11111111.11111110 (X =
254)11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252)Non-contiguous subnet mask:1111
1111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)"
EthernetLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitch
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
EthernetSwitch
enableVlan
FALSE "Specifies whether the switch us
es VLAN. If disabled, all VLAN settings for the EthernetSwitchPort MO are ignore
d."
EthernetSwitch
EthernetSwitchId
The value component of t
he RDN.
EthernetSwitch
macAddress
00:00:00:00:00:00
"Media Access Co
ntrol address. It is used for the switch management.If the board is not availabl
e, the attribute has the value 00:00:00:00:00:00."
EthernetSwitch
operationalState
The operational state.
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap
Maps the 802.1p values to switch
queues for the port. Queue 0 has the lowest priority and queue 3 has the highes
t priority.
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The priority bit of the
IP packet.
EthernetSwitch
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue.
EthernetSwitch
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
EthernetSwitch
untaggedIngressPriority 0
"All packets that are un
tagged, when they ingress the internal port, have a VLAN tag inserted with this
priority into the 802.1p value field of the VLAN tag."
EthernetSwitch
untaggedIngressVid
1
"All packets that are un
tagged, when they ingress the internal port, have a VLAN tag inserted with the s
pecified VLAN id.If this attribute is set to 1, the default VLAN id is used. If
another value is specified, the port must be a member of the specified VLAN, as
defined by the vlanMembership attribute."
EthernetSwitch
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership
"The VLAN identities supported b
y the internal port, and the egress untag behavior for the VLAN on the internal

port.If the vid is set to 0, it means that no VLAN id is specified for the port
and the value specified for egressUntag will be ignored.Ifvid is set to any nonzero value, that value will be added as a valid VLAN id for the port.If the egre
ssUntag flag is set to true, all VLAN tags for the specified vid will be removed
from frames at egress.The attribute can contain a maximum of 8 VLAN identities,
and all entries must have a unique vid (no entries with duplicate vid values ar
e allowed)."
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership.egressUntag
FALSE
EthernetSwitch
vlanMembership.vid
0
EthernetSwitchFabric
EthernetSwitchFabricId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
EthernetSwitchFabric
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchModule
availabilityStatus
The availability
status. It contains details about operationalState.
EthernetSwitchModule
backPlanePortState
The state of the
ethernet back plane.
EthernetSwitchModule
EthernetSwitchModuleId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
EthernetSwitchModule
macAddress
00:00:00:00:00:00
"The Med
ia Access Control address. It is the mac address used to address the switch for
switch management and by switch control protocols such as RSTP.If the board is n
ot available, the attribute has the value 00:00:00:00:00:00."
EthernetSwitchModule
operationalState
The operational
state.
EthernetSwitchModule
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO in
stances that reserve this MO instance.
EthernetSwitchModule
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mod
e, in which the port is actually operating. The value NO_LINK means that the lin
k is disabled. See the attribute operatingMode for values of configured speed."
EthernetSwitchModulePort
administrativeState
LOCKED "The adm
inistrative state.Setting this attribute to LOCKED will suppress port alarms. Ho
wever, it does not stop traffic or impact RSTP."
EthernetSwitchModulePort
availabilityStatus
The avai
lability status. It contains details about operationalState.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
currentPmRegister
Returns
the current values of all PM counters.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
egressUntagVlanRef
"Referen
ce to a list of Vlan MOs.If a packet contains a vid with the same value as one o
f the referenced Vlan MOs, the packet will be untagged at egress.If this attribu
te is set to null, the default value 1 is used for the vid.The maximum number of
Vlan MO references is 256.Dependency: Any member of this list must also be a me
mber of the list specified by the attribute vlanRef. Set this attribute in a dif
ferent transaction from where the attribute vlanRef is set.Dependency:If externa
lPort is set to false, this attribute must not be set."
EthernetSwitchModulePort
EthernetSwitchModulePortId
The value component of the RDN.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
externalPort
FALSE "Specifies if th
e port is external.If set to false, the port is defined to be connected to an ES
L. If set to true, the port is defined to be connected to an external equipment.
If there is a link failure on an external port where RSTP is deactivated (by set
ting SwitchPortStp:edgePortMode to ADMIN_EDGE_BPDU_FILTER) any GigaBitEthernet M
O connected to this Ethernet switch over the backplane is redirected to use the
backplane to the other Ethernet switch in the subrack.Dependencies: egressUntagV
lanRef and untaggedIngressVlanRef must be set to NULL first, before setting this
attribute to false."
EthernetSwitchModulePort
operatingMode
Contains the con
figured speed duplex for the port.Autonegotiation is not supported.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
operatingMode.autoNegotiation FALSE
Autonegotiation is currently not supported and is reserved for future use. Chang

ing this value has no operational impact.


EthernetSwitchModulePort
operatingMode.configuredSpeedDuplex
ETH_10_GB_FULL Specifies the fixed operating speed for this port.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
operationalState
The oper
ational state.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
pbitQueueMap
Maps the 802.1p
values to switch queues for this port. Queue 0 has the lowest priority and queue
3 has the highest priority.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The prio
rity bit of the IP packet.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
pbitQueueMap.queue
The swit
ch queue.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
portNo
"Physical Port number as
sociated with this MO instance.Each EthernetSwitchPort instance belonging to the
same EthernetSwitch must have a unique portNo, which maps the MO instance to ex
actly one physical port."
EthernetSwitchModulePort
untaggedIngressPriority 0
"All pac
kets that ingress the port untagged, will have a VLAN tag inserted with this pri
ority in the 802.1p value field of the VLAN tag."
EthernetSwitchModulePort
untaggedIngressVlanRef
"Referen
ce to a of Vlan MO.In all packets that ingress the ethernet port untagged, a VLA
N tag is inserted, with the vid of the referenced Vlan MO.If this attribute is s
et to null, the default value 1 is used for the vid.Dependency: The port must be
a member of the specified VLAN, that is, the value of this attribute must be a
member of the list in the attribute vlanRef. Set this attribute in a different t
ransaction from where the attribute vlanRef is set.Dependency:If externalPort is
set to false, this attribute must not be set."
EthernetSwitchModulePort
userLabel
Label for free u
se.
EthernetSwitchModulePort
vlanRef
Reference to a list of V
lan MOs.The referenced instances represent the VLANs that are opened on this por
t.The maximum number of Vlan MO references is 256.
EthernetSwitchPort
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mode, in wh
ich the port is actually operating. The value NO_LINK means that the link is dis
abled or that autonegotiation is in progress. See attribute operatingMode for va
lues of autonegotiation and configured speed."
EthernetSwitchPort
administrativeState
LOCKED "The administrat
ive state.Setting this attribute to LOCKED will suppress port alarms. However, i
t does not stop traffic or impact RSTP."
EthernetSwitchPort
availabilityStatus
The availability
status. It contains details about operationalState.
EthernetSwitchPort
currentPmRegister
"Returns the cur
rent values of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values in
a PM counter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter. Otherwis
e, the value of the PM counter is set to -1."
EthernetSwitchPort
EthernetSwitchPortId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
EthernetSwitchPort
ingressPeakBitrate
1000
The maximum allo
wed incoming bit rate on this port.Unit: 1 Mbps
EthernetSwitchPort
operatingMode
"A struct that contains
the configured speed duplex for the port, and indication of whether autonegotiat
ion should be performed."
EthernetSwitchPort
operatingMode.autoNegotiation TRUE
"Specifi
es if autonegotiation is enabled or disabled on this port.Autonegotiation must b
e enabled for SFP ports and when port speed and duplex settings are configured a
s 1000_MB_Full or 1000_MB_Half.Changing autonegotiation to OFF (manual mode), af
fects the automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration, which will change into manual mode
as well (forcing a need to consider whether straight through or crossover cables
shall be used)."
EthernetSwitchPort
operatingMode.configuredSpeedDuplex
ETH_10_M

B_HALF "If autonegotiation is false, this attribute specifies the fixed operati
ng mode for the port. If autonegotiation is true, it specifies the minimum accep
table operating mode for the port. If the minimum mode is not achieved, the port
will be disabled.If 1000_MB_Half or 1000_MB_Full is selected, autonegotiation m
ust be true. Selecting 1000_MB_Half or 1000_MB_Full when autonegotiation is fals
e will result in that the port is disabled."
EthernetSwitchPort
operationalState
The operational
state.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap
Maps the 802.1p values t
o switch queues for this port. Queue 0 has the lowest priority and queue 3 has t
he highest priority.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.pbit
The priority bit
of the IP packet.
EthernetSwitchPort
pbitQueueMap.queue
The switch queue
.
EthernetSwitchPort
portNo
"Physical Port number associated
with this MO instance.Each EthernetSwitchPort instance belonging to the same Et
hernetSwitch must have a unique portNo, which maps the MO instance to exactly on
e physical port."
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation
Information about the SF
P port. Valid only if the attribute sfpPort is set to true.
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation.sfpProductNumber
The prod
uct number of an SFP module.
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation.sfpState
The state of the
SFP port.
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpInformation.sfpType
The type of SFP.
Example: GE_1000_BASE_Tor GE_1000_BASE_CX.
EthernetSwitchPort
sfpPort
"Specifies whether the switch po
rt is an SFP port. Autonegotiation must be configured to true for an SFP port. O
therwise, the port may be disabled."
EthernetSwitchPort
systemPort
FALSE "Specifies whether the s
witch port is a system (backhaul) port, which carries traffic to/from the IP int
erfaces on the board. The IP interfaces on the board are automatically disabled,
any time all ports designated as system ports on the switch are down. If no por
t on the switch is designated as a system port, the IP interfaces on the board a
re automatically disabled if all created ports on the board are disabled."
EthernetSwitchPort
untaggedIngressPriority 0
"All packets tha
t ingress the port untagged, will have a VLAN tag inserted with this priority in
the 802.1p value field of the VLAN tag."
EthernetSwitchPort
untaggedIngressVid
1
"All packets tha
t ingress the ethernet port untagged, will have a VLAN tag inserted with the spe
cified VLAN id. If this attribute is set to 1, the default VLAN id is used. If a
nother value is specified, the port must be a member of the specified VLAN as de
fined by the vlanMembership attribute."
EthernetSwitchPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership
"The VLAN identities sup
ported by this port, and the egress untag behavior for the VLAN on this port.If
the vid is set to 0, it means that no VLAN id is specified. If the egressUntag f
lag is set to true, the VLAN tags will be removed from frames at egress.The attr
ibute can contain a maximum of 256 VLAN identities.The VLAN identities supported
by this port, and the egress untag behavior for the VLAN on this port.If the vi
d is set to 0, it means that no VLAN id is specified for the port and the value
specified for egressUntag will be ignored. If vid is set to any non-zero value,
that value will be added as a valid VLAN id for the port. If the egressUntag fla
g is set to true, all VLAN tags for the specified vid will be removed from frame
s at egress.The attribute can contain a maximum of 256 VLAN identities, and all
entries must have a unique vid (no entries with duplicate vid values are allowed
)."
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership.egressUntag
FALSE
EthernetSwitchPort
vlanMembership.vid
0

Eul
administrativeState
LOCKED "The administrative state of the
Eul resources in the cell.Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoi
ng traffic.When set to LOCKED, all E-DCH radio links are released in the cell an
d the Eul service is deactivated in the cell.When set to UNLOCKED, the cell is t
emporarily deactivated (disabled) and all traffic released in the cell, followed
immediately by Cell/Hsdsch and Eul activation."
Eul
availabilityStatus
"The availability status of the
Eul resources in the cell.More than one of the following conditions can apply fo
r the same object.Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1
: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit 10 or
bit 11 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL
Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCYSH
UTTINGDOWN"
Eul
edchTti2Support OFF
Indicates whether 2 ms TTI is supported
in the RBS or not.
Eul
EulId
Eul
eulMaxTargetRtwp
-499
Maximum allowed Received Total W
ideband Power (RTWP) for the RBS scheduler for EUL.Unit: 0.1 dB
Eul
numEagchCodes 1
"Number of codes used for the E-AGCH.Dep
endencies:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.When the number of
codes is increased, all traffic is released from the cell.When the number is dec
reased, only Eul traffic is released. "
Eul
numEhichErgchCodes
2
"Number of codes used for the EHICH/E-RGCH.Dependencies:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.When
the number of codes is increased, all traffic is released from the cell.When th
e number is decreased, only Eul traffic is released. "
Eul
operationalState
The operational state of the Eul
resources in the cell.
Eul
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
EulProfile
eulMaxTargetRtwp
Maximum allowed Received
Total Wideband Power (RTWP) for the RBS scheduler for EUL.Unit: 0.1 dBResolutio
n: 1 dBmSub: RNHRef. [2]
EulProfile
EulProfileId
Relative Distinguished Name.Sub:
CMSRef. [7]
EulProfile
numEagchCodes
"Number of codes used for the EAGCH.Changing this attribute may affect traffic.When the number of codes is incr
eased, all traffic is released from the cell.When the number is decreased, only
Eul traffic is released. Unit: 1 CodeResolution: 1 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
EulProfile
numEhichErgchCodes
"Number of codes used fo
r the E-HICH/E-RGCH.Changing this attribute may affect traffic.When the number o
f codes is increased, all traffic is released from the cell.When the number is d
ecreased, only Eul traffic is released. Unit: 1 CodeResolution: 1 Sub: RNHRef. [
2]"
EulProfile
rncMimVersion
The version of the RNC MIM for w
hich this profile is created<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
EulProfile
userLabel
"Provides support for a user def
ined label or name upon an object instance level.Note this is not a default user
label but the user label of the profile object, which is used to identify the E
ulProfile managed object in display lists.Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
ExchangeTerminal
availabilityStatus
The availability
status. It contains details about operationalState.
ExchangeTerminal
description
"This attribute contains
information on what can be configured on the board, as well as restrictions and
specifications.Refer to the applicable unit description for details about funct
ions and characteristics of this board."
ExchangeTerminal
description.aal2LayerDescription
This attribute contains information on the characteristics and restrictions for
the AAL2 layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.atmLayerDescription
This att

ribute contains information on the characteristics and restrictions for the ATM
layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.etType
The type of Exch
ange Terminal.
ExchangeTerminal
description.physicalLayerDescription
This attribute contains information on the characteristics and restrictions for
the Physical layer.
ExchangeTerminal
description.tdmSupport
This attribute c
ontains information on the characteristics and restrictions for TDM.
ExchangeTerminal
ExchangeTerminalId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminal
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminal
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExchangeTerminalIp
availabilityStatus
The availability
status. It contains details about operationalState.
ExchangeTerminalIp
ExchangeTerminalIpId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
ExchangeTerminalIp
operationalState
The operational
state.
ExchangeTerminalIp
userLabel
Label for free use.
ExternalGsmCell
bandIndicator DCS1800 "Indicates the frequency band of
the external GSM cell. The BCCH frequency is unique for all GSM bands except th
e two GSM bands DCS1800 and PCS1900, so the band indicator is needed to discrimi
nate between the two.When the ExternalGsmCell has a BCCH frequency indicating so
me other frequency band, then the band indicator is not needed and may be set to
Not applicable."
ExternalGsmCell
bcc
This is part of the BSIC.
ExternalGsmCell
bcchFrequency
"BCCH frequency code in the GSM
cell.Contains the absolute radio frequency channel number of the BCCH channel fo
r the GSM cell. It uniquely identifies the BCCH. NOTE: Setting a value outside o
f the ranges supported in the GSM network will cause IRAT handover to fail (poss
ibly with an error indicating that the cell identity is -1).Examples of the rang
es supported for different GSM frequency bands are:- 0..124, 955..1023 for GSM 9
00 - 128..251 for GSM 850- 512..885 for GSM 1800- 512..810 for GSM 1900 Specific
ation: 3GPP TS 45.005"
ExternalGsmCell
cellIdentity
The external GSM cell identity.
This is the identity of the GSM cell. It is unique within a location area. The C
I along with the LAI (Location area identity) makes up the CGI (cell global iden
tification).
ExternalGsmCell
ExternalGsmCellId
Naming attribute.Contain
s the value part of the RDN.
ExternalGsmCell
individualOffset
0
This offset is added to
the measured quantity before the UE evaluates if an event has occurred.Used in U
E function event-reporting.The parameter is used both for signaling over RRC and
RNSAP.Unit: dB
ExternalGsmCell
lac
The Location Area Code of the external G
SM cell. Special values:The values 0000 and FFFE are reserved for special cases
where no valid LAI exists in the MS.
ExternalGsmCell
maxTxPowerUl
100
"Maximum UE transmission power o
n the RACH when accessing the system.Used in UE functions for cell selection/res
election in idle mode and connected mode. Also used to control the maximum TX po
wer level that a UE may use. If the current UE uplink transmit power is above th
e indicated power value, the UE shall decrease power to a level below that power
value. Value launched by System information (SIB11) for each intra-frequency me
asurement object corresponding to an adjacent cell for the serving cell.Special
values:100: Indicates that the maximum uplink transmission power has not been sp
ecified by the operator. The parameter is then not present in SIB11 for this nei
ghbor. The UE will use the serving cell (UtranCell MO) value instead.Unit: dBm"
ExternalGsmCell
mcc
"The MCC part of the PLMN identity used

in Gsm radio network.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"


ExternalGsmCell
mnc
"The MNC part of the PLMN identity used
in the radio networkSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalGsmCell
mncLength
"Length of the MNC part of the P
LMN identity used in Gsm radio networkSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalGsmCell
ncc
This is part of the BSIC.
ExternalGsmCell
parentSystem
"Reference to ExternalGsmPlmn in
stanceSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"
ExternalGsmCell
qRxLevMin
100
Minimum required (acceptable) RX
level in the cell. Used in UE functions for cell selection/reselection in idle
mode and connected mode.Value launched by System information (SIB11) for each in
tra-frequency measurement object corresponding to adjacent cells of serving cell
.Special values:100: Indicates that the minimum Rx level has not been specified
by the operator.The parameter is then notpresent in SIB11 for this neighbor.The
UE will use the serving cell value (UtranCell MO value) instead.Unit: dBmResolut
ion: 2
ExternalGsmCell
reservedBy
"Reference back to the GsmRelati
on and/or UtranCell MO(s) that refers to this ExternalGsmCell.When a new GsmRela
tion MO is created with its externalGsmCellRef attribute set to refer to this Ex
ternalGsmCell, the system automatically adds to this sequence a reference back t
o the GsmRelation MO in the same transaction.Likewise, when the GsmRelation MO i
s deleted, the system deletes the backward reference to that GsmRelation MO in t
he same transaction.When a new attribute directedRetryTarget in UtranCell MO is
set to this ExternalGsmCell, the system automatically adds to this sequence a re
ference back to the UtranCell MO in the same transaction.Likewise, when the Utra
nCell MO is deleted or its directedRetryTarget attribute is changed, the system
deletes the backward reference to that UtranCell MO in the same transaction."
ExternalGsmCell
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities
List of alias PL
MN identities for the Selective Handover feature.See the class description of Gs
mRelation for more details.Dependencies: Only used if Handover::selHoSup = TRUE
and MOCN is not used.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities.mcc 1
The MCC part of
a PLMN identity used in the radio network.
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities.mnc 1
The MNC part of
a PLMN identity used in the radio network.
ExternalGsmNetwork
aliasPlmnIdentities.mncLength 2
The leng
th of the MNC part of a PLMN identity used in the radio networkUnit: digit
ExternalGsmNetwork
ExternalGsmNetworkId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.
ExternalGsmNetwork
mcc
"The MCC part of the PLMN identi
ty used in the GSM radio network. The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Count
ry Code, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits.(Example: If MCC=1
25 and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.)Dependencies:Changing this attribute is only al
lowed if the ExternalGsmNetwork instance has no children or associated MOs.Chang
e takes effect: Ongoing connections"
ExternalGsmNetwork
mnc
"The MNC part of the PLMN identi
ty used in the GSM radio network. The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Count
ry Code, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits.(Example: If MCC=1
25 and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.)Dependencies:Changing this attribute is only al
lowed if the ExternalGsmNetwork instance has no children or associated MOs.Chang
e takes effect: Ongoing connections"
ExternalGsmNetwork
mncLength
"The length of the MNC p
art of the PLMN identity used in the GSM radio network. The PLMN identity consis
ts of the Mobile Country Code, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 dig
its.(Example: If MCC=125 and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.)Dependencies:Changing thi
s attribute is only allowed if the ExternalGsmNetwork instance has no children o
r associated MOs.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections"
ExternalGsmNetwork
reservedBy
"Sequence of references,

updated automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have r
eferences to this MO.See reference in CnOperator."
ExternalGsmNetwork
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities
"Sequence of max 30 Plmn
Identities.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [ ]"
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mcc
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mnc
ExternalGsmPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mncLength
ExternalGsmPlmn
ExternalGsmPlmnId
ExternalGsmPlmn
mcc
"The MCC part of the PLMN identity used
in Gsm radio network.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. []<tab>"
ExternalGsmPlmn
mnc
"The MNC part of the PLMN identity used
in the radio network<tab>Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"
ExternalGsmPlmn
mncLength
"Length of the MNC part of the P
LMN identity used in Gsm radio networkSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"
ExternalGsmPlmn
reservedBy
Sequence of ExternalGsmCell defi
ned in RANOS subnetwork MIB which uses the ExternalGsmPlmn.FDN according to [9]
and [20]Sub: CMSRef. [ ]
ExternalGsmPlmn
userLabel
"Provides support for putting a
label on the MO instance.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef.[]"
ExternalTma
currentHighLimA 180
"Indicates the higher current li
mit when LNA failure shall be reported for branch A. This attribute is only vali
d for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100.When calc
ulating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna configuration needs to
be considered. The current limits depend on if both branches are used for TMA p
ower supply, or if only branch B is used.For example, a specific revision of KRY
112 75/1 normally requires about 100 mA per branch when both branches are conne
cted, and signals fault by raising the current consumption to 180 mA on the affe
cted branch. This means that the current limit must be set to lessthan this curr
ent (maybe 170 mA) to be able to detect the fault. If only one branch is used fo
r power supply the normal current consumption will be 200 mA and a fault will be
signaled by raising the the current consumption to 280 mA. In case a RIU with a
RET or ARET alarms are suppressed for branch A. So then the current limits for
that branch are redundant. For information on suitable threshold values, see the
documentation for the used external TMA.Unit: 1 mAUse cases: Modify Antenna Equ
ipmentRef. [CB_ECF]"
ExternalTma
currentHighLimB 180
"Indicates the higher current li
mit when LNA failure shall be reported for branch B. This attribute is only vali
d for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100.When calc
ulating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna configuration needs to
be considered. The current limits depend on if both branches are used for TMA p
ower supply, or if only branch B is used.For example, a specific revision of KRY
112 75/1 normally requires about 100 mA per branch when both branches are conne
cted, and signals fault by raising the current consumption to 180 mA on the affe
cted branch. This means that the current limit must be set to lessthan this curr
ent (maybe 170 mA) to be able to detect the fault. If only one branch is used fo
r power supply the normal current consumption will be 200 mA and a fault will be
signaled by raising the the current consumption to 280 mA. In case a RIU with a
RET or ARET alarms are suppressed for branch A. So then the current limits for
that branch are redundant. For information on suitable threshold values, see the
documentation for the used external TMA.Unit: 1 mAUse cases: Modify Antenna Equ
ipmentRef. [CB_ECF]"
ExternalTma
currentLowLimA 50
"Indicates the lower current lim
it when LNA failure shall be reported for branch A. This attribute is only valid
for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100.When calcu
lating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna configuration needs to
be considered. The current limits depend on if both branches are used for TMA po
wer supply, or if only branch B is used. For information on suitable threshold v

alues, see the documentation for the used external TMA.Unit: 1 mAUse cases: Modi
fy Antenna EquipmentRef. [CB_ECF]"
ExternalTma
currentLowLimB 50
"Indicates the lower current lim
it when LNA failure shall be reported for branch B. This attribute is only valid
for configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100. When calc
ulating the current limits to be used, the actual antenna configuration needs to
be considered. The current limits depend on if both branches are used for TMA p
ower supply, or if only branch B is used. For information on suitable threshold
values, see the documentation for the used external TMA.Unit: 1 mAUse cases: Mod
ify Antenna EquipmentRef. [CB_ECF]"
ExternalTma
dlAttenuation
"Internal attenuation, downlink.
Example: 50 = 5.0 dBUnit: 0.1 dBUse cases: Modify Antenna EquipmentTakes effect:
At next cell setup for the affected cells.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
ExternalTma
dlTrafficDelayA
Internal downlink traffic delay
for branch A.Example: 312 = 31.2 nsUnit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 300Use cases:
Modify Antenna EquipmentTakes effect: At next cell setup for the affected cells.
Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
dlTrafficDelayB
Internal downlink traffic delay
for branch B.Example: 312 = 31.2 nsUnit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 300Use cases:
Modify Antenna EquipmentTakes effect: At next cell setup for the affected cells.
Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
ExternalTmaId
ExternalTma
internalPower
Indicates how power is supplied
to the external TMA.Possible values: NO = Not supplied through RBS. YES = RBS in
ternal power is supplied through RF cable (AntFeederCable) to External TMA.Use c
ases: Modify Antenna EquipmentTakes effect: At next restart of the associated po
wer feeding unit (AIU or FU or RRU or RUW or RRUW ).Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
tmaDegradedSupported
NO
Indicates whether the TM
A support reporting of degraded functionality. This attribute is only valid for
configurations with FU/RUW/RRUW for all frequency bands but 2100.Possible values
: NO = The TMA does not support reporting of degraded functionality in a similar
way as for Ericsson TMA. YES = The TMA does support reporting of degraded funct
ionality in a similar way as for Ericsson TMA.Use cases: Modify Antenna Equipmen
tRef. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
ulGain
Internal uplink gain.Example: 120 = 12.0
dBUnit: 0.1 dBUse cases: Modify Antenna EquipmentTakes effect: At next cell set
up for the affected cells.Ref. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
ulTrafficDelayA
Internal uplink traffic delay fo
r branch A.Example: 312 = 31.2 nsUnit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 300Use cases: Mo
dify Antenna EquipmentTakes effect:At next cell setup for the affected cells.Ref
. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTma
ulTrafficDelayB
Internal uplink traffic delay fo
r branch B.Example: 312 = 31.2 nsUnit: 0.1 nsRecommended value: 300Use cases: Mo
dify Antenna EquipmentTakes effect: At next cell setup for the affected cells.Re
f. [CB_ECF]
ExternalTransportNetwork
ExternalTransportNetworkId
ExternalTransportNetwork
userLabel
"Provides suppor
t for putting a label on the MO instance.Sub: TNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"
ExternalUtranCell
agpsEnabled
TRUE
Indicates if A-GPS is en
abled or not for a cell.
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability
"Indicates the capabilit
ies of this inter-RNS cell. Note that if OSS-RC is used, any manually configured
value will be subject to consistency check and may be overridden if inconsisten
t. However, if OSS-RC is not used, the cell capability of external border cells
needs to be configured manually."
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.edchSupport
OFF
Capabili
ty information indicating if EUL is supported in the cell
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.edchTti2Support OFF
Capabili
ty information indicating if 2 ms TTI EUL is supported in the cell
ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.enhancedL2Support
OFF

Indicates whether Enhanced Layer 2 is supported or not.


ExternalUtranCell
cellCapability.hsdschSupport
OFF
Capabili
ty information indicating if HS is supported in the cell.
ExternalUtranCell
cId
Cell identity. Unique in an exte
rnal RNC. cId is the identifier of a cell in an external RNC and is used togethe
r with the attribute rncId on MO IurLink as cell id in system information broadc
ast.
ExternalUtranCell
ExternalUtranCellId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.
ExternalUtranCell
individualOffset
0
"Used in UE func
tion event-reporting. This offset is added to the measured quantity before the U
E evaluates if an event has occurred. Dependencies:If CN Hard Handover is suppor
ted, individualOffset should be set to less than the attributes intraFreqCnhhoPe
nalty, interFreqCnhhoPenaltyEcno and interFreqCnhhoPnaltyRscp in MO Handover.Thi
s is a recommendation for the operator, the system will not enforce this recomme
ndation.Unit: 0.1 dBResolution: 5"
ExternalUtranCell
lac
"The Location Area Code of the e
xternal RNC cell, used by UTRAN to page mobiles on request from the CS CN."
ExternalUtranCell
maxTxPowerUl
100
"Maximum UE transmission
power on the RACH when accessing the system.Used in UE functions for cell selec
tion/reselection in idle mode and connected mode. Also used to control the maxim
um TX power level that a UE may use. If the current UE uplink transmit power is
above the indicated power value, the UE shall decrease power to a level below th
at power value. Value launched by System information (SIB11) for each intra-freq
uency measurement object corresponding to an adjacent cell for the serving cell.
Special values:100: Indicates that the maximum uplink transmission power has no
t been specified by the operator. The parameter is then not present in SIB11 for
this neighbor. The UE will use the serving cell (UtranCell MO) value instead.Un
it: dBm"
ExternalUtranCell
mcc
"Mobile Contry CodeNote: Integer
, for CORBA users, see ref. [29]The set operation will be rejected if there exis
ts UtranRelation instances<tab>Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalUtranCell
mnc
"Mobile Network CodeNote: Intege
r, for CORBA users, see ref. [29]The set operation will be rejected if there exi
sts UtranRelation instancesSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalUtranCell
mncLength
"The length of the attri
bute mncThe set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation instanc
esSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [2]"
ExternalUtranCell
parentSystem
"Reference to ExternalUt
ranPlmn instance.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalUtranCell
primaryCpichPower
300
Power to be used
for transmitting the PCPICH.Disturbances:Changing this parameter may affect exi
sting traffic. It is recommended to increase/decrease the value in steps not gre
ater than 3dBm (preferably in 1dBm steps).Unit: 0.1 dB
ExternalUtranCell
primaryScramblingCode
The primary down
link scrambling code to be used in the external cell.
ExternalUtranCell
qQualMin
100
Minimum required (accept
able) quality level in the cell (dB). Used to set cell border between two cells.
Used in UE functions for cell selection/reselection in idle mode and connected
mode.Special values:100: Indicates that the minimum quality level has not been s
pecified by the operator.The parameter is then notpresent in SIB11 for this neig
hbor. The UE will use the serving cell value (UtranCell MO value) instead.Unit:
dB
ExternalUtranCell
qRxLevMin
100
Minimum required (accept
able) RX level in the cell. (dBm). Used in UE functions for cell selection/resel
ection in idle mode and connected mode.Value launched by System information (SIB
11) for each intra-frequency measurement object corresponding to adjacent cells
of serving cell.Values below -115 dBm are only used by the system if a valid lic
ense key exists.Special values:100: Indicates that the minimum Rx level has not
been specified by the operator. The parameter is then not present in SIB11 for t

his neighbor. The UE will use the serving cell value (UtranCell MO value) instea
d. Unit: dBmResolution: 2
ExternalUtranCell
rac
"Routing Area Code of a routing
area. An RA is used by UTRAN to page mobiles on request from the PS CN.When the
parameter is changed, UTRAN updatea system information and notifies the UEs. "
ExternalUtranCell
reservedBy
"Sequence of references,
updated automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have r
eferences to this MO.See reference in UtranRelation."
ExternalUtranCell
rncId
"Unique RNC ID for the drift RNC
Note: Integer, for CORBA users, see ref. [29]The set operation will be rejected
if there exists UtranRelation instancesSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalUtranCell
uarfcnDl
"Downlink UTRA Absolute
Radio Frequency Channel Number. Specifies the channel number for the central dow
nlink frequency.The mapping from channel number to physical frequency is describ
ed in 3GPP specification TS 25.104.Dependencies:An intra-frequency relation has
the same channel number in the uplink for both cells, and the same number in the
downlink for both cells. Otherwise it is considered an inter-frequency relation
.The channel number may not be changed in such a way that the maximum number of
intra-frequency relations (31) or inter-frequency relations (32) is violated for
any UtranCell having this ExternalUtranCell as the target cell in a relation. I
f more than one channel number needs to be changed in order to fulfill the restr
ictions, all changes need to be made in the same transaction.Specification: TS 2
5.104"
ExternalUtranCell
uarfcnUl
"Uplink UTRA Absolute Ra
dio Frequency Channel Number. Specifies the channel number for the central uplin
k frequency.The mapping from channel number to physical frequency is described i
n 3GPP specification TS 25.104.Dependencies:An intra-frequency relation has the
same channel number in the uplink for both cells, and the same number in the dow
nlink for both cells. Otherwise it is considered an inter-frequency relation.The
channel number may not be changed in such a way that the maximum number of intr
a-frequency relations (31) or inter-frequency relations (32) is violated for any
UtranCell having this ExternalUtranCell as the target cell in a relation. If mo
re than one channel number needs to be changed in order to fulfill the restricti
ons, all changes need to be made in the same transaction.Specification: TS 25.10
4"
ExternalUtranCell
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
ExternalUtranPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities
"Sequence of max
30 PlmnIdentites.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [ ]"
ExternalUtranPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mcc
ExternalUtranPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mnc
ExternalUtranPlmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mncLength
ExternalUtranPlmn
ExternalUtranPlmnId
ExternalUtranPlmn
mcc
"Mobile Contry CodeNote: Integer
, for CORBA users, see ref. [29]The set operation will be rejected if there exis
ts UtranRelation instances<tab>Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalUtranPlmn
mnc
"Mobile Network CodeNote: Intege
r, for CORBA users, see ref. [29]The set operation will be rejected if there exi
sts UtranRelation instancesSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
ExternalUtranPlmn
mncLength
"The length of the attri
bute mncThe set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation instanc
esSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [2]"
ExternalUtranPlmn
reservedBy
Reference to the Externa
lUtranCell defined in RANOS subnetwork MIB.FDN according to [9] and [20]Sub: CMS
Ref. []
ExternalUtranPlmn
userLabel
"Provides support for pu
tting a label on the MO instanceSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"
ExternalViewableNode
ExternalViewableNodeId
ExternalViewableNode
userLabel
"Provides support for pu

tting a label on the MO instance.Sub: TNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"


ExternalVplTp
ExternalVplTpId
ExternalVplTp
userLabel
"Provides support for putting a
label on the MO instance.Sub: TNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"
ExternalVplTp
vplTpId
Sub: TNHRef: []
Fach
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The administrative state
of the channel.
Fach
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Fach
fach1RateMatchingAttrDl 220
"Rate matching attribute in down
link for Fach1.The Fach1 is used for logical channels BCCH, CCCH and DCCH, contr
ol signaling.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Disturban
ces:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic."
Fach
fach2RateMatchingAttrDl 130
"Rate matching attribute in down
link for Fach2.The Fach2 is used for logical channel DTCH, traffic signaling.Thi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Disturbances:Changing thi
s attribute may affect ongoing traffic."
Fach
FachId
Fach
maxFach1Power 18
"Maximum power, to be used for transmitt
ing the first FACH channel, relative the primaryCpichPower value. The first FACH
is used for logical channels BCCH, CCCH and DCCH, control signaling.Unit: 0.1 d
B"
Fach
maxFach2Power 15
"Maximum power, to be used for transmitt
ing the second FACH channel, relative the primaryCpichPower value. The second FA
CH is used for logical channel DTCH, traffic signaling.Unit: 0.1 dB"
Fach
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC18.Ref. [FS_CCH]
Fach
pnIsActive
Identifies if a PN transmission is start
ed on PCH.True (=1) if PN is generated on Fach.User category: Ericsson personnel
Ref. [CB_UTS]
Fach
pnTfi
Defines the transport format that are used in an
active PN sending.Precondition: A PN transmission is started.User category: Eri
csson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Fach
pOffset1Fach
0
"Power offset for the TFCI. This paramet
er is applied to both FACH and PCH.Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affe
ct ongoing traffic.Whenever its value is set, the FACH is disabled automatically
and then re-enabled.Value mapping:0 : 0.0dB1 : 0.25dB2 : 0.5dB.....24 : 6dBUnit
: 0.25 dB"
Fach
pOffset3Fach
0
"Power offset for the pilot. This parame
ter is applied to both FACH and PCH.Disturbances:Changing this attribute may aff
ect ongoing traffic.Whenever its value is set, the FACH is disabled automaticall
y and then re-enabled.Value mapping:0 : 0.0dB1 : 0.25dB2 : 0.5dB.....24 : 6dBUni
t: 0.25 dB"
Fach
sccpchOffset
0
"Radio timing offset inside a radio fram
e. (SCCPCH parameter)Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing tr
affic.Whenever its value is set, the FACH is disabled automatically and then reenabled.Value mapping:0: 0 chip1: 256 chip..149: 38144 chipUnit: 256 chip"
Fach
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
FachProfile
FachProfileId
Relative Distinguished Name.Sub:
CMSRef. [7]
FachProfile
maxFach1Power
"Maximum power to be used for tr
ansmitting the first FACH channel, relative the primaryCpichPower value. The fir
st FACH is used for logical channels BCCH, CCCH and DCCH, control signalling. Re
solution: 0.1 dB-350: -35.0 dB-349: -34.9 dB...150: 15.0 dBSub: RNHRef. [2]"
FachProfile
maxFach2Power
"Maximum power to be used for tr
ansmitting the second FACH channel, relative the primaryCpichPower value. The se
cond FACH is used for logical channel DTCH traffic signalling.Resolution: 0.1 dB

-350: -35.0 dB-349: -34.9 dB...150: 15.0 dBSub: RNHRef. [2]"


FachProfile
pOffset1Fach
Power offset for the TFCI. This
parameter is applied to both FACH and PCH.Sub: RNHRef. [2]
FachProfile
pOffset3Fach
Power offset for the pilot. This
parameter is applied to both FACH and PCH.Sub: RNHRef. [2]
FachProfile
rncMimVersion
The version of the RNC MIM for w
hich this profile is created<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
FachProfile
sccpchOffset
Radio timing offset inside a rad
io frame (SCCPCH parameter)0: 0 chip1: 256 chip149: 38144 chipA change of this a
ttribute may affect traffic.Sub: RNHRef. [2]
FachProfile
userLabel
"Provides support for a user def
ined label or name upon an object instance level.Note this is not a default user
label but the user label of the profile object, which is used to identify the C
ellAndChannelProfile managed object in display lists.Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
Fan
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state.
Fan
alarmLimitsSupported
Indicates whether the air temper
ature alarm threshold is supported or not. It is used by criticalAirTempAlarmLim
it and highAirTempAlarmLimit.
Fan
connectedToScu
Specifies the SCU that the fan is connec
ted to.A fan must always be connected to a SCU that mediates the communication w
ith a main processor.
Fan
criticalAirTempAlarmLimit
57
"Specifies the threshold
value for the critical air temperature alarm.Dependencies: This attribute is se
t only if alarmLimitsSupported is true. If alarmLimitsSupported is set to false,
this attribute is silent ignored.This attribute must be greater than highAirTem
pAlarmLimit + 3, but it is recommended to set it to highAirTempAlarmLimit + 10.U
nit: 1C"
Fan
FanId
The value component of the RDN.
Fan
fanNumber
1
Specifies the fan used in the subrack. U
se the default fan number if there is only one fan in the subrack.
Fan
fanPosition
"Specifies where the fan is placed, eith
er above or below the subrack."
Fan
highAirTempAlarmLimit 47
"Specifies the threshold value f
or the warning air temperature alarm.Dependencies: This attribute is set only if
alarmLimitsSupported is true.If alarmLimitsSupported is set to false, this attr
ibute is silent ignored.See the recommended limit for criticalAirTempAlarmLimit.
Unit: 1C"
Fan
operationalProductData
Describes the product data of th
e fan that is installed.
Fan
operationalProductData.productionDate
"The production
date can be represented in two ways. 1) The preferable syntax is a four-digit re
presentation of the year, and a two-digit representation of the month and a twodigit representation of the day. The numbers of characters in this case, is eigh
t.Example:199912312) The date can also consist of two digits for the year, follo
wed by the letter W for week and two digits for the number of week. The numbers
of characters in this case, is five.Example:99W12"
Fan
operationalProductData.productName
A user-friendly
name of the product.
Fan
operationalProductData.productNumber
"Unique identity
for each product, which is constituted by the Ericsson product number (ABC numb
er).The maximum number of characters for a product number is 24 including 2 slas
hes, 2 spaces and 2 characters for origination notation.Example of product numbe
r: ABC 101 001(1/ABC 101 01/1234)123/ABCDE 101 1010/12345"
Fan
operationalProductData.productRevision
"Indicates the r
evision state of the product. It consists of a letter R or P, one or two digits
and/or one or two letters. The maximum number of characters is four inclusive R
or P.Example: R1A, R1A02, P7BA suffix may be added to the revision state. The su
ffix may consists of one or two digits or one letter."
Fan
operationalProductData.serialNumber
The serial numbe
r consists of 13 alphanumerical characters grouped as 6 plus 7 characters. The f

irst 6 characters are to be used for factory codes and the last 7 characters are
used for an individual number or batch number.
Fan
operationalState
The operational state.
Fan
piuType
Reference to an instance of PiuType.
Fan
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that reserves th
is MO instance.
Fan
userLabel
Label for free use.
Fan
yellowLed
NOT_AVAILABLE Indicates the information status
of the fan.The following values are possible for this attribute:NOT_AVAILABLE =
The LED state is not available at the momentOUT = Fan unlockedSLOW_BLINK = Mino
r alarm issuedFLICKERING = Major alarm issued.
FanDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
FanDeviceGroup
FanDeviceGroupId
FanDeviceGroup
fanUnitSpeedSetting
Current fan speed (revol
utions per minute) as ordered by the fan unit control algorithm. If different fa
n elements are set at different speeds (owing to fault recovery or similar) then
the value for the fan element set at the highest speed is reported.Undefined va
lue: -1Resolution: 50Use cases: CGC_UC_402Unit: 1 rpmUser category: Ericsson per
sonnelRef. [FS_CGC]
FanDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
FanDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
FanDeviceGroup
supplyAirTemperature
"Current suppy air tempe
rature value as reported by the supply air temperature sensor, mounted at the ai
r inlet to the fan unit.Note! The value is not adjusted to compensate for system
atic reading errors resulting from the placement of the sensor.Use cases: CGC_UC
_402Unit: 1CUser category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: 999Ref. [FS_CGC]"
FanGroup
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the fan gro
up.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_R
EPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when bi
t 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_UC_
923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management Des
ign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
FanGroup
FanGroupId
FanGroup
scuDeviceGroupRef
Reference to the corresp
onding SCU device group (through which the fan group is controlled).Ref. [CB_ECF
]
FanGroup
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
FanGroup
yellowLed
Indicates the fault status of th
e fan group. The LED is physically located on the corresponding SCU.Possible val
ues: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported. OUT = No fault. STEADY_LIGHT =
Fault.Undefined value: NOT_APPLICABLEUse cases: Manage FaultRef. [CB_EFH]
FastEthernet
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.Traffic is not stopped if administrativeState is set to LOCKED.
FastEthernet
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
FastEthernet
defaultRouter
The IP address of the default ro
uter.
FastEthernet
FastEthernetId
The value componenet of the RDN.
FastEthernet
macAddress
00:00:00:00:00:00
"The MAC address
of the ethernet link.If the board is not available, the attribute has the value
00:00:00:00:00:00."
FastEthernet
mtu
1500
The maximum transfer unit.
FastEthernet
networkPrefixLength
"The subnet mask. Exampl

e: networkPrefixLength = 24, subnet mask is 255.255.255.0Example: networkPrefixL


ength = 28, subnet mask is 255.255.255.240Unit: 1 bit"
FastEthernet
operationalState
The operational state.
FastEthernet
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
FastEthernet
subnet
This attribute contains the subnet addre
ss of the FastEthernet MO.
FastEthernet
userLabel
Label for free use.
FcuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
FcuDeviceGroup
cabinetParameters
"0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0" Cabinet
specific parameters for fan control (for excelusive use by Node Production Cente
r).The specification of each parameter with unit and valid range is located in [
FS_CGC].Use cases: CGC_UC_1User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_CGC]
FcuDeviceGroup
FcuDeviceGroupId
FcuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
FcuDeviceGroup
numberOfFanGroups
Specifies the number of
fan groups. A fan group is one or or more fans which are supervised and controll
ed as a group.Undefined value: 0Use cases: CGC_UC402Ref. [FS_CGC]
FcuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
FuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
FuDeviceGroup
FuDeviceGroupId
FuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
FuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
FuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
GammaCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the gamma c
able.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER
_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_U
C_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management D
esign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_EFH]"
GammaCable
bbifBoardRef
Reference to the BBIF board wher
e the gamma cable is connected.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: The B
bifBoard MO must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
GammaCable
bbifConnector
Value represents the connector t
hat connects the cable to the BBIF board.Possible values: A BUse cases: Scratch
RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
GammaCable
electricalDelay
"Electrical delay of the gamma c
able.Example: 107 = 10.7 nanosecondsUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Anten
na Equipment Unit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected c
ells.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
GammaCable
GammaCableId
GammaCable
rfifConnector
Value represents the connector t
hat connects the cable to the RFIF board.Possible values: A BUse cases: Scratch

RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]


GammaCable
rfifPlugInUnitRef
"Reference to the RFIF p
lug-in unit, to which the cable is connected.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePreco
ndition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.Ref
. [CB_ECF]"
GeneralProcessorUnit
GeneralProcessorUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
GeneralProcessorUnit
hdVolumeDFreespace
The amount of fr
eespace available on the D volume.Unit: 1 B
GeneralProcessorUnit
hdVolumeDSize
The total size of the D
volume.Unit: 1 B
GeneralProcessorUnit
hdVolumePFreespace
The amount of fr
eespace available on the P volume.Unit: 1 B
GeneralProcessorUnit
hdVolumePSize
The total size of the P
volume.Unit: 1 B
GeneralProcessorUnit
minimumHdVolumeDFreespace
0
"Minimum
number of megabytes of free space on D volume before an alarm is issued. 0 mean
s that no alarm will be sent.It is used as a threshold that triggers alarms when
the D volume of any board is about to be full, that is, when the attribute hdVo
lumeDFreespace exceeds this value.This value should be set large enough so that
an alarm is raised for each D volume that is starting to have too little space f
or the new files of the next upgrade package. On the core MPs, that is the Fault
tolerant Core (FTC) GPB boards, this value should be even larger, so that there
is also room for the configuration version files (in addition to the next upgra
de files).This value should be small enough for each board, so that alarms are n
ot sent unnecessarily when there is a lot of free space.Alarm is raised if the v
alue of hdVolumeDFreespace becomes less than or equal to this value. But in orde
r to cease the alarm, the free space must become at least 1 megabyte larger than
this value. To free space on the D volumes, some old UpgradePackage MOs must be
deleted. If only the FTC boards are affected, then some old configuration versi
ons must be deleted. This is done through the ConfigurationVersion MO.Unit: 1 MB
"
GeneralProcessorUnit
operationalState
"The operational
state.The value for operationalState is retrived from the parent of this MO, th
at is PlugInUnit MO."
GeneralProcessorUnit
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO in
stances that reserve this MO instance.
GeneralProcessorUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
GigaBitEthernet
activeLink
PRIMARY_ACTIVE Specifies the active lin
k.
GigaBitEthernet
actualSpeedDuplex
"The mode, in which the
port is actually operating. The value NO_LINK means that the link is disabled or
that autonegotiation is in progress.The following values are possible for this
attribute, for electrical interfaces:- ETH_100_MB_FULL- ETH_1000_MB_FULLThe foll
owing values are possible for this attribute, for optical interfaces:- ETH_1000_
MB_FULL"
GigaBitEthernet
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.Traffic is not stopped if administrativeState is set to LOCKED.
GigaBitEthernet
autoNegotiation TRUE
"Indicates whether Ethernet auto
-negotiation is performed when starting the link(s).Never set this attribute to
false, other than for test purposes. In normal traffic situations this attribute
is always set to true."
GigaBitEthernet
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
GigaBitEthernet
currentPmRegister
"Returns the current val
ues of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values in a PM cou
nter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter. Otherwise, the v
alue of the PM counter is set to -1."
GigaBitEthernet
dscpPbitMap
"Specifies the value of the DSCP
and corresponding pbit (priority).The number of members in this sequence is 64.

All the 64 possible DscpPbit structs must be defined when setting this attribute
. If no values are submitted, the default values from struct DscpPbit are used."
GigaBitEthernet
dscpPbitMap.dscp
DSCP - differentiated se
rvices code point.The number of members in this sequence is 64.
GigaBitEthernet
dscpPbitMap.pbit
"802.1p priorities accor
ding to IEEE 8021D:0 - Best effort1 - Background2 - Spare3 - Excellent effort4 Controlled load5 - Voice, less than 100 ms delay6 - Voice, less than 10 ms dela
y7 - Network controlThe number of members in this sequence is 64."
GigaBitEthernet
frameFormat
ETHERNET_2_DIX "Ethernet outgoing frame
format.Before changing the value from ETHERNET_2_DIX to IEEE_802_3_LLC_SNAP, en
sure first that the attribute mtu of the children MOs (IpInterface) is not highe
r than 1492. If this is the case, reduce the mtu to 1492 before changing this at
tribute. Disturbances: Setting this attribute may disrupt traffic on peer equipm
ent."
GigaBitEthernet
GigaBitEthernetId
The value componenet of
the RDN.
GigaBitEthernet
link1State
Operational state of the link 1
(lower).
GigaBitEthernet
link2State
Operational state of the link 2
(upper).
GigaBitEthernet
linkType
FRONT_PORTS
"Indicates if the GigaBi
tEthernet link for external traffic is using the front ports or the backplane po
rts.If the backplane ports are used, the link is a 10G link.This attribute is on
ly valid on ETs which have Ethernet backplane connections. Other ETs will always
use the front ports only."
GigaBitEthernet
macAddressLink1 00:00:00:00:00:00
"The MAC address
of link 1.If the board is not available, the attribute has the value 00:00:00:0
0:00:00."
GigaBitEthernet
macAddressLink2 00:00:00:00:00:00
"The MAC address
of link 2.If the board is not available, the attribute has the value 00:00:00:0
0:00:00."
GigaBitEthernet
operationalState
The operational state.
GigaBitEthernet
portNo 1
Physical port number associated with thi
s MO instance.
GigaBitEthernet
primaryLink
LINK_ONE_PRIMARY_LINK_TWO_SECONDARY
"Specifies which link is primary and which link is secondary.Link 1 is identical
to portNo 1 and link 2 is identical to portNo 2. For details regarding port num
bering, see the Unit Description for the relevant board.Disturbances: Setting of
this attribute may cause traffic disturbance."
GigaBitEthernet
protectiveMode TRUE
Indicates whether a switch over
to the secondary link is allowed. Setting this attribute to false means that a b
oard with two ethernet connectors works as if it had one.
GigaBitEthernet
sfpInformation
Information about the SFP port.
Valid only if the attribute sfpPort is set to true.
GigaBitEthernet
sfpInformation.sfpProductNumber
The product numb
er of an SFP module.
GigaBitEthernet
sfpInformation.sfpState
The state of the SFP por
t.
GigaBitEthernet
sfpInformation.sfpType
The type of SFP.Example:
GE_1000_BASE_Tor GE_1000_BASE_CX.
GigaBitEthernet
sfpPort FALSE "Specifies if the switch port is an SFP
port. Autonegotiation must be configured to true for an SFP port. Otherwise, the
port may be disabled."
GigaBitEthernet
shutDownTimeout 1800
The shut-down timer. It is used
when the administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN.This value must be positive
.Unit: 1 s
GigaBitEthernet
statePropagationDelay 25
This attribute is used t
o delay the propagation of fault on both links.Unit: 1 ds (1 decisecond)
GigaBitEthernet
switchBackTimer 30
"The switch back timer, after th
e primary link has returned to state ENABLED (working).The value 0 (zero) means

that no switch back from secondary to primary link is done by the system. Traffi
c will continue to run on the secondary link until - a manual switch is performe
d by management, or - an automatic switch is performed by the Link Switch Superv
ision Function (in case of link failure on secondary while primary link is up).U
nit: 1 s"
GigaBitEthernet
userLabel
Label for free use.
GpsReceiver
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The administrati
ve state of the GPS receiver.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
GpsReceiver
GpsReceiverId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
GpsReceiver
operationalState
The operational state of
the GPS receiver.
GsmRelation
adjacentCell
"Reference to ExternalGsmCell MO
which contains the specification of the adjacent cell. Even though this is not
a restricted attribute it can only be set by an operator upon MO creation and ca
nnot be modified to point to a new ExternalGsmCell.FDN according to [9] and [20]
Attribute value change notification are sent for attributes relationType and adj
acentCell.<tab>Sub: CMS, RNHRef. [24]"
GsmRelation
externalGsmCellRef
"Reference to the Extern
alGsmCell MO, containing the specification of this adjacent cell."
GsmRelation
GsmRelationId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.
GsmRelation
mobilityRelationType
HO_AND_CELL_RESEL
Type of
the mobility relation. Dependencies:Note that the total number of GsmRelations w
ith mobilityRelationType = HO_AND_CELL_RESEL (Both Handover and Cell selection/R
eselection) for a UtranCell may not exceed 32.
GsmRelation
qOffset1sn
7
Signal strength offset between s
ource and target cells. Dependencies:Used when the IE cell_selection_and_reselec
tion_quality_measure in SIB 11/12 is set to CPICH RSCP.This is configured throug
h UtranCell::qualMeasQuantity.Unit: dB
GsmRelation
selectionPriority
0
"Selection priority amon
g neighbour GSM relations for a UTRAN source cell. This priority is set separate
ly for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and GSM neighbors. The value 1 is the hi
ghest priority. If the same priority is used for several neighbor cells with the
same relation type (Intra-frequency / Inter-frequency / GSM), the order between
them is not defined. If no value or 0 is entered when a neighbor is defined, th
e system will automatically set the value of this attribute to the current highe
st value among all neighbors with the same relation type + 1, that is, to the cu
rrently lowest priority definition for the source cell and for the relation type
. "
Handover
cnhhoSupp
FALSE Defines if the feature CN Hard H
andover is activated in the RNC.Change takes effect: New connections
Handover
comprModeRetryInterv
5
Time interval between tr
ials to initiate compressed mode. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Special values:0 means no retry. Value mapping:0: 0.0 s1: 0.2 s2: 0.
4 s3: 0.6 s4: 0.8 s5: 1.0 s...50: 10 sUnit: 0.2 sChange takes effect: Ongoing co
nnections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
fddGsmHOSupp
FALSE Indicates if the RNC supports in
ter-RAT HO (Inter Radio Access Technology Handover). Change takes effect: Ongoin
g connections
Handover
fddIfhoSupp
FALSE Indicates if the RNC supports IF
HO.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
Handover
gsmAmountPropRepeat
4
Max number of repeated p
roposals (not including the first proposal) of GSM cell(s) for handover based on
the same measurement report.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next swit
ch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
gsmPropRepeatInterval 5
Minimum time interval be
tween proposals of the same GSM cell for handover based on the same measurement
report. Value mapping:0: 0.0 s1: 0.2 s2: 0.4 s3: 0.6 s4: 0.8 s5: 1.0 s...25: 5.0
sUnit: 0.2 sChange takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)

Handover
HandoverId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
Handover
ifhoAmountPropRepeat
4
Maximum number of repeat
ed proposals of non-used frequency cell(s) for handover based on the same measur
ement report.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
ifhoPropRepeatInterval 5
Minimum time interval be
tween proposals of the same non-used frequency cell for handover based on the sa
me measurement report.Unit: 0.2 sChange takes effect: Ongoing connections (next
switch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
initialCellListDelay
0
"When the connection is
set up for the first time, Measurement handler function will wait this predeterm
ined time before it sends the first cell list to the UE. This extra delay will d
ecrease the risk for the UE not to get the initial cell list , since initially i
t is busy to get synchronized to UTRAN.This attribute may only be changed by Eri
csson personnel. Unit: sChange takes effect: Ongoing connections"
Handover
interFreqCnhhoPenaltyEcno
30
"Defines how muc
h penalty shall be given to a non-Iur external UTRAN cell compared to a normal i
nter-frequency cell during Ec/No evaluation.Dependencies: It is recommended to s
et ExternalUtranCell.individualOffset to less than interFreqCnhhoPenaltyEcno.Thi
s is a recommendation for the operator, the system will not enforce this recomme
ndation.Value mapping:0: 0.0 dB5: 0.5 dB10: 1.0 dB15: 1.5 dB20: 2.0 dB25: 2.5 dB
30: 3.0 dB...250: 25 dBUnit: 0.1 dBResolution: 5Change takes effect: New connect
ions"
Handover
interFreqCnhhoPenaltyRscp
30
"Defines how muc
h penalty shall be given to a non-Iur external UTRAN cell compared to a normal i
nter-frequency cell during RSCP evaluation.Dependencies: It is recommended to se
t ExternalUtranCell.individualOffset to less than interFreqCnhhoPenaltyRscp.This
is a recommendation for the operator, the system will not enforce this recommen
dation.Value mapping:0: 0.0 dB5: 0.5 dB10: 1.0 dB15: 1.5 dB20: 2.0 dB25: 2.5 dB3
0: 3.0 dB...250: 25 dBUnit: 0.1 dBResolution: 5Change takes effect: New connecti
ons"
Handover
intraFreqCnhhoPenalty 30
"Defines how much penalt
y shall be given to a non-Iur external UTRAN cell compared to a normal intra-fre
quency cell. Dependencies:The value to chose depends on the setting of the param
eter measQuantity1 (which indicate if there are Ec/No or RSCP measurements which
should be used). ExternalUtranCell.individualOffset should be set to less than
intraFreqCnhhoPenalty.This is a recommendation for the operator, the system will
not enforce this recommendation.Value mapping:0: 0.0 dB5: 0.5 dB10: 1.0 dB15: 1
.5 dB20: 2.0 dB25: 2.5 dB30: 3.0 dB...250: 25 dBUnit: 0.1 dBResolution: 5Change
takes effect: New connections"
Handover
intraFreqCnhhoWeight
0
"Defines the weight of t
he radio links in the active set, when comparing them to an intra-frequency CN H
ard Handover candidate. intraFreqCnhhoWeight=0 means that only the best cell in
AS is considered, intraFreqCnhhoWeight>0 means that all radio links in the activ
e set are considered, while intraFreqCnhhoWeight=10 means that all radio links i
n the active set are given equal importance. Value mapping:0: 0.0 1: 0.1 ...10:
1.0Unit: 0.1Change takes effect: New connections"
Handover
maxActiveSet
3
"Maximum number of cells in acti
ve set.The reporting deactivation threshold, used to control intra-frequency mea
surements (event 1a), is set to maxActiveSet - 1.The replacement activation thre
shold, used to control intra-frequency measurements (event 1c), is set to maxAct
iveSet.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)"
Handover
maxBufferTime 10
Maximum time in buffer for a buf
fered report. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Value ma
pping:0: 0 s1: 0.2 s2: 0.4 s3: 0.6 s4: 0.8 s5: 1.0 s...50: 10 sUnit: 0.2 sChange
takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CELL_DCH)
Handover
maxGsmMonSubset 32
Maximum number of GSM cells that
the UE shall measure on. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
Handover
maxIefMonSubset 32
Maximum number of inter-frequenc
y cells that the UE shall measure on.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections

Handover
maxSohoListSubset
32
Maximum number of intrafrequency cells that the UE shall measure on. This attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections
Handover
releaseConnOffset
120
"The threshold (offset)
for a cell to be included in the active set, when the connection is released at
inclusion rejection. Value mapping:-30 : -3.0 dB-25 : -2.5 dB...250: +25.0 dBUni
t: 0.1dBResolution: 5Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next switch to CE
LL_DCH)"
Handover
selHoSup
FALSE "Selects whether the Selective H
andover feature is activated. Specifies if cell filtering to support selective h
andover is performed in the system at creation of any of the intra-frequency, in
ter-frequency or inter-RAT monitored sets. Selective Handover is part of Shared
Network support. This setting is ignored if MOCN is active. Value mapping:FALSE:
Cell filtering to support selective handover is not performed in the system at
creation of any of the intra-frequency, inter-frequency or inter-RAT monitored s
ets.TRUE: Cell filtering to support selective handover is performed at creation
of the Intra-frequency, Inter-frequency and Inter-RAT monitored sets. Change tak
es effect: Ongoing connections (next handover or switch to CELL_DCH)"
Handover
tCellChange
20
"Time for supervising the move f
rom UTRAN to GSM.Once the cell change order from UTRAN has been sent, the system
expects to receive an Iu release command or Cell change failure from UTRAN with
in this amount of time.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Unit: sChange takes effect: New connections"
Handover
timeReleaseIuPs 10
"Guard timer, in case the PS CN
does not release the Iu connection after an IRATHO (inter radio access technolog
y handover) to GSM. Special values:0: infinity (this means that this timer shoul
d not be used)Unit: s"
Handover
timeRelocoverall
5
Maximum time to complete
a handover.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: sCha
nge takes effect: New connections
Handover
timeRelocprep 10
Maximum time for resource alloca
tion in the target system.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personn
el. Unit: sChange takes effect: New connections
Handover
timeRelocsup
15
Maximum time for relocation in t
he target RNC. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: s
Change takes effect: New connections
Handover
tmStopGsmMeas 20
Maximum time for Service Based G
SM Handover measurements.Special values:60: Measurements are never stopped.Unit:
sChange takes effect: New connections
Handover
tsHoInIratHo
2
Maximum time for soft or softer
handover to execute during the IRATHO execution.This attribute may only be chang
ed by Ericsson personnel. Value mapping:1: 0.5 s2: 1.0 s...10: 5.0 sUnit: 0.5 sC
hange takes effect: New connections
HgTtp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.It conta
ins details about operationalState.(DEGRADED qualifies the operational state ENA
BLED.)
HgTtp
hgAisReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarm HG Alarm Ind
ication Signal (AIS) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false - reporting
disabled.
HgTtp
hgBaisReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarm HG Backward
Alarm Indication Signal (BAIS) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false reporting disabled.
HgTtp
HgTtpId
The value component of the RDN.It is set automat
ically when the MO instance is created.
HgTtp
operationalState
The operational state.
HgTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
HiPowTxCable
aiuConnector
Value denoting the connector at
the AIU.Possible values: HL_IN_A1 HL_IN_A2 TX_IN_A TX_IN_BUse cases: Scratch RBS
at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
HiPowTxCable
aiuPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the AIU.Use

cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding


device group MOs must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
HiPowTxCable
dlAttenuation
"Electrical attenuation of the c
able, downlink.Example: 36 = 3.6 dBUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenn
a EquipmentUnit: 0.1 dBTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cel
l.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
HiPowTxCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical downlink del
ay of the cable.Example: 103 = 10.3 nanosecondsUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, M
odify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the
affected cell.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
HiPowTxCable
HiPowTxCableId
HiPowTxCable
mcpaAuxPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the auxilia
ry plug-in unit of MCPA.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: The AuxPlugI
nUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
HiPowTxCable
mcpaConnector
Value representing the connector
at the auxiliary plug-in unit of MCPA.Possible values: TX_OUTUse cases: Scratch
RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
HsDbchDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: DBC_905Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
HsDbchDeviceSet
HsDbchDeviceSetId
HsDbchDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_UC905Specification: ITU-T
rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
HsDbchDeviceSet
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC905Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
Hsdsch
administrativeState
LOCKED "The administrative state of the
HSDPA resources in the cell.Data for the HSDPA physical channels HS-SCCH and HS
-PDSCH will be configured in the RBS.Disturbances:Changing this attribute may af
fect ongoing traffic.When set to LOCKED, Hsdsch support for the cell is deactiva
ted, HS calls will be released.When set to UNLOCKED, Hsdsch support in the cell
is activated in the RBS, all traffic is released from the cell."
Hsdsch
availabilityStatus
"The availability status of the
HSDPA resources in the cell.More than one of the following conditions can apply
for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 =
1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit 10
or bit 11 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFU
LL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCY
SHUTTINGDOWN"
Hsdsch
codeThresholdPdu656
6
"Threshold for determining when
to use the RLC PDU size = 656 bits for UEs with HS-DSCH physical layer category
7 to 10.Special values:0: always used15: never usedany other value:<tab>- 656 bi
ts are used if codeThresholdPdu656 < numHsPdschCodes, <tab>- 336 bits are used i
f codeThresholdPdu656 >= numHsPdschCodesUnit: code"
Hsdsch
cqiFeedbackCycle
8
The duration of the CQI feedback
cycle on HS-DPCCH.Dependencies:Must be set equal to or greater than 2 ms * init
ialCqiRepetitionFactor.Unit: ms
Hsdsch
deltaAck1
4
The power offset for acknowledgement mes
sages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.
Hsdsch
deltaAck2
8
The power offset for acknowledgement mes
sages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.
Hsdsch
deltaCqi1
4
The power offset for CQI report messages
on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.
Hsdsch
deltaCqi2
8
The power offset for CQI report messages
on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.
Hsdsch
deltaNack1
4
The power offset for non-acknowledgement
messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.

Hsdsch
deltaNack2
8
The power offset for non-acknowledgement
messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.
Hsdsch
enhancedL2Support
"Indicates whether Enhanced Laye
r 2 is supported in the cell or not, as reported by the RBS in RSI or audit resp
onse.Dependencies: The operator must have a valid license for EL2 in order for t
his parameter to take effect."
Hsdsch
HsdschId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part
of the RDN.
Hsdsch
hsMeasurementPowerOffset
80
"The Measurement power o
ffset, also called gamma, sent to the UE and RBS via RRC and NBAP. Used to offse
t the CQI in order to utilize the whole CQI range.Unit: 0.1 dBResolution: 5"
Hsdsch
initialAckNackRepetitionFactor 1
The initial number of re
petitions for ACK/NACK feedback transmissions on HS-DPCCH.
Hsdsch
initialCqiRepetitionFactor
1
The initial number of re
petitions for CQI report messages on HS-DPCCH.Dependencies:Must be set less than
or equal to cqiFeedbackCycle / 2 ms.
Hsdsch
numHsPdschCodes 5
"Number of codes of SF=16 used for the H
S-PDSCH.Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.When the
number of codes is incremented, all traffic is released from the cell.When the
number is decreased, traffic is not released in the cell, but the Hs-dsch throug
hput may be affected."
Hsdsch
numHsScchCodes 1
"Number of codes of SF=128 used for the
HS-SCCH.Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.When the
number of codes is incremented or decreased, all traffic within the cell is rel
eased."
Hsdsch
operationalState
The operational state of the HSD
PA resources in the cell.
Hsdsch
qam64Support
"Indicates whether 64QAM is supported in
the cell or not, as reported by the RBS in RSI or audit response.Dependencies:
The operator must have valid licenses for EL2, 16QAM and 64QAM in order for this
parameter to take effect.Change takes effect: New connections"
Hsdsch
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
HsdschProfile
codeThresholdPdu656
"Threshold for determini
ng when to use the RLC PDU size = 656 bits for UEs with HS-DSCH physical layer c
ategory 7 to 10.0 = always used,15 = never used,any other value, then656 bits ar
e used if codeThresholdPdu656 < numHsPdschCodes, 336 bits are used if codeThresh
oldPdu656 >= numHsPdschCodesUnit: 1 codeResolution: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
HsdschProfile
cqiFeedbackCycle
The duration of the CQI
feedback cycle on HS-DPCCH.Unit: 1 msResolution: N/ASub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
deltaAck1
The power offset for acknowledge
ment messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.Unit: N/AResolution:
1Sub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
deltaAck2
The power offset for acknowledge
ment messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.Unit: N/ARes
olution: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
deltaCqi1
The power offset for CQI report
messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.Unit: N/AResolution: 1Sub:
RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
deltaCqi2
The power offset for CQI report
messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.Unit: N/AResoluti
on: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
deltaNack1
The power offset for non-acknowl
edgement messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using one RLS.Unit: N/AResoluti
on: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
deltaNack2
The power offset for non-acknowl
edgement messages on HS-DPCCH for UE Connections using two or more RLSs.Unit: N/
AResolution: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
HsdschProfileId
Relative Distinguished Name.Sub:
CMSRef. [7]

HsdschProfile
hsMeasurementPowerOffset
"The Measurement
power offset, also called gamma, sent to the UE and RBS via RRC and NBAP. Used
to offset the CQI in order to utilize the whole CQI range.Unit: 0.1 dBResolution
: 5Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
HsdschProfile
initialAckNackRepetitionFactor
The initial numb
er of repetitions for ACK/NACK feedback transmissions on HS-DPCCH.Unit: N/AResol
ution: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
initialCqiRepetitionFactor
The initial numb
er of repetitions for CQI report messages on HS-DPCCH.Unit: N/AResolution: 1Sub:
RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
numHsPdschCodes
"Number of codes of SF=16 used f
or the HS-PDSCH.When the number of codes is increased, all traffic is released f
rom the cell.When the number is decreased, traffic is not released in the cell,
but the Hs-dsch throughput may be affected.Unit: 1 codeResolution: 1Sub: RNHRef.
[2]"
HsdschProfile
numHsScchCodes
"Number of codes of SF=128 used
for the HS-SCCH.When the number of codes is increased or decreased, all traffic
within the cell is released.Unit: 1 codeResolution: 1 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
HsdschProfile
rncMimVersion
The version of the RNC MIM for w
hich this profile is created<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
HsdschProfile
userLabel
"Provides support for a user def
ined label or name upon an object instance level.Note this is not a default user
label but the user label of the profile object, which is used to identify the H
sdschProfile managed object in display lists.Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
HsDschResources
activeHsdpaLmCellMeasurements
"Array with all
active HSDPA Local Measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute
are 26,28..33,44,51,52,53,900. Up to 12 measurements can be active. Measurement
type 900 is performed in the MP, the other measurement types are performed in t
he hardware layer.Undefined value: 0User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UT
S]"
HsDschResources
activeRdbtCellMeasurements
Active HSDPA Loc
al Measurements on this MO. Measurement type for this attribute is 16. One measu
rement can be active.Undefined value: 0User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB
_UTS]
HsDschResources
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the resources.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOC
KED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Ful
l availability.Use cases: CCH_UC36Ref. [FS_CCH]
HsDschResources
fixedBuffersIsActive
Shows if Fixed Buffer ha
ve been set on not.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
HsDschResources
HsDschResourcesId
HsDschResources
hsMusRelayIsActive
Shows if relay of HS-SCC
H data are active or not.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
HsDschResources
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC36Ref. [FS_CCH]
HsDschResources
pnOnScchDschIsActive
Shows if PN transmission
on HS-SCCH and HS-DSCH is active.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
ImaGroup
activeLinks
0
Number of active links.
ImaGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
ImaGroup
ImaGroupId
The value component of the RDN.
ImaGroup
operationalState
The operational state.
ImaGroup
physicalPortList
"Contains a list of phys
ical port MOs connected to this ImaGroup MO.The physical port MOs can be of type
:- E1PhysPathTerm,- J1PhysPathTerm,- T1PhysPathTerm,- E1Ttp,- T1Ttp.Add or remov
e physical port MOs in one set-operation, not both in the same set-operation."
ImaGroup
requiredNumberOfLinks 1
"Specifies the number of
ImaLinks that needs to be operational in order for the complete group to be ope
rational. The bandwidth available for the AtmPort (and thus for creating of VP/V
C connections) is defined by this number.Setting the requiredNumberOfLinks field

to K less than the number of physical links included in the ImaGroup, will redu
ce the guaranteed bandwidth available to the AtmPort with the corresponding band
width but will also give the effect that K links failures can be tolerated.The b
andwith associated with the number of available links in the group above the req
iured number of links is usable only by UBR or UBR+ VP."
ImaGroup
reservedBy
Contains an AtmPort MO instance
that reserves this MO instance.
ImaGroup
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaLink
availabilityStatus
The availability status.It conta
ins details about operationalState.
ImaLink
ImaLinkId
The value component of the RDN.It is set
automatically when the MO instance is created.
ImaLink
operationalState
"The operational state.If the op
erationalState is DISABLED, the ImaLink is blocked for traffic."
ImaLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
ImaLink
uses
"Reference to the physical port represented by t
his MO. Can be of types:- E1PhysPathTerm, - J1PhysPathTerm, - T1PhysPathTerm, E1Ttp or - T1Ttp."
InternalEthernetPort
currentPmRegister
"Returns the cur
rent values of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values in
a PM counter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter. Otherwis
e, the value of the PM counter is set to -1."
InternalEthernetPort
dscpPbitMap
"The value of the DSCP a
nd the corresponding pbit (priority).The number of members in this sequence is 6
4.All 64 possible dscpPbit structs must be defined when setting this attribute.
If no values are set, the default values specified in the table in the dscpPbit
struct are used."
InternalEthernetPort
dscpPbitMap.dscp
DSCP - different
iated services code point.The number of members in this sequence is 64.
InternalEthernetPort
dscpPbitMap.pbit
"802.1p prioriti
es according to IEEE 8021D:0 - Best effort1 - Background2 - Spare3 - Excellent e
ffort4 - Controlled load5 - Voice, less than 100 ms delay6 - Voice, less than 10
ms delay7 - Network controlThe number of members in this sequence is 64."
InternalEthernetPort
ethernetSwitchRef
Reference to an
instance of EthernetSwitch MO.
InternalEthernetPort
frameFormat
ETHERNET_2_DIX "Ethernet outgoi
ng frame format.Before changing the value from ETHERNET_2_DIX to IEEE_802_3_LLC_
SNAP, ensure first that the attribute mtu of the IpInterface is not greater than
1492. If mtu > 1492, reduce it to 1492 before changing this attribute. Disturba
nces: Setting this attribute may disrupt traffic on peer equipment."
InternalEthernetPort
InternalEthernetPortId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
InternalEthernetPort
macAddress
00:00:00:00:00:00
"Media A
ccess Control addressIf the board is not available, the attribute has the value
00:00:00:00:00:00."
InternalEthernetPort
userLabel
Label for free use.
InternalLinkGroup
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The admi
nistrative state.
InternalLinkGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability
status. It contains details about operationalState.
InternalLinkGroup
currentPmRegister
"Returns the cur
rent values of all PM counters. To read the values of the PM counter, start a me
asurement on that PM counter for the MO instance. Otherwise, the value of the PM
counter is set to -1."
InternalLinkGroup
InternalLinkGroupId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
InternalLinkGroup
operationalState
The operational
status.
InternalLinkGroup
switchModuleNumber1
Contains a refer
ence to the SwitchModule MO that is interconnected by the link in the InternalLi

nkGroup.
InternalLinkGroup
switchModuleNumber2
Contains a refer
ence to the SwitchModule MO that is interconnected by the link in the InternalLi
nkGroup.
InternalLinkGroup
userLabel
Label for free use.
InterPiuLink
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
InterPiuLink
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
InterPiuLink
InterPiuLinkId
The value component of the RDN.
InterPiuLink
operationalState
The operational state.
InterPiuLink
primaryPiuSlot
The slot where the primary PIU i
s placed.
InterPiuLink
secondaryPiuSlot
The slot where the secon
dary PIU is placed.
InterPiuLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
InterSubTimingCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the
inter sub timing cable.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get
access. bit0=UNDER_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTAND
ING (set to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding ala
rm.Use cases: EQF_UC_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
Fault Management Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelR
ef. [CB_EFH]"
InterSubTimingCable
bbifBoardRef
Reference to the BBIF bo
ard to which the cable is connected.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition:
The BbifBoard MO must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
InterSubTimingCable
bbifConnector
Value denoting the conne
ctor that connects the cable to the BBIF board.Possible values: DUse cases: Scra
tch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
InterSubTimingCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical dela
y of the cable.Specified in 0.1 ns (nanoseconds), for example, 107 = 10.7 nanose
conds.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes
effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell.User category: Ericsson per
sonnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
InterSubTimingCable
InterSubTimingCableId
InterSubTimingCable
rfifConnector
Value denoting the conne
ctor that connects the cable to the RFIF board.Possible values: CUse cases: Scra
tch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
InterSubTimingCable
rfifPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the
RFIF PIU to which the cable is connected.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondi
tion: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.Ref. [
CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
aiuConnector
Parameter denoting the connector
at the AIU.Possible values: ANT_A ANT_BUse cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_E
CF]
IntJumperCable
aiuPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the AIU.Use
cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding
device group MOs must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
connectionFieldRef
Reference to the connect
ion field.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: The ConnectionField MO mus
t exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
connFieldConnector
Parameter denoting the c
onnector at the connection field to which the jumper cable is connected.Use case
s: Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
IntJumperCable
dlAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, downlink.Exa
mple: 36 = 3.6 dBUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0
.1 dBTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
IntJumperCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical delay of the
cable. Example: 103 = 10.3 nsUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna Equ
ipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell.Use

r category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"


IntJumperCable
electricalUlDelay
"Electrical delay of the
cable.Example: 103 = 10.3 nanosecondsUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Ant
enna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected
cell.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
IntJumperCable
IntJumperCableId
IntJumperCable
ulAttenuation
"Cable attenuation, uplink.Examp
le: 36 = 3.6 dBUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1
dBTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
IntraCabTimingCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the
inter cab timing cable.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get
access. bit0=UNDER_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTAND
ING (set to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding ala
rm.Use cases: EQF_UC_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
Fault Management Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelR
ef. [CB_EFH]"
IntraCabTimingCable
bbifBoardRef
Reference to the BBIF bo
ard.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: The MO BbifBoard must existRef.
[CB_ECF]
IntraCabTimingCable
bbifConnector
Value representing the c
onnector towards the BBIF board.Possible values: CUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site
Ref. [CB_ECF]
IntraCabTimingCable
electricalUlDelay
"Electrical dela
y of the cable. Example: 107 = 10.7 nanosecondsUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, M
odify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the
affected cell.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
IntraCabTimingCable
IntraCabTimingCableId
IntraCabTimingCable
rfifConnector
Value representing the c
onnector towards the RFIF plug-in unit.Possible values: DUse cases: Scratch RBS
at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
IntraCabTimingCable
rfifPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the
RFIF plug-in unit to which the cable is connected.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Sit
ePrecondition: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exi
st.Ref. [CB_ECF]
Ip
availabilityStatus
The availability status.It conta
ins details about operationalState.
Ip
defDomainName
"Contains default domain name. If isDefD
omainName is set to true, the domain name found in this attribute is used by the
DNS resolver and there is no need to submit the complete domain name. If the do
main name is for example 'ws5741.uab.ericsson.se', then the default domain name
would be '.uab.ericsson.se'. If isDefDomainName is set to true, there is no need
for using '.uab.ericsson.se'. If set to false, then the complete domain name ha
s to be used.A valid domain name consists of one or more labels separated by dot
s (.).Valid characters for a label shall be limited to letters 'a' - 'z', 'A' 'Z', digits '0' - '9', the character '-' (dash).Character case shall be preserve
d. Total length of a label shall not exceed 255 characters.The first and last ch
aracter in the domain name has to be within the following alphabet: letters 'a'
- 'z', 'A' - 'Z' and digits '0' - '9'. Specification: RFC 952, 1101 and 1123."
Ip
dnsServerAddresses
A list of IP addresses to Domain
Name Servers.A maximum of 3 DNS servers is possible.
Ip
dscp
0
"The DiffServ CodePoint.The code point values ar
e used by DiffServ enabled hosts and router to identify different service levels
.When set, the DSCPs are mapped to Per Hop Behaviours (PHB) by forwarding device
s along the path between the source and destination. PHBs dictates how each pack
et is handled, that is, what type of service that is applied to the packet when
it is forwarded.Only traffic originated from the node is tagged with the dscp va
lue. The CPP based router does not implement functionality for handling differen
t service levels when routing IP traffic."
Ip
icmpRedirect
TRUE
Indicates if ICMP redirects is sent out
or not.

Ip
IpId
The value component of the RDN.
Ip
isDefDomainName FALSE Specifies whether the default domain nam
e is present. true - presentfalse - not present
Ip
isRecursiveSearch
TRUE
Specifies how the DNS client wan
ts the DNS server do the search for the IP address in the network .true - recurs
ive searchfalse - non-recursive search
Ip
isSubDomainName TRUE
Specifies whether to use subsets of the
fully qualified domain name to reach the simple domain name.true - use subsets o
f domain namefalse - do not use subsets of domain name
Ip
nodeInterfaceName
le0
The interface name of the link o
bject that determines the O&M IP Address for the node.Dependencies: The value of
this attribute is set to the value of the attribute interfaceName in the Ethern
etLink MO or in the IpHostLink MO.
Ip
nodeIpAddress
The O&M IP Address for the node.
Ip
noOfRetrans
5
The number of retransmissions.
Ip
numberOfLinks
"Represents the number of interfaces (co
rresponding to the MOs: EthernetLink, IpAtmLink and IpHostLink) which have regis
tered to the Ip MO."
Ip
operationalState
The operational state.This attri
bute is set to ENABLED if at least one link is operational.
Ip
reservedBy
Contains an Ospf MO instance that reserv
es this MO instance.
Ip
retransInterval 4
The retransmission interval. Unit: 1 s
Ip
udpChecksumState
1
Enables or disables generation o
f UDP checksum.0 = disabled1 = enabledThe UDP checksum is used to verify that th
e UDP header has not been damaged during transmission.
Ip
useHostFile
TRUE
Specifies if the host file is used. The
hostFile is used by the resolver and chosen as a source of information before qu
erying a DNS server.true - use the host filefalse - do not use the host file
Ip
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ip
workingMode
Specifies if the IP stack in the node wo
rks as a combined host/router (ROUTER_MODE) or only as a host (HOST_MODE).
IpAccessAutoConfig
IpAccessAutoConfigId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
IpAccessAutoConfig
maxIpAddress
"Maximum IP addressThe h
ighest value that can be used as host IP address. If autoConfig=ON for an IP acc
ess host, it is not necessary to assign explicitly an IP address and prefix leng
th to the host. The IP address is assigned by the Control Plane, based on the id
entity of IpAccessAutoConfig specified for the IP access host."
IpAccessAutoConfig
minIpAddress
"Minimum IP addressThe l
owest value that can be used as host IP address. If autoConfig=ON for an IP acce
ss host, it is not necessary to assign explicitly an IP address and prefix lengt
h to the host. The IP address is assigned by the Control Plane, based on the ide
ntity of IpAccessAutoConfig specified for the IP access host."
IpAccessAutoConfig
nrOfUnusedAdresses
0
Number of unused
addressesThe number of addresses in the range that are not used.
IpAccessAutoConfig
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO in
stances that reserve IP access hosts.
IpAccessAutoConfig
totalNrOfAddresses
0
Total number of
addresses in the range.The first address in the range is the same one as the one
for networkAddress.
IpAccessAutoConfig
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostEt
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
IpAccessHostEt
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpAccessHostEt
currentPmRegister
"Returns the current val
ues of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values in a PM cou
nter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter. Otherwise, the v
alue of the PM counter is set to -1."

IpAccessHostEt
IpAccessHostEtId
The value component of t
he RDN.
IpAccessHostEt
ipAddress
"The IP address of the host.This
IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node.To set this a
ttribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED.This IP address must belong to the
subnet which is indicated in the MO referenced by ipInterfaceMoRef. Disturbances
: Changing this attribute can affect traffic."
IpAccessHostEt
ipDefaultTtl
64
"The default value of the Time-T
o-Live (TTL) field of the IP header. The value is inserted into datagrams origin
ating at this host, whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer
protocol."
IpAccessHostEt
ipInterfaceMoRef
Reference to an IpInterf
ace MO.
IpAccessHostEt
ntpDscp 46
The DSCP value to be used for outgoing N
TP packets.
IpAccessHostEt
ntpServerMode DISABLED
"Specifies whether a hos
t is acting as an NTP server.This attribute cannot be set to ENABLED, if there a
re any IpSyncRef MOs in the node."
IpAccessHostEt
operationalState
The operational state.
IpAccessHostEt
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
IpAccessHostEt
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostGpb
activeGpuId
"Reference to the active General
ProcessorUnit MO. After restart, the reference is the same as generalProcessorUn
itId.The reference can be set only by the user of the IpAccessHostGpb MO."
IpAccessHostGpb
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfig
OFF
This attribute specifies whether
autoconfiguration for the IP Access Host is used.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfigIdentity
The identity of the IpAc
cessAutoConfig MO used by this host.This attribute is mandatory if autoConfig is
set to ON.
IpAccessHostGpb
autoConfigIdentity2
"The identity of the IpA
ccessAutoConfig MO used by this host.This attribute must be set, if autoConfig i
s set to ON and if the host has two IP addresses assigned automatically."
IpAccessHostGpb
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpAccessHostGpb
generalProcessorUnitId
Reference to an instance
of GeneralProcessorUnit MO.Default location of the IP host after a node restart
. The location can be overriden by the value of the attribute activeGpuId.
IpAccessHostGpb
interface1
"Reference to an IpInterface MO
or to a FastEthernet MO.If two IP addresses are used, and thus two interfaces, t
his interface is for IP address 1.The attributes interface1 and interface2 have
their own instances of the IpInterface MO. When the IpAccessHostGpb MO is config
ured as multihomed, do not configure these IpInterface MOs on the same ET IP boa
rd.The interface specified in this attribute can be added or removed by the resp
ective actions for adding or removing interfaces."
IpAccessHostGpb
interface2
"Reference to an IpInterface MO
or to a FastEthernet MO.This attribute must refer to an MO of the same type as i
nterface1.This attribute must be set, if ipAddress2 or autoConfigIdentity2 is se
t.The attributes interface1 and interface2 have their own instances of the IpInt
erface MO. When the IpAccessHostGpb MO is configured as multihomed, do not confi
gure these IpInterface MOs on the same ET IP board.The interface specified in th
is attribute can be added or removed by the respective actions for adding or rem
oving interfaces."
IpAccessHostGpb
IpAccessHostGpbId
The value component of t
he RDN.
IpAccessHostGpb
ipAddress1
0.0.0.0 "The first IP address of the hos
t.This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node.To set
this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED.This attribute must be set, o

nly if autoConfig is set to OFF.This IP address must belong to the subnet which
is indicated in the MO referenced by interface1 or interface2. Disturbances: Cha
nging this attribute can affect traffic."
IpAccessHostGpb
ipAddress2
0.0.0.0 "The second IP address of the ho
st.This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node.To set
this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED.This attribute must be set,
only if autoConfig is set to OFF.This IP address must belong to the subnet which
is indicated in the MO referenced by interface1 or interface2. Disturbances: Ch
anging this attribute can affect traffic."
IpAccessHostGpb
ipDefaultTtl
64
"The default value of the Time-T
o-Live (TTL) field of the IP header. The value is inserted into datagrams origin
ating at this host, whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer
protocol."
IpAccessHostGpb
ipReasmTimeout 60
"The maximum number of seconds,
during which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at t
his host.The value for this attribute must be greater than zero.Recommended valu
es, according to RFC 1122, are between 60 and 120."
IpAccessHostGpb
operationalState
The operational state.
IpAccessHostGpb
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erves this MO instance.
IpAccessHostGpb
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessHostPool
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrati
ve state of the IpAccessHostPool.Change takes effect: New connections
IpAccessHostPool
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the IpAccessHostPool. More than one of the following conditions can a
pply for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBi
t 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9 or
bit 10 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL
Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILED
IpAccessHostPool
IpAccessHostPoolId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.
IpAccessHostPool
ipAccessHostRef
List of IP Access Hosts
that belong to the pool
IpAccessHostPool
operationalState
The operational
state of the IpAccessHostPool.
IpAccessHostPool
reservedBy
"Sequence of references,
updated automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have r
eferences to this MO.See references in IuLink, IubLink and IurLink."
IpAccessHostPool
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the R
NC.
IpAccessHostSpb
activeSpmId
"Reference to the active Spm MO.
After restart, the reference is the same as the spmId.The reference can be set o
nly by the user of the IpAccessHostSpb MO."
IpAccessHostSpb
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
IpAccessHostSpb
autoConfig
OFF
This attribute specifies whether
autoconfiguration for the IP Access Host is used.
IpAccessHostSpb
autoConfigIdentity
The identity of the IpAc
cessAutoConfig MO used by this host.This attribute is mandatory if autoConfig is
set to ON.
IpAccessHostSpb
autoConfigIdentity2
"The identity of the IpA
ccessAutoConfig MO used by this host.This attribute must be set, if autoConfig i
s set to ON and if the host has two IP addresses assigned automatically."
IpAccessHostSpb
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpAccessHostSpb
interface2
"Reference to an IpInterface MO.
The attributes ipInterface and interface2 have their own instances of the IpInte
rface MO. When the IpAccessHostSpb MO is configured as multihomed, do not config
ure these IpInterface MOs on the same ET IP board.The interface specified in thi

s attribute can be added or removed by the respective actions for adding or remo
ving interfaces."
IpAccessHostSpb
IpAccessHostSpbId
The value component of t
he RDN.
IpAccessHostSpb
ipAddress
0.0.0.0 "The first IP address of the hos
t.This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in the node.To set
this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED.This attribute must be set, o
nly if autoConfig is set to OFF.Disturbances: Changing this attribute can affect
traffic."
IpAccessHostSpb
ipAddress2
0.0.0.0 "The second IP address of the ho
st at multihoming.This IP address must be unique with respect to other hosts in
the node.To set this attribute, administrativeState must be LOCKED.This attribut
e must be set, only if autoConfig is set to OFF.This IP address must belong to t
he subnet which is indicated in the MO referenced by ipInterface or interface2.
Disturbances: Changing this attribute can affect traffic."
IpAccessHostSpb
ipDefaultTtl
64
"The default value of the Time-T
o-Live (TTL) field of the IP header. The value is inserted into datagrams origin
ating at this host, whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer
protocol."
IpAccessHostSpb
ipInterface
"Reference to an IpInterface MO.
The attributes ipInterface and interface2 have their own instances of the IpInte
rface MO. When the IpAccessHostSpb MO is configured as multihomed, do not config
ure these IpInterface MOs on the same ET IP board.The interface specified in thi
s attribute can be added or removed by the respective actions for adding or remo
ving interfaces."
IpAccessHostSpb
ipReasmTimeout 60
"The maximum number of seconds,
during which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at t
his host.The value for this attribute must be greater than zero.Recommended valu
es, according to RFC 1122, are between 60 and 120."
IpAccessHostSpb
operationalState
The operational state.
IpAccessHostSpb
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
IpAccessHostSpb
spmId
Reference to an instance of Spm MO.Defau
lt location of the IP host after a node restart. The location can be overridden
by the value of the attribute activeSpmId.
IpAccessHostSpb
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAccessSctp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpAccessSctp
ipAccessHostEtRef1
"The identity of a prima
ry ipAccessHostEt referred to by this MO. The attributes, ipAccessHostEtRef1 and
ipAccessHostEtRef2, must not refer to the same IpAccessHostEt MO instance.This
attribute must always contain a valid MO reference."
IpAccessSctp
ipAccessHostEtRef2
"The identity of a secon
dary ipAccessHostEt referred to by this MO. The attributes, ipAccessHostEtRef1 a
nd ipAccessHostEtRef2, must not refer to the same IpAccessHostEt MO instance."
IpAccessSctp
IpAccessSctpId
The value component of the RDN.
IpAccessSctp
operationalState
The operational state.
IpAccessSctp
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserves this MO instance.
IpAccessSctp
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpAtmLink
aal5TpVccTpId
Reference to an Aal5TpVccTp MO i
nstance that represents the underlying AAL5 termination point (of an AAL5 PVC:s)
for the IP over ATM link. The operator gives the name of the Aal5TpVccTp MO to
be used by the IP over ATM link. Only Aal5TpVccTp MOs that terminates on an MP (
Main Processor) may be used when setting up IpAtmLink MOs.
IpAtmLink
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpAtmLink
interfaceName
The interface name.
IpAtmLink
ipAddress
"The input format used by the op
erator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field consists of thre

e digits."
IpAtmLink
IpAtmLinkId
The value component of the RDN.
IpAtmLink
metric 1
The attribute metric states the metric c
ost of the IP over ATM link. The metric value is calculated as 10^8 /link bit sp
eed.For example:Metric for 10 Mbps Ethernet = 10^8/10^7 = 10Metric for 100 Mbps
Ethernet = 10^8/10^8 = 1
IpAtmLink
monitor TRUE
Specifies whether InvATMARP monitor is t
urned on or off.
IpAtmLink
monitorInterval 10
The interval between sending mon
itor packets.Unit: 1 s
IpAtmLink
monitorRetries 10
The number of retries when sendi
ng monitor packets.
IpAtmLink
mtuSize 1500
"Specifies the maximum IP datagram size
that may be sent on the IP over ATM link in bytes, without fragmentation. Recomm
ended MTU size is 1500 bytes to prevent IP fragmentation.Note that the size of t
he IP datagram does not include the 8 Bytes added for the LLC/SNAP header before
putting the IP datagram in AAL5 SDU.Unit: 1 B"
IpAtmLink
operationalState
"The operational state.T
his attribute is dependent of the supervision of the link or, if it is closed, o
f the operational states of the underlying AAL5 termination points (Aal5TpVccTp
MO) that are used to transport IP datagrams."
IpAtmLink
reservedBy
Contains an OspfInterface MO ins
tance that reserves this MO instance.
IpAtmLink
subnetMask
"The attribute subnetMask states
the subnet mask of the IP over ATM link (point-to-point link).The input format
used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by a dot. Each field co
nsists of three digits. For a point-to-point link, the subnet mask 255.255.255.2
52 is very likely.The subnet mask has to be contiguous. That is, it has the LSB'
s set to 0 (zero).Example:255.255.255.XContiguous subnet mask:11111111.11111111.
11111111.11111110 (X = 254)11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252)Non-cont
iguous subnet mask:11111111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)"
IpAtmLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpEthPacketDataRouter
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrati
ve state of the IpEthPacketDataRouter
IpEthPacketDataRouter
availabilityStatus
"The availabilit
y status of the IpEthPacketDataRouterMore than one of the following conditions c
an apply for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWERO
FFBit 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9
, 10, or 11 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOG
FULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDEN
CYSHUTTINGDOWN"
IpEthPacketDataRouter
ipAccessHostSpbRef
Reference to IpA
ccessHostSpb MO.
IpEthPacketDataRouter
ipAddressSelection
IP_ADDRESS_1
RNC Iu l
ink IP address specification.Dependencies:Instances of this MO that refer to the
same IpAccessHostSpb (attribute ipAccessHostSpbRef) must have different values
for this parameter.
IpEthPacketDataRouter
IpEthPacketDataRouterId
IpEthPacketDataRouter
operationalState
The operational
state of the IpEthPacketDataRouter
IpEthPacketDataRouter
reservedBy
"Sequence of references,
updated automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have r
eferences to this MO."
IpEthPacketDataRouter
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the R
NC.
IpHostLink
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpHostLink
currentPmRegister
Returns the current valu
es of all PM counters.

IpHostLink
interfaceName
"The interface name.Dependencies
: If the IP address of the IpHostLink MO is the O&M IP Address for the node , th
e attribute nodeInterfaceName in the Ip MO must be set to the value of this attr
ibute."
IpHostLink
ipAddress
The IP address of the IP host li
nk.This IP address must belong to the subnet defined in the referenced IpInterfa
ce MO.
IpHostLink
IpHostLinkId
The value component of the RDN.
IpHostLink
ipInterfaceMoRef
Reference to an instance
of IpInterface MO.
IpHostLink
operationalState
The operational state.
IpHostLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpInterface
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpInterface
currentPmRegister
"Returns the current val
ues of all PM counters.To activate the writing of statistical values in a PM cou
nter, start a performance monitoring (scanner) on that counter. Otherwise, the v
alue of the PM counter is set to -1."
IpInterface
defaultRouter0
"The IP address of the default r
outer 0.It is not allowed to set the value of this attribute to 0.0.0.0. The att
ributes defaultRouter0, defaultRouter1 and defaultRouter2 must not indicate the
same IP address.If rps is set to false, the egress traffic is always directed to
this default router.If the address of the defaultRouter0 is changed, it has to
belong to the subnet defined by the networkPrefixLength and attribute rps must b
e set to false.Dependencies: This attribute can be changed using the action assi
gnIpAddress on the IpHostLink MO. If the subnet address is to be changed by chan
ging the network part of defaultRouter0, any other IP host that is configured on
this IpInterface MO must first be removed. This means that the reservedBy attri
bute can contain only a single reference to an IpHostLink MO."
IpInterface
defaultRouter0State
Indicates whether ping s
upervision is successful toward default router 0.If router path supervision is t
urned off (rps = false) the value of this attribute is ENABLED.
IpInterface
defaultRouter1 0.0.0.0 "The IP address of the default r
outer 1.The attributes defaultRouter0, defaultRouter1 and defaultRouter2 must no
t indicate the same IP address.If the address of the defaultRouter1 is changed,
it has to belong to the subnet defined by the networkPrefixLength or set to valu
e 0.0.0.0. The attribute rps must have value false when the change is performed.
Dependencies: This attribute can be changed using the action assignIpAddress on
the IpHostLink MO."
IpInterface
defaultRouter1State
"Indicates whether ping
supervision is successful toward default router 1.If no default router 1 is conf
igured, the value of this attribute is DISABLED.If router path supervision is tu
rned off (rps = false) the value of this attribute is ENABLED."
IpInterface
defaultRouter2 0.0.0.0 "The IP address of the default r
outer 2.The attributes defaultRouter0, defaultRouter1 and defaultRouter2 must no
t indicate the same IP address.If the address of the defaultRouter2 is changed,
it has to belong to the subnet defined by the networkPrefixLength or set to valu
e 0.0.0.0. The attribute rps must have value false when the change is performed.
Dependencies: This attribute can be changed using the action assignIpAddress on
the IpHostLink MO."
IpInterface
defaultRouter2State
"Indicates whether ping
supervision is successful toward default router 2.If no default router 2 is conf
igured, the value of this attribute is DISABLED.If router path supervision is tu
rned off (rps = false) the value of this attribute is ENABLED."
IpInterface
defaultRouterPingInterval
4
"The interval at
which the default router is ping-ed.Must be larger than or equal to maxWaitForP
ingReply.The value of this attribute is irrelevant, if rps = false.Unit: 100ms"
IpInterface
defaultRouterTraffic
TRAFFIC_DEF_ROUTER_0
Indicate
s which of the default routers is selected for egress traffic.
IpInterface
IpInterfaceId
The value component of the RDN.

IpInterface
maxNoOfFailedPings
2
"Maximum number of conse
cutive failed pings before the contact with the default router is considered to
be lost.This value is irrelevant, if rps = false."
IpInterface
maxWaitForPingReply
3
"If echo reply is not re
ceived within this time, ping supervision is considered to be failed.This value
is irrelevant, if rps = false.Unit: 100ms"
IpInterface
mtu
1500
"The maximum transfer unit.The maximum v
alue for mtu should not be set without first checking the value of the attribute
, frameFormat in the parent MO GigaBitEthernet or InternalEthernetPort.If frameF
ormat = ETHERNET_2_DIX, the maximum value of mtu is 1500.If frameFormat = IEEE_8
02_3_LLC_SNAP, the maximum value of mtu is 1492.Unit: 1 B"
IpInterface
networkPrefixLength
"The subnet mask.Example
: networkPrefixLength = 24, subnet mask is 255.255.255.0Example: networkPrefixLe
ngth = 28, subnet mask is 255.255.255.240Dependencies: This attribute can be cha
nged using the action assignIpAddress on the IpHostLink MO. If the subnet addres
s is to be changed by changing networkPrefixLength, any other IP host that is co
nfigured on this IpInterface MO must first be removed. This means that the reser
vedBy attribute can contain only a single reference to an IpHostLink MO.Unit: 1
bit"
IpInterface
noOfPingsBeforeOk
2
"Minimum number of conse
cutive successful pings before a default router is considered to be reachable, a
fter having been considered unreachable.This value is irrelevant, if rps = false
."
IpInterface
operationalState
The operational state.
IpInterface
ownIpAddressActive
0.0.0.0 "The IP address of Route
r Path Supervision on the active link.The active link is the one where traffic i
s handled.This IP address must be set, if rps = true.This IP address can be shar
ed with the hosts that connect to the IP interface.Dependencies: This attribute
can be changed using the action assignIpAddress on the IpHostLink MO."
IpInterface
ownIpAddressPassive
0.0.0.0 The IP address of Router
Path Supervision on the passive link.This IP address must be unique in the node
if the attribute rps is set to true.The attribute is not valid if the IpInterfa
ce belongs to an InternalEthernetPort MO.
IpInterface
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.A maximum of 96 users can reserve the IpInterface
MOs configured on the same logical network.
IpInterface
rps
TRUE
"Router Path SupervisionRouter Path Supe
rvision is done on the links defined by ownIpAddressActive and ownIpAddressPassi
ve, if they have valid IP addresses defined when they are created.It is possible
to enable Router Path Supervision after the creation of the IpInterface MO, if
it is disabled when the MO is created (rps = false) and if ownIpAddressActive is
set.It is possible to disable Router Path Supervision when the IpInterface MO h
as been created, by setting this attribute to false.If this attribute is set to
false, the egress traffic is directed to defaultRouter0, which means that traffi
c disturbances will occur if the default router 0 is unavailable."
IpInterface
subnet 0.0.0.0 This attribute contains the subnet addre
ss of the IpInterface MO.The subnet address is constructed from the address in d
efaultRouter0 and the attribute networkPrefixLength.
IpInterface
switchBackTimer 180
"Switchback timerWhen a higher-p
riority router has become reachable, the traffic switches back to default router
0 or default router 1, after expiry of the switchback timer.This value is irrel
evant, if rps = false.Unit: 1s"
IpInterface
trafficType
NOT_USED
"The type of traffic on
this interface. This attribute is only for information, setting it does not affe
ct traffic or system behaviour."
IpInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpInterface
vid
1
"The Virtual LAN (VLAN) identifier.This
attribute is applicable only when:- vLan is set to true - front ports are config
ured, that is the attribute linkType of the GigaBitEthernet MO is set to FRONT_P
ORTS. This attribute may have the following values:vid 0 = with priority tag onl

yvid 1 - 4094 = with priority tag and vlan idDisturbances: Changing this attribu
te may cause traffic disturbances."
IpInterface
vLan
FALSE "Specifies whether VLAN tagging is used
on this interface.This attribute is applicable only when front ports are configu
red. That is, when one of the following conditions is fulfilled: - This instance
is related to a GigaBitEthernet MO, which has the attribute linkType set to FRO
NT_PORTS.- This instance is related to the InternalEthernetPort MO.If this attri
bute is set to false, the Ethernet frames are untagged.If this attribute is set
to true, the Ethernet frames are tagged.Disturbances: Changing this attribute ca
n affect traffic."
IpInterface
vlanRef
"Reference to an instance of a Vlan MO.T
he referenced instance represents an external VLAN that is opened on this port.T
his attribute is applicable only when this instance is related to a GigaBitEther
net MO.When configuring backplane ports, that is if the attribute linkType in th
e GigaBitEthernet MO is set to BACKPLANE_PORTS, this attribute is mandatory. Whe
n configuring front ports, that is if the attribute linkType in the GigaBitEther
net MO is set to FRONT_PORTS, this attribute can be used. If this attribute is s
et to a non-NULL value, it overrides the values of the attribute pair vid and vL
an, which are cleared and reset to 1 and false respectively and ignored by the s
ystem."
IpOam
IpOamId
The value component of the RDN.It is set automat
ically when the MO instance is created.
IpOam
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpRoutingTable
indexOfDeletableStaticRoutes
0
This attribute g
ives the indexes for the static routes that are possible to delete by the operat
or.
IpRoutingTable
IpRoutingTableId
The value component of t
he RDN.It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes
"List of static routes.When this
attribute is set, all the static routes in the node configuration are either ad
ded, removed, modified or unchanged.The actions, addStaticRoute and deleteStatic
Route, can be used to add or remove one single static route. Disturbances: Chang
ing this attribute can affect O&M traffic."
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.indexOfStaticRoute
The index of the
static route. It can differ from the index of the route in the routing table.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.ipAddress
The destination IP addre
ss.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.networkMask
The destination
IP network mask.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.nextHopIpAddr
The next hop IP
address.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.redistribute
Indicates if the
route should be redistributed.
IpRoutingTable
staticRoutes.routeMetric
The route metric
.
IpRoutingTable
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpSyncRef
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
IpSyncRef
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
IpSyncRef
cachedIpAddress
This attribute contains the late
st IP address received from the DNS server with the specified domain name. If do
main name is not valid or no value yet received from the DNS server this will be
a null string.
IpSyncRef
IpSyncRefId
The value component of the RDN.
IpSyncRef
ntpServerIpAddress
"This attribute contains
the domain name or the IP address of the NTP server to be used. It must be a va
lid IP address or a valid domain name.A valid IP address is four eight-bit numbe
rs separated by dots. The eight-bit numbers are represented in decimal form.A va
lid domain name:- has characters of type letters, numbers and a hyphen -, where

hyphens can be anywhere in the middle of a name, but cannot be located at the en
d or beginning of a name- cannot have spaces- is case insensitive- can include d
ots for the use of sub domains.The attribute administrativeState must be set to
LOCKED when setting this attribute.Two IpSyncRef MOs belonging to the same IpAcc
essHostEt MO, must have different ntpServerIpAddress values."
IpSyncRef
operationalState
The operational state.
IpSyncRef
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
IpSyncRef
userLabel
Label for free use.
IpSystem
IpSystemId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
IpSystem
userLabel
Label for free use.
IRATHOMUTRAN
interfaceVersion
Version of the interface
Sub: RNHRef. [23]
IRATHOMUTRAN
IRATHOMUTRANId
IRATHOMUTRAN
versionInformation
"List of the supported M
IM's and their versions.Due to UML2XML does not support sequence of sequences, t
he class MimInfo is introduced.The MimInfo is a class that has two attributes: m
imName that is the name of the supported MIM and mimVersion that is a sequence o
f versions of mimName supported by this interface.MimInfo{ mimName: string, mimV
ersion: sequence <string>}<tab>Sub: EQH, RNHRef. [23]"
IRPAgent
IRPAgentId
Relative Distinguished NameNote:
irpAgentId according to ref. [28]Sub: CMSRef. [21]
IRPAgent
systemDN
The Distinguished Name of IRPAge
ntSub: EQHRef. [21]
Iub
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the Iub interface.
Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_REPA
IRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when bit 1
, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_UC_923
, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management Design
Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
Iub
controlPlaneTransportOption
"Transport option for th
e NBAP signalling bearers on the Iub interface. One and only one of the flags mu
st be set to true (that is, setting of both to true, or both to false, is not al
lowed). Both flags (that is, both struct members) must be supplied at create of
the MO, and at setting of the attribute.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Ne
tworkRequirement: IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01342 Rev:ARef. [CB_ICC]"
Iub
controlPlaneTransportOption.atm
ATM used as transport be
arer.
Iub
controlPlaneTransportOption.ipV4
IP version 4 use
d as transport bearer.
Iub
IubId
Iub
rbsId
"Used by OSS-RC to identify an RBS and the corre
sponding Iub in RNC. The attribute is not used by RBS itself, it only serves as
storage for OSS-RC.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_ICC]"
Iub
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
Iub
userPlaneIpResourceRef
Local user plane IP resource ava
ilable for the Iub.Dependencies: Required if userPlaneTransportOption is set to
IPv4.Takes effect: At next establishment of a transport bearer.Use cases: Integr
ate RBS in the Radio NetworkRequirement: CommonUPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:00996 Rev:BR
ef. [CB_ICC]
Iub
userPlaneTransportOption
"Transport option for th
e user plane on the Iub interface. One or both of the flags must be set to true.
Setting of both to false is not allowed. Both flags (that is, both struct membe
rs) must be supplied at create of the MO, and at setting of the attribute. Setti
ng of both to true corresponds to the Dual Stack Iub feature.Dependencies: If ip
V4 is set to true, the userPlaneIpResourceRef is mandatory. When both are set to
true, the Dual Stack Iub feature should be activated (see attribute featureStat
eDualStackIub on MO NodeBFunction).Takes effect: For new connections.Use cases:
Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRequirement: CommonUPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:00995

Rev:ARef. [CB_ICC]"
Iub
userPlaneTransportOption.atm
ATM used as transport be
arer.
Iub
userPlaneTransportOption.ipV4
IP version 4 used as tra
nsport bearer.
IuBcLink
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
of the resource modeling the Iu-BC interface between RNC and the CBC. Disturban
ces: - When set to LOCKED: Ongoing or scheduled Cell Broadcast Service messages
are stopped and cleared in all cells. All open TCP connections towards CBC are c
losed and no new TCP connections towards CBC are accepted.- When set to UNLOCKED
: A SABP Restart message is sent to the Cell Broadcast Center if the feature is
active.Change takes effect: Immediately
IuBcLink
availabilityStatus
"The availability status
of the resource modeling the Iu-Bc interface between RNC and CBC. More than one
of the following conditions can apply for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit
1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit 3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 =
1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit 10 or bit 11 is set to 1) Bit 6 = 1: DE
GRADED Bit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLED Bit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKED Bi
t 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILED Bit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCYSHUTTINGDOWN "
IuBcLink
cbcIpAddress
"IP address of the CBC. The inpu
t format used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by dots. Each
field may consist of three digits. The value of each field shall be in the range
0..255.Change takes effect: New connections"
IuBcLink
IuBcLinkId
IuBcLink
operationalState
The operational state of
the resource modeling the Iu-BC interface between RNC and the CBC.
IuBcLink
sourceIpAddressValidation
TRUE
"Indicates if th
e source IP address shall be validated when the CBC establishes a connection. Wh
en set to TRUE, only a source IP address equal to cbcIpAddress is accepted.Chang
e takes effect: New connections"
IuBcLink
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
IubDataStreams
activeHsdpaRlmRbsMeasurements
"Array with all
active HSDPA Local Measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute
are 22, 47 and 54. Up to 3 measurements can be active.Undefined value: 0User ca
tegory: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
IubDataStreams
activeRdbtRbsMeasurements
"Array with all
active HSDPA RDBT Measurements on this MO. Measurement types for this attribute
are 35, 36, 38..42, 45, 46, 55 and 56. Up to 11 measurements can be active.Undef
ined value: 0User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
IubDataStreams
hsDataFrameDelayThreshold
60
"Defines the max
imum transport network buffer build-up delay, the dynamic delay. A measured dyna
mic delay above this limit is interpreted as an Iub congestion detection occuran
ce.Unit: 1 msUse cases: CCH_UC34, CCH_UC35Requirement:DFCA3_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:0398
8 rev A. Ref. [FS_CCH] "
IubDataStreams
IubDataStreamsId
IubDataStreams
maxHsRate
15
Maximum HSDPA bit rate over Iub.
Unit: 0.1 MbpsUse cases: CCH_UC34Requirement: DFCA3_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:03989 Rev.
ARef. [FS_CCH]
IubDataStreams
noOfCommonStreams
The total number of comm
on data streams and HS-DSCH data streams allocated in the RBS.Ref. [CB_DCC]
IubDataStreams
noOfDedicatedStreams
Total number of DCH data
streams allocated in the RBS.Ref. [CB_DCC]
IubDataStreams
schHsFlowControlOnOff "OFF,ON,ON,ON,ON,OFF,OFF,ON,OFF,
OFF,OFF,OFF,OFF,OFF,OFF,OFF"
"Flow control status; activated (ON) or deactiva
ted (OFF) for each scheduling priority class (first value in the sequence is for
scheduling priority class 0).Use cases: CCH_UC34, CCH_UC35Requirement:HSCH_AD_R
BS-OSS_6011:02265 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"
IubEdch
edchDataFrameDelayThreshold
60
"Maximum dynamic delay (
buffer build-ups over Iub, including the node's ET boards) that the E-DCH data f

rames can have without being detected as a dynamic delay Iub congestion. Unit: m
s"
IubEdch
IubEdchId
IubEdch
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the RNC.
IubLink
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state of the
Iub link.
IubLink
atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef
"Reference to the Subrac
k MO that represents the subrack where the ATM user plane termination of the Iub
link is located, and from which the Iub link should preferably be controlled. T
he Iub link control location should be selected to minimize inter-subrack commun
ication during traffic handling and thus reduce overhead.Note that the Iub link
control may be located in another subrack if the subrack in which the ATM user p
lane termination is located is full. The actual subrack allocation of the Iub li
nk control can be determined by looking at the rncModuleRef attribute and then c
hecking in which subrack that RncModule is located. Setting this reference to th
e same value again will trigger a reallocation of the Iub link control.Dependenc
ies: The value of this attribute is not used if userPlaneTransportOption.atm = F
ALSE. However, setting this attribute will trigger a reallocation of the Iub lin
k control, regardless of the setting of userPlaneTransportOption.atm."
IubLink
availabilityStatus
"The availability status of the
Iub.More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object:Bit
0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OF
FDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit 10 or bit 11 is set to 1)Bi
t 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCY
LOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCYSHUTTINGDOWN"
IubLink
cachedRemoteCpIpAddress1
"Latest IP address recei
ved from the DNS, when remoteCpIpaddress1 is set to a domain name.Before a value
is received from the DNS, the value of this attribute is(empty string).Dependen
cies:Set to an empty string when remoteCpIpaddress1 is changed, except when chan
ging from one domain name to another."
IubLink
cachedRemoteCpIpAddress2
"Latest IP address recei
ved from the DNS, when remoteCpIpaddress2 is set to a domain name.Before a value
is received from the DNS, the value of this attribute is(empty string).Dependen
cies:Set to an empty string when remoteCpIpaddress2 is changed, except when chan
ging from one domain name to another."
IubLink
controlPlaneTransportOption
"Transport option for th
e NBAP signaling bearers for this IubLink instance. One and only one of the flag
s must be set to TRUE.Dependencies: This IubLink must be locked, and must have b
een locked (administrativeState = LOCKED) in an earlier transaction, in order to
change the value of this attribute.When setting controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv
4=TRUE, at least one Sctp MO must be configured for Iub. This Sctp will be reser
ved by the IubLink (through the attribute sctpRef). Also, remoteCpIpAddress1 mus
t be set to a valid value. If remoteCpIpAddress2 is set to a valid value, that v
alue may also be used.Change takes effect: At unlock of IubLink"
IubLink
controlPlaneTransportOption.atm
Controls if ATM is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IubLink
controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4
Controls if IPv4
is enabled in the transport layer.
IubLink
dlHwAdm 100
"Admission limit on RBS downlink hardware resour
ce utilization, applicable to all admission requests.Special values:Setting dlHw
Adm to 100 % will disable the downlink hardware admission policy.Unit: %Change t
akes effect: Immediately"
IubLink
IubLinkId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part
of the RDN.
IubLink
iubLinkNodeBFunction
"Reference to related NodeBFunct
ion instanceFDN according to [9] and [20].For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::A
ttributeTypes::MOReference, see ref. [29]Sub: RNH,EQHRef. [22]"
IubLink
l2EstReqRetryTimeNbapC 5
Time between successive attempts
to establish layer 2 signaling bearers for NBAP Common.Unit: sChange takes effe

ct: Immediately
IubLink
l2EstReqRetryTimeNbapD 5
Time between successive attempts
to establish layer 2 signaling bearers for NBAP Dedicated.Unit: sChange takes e
ffect: Immediately
IubLink
operationalState
The operational state of the Iub
.
IubLink
rbsId
Iub connection identity. The value is not used b
y the RNC. It is used in OSS-RC for correlation between RNC and RBS.
IubLink
remoteCpIpAddress1
"Primary identifier for the cont
rol plane IP host of the RBS. Contains either the domain name or the IP address
of the control plane IP host.For a domain name, the input format is a series of
alphanumeric characters, hyphens and periods. Hyphens and periods cannot be plac
ed at the beginning or end of the name. The domain name is case-insensitive.For
a numeric IP address, the input format is four fields of digits, separated by do
ts. Each field may consist of three digits. The value of each field shall be in
the range 0..255.The value of remoteCpIpAddress1 should be unique within the RNC
, since it is used to contact the IP host on a single individual RBS.Dependencie
s:If controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE, this attribute must be set to a vali
d value. This attribute is only used if controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.re
moteCpIpAddress1 and remoteCpIpAddress2 should not be set to the same value, sin
ce each represents a separate IP host in the RBS.Change takes effect: Immediatel
y"
IubLink
remoteCpIpAddress2
"Secondary identifier for the co
ntrol plane IP host of the RBS. Contains either the domain name or the IP addres
s of the control plane IP host.Only used if the RBS is multi-homed.For a domain
name, the input format is a series of alphanumeric characters, hyphens and perio
ds. Hyphens and periods cannot be placed at the beginning or end of the name. Th
e domain name is case-insensitive.For a numeric IP address, the input format is
four fields of digits, separated by dots. Each field may consist of three digits
. The value of each field shall be in the range 0..255.The value of remoteCpIpAd
dress2 should be unique within the RNC, since it is used to contact the IP host
on a single individual RBS.Dependencies:This attribute is only used if controlPl
aneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.remoteCpIpAddress1 and remoteCpIpAddress2 should no
t be set to the same value, since each represents a separate IP host in the RBS.
Change takes effect: Immediately"
IubLink
remoteSctpPortNbapC
5113
Remote port SCTP port number use
d for establishing the SCTP association with the RBS for NBAP Common.Dependencie
s:Only used if controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.
IubLink
remoteSctpPortNbapD
5114
Remote port SCTP port number use
d for establishing the SCTP association with the RBS for NBAP Dedicated.Dependen
cies:Only used if controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.
IubLink
reservedBy
"Sequence of UtranCell MO references.Ind
icates all of the UTRAN cells that are associated with the RBS represented by th
is IubLink.When a new UtranCell MO is created with its iubLinkRef attribute set
to refer to this IubLink, the system will automatically add to this sequence a r
eference back to that UtranCell MO in the same transaction.Likewise, when the Ut
ranCell MO is deleted, the system will delete the backward reference to that Utr
anCell MO in the same transaction."
IubLink
rncModuleRef
Reference to the RncModule that it belon
gs to.
IubLink
sctpRef
Reference to the Sctp instance used. Dependencie
s:Only used if controlPlaneTransportOption.ipv4=TRUE.
IubLink
switchModuleNumber
Number of the switch module refe
rred to by IubLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef. This attribute may only be used
by Ericsson personnel.Special values:-1: indicates that IubLink::atmUserPlaneTer
mSubrackRef is empty.Dependencies: This attribute is not used if userPlaneTransp
ortOption.atm = FALSE.
IubLink
tpcPattern01CountDl
8
"Downlink TPC pattern transmitte
d for the first RLS, until uplink initial synchronization is achieved. This para
meter is used for the NBAP cell setup message.This attribute may only be changed

by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing


traffic."
IubLink
ulHwAdm 100
"Admission limit on RBS uplink hardware resource
utilization, applicable to all admission requests.Special values:Setting ulHwAd
m to 100 % will disable the uplink hardware admission policy.Unit: %Change takes
effect: Immediately"
IubLink
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
IubLink
userPlaneIpResourceRef
Local user plane IP resource(s)
available for the Iub interface.Dependencies: This attribute must contain a vali
d reference if userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 = TRUE.
IubLink
userPlaneTransportOption
"User plane transport op
tion for the Iub interface. At least one of the flags must be set to TRUE. If bo
th flags are set to TRUE (meaning dual stack is configured), but the dual stack
feature has not been activated, then ATM will be used as the transport option.De
pendencies: userPlaneIpResourceRef must contain a valid reference if userPlaneTr
ansportOption.ipv4 = TRUE.Change takes effect: New connections"
IubLink
userPlaneTransportOption.atm
Controls if ATM is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IubLink
userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4
Controls if IPv4is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IuLink
atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef
Reference to the Subrack
MO that represents the subrack where the ATM user plane termination of the IuLi
nk is located.Dependencies: This attribute is not used if userPlaneTransportOpti
on.atm equals FALSE.
IuLink
IuLinkId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part
of the RDN.
IuLink
packetDataRouterRef
"List of references to the insta
nces of MO PacketDataRouter or MO IpEthPacketDataRouter that may be selected whe
n IuFlex is establishing a PS connection to the CN node represented by this IuLi
nk.If this reference is empty, or IuFlex is not active, the system randomly sele
cts one of the PacketDataRouter or IpEthPacketDataRouter MOs defined in the RNC.
"
IuLink
switchModuleNumber
Number of the switch module refe
rred to by IuLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef.This attribute can only be used by
Ericsson personnel.Special values:-1: indicates that IubLink::atmUserPlaneTermS
ubrackRef is empty.Dependencies: This attribute is not used if userPlaneTranspor
tOption.atm equals FALSE.
IuLink
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance. The value is not used by the RNC.
IuLink
userPlaneIpResourceRef
Local user plane IP resource(s)
available for this IuLink.Dependencies:This attribute is only used by the system
if Ranap::cnDomainId = CIRCUIT_SWITCHED.This attribute must contain a valid ref
erence if userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 = TRUE.Change takes effect: Immediately
IuLink
userPlaneTransportOption
User plane transport opt
ion for this IuLink. At least one of the flags must be set to TRUE.Dependencies:
This attribute is only used by the system if Ranap::cnDomainId = CIRCUIT_SWITCHE
D.userPlaneIpResourceRef must contain a valid reference if userPlaneTransportOpt
ion.ipv4 = TRUE.Change takes effect: Immediately
IuLink
userPlaneTransportOption.atm
Controls if ATM is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IuLink
userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4
Controls if IPv4is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IurLink
atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef
Reference to the Subrack
Managed Object that represents the subrack where the ATM user plane termination
of the IurLink is located. Dependencies: This attribute is not used if userPlan
eTransportOption.atm equals FALSE
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl
Controls the cell capabilities u
sed when the external RNC represented by this IurLink acts as DRNC. These flags
override the value of cellCapability for the ExternalUtranCells under this IurLi

nk.
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.edchSupport
OFF
Capability infor
mation indicating if EUL is supported in the cell
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.edchTti2Support OFF
Capability infor
mation indicating if 2 ms TTI EUL is supported in the cell
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.enhancedL2Support OFF
Indicates whethe
r Enhanced Layer 2 is supported or not.
IurLink
cellCapabilityControl.hsdschSupport
OFF
Capability infor
mation indicating if HS is supported in the cell.
IurLink
edchDataFrameDelayThreshold
60
"Maximum dynamic delay t
hat E-DCH MAC-es flows sent from RBS (over Iub) to RNC via Iur can have, without
being detected as an Iur hard congestion. Soft congestion detections use the sa
me threshold, but with a hardcoded factor, which gives a threshold that is lower
than for hard congestion detections.This ensures that soft congestions are dete
cted earlier.Unit: ms "
IurLink
hspaPathlossThreshold 170
"Maximum pathloss threshold allo
wed for inter-RNS EUL&HS Serving cell selection to validate coverage related, ta
rget cell, for selection.Unit: dB"
IurLink
iurArpGuaranteed
3
ARP priority level to be used fo
r guaranteed rate services originating over Iur when 'no priority' is received i
n the RNSAP message.Change takes effect: New connections
IurLink
iurArpNonguaranteed
8
ARP priority level to be used fo
r non-guaranteed rate services originating over Iur when 'no priority' is receiv
ed in the RNSAP message.Change takes effect: New connections
IurLink
IurLinkId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part
of the RDN.
IurLink
maxMacdPduSizeExtended 1504
Maximum size of flexible MAC-d P
DUs used by the Enhanced Layer 2 feature.Dependencies: The MAC-d PDU will have t
he maximum length defined by the minimum of the parameter and the system value f
or the RAB. Setting this parameter to a value smaller than the default value can
be useful for multi vendor interoperability.Unit: bytesChange takes effect: New
connections
IurLink
mnc
1
"Note: This attribute is currently not used as M
NC (Mobile Network Code) by the RNC. It is used to control whether the RNSAP IE
Unidirectional DCH Indicator is supported or not. The attribute will be complete
ly removed in a later MOM release. When this attribute is set to 999, the RNSAP
IE Unidirectional DCH Indicator is not sent to the DRNC. Instead, the Transport
Format Indicator is set to 0 for the DCH in the direction not carrying data. All
other values mean that Unidirectional DCH Indicator is supported.Note that the
Transport Network Layer Quality Of Service mapping feature must be turned off fo
r the IurLinks for which the RNSAP IE Unidirectional DCH Indicator is not suppor
ted. "
IurLink
rncId
RNC identity used in the external RNC which the
IurLink instance is connected to. The RNC identity is a part of the RNTI.
IurLink
srncPmReporting OFF
Used to turn Iur Observability on/off on
a per Iur link basis. Controls if pm information for drifting UEs is reported f
rom SRNC to DRNC or not
IurLink
switchModuleNumber
Number of the switch module refe
rred to by IurLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef. The value of -1 corresponds to t
hat the IurLink::atmUserPlaneTermSubrackRef is empty.This attribute may only be
used by Ericsson personnel.
IurLink
synchRetransmissions
2
DL/UL Synchronization control fr
ame re-transmissions.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. U
nit: ms
IurLink
synchTimeout
2
DL/UL Synchronization control frame time
out value.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: 100 ms
IurLink
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
IurLink
userPlaneIpResourceRef
Local user plane IP resource(s)
available for the Iur interface. Setting reference to local user plane IP resour

ces is mandatory if userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 is TRUE.


IurLink
userPlaneTransportOption
User plane transport opt
ion for the Iur interface. One and only one of the flags have to be set to TRUE.
Dependencies: If userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4 is TRUE then userPlaneIpResource
Ref is mandatory. Change takes effect: Connection on a new transport bearer
IurLink
userPlaneTransportOption.atm
Controls if ATM is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IurLink
userPlaneTransportOption.ipv4
Controls if IPv4is enabl
ed in the transport layer.
IurLink
utranNetworkRef
Reference to the UTRAN network to which
this Iur link belongs.
J1PhysPathTerm
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
J1PhysPathTerm
aisReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false - r
eporting disabled.
J1PhysPathTerm
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
J1PhysPathTerm
currentPmRegister
Returns the current valu
es of all PM counters.
J1PhysPathTerm
degThreshold
6
"Specifies the Bit Error Rate (B
ER) threshold for the Degraded Signal (DEG) alarm.The value of this attribute gi
ves a BER of 10 raised to the power of -X, where X is the value of degThreshold.
If the threshold is exceeded, a Degraded Signal (DEG) alarm is issued."
J1PhysPathTerm
idlePattern
UNDEFINED
"The idle pattern applie
s only to ports using TDM switching. It defines the pattern being sent out on a
timeslot that is not occupied by a 64 Kbit/s TDM connection.Changing from A_LAW
or U_LAW to UNDEFINED is allowed, but setting up one ET board with both U_LAW an
d A_LAW is not allowed. For example, if you want to change from A_LAW to U_LAW o
n one ET board, you must first change idlePattern to UNDEFINED on each physical
port belonging to the board. That is:A_LAW -> UNDEFINED -> U_LAW, or U_LAW -> UN
DEFINED -> A_LAW."
J1PhysPathTerm
J1PhysPathTermId
The value component of t
he RDN.
J1PhysPathTerm
lineNo
The line number on the board.
J1PhysPathTerm
loopback
NONE
The loopback state of this physi
cal path termination.The attribute administrativeState must be set to LOCKED whe
n setting the attribute loopback.
J1PhysPathTerm
operationalState
The operational state.
J1PhysPathTerm
physicalLineType
J1_G
Indicates the supported
physical line interface.
J1PhysPathTerm
rdiReporting
FALSE Indicates whether the alarm PDH
Remote Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false reporting disabled.
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByImaLink
The identity of the ImaL
ink MO that reserves this MO instance.
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedBySync
The identity of the Synchronizat
ion MO that reserves this MO instance.
J1PhysPathTerm
reservedByTraffic
The identity of the AtmP
ort MO that reserves this MO instance.
J1PhysPathTerm
shutDownTimeout 1800
"The shut-down timer.It is used
when the administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN. When the timer expires, ad
ministrativeState is set to LOCKED.Unit: 1 s"
J1PhysPathTerm
userLabel
Label for free use.
Jvm
admClasspath
"New classpath that is activated at next
restart of JVM. The classpath has a directory, which contains the load module,
that is the classpath references the load module."
Jvm
admMain
New start class that is activated at next restar
t of the JVM.For example: se.ericsson.cello.oms.Oms.
Jvm
admOptions
"This attribute is used when setting one

or more administrative options.A set option is operational after the next Java
Machine restart.One or more options can be set, one option in each string of the
sequence according to description in the attribute option."
Jvm
classpath
The current classpath that the JVM is us
ing.
Jvm
freeMemory
0
"The free memory in the java machine.Bef
ore this value is read from the system, the action garbageCollect is invoked.Uni
t: 1 B"
Jvm
JvmId
The value component of the RDN.It is set automat
ically when the MO instance is created.
Jvm
main
Specifies the start class name.For example: se.e
ricsson.cello.oms.Oms.
Jvm
mopplets
Contains all classes that are to be init
ialized and started when the JVM restarts.Technical note: The specified classes
must implement the se.ericsson.cello.moframework.Mopplet interface and be found
in a jar/zip-file pointed out by the classpath.
Jvm
options
"Current options: -D<property>=<value>Set a syst
em property value. Commonly java.class.path-Xms<size>Specify the size, in bytes,
of the memory allocation pool.-Xss<size> Set thread stack size in bytes.-Xverif
y:[all | remote | none]Verify classes according to the suboption. -Xverify:all v
erifies all classes. -Xverify:remote verifies remote classes only. -Xverify:none
turns off class verification."
Jvm
properties
Specifies the current system properties.
Jvm
reliableProgramUniter
Contains a reference to the Reli
ableProgramUniter MO that refers to the programs where the JVM executes.
Jvm
reservedBySwAllocation
Contains the SwAllocation instan
ce that reserves this MO instance.Restriction: This MO instance can be reserved
by only one instance of SwAllocation.
Jvm
totalMemory
0
The total amount of memory allocated to
the java machine.Unit: 1 B
Jvm
userLabel
Label for free use.
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo
"Specifies information a
bout the emergency status and the time remaining in the current state.If the nod
e is in emergency state USE_DEGRADED or USE_DISABLED, the the value of the struc
t attribute time is insignificant."
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo.state
NEVER_USED
The curr
ent emergency state of the license server.
Licensing
emergencyStateInfo.time 0
"Holds information about
the remaining time in this state.The time out values for the states ACTIVE, ACT
IVE_AGAIN and USE_DEGRADED is 7 days.Unit = 1 s (second)1 day = 86400 seconds7 d
ays = 604800 seconds"
Licensing
fingerprint
The fingerprint of the node.
Licensing
licenseFileUrl
"This attribute returns the URL
to the License Key File so it can be viewed with an XML capable web browser in c
ase this is a licensed node.In case the node is not licensed, an empty string is
returned."
Licensing
LicensingId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
Licensing
userLabel
Label for free use.
Link
LinkId
Link
linkType
Sub: EQHRef. [7]
Link
userLabel
Sub: EQHRef. [7]
LoadControl
LoadControlId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
LoadModule
deviceLoaderInformation
"If loaderType is set to
DEVICE_LOADER, this attribute can have a value. It is transferred to the device
loader."
LoadModule
deviceLoaderName
"If loaderType is set to
DEVICE_LOADER, this attribute must have a value."
LoadModule
fileFormat
"The file format.Example: RPDOUT

, html, java, fpga"


LoadModule
fileState
Specifies if the load module fil
e(s) is installed or not.
LoadModule
isDirectory
FALSE Specifies if the load module is
a file or a directory.
LoadModule
loaderType
OSE_LOADER
Specifies the type of th
e program loader.This is the LoaderName in the UCF.
LoadModule
loadModuleFilePath
"Specifies the path to t
his load module in the file system, including the file name.Example:/c/load_modu
les/CXC112874R1A01, where /c/load_modules/ is the directory, and CXC112874R1A01
is the file name."
LoadModule
LoadModuleId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically during system upgrade.
LoadModule
moppletEntries
"Contains all classes that are t
o be initialized and started when the JVM restarts. The class name must specify
the full package and class name in standard Java syntax.Example: se.ericsson.cel
lo.XThe interface, se.ericsson.cello.moframework.Mopplet, must be implemented, a
nd stored in this LoadModule."
LoadModule
oseProgramHeapSize
0
"Sets the Program heap s
ize. The LoadModule MO has a default size defined at compile time. This value is
used if no other value is submitted when the LoadModule MO is created.This valu
e is fetched by the Program MO and used if no other value is submitted, when the
Program MO is created. This value is overwritten during Software Upgrade.Unit:
1 B"
LoadModule
oseProgramLoadClass
APPLICATION
"Specifies in wh
ich load phase, programs of this load module is started.If the LoadModule MO is
a Java archive file (.jar), it will be loaded in the load phase of the Java mach
ine rather than according to its own oseProgramLoadClass."
LoadModule
oseProgramPoolSize
0
"Specifies the Program p
ool size. The LoadModule MO has a default size defined at compile time. This val
ue is used if no other value is submitted when the LoadModule MO is created.This
value is fetched by the Program MO and used if no other value is submitted, whe
n the Program MO is created. This value is overwritten during Software Upgrade.U
nit: 1 B"
LoadModule
otherLoaderName
"The name of the load module, wi
th loaderType = OTHER."
LoadModule
preLoad NO
"Enables faster loading at restart of pr
ograms referring to this load module if preLoad = MUST.Recommended: Cache this l
oad module close to where its program(s) execute(s), for example, in a flash fil
e system."
LoadModule
productData
Product information data.
LoadModule
productData.productInfo
Information about the pr
oduct.If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the range is 0.. (unlimited).
LoadModule
productData.productionDate
"The production
date is represented in two ways:- the preferred syntax is four-digits for the ye
ar, two digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of eight chara
cters. Example: 19991231- the date is also be represented by two digits for the
year, followed by the letter W for week, and two digits for the number of the we
ek, a total of five characters. Example: 99W52The production date is mandatory f
or the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage and LoadModule."
LoadModule
productData.productName
"The name of the product
.The product name is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage
, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
LoadModule
productData.productNumber
"The product num
ber of the product or document.Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 456, 1/BFD 101 999
For UpgradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade package.Maximum l
ength for a product number is 36 when referring to a document. The product numbe
r is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, Pi
uType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
LoadModule
productData.productRevision
"The revision st

ate of the product.Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7BThe product revision is mandator
y for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrac
k and SubrackProdType."
LoadModule
programMustBeSingleton FALSE "Indicates if the (OSE)
program must be a Singleton, or not."
LoadModule
reliableProgramLabel
Reliable program identit
y.Compare this label to the reliableProgramLabel in ReliableProgramUniter MO.
LoadModule
reservedByUpgradePackage
FALSE Indicates if thi
s MO is reserved by the UpgradePackage MO or not.
LocationArea
att
TRUE
Indicates to the UE whether IMSI attach/
detach is allowed.(Some IMSIs are not allowed in some LAs.) This helps to facili
tate the avoidance of unnecessary paging attempts. The value is sent on the BCCH
.Value mapping:FALSE: IMSI attach not allowedTRUE: IMSI attach allowed
LocationArea
lac
"Location Area Code. This value must be
unique in the RNC, meaning that each Location Area Code value can be assigned to
only one instance of the MO Class LocationArea.Changing this parameter can caus
e a mismatch between CN configuration and UTRAN configuration until the new LAC
has been configured in both places. "
LocationArea
LocationAreaId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
LocationArea
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO.See reference in UtranCell."
LocationArea
t3212 10
Periodic update timer for LA update.Spec
ial values:0 means infinite time (not active).Unit: 0.1 h (6 min)
LocationArea
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Log
accountInfo
Account InformationInformation for the s
erver connection.
Log
accountInfo.password
Password used for logging in to
the remote host (file server).
Log
accountInfo.remoteHost
"IP address of the remote host (
file server). The IP address is specified in dotted notation, for example, 192.1
68.25.33."
Log
accountInfo.userID
User ID for logging in to the re
mote host (file server).
Log
logFilePath
Destination file path on the log file se
rver.
Log
LogId
The value component of the RDN.
Log
logName
"The name of the log. It must be included in the
attribute logs, in the MO LogService."
Log
logSize
The size of the log file.Unit: 1B
Log
transferData
Information about the last file transfer
.
Log
transferData.lastSent
Date and time when the last file
was transferred.The attribute is updated even if the transfer is unsuccessful.
Log
transferData.transferInformation
"Information abo
ut the last file transfer, including information about whether it was successful
."
Log
userLabel
Label for free use.
LogFilter
filterParam
Configurable parameter types and
values.Sub: EQHRef. [12]
LogFilter
filterParam.paramType
LogFilter
filterParam.paramValue
LogFilter
LogFilterId
LogFilter
userLabel
Provides support for a user defi
ned label or name upon an object instance level.Sub:EQHRef. [12]
LogService
logs
List of logs included in this service.
LogService
LogServiceId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.

LogService
userLabel
Label for free use.
LoPowTxCable
aiuConnector
Value denoting the connector at
the AIU.Possible values: LL_OUT_A LL_OUT_BUse cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRef. [CB
_ECF]
LoPowTxCable
aiuPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the PIU to
which the low power TX cable is connected.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondi
tion: The PlugInUnit MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.Ref. [
CB_ECF]
LoPowTxCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the cable.O
nly bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER_REPAI
Rbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when bit 1,
2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Specification: ITU-T r
ec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User categor
y: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_EFH]"
LoPowTxCable
dlAttenuation
"Electrical attenuation of the c
able.Specified as 0.1 dB, that is, 10 = 1.0 dB, 36 = 3.6 dB and so on.Use cases:
Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 dBTakes effect: At the n
ext cell setup for the affected cell.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_E
CF]"
LoPowTxCable
electricalDlDelay
"Electrical delay of the
cable.Example: 103 = 10.3 nanosecondsUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Ant
enna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affected
cell.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
LoPowTxCable
LoPowTxCableId
LoPowTxCable
mcpaAuxPlugInUnitRef
Reference to the auxilia
ry plug-in unit of MCPA.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: The AuxPlugI
nUnit MO and the corresponding device group MO must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]
LoPowTxCable
mcpaConnector
Value representing the connector
at the Auxiliary plug-in unit of MCPA.Possible values: TX_INUse cases: Scratch
RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
M3uAssociation
associationState
0
The state of the M3UA as
sociation.Possible values:Bit 1 = 1 indicates INACTIVEBit 2 = 1 indicates ACTIVE
Bit 3 = 1 indicates ESTABLISHEDBit 4 = 1 indicates DOWNThese values are mutually
exclusive.
M3uAssociation
autoStartAssociation
TRUE
"Specifies if the M3UA a
ssociation is started automatically.Applicable only if the attribute role is set
to CLIENT. That is, the M3UA association is never started if its role is SERVER
."
M3uAssociation
dscp
0
"The DSCP, Differentiated Services Code
Point, for the internal M3UA user, to use for signaling traffic in the IP networ
k. The DSCP value must be the same for all M3UA associations sharing the same SC
TP host and local port number. This means that if dscp=10 is set for a group of
M3uAssociations with localPortNumber=2905 on one SCTP host,a different DSCP valu
e can be set for a group of M3uAssociations with another localPortNumber on that
SCTP host.Using the localIPMask it is possible to have several different DSCP v
alues in the same SCTP MO instance, one for each unique combination of local IP
address and local port number.The value of this attribute specified in the first
instance of M3uAssociation created under a signalling point, is also used for a
ll other M3uAssociation instances created under the same signalling point. That
is, the value of this attribute specified in the other instances has no effect."
M3uAssociation
localIpMask
MULTI_HOMED
"The homing state of the
local SCTP endpoint of the M3UA association.Specifies whether single- or multihoming is used.If set to SINGLE_HOMED_1, the attributes ipAddress1 or autoConfig
Identity in the IpAccessHostGpb MO must be defined.If set to SINGLE_HOMED_2, the
attributes ipAddress2 or autoConfigIdentity2 in the IpAccessHostGpb MO must be
defined.If set to MULTI_HOMED, the requirements for both SINGLE_HOMED_1 and SING
LE_HOMED_2 must be fulfilled."
M3uAssociation
localPortNumber 2905
The port number of the local SCT
P endpoint of the M3UA association. The SCTP and TCP Registered User Port Number
Assignment for M3UA is 2905 according to the standard specification.Specificati

on: RFC 4666


M3uAssociation
M3uAssociationId
The value component of t
he RDN.
M3uAssociation
mtp3bSrsId
"Reference to an instance of Mtp
3bSrs, specifying the adjacent node of the M3UA association."
M3uAssociation
operationalState
"The operational state.T
he operational state is ENABLED, if the signalling process represented by this M
O is in state ASP-ACTIVE. That is, the attribute associationState is ACTIVE."
M3uAssociation
remoteIpAddress1
"The remote IP address 1
.This address is considered as the primary IP address. In case the association e
stablishment attempt fails when using this IP address, the remote IP address 2 w
ill be used for the next attempt.The range is 0.0.0.0  255.255.255.255.If set to , it
means that the IP address is not specified.This address cannot be the same as r
emoteIpAddress2."
M3uAssociation
remoteIpAddress2
"The remote IP address 2
.In case the association establishment attempt fails when using this IP address,
the remote IP address 1 will be used for the next attempt.The range is 0.0.0.0  255
.255.255.255.If set to , it means that the IP address is not specified.This addre
ss cannot be the same as remoteIpAddress1."
M3uAssociation
remotePortNumber
2905
"The port number of the
remote SCTP endpoint of the M3UA association. If the role of the M3UA associatio
n is set to SERVER, association establishment requests are accepted from any rem
ote port number. In this case, this attribute is not used and can be set to 0."
M3uAssociation
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
M3uAssociation
role
CLIENT "Indicates if the association is to oper
ate as CLIENT or SERVER. The ASP messaging will be set to ON for a CLIENT and to
OFF for a SERVER.If the role is set to CLIENT, the association operates as CLIE
NT-PEER. That is, it acts as CLIENT, but accepts if the peer side also acts as C
LIENT.The roles must be coordinated between peers. The following configurations
are supported:- CLIENT - SERVER, - CLIENT - CLIENT."
M3uAssociation
sctpId
"Reference to an instance of Sctp MO, wh
ich represents the SCTP host.To set this attribute, the attribute ipAccessHostGp
bId in the Sctp MO must contain a value. All associations to one SCTP host must
have Mtp3bSp parents with the same rpuId."
M3uAssociation
userLabel
Label for free use.
ManagedElement
applicationConfiguration
Holds configurat
ion data critical for an application.
ManagedElement
applicationConfiguration.name
The name of the
attribute.
ManagedElement
applicationConfiguration.value
The value for th
e attribute.
ManagedElement
dnPrefix
"DN prefix information.Specified
only if the instance of the ManagedElement MO is a local root instance of the M
IB, otherwise it is set to NULL, see ref. [9]Sub: EQH, RAHRef. [21]"
ManagedElement
faultTolerantCoreStates
"Retreives information o
f PIUs (maximum 2 PIUs) that are running Fault Tolerant Core (FTC). This attribu
te contains an array of strings, like for example:ManagedElement=1,Equipment=1,S
ubrack=1,Slot=1,PlugInUnit=1;ftcState=Active ManagedElement=1,Equipment=1,Subrac
k=1,Slot=2,PlugInUnit=1;ftcState=PassiveReady The possible FTC states are Init,
NotConfigured, Active, Unavailable, PassiveNotReady, PassiveReady."
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult
The result of the latest
health check.
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult.healthCheckResultCode
The resu
lt of the health check.
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult.message
Provides additio
nal results. Initial value is an emtpy string ().
ManagedElement
healthCheckResult.startTime
The time the hea
lth check starts. Format:yyyy:MM:dd HH:mmInitial value is an empty string ().
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule
"The scheduled time and

weekday, when the health check starts. Stop the health check by clearing the val
ue of this attribute."
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule.time
"The time of the
day, when the action startHealthCheck starts.Format: hh:mmhh - hourmm - minutes
"
ManagedElement
healthCheckSchedule.weekday
"The weekday, wh
en the action startHealthCheck starts."
ManagedElement
locationName
The physical location of this en
tity (e.g. an address)This attribute is mapped to ManagedElement.site in Cello M
IB.Sub: CMSRef. []
ManagedElement
logicalName
Specifies the logical name of a
node.
ManagedElement
managedBy
"The management node that manage
s this NE.Full Distinguished Name of the ManagementNode according to [9] and [20
].Note: For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::MOReferenceSet, see
ref. [28]<tab>Sub: EQH, RAHRef. [21]"
ManagedElement
ManagedElementId
The value component of t
he RDN.It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
ManagedElement
managedElementType
"Type of ManagedElement
i.e RNC, NodeB see ref. [21] and RANAG (Ericsson specific).Note: For CORBA users
, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::StringSet, see ref. [28]Sub: EQH, RAHRef.
[21]"
ManagedElement
mimInfo
"The name, version and release of the MI
M."
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimName
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimRelease
ManagedElement
mimInfo.mimVersion
ManagedElement
mimName
Depricated: Replaced by mimInfoThe name
and version of the MIM on the node.
ManagedElement
productName
This attribute describes the imp
lemented functionality.
ManagedElement
productNumber
"This attribute uniquely identif
ies the product, for example ROF123."
ManagedElement
productRevision
"This attribute identifies the v
ersion of the product, for example R2A."
ManagedElement
productType
Node
This attribute describes the pro
duct type and is always set to the value Node.
ManagedElement
release P7.0
"Denotes the latest release which this m
anaged element supports, e.g. P7.0Sub: -Ref. []"
ManagedElement
site
"This attribute gives information about
geographical location, for example place name."
ManagedElement
siteRef
FDN of the Site MO instance this Managed
Element belongs to<tab>Sub: EQHRef. []
ManagedElement
sourceType
Cello "Information about on what platf
orm the network element is running on, i.e. Cello, AXESub: EQH<tab>Ref. []"
ManagedElement
swVersion
The software version of the Mana
ged Node.Retrieved from ConfigurationVersion.currentUpgradePackage(UpgradePackag
e.administrativeData) in Cello MO's.Concatenation of productNumber and productRe
vision in AdminProductData MO.Sub: CMSRef. [21]
ManagedElement
userDefinedState
"Operator defined state
for operator specific use.<tab>Sub: EQH, RAHRef. [21]"
ManagedElement
userLabel
Label for free use.
ManagedElement
vendorName
Ericsson
Name of the ManagedEleme
nt vendor i.e. Ericsson.Sub: -Ref. [21]
ManagedElementData
autoConfigurationAllowed
FALSE This att
ribute specifies if the system is allowed to auto create detected objects. Note
that slots will always be auto created.When setting this attribute from true to
false the system creates a new CV.
ManagedElementData
daylightSavingTime
FALSE "This attribute
states if daylight saving time is used on this node. It is used by the node, and

will not change the real time clock on the node."


ManagedElementData
docLibSystemDefined
"The identity of
the ALEX document library defined for this node type and version, set by the sy
stem.The attribute is read by the Element Management application to find the doc
umentation library.The value must contain the used library identity, without spa
ces, for example:EN/LZN7450008R2A"
ManagedElementData
docLibUserDefined
"The identity of
an ALEX document library that can be defined by the user.Use this attribute to
set the library identity, if the attribute docLibSystemDefined is not available,
or if the system-defined ALEX library is not available on the document server.
If this attribute is set, it is used by the Element Manager to indentify the doc
umentation library, instead of the value of docLibSystemDefined.The value contai
ns the library identity, without spaces, for example:EN/LZN7450008R2A"
ManagedElementData
documentServerAddress
"The base URL fo
r the documentation server. The attribute is read by the Element Management appl
ication to find the documentation server in the network. The URL shall contain t
he document server, for example:http://cpi2.al.sw.ericsson.se/alexservThe syntax
http://cpi.al.sw.ericsson.se/alexserv?LI=EN/LZN7450008R2A is deprecated, and wi
ll not be supported in a future release. Please use the attribute docLibUserDefi
ned if docLibSystemDefined is not available."
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCFreespace
The number of by
tes of free space available on the C volume. The C volume may be replicated on s
everal hard disks in a Cello node.
ManagedElementData
hdVolumeCSize
The total size of the C
volume on the Cello node in bytes. The C volume may be replicated on several har
d disks.
ManagedElementData
logonServerAddress
"A list of node
names or IP addresses of the single logon servers (SLSs). The list uses commas t
o seperate the single logon server addresses, e.g. https://SLS1,https://SLS2,htt
ps://SLS3, these addresses consists of the URLs to the concerned SLS servers. Th
e attribute is read by Element Management application to find the single logon s
erver in the network."
ManagedElementData
ManagedElementDataId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.It is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
ManagedElementData
minimumHdVolumeCFreespace
0
"Minimum
number of Mbytes of free space on C volume before an alarm is issued. 0 means t
hat no alarm will be sent.It is used as a threshold that triggers alarms when th
e C volume is about to be full (i.e. when the attribute hdVolumeCFreespace excee
ds this value).The value should be set large enough so that an alarm is raised w
hen the C volume is starting to have too little space for the new files of the n
ext upgrade package.The value should be small enough, so that the alarm is not s
ent unnecessarily when there is a lot of free space.Alarm is raised if the value
of hdVolumeCFreespace becomes less than or equal to this value. But in order to
cease the alarm, the free space must become at least 1 mega bytes larger than t
his value. To free space on the C volume, some old UpgradePackage MOs should be
deleted.Unit: 1 MB"
ManagedElementData
nodeLocalTimeZone
"This value stat
es in what time zone the node is located. This attribute is needed by management
application to convert UTC time from a log or NTP service to local time.It will
not change the real time clock on the node.The timeZone is represented by three
characters, example GMT.Available options are:TimeZone IDOffsetGMT(Greenwich Me
an Time) 0UTC (Coordinated Universal Time)0ECT ( Central European Standard Time)
+ 1EET (Eastern European Time)+ 2ART (Eastern European Time)+ 2EAT (Eastern Afri
can Time)+ 3MET (Iran Time)+ 3.5NET (Armenia Time)+ 4PLT (Pakistan Time)+ 5IST(I
ndia Standard Time) + 5.5BST (Bangladesh Time) + 6VST (Indochina Time)+ 7CTT (Ch
ina Standard Time)+ 8JST (Japan Standard Time)+ 9CST (Central Standard Time)+ 9.
5EST (Eastern Standard Time) + 10AET (Eastern Standard Time) + 10SST (Solomon Is
. Time)+ 11NST (New Zealand Standard Time) + 12CAT (Central Alaska Time)- 1AGT (
Argentina Time) - 3BET (Brazil Time)- 3CNT (Newfoundland Standard Time) - 3.5PRT
(Atlantic Standard Time) - 4IET (Eastern Standard Time)- 5ACT (Central Standard

Time) - 6PNT (Mountain Standard Time)- 7MST (Mountain Standard Time)- 7PST (Pac
ific Standard Time)- 8AST (Alaska Standard Time)- 9HST (Hawaii Standard Time)- 1
0MIT (West Saoma Time)- 11--Reference: http://www.greenwichmeantime.com"
ManagedElementData
nodeUniqueID
This is a unique node id
entity to be set only in the factory.
ManagedElementData
nodeUTCTime
0
"This attribute specifie
s the UTC time used in the node. It is the number of milliseconds elapsed since
the epoch time (January 1, 1970, 00:00:00 GMT).To set this attribute, all the th
ree attributes, ntpServiceActive for Primary, Secondary and Third, must be false
."
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagPrimary
FALSE This is the burs
t flag used towards the primary NTP server.
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagSecondary FALSE This is the burs
t flag used towards the secondary NTP server.
ManagedElementData
ntpBurstFlagThird
FALSE This is the burs
t flag used towards the third NTP server.
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollPrimary
1024
This value state
s the maximum interval (in seconds) for polling the primary NTP server.This valu
e must be > 0.
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollSecondary
1024
This value state
s the maximum interval (in seconds) for polling the secondary NTP server.This va
lue must be > 0.
ManagedElementData
ntpMaxPollThird 1024
This value states the ma
ximum interval (in seconds) for polling the third NTP server.This value must be
> 0.
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollPrimary
64
This value state
s the minimum interval (in seconds) for polling the primary NTP server.This valu
e must be > 0.
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollSecondary
64
This value state
s the minimum interval (in seconds) for polling the secondary NTP server.This va
lue must be > 0.
ManagedElementData
ntpMinPollThird 64
This value states the mi
nimum interval (in seconds) for polling the third NTP server.This value must be
> 0.
ManagedElementData
ntpServerAddressPrimary
This is the IP a
ddress to the NTP server.
ManagedElementData
ntpServerAddressSecondary
This is
an alternative IP address to an NTP server.
ManagedElementData
ntpServerAddressThird
This is an alter
native IP address to an NTP server.
ManagedElementData
ntpServiceActivePrimary FALSE Specifies if the
node should poll the primary NTP server for information.
ManagedElementData
ntpServiceActiveSecondary
FALSE Specifie
s if the node should poll the secondary NTP server for information.
ManagedElementData
ntpServiceActiveThird FALSE Specifies if the
node should poll the third NTP server for information.
ManagedElementData
piuGroupEscalationType WARM_AT_PIU_RESTART
The type of node restart when it is a problem with the last PIU in a PIU group.
ManagedElementData
swServerUrlList
"A comma-separated list
of URLs, ending with the folder name containing CXC folders.Example: Entering UR
L http://111.222.333.444:8080/Ericsson makes the node look for files located in
http://111.222.333.444:8080/Ericsson/CXC112233/Rxxx/jarfile.jarFor downloading o
f software for system upgrade, see the attribute ftpServerIpAddress in MO Upgrad
ePackage."
ManagementNode
locationName
The physical location of this en
tity (e.g an address)Sub: EQHRef. [21]
ManagementNode
ManagementNodeId
ManagementNode
manages
"List of ManagedElement objectsFDN accor
ding to [9] and [20]Note: For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::M
OReferenceSet, see ref. [28]Sub: EQH, RAHRef. [21]"

ManagementNode
swVersion
"Software version of the manager
ment node, e.g. R1A, R1B, etc.Sub: EQHRef. [21]"
ManagementNode
userDefinedState
An operator defined stat
e for operator specific usageSub: EQHRef. [21]
ManagementNode
userLabel
A user-friendly name of this obj
ectSub: EQHRef. [21]
ManagementNode
vendorName
Ericsson
The name of the Manageme
ntNode vendor. Defined in XML file<tab>Sub: Ref. [21]
Mbms
inactivityTimer 0
Time after which an MBMS session with do
wnlink user data throughput equal to 0 kbps is considered inactive. Special valu
es:0 is used to turn MBMS inactivity supervision off.Change takes effect: New MB
MS sessionsUnit: min
Mbms
MbmsId
Naming attribute. Contains the value part of the
RDN.
Mbms
mbmsModificationPeriodCoeff
9
"Represents m, the modif
ication period coefficient. The actual modification period (MP), in number of fr
ames, equals 2^m.m >= k, where k = max[cnDrxCycleLengthPs, cnDrxCycleLengthCs, u
tranDrxCycleLength] To allow the UE to measure, when applicable, on another freq
uency when reading MCCH there has to be some gaps in the MCCH transmission (the
MP shall not be fully utilized). Note: The UE and SGSN can negotiate the value o
f the cnDrxCycleLengthPs. This case can not be handled by the system. This attri
bute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: At MbmsCch l
ock/unlock and at system restart"
Mbms
mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff
2
"Represents r, the repet
ition period coefficient. The number of repetitions per modification period equa
ls 2^r while the actual repetition period, in number of frames, equals [2^m DIV
2^r], where m is the modification period coefficient.[2^m DIV 2^r] >= nrOfRrcFra
mes, where nrOfRrcFrames defines the number of frames the MCCH information requi
res in each Repetition Period. (Note: nrOfRrcFrames is not a parameter but only
a definition in the above equation.)This attribute may only be changed by Ericss
on personnel.Change takes effect: At MbmsCch lock/unlock and at system restart"
Mbms
neighbourCellsMax
20
"Maximum number of intra-frequen
cy neighboring cells for which information is sent on MCCH. The MCCH FACH with T
TI 20 ms for S-CCPCH has maximum user data rate 7.6 kbps.The values of the mbmsM
odificationPeriodCoeff (m) and mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff (r) have dependencies t
o the number of frames that can be scheduled per Repetition Period on MCCH with
the data rate 7.6 kbps. Parameters nonPlSessionsMax, plSessionsMax and neighbour
CellsMax put limits on number of frames to be scheduled in a worst case scenario
.It must be considered when changing any of the above parameters that the number
of frames to be scheduled on MCCH for RRC messages does not exceed the number o
f frames that can be scheduled per Repetition Period on MCCH.This attribute may
only be changed by Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: At MbmsCch lock/unloc
k and at system restart"
Mbms
nonPlSessionsMax
20
"Maximum number of simultaneous
ongoing MBMS sessions in one non-PL cell. The MCCH FACH with TTI 20 ms for S-CCP
CH has maximum user data rate 7.6 kbps.The values of the mbmsModificationPeriodC
oeff (m) and mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff (r) have dependencies to the number of fr
ames that can be scheduled per Repetition Period on MCCH with the data rate 7.6
kbps. Parameters nonPlSessionsMax, plSessionsMax and neighbourCellsMax put limit
s on number of frames to be scheduled in a worst case scenario.It must be consid
ered when changing any of the above parameters that the number of frames to be s
cheduled on MCCH for RRC messages does not exceed the number of frames that can
be scheduled per Repetition Period on MCCH.This attribute may only be changed by
Ericsson personnel.Change takes effect: At MbmsCch lock/unlock and at system re
start"
Mbms
plSessionsMax 10
"Maximum number of simultaneous ongoing
MBMS sessions in one PL cell. The MCCH FACH with TTI 20 ms for S-CCPCH has maxim
um user data rate 7.6 kbps.The values of the mbmsModificationPeriodCoeff (m) and
mbmsRepetitionPeriodCoeff (r) have dependencies to the number of frames that ca
n be scheduled per Repetition Period on MCCH with the data rate 7.6 kbps. Parame

ters nonPlSessionsMax, plSessionsMax and neighbourCellsMax put limits on number


of frames to be scheduled in a worst case scenario.It must be considered when ch
anging any of the above parameters that the number of frames to be scheduled on
MCCH for RRC messages does not exceed the number of frames that can be scheduled
per Repetition Period on MCCH.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe
rsonnel.Change takes effect: At MbmsCch lock/unlock and at system restart"
MbmsCch
administrativeState
LOCKED "The administrative state of the
MCCH and MICH control channels in the cell.When set to LOCKED: The MCCH and MIC
H control channels are deactivated in the air interface. For MBMS sessions where
this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio Bearers (RBs) in the cell are
released. The cell will no longer be a candidate for soft combining with neighbo
r cells. For MBMS sessions where this cell is a non-PL cell, the information abo
ut the PL cell is removed due to the deactivation of MCCH.When set to UNLOCKED:
The MCCH and MICH control channels are activated in the air interface. For MBMS
sessions where this is a Preferred Line (PL), the RNC will try to activate MTCH
channels for all ongoing MBMS sessions with no RB established in the cell. For M
BMS sessions where this is a non-PL cell, the information about the PL cell is u
pdated in MCCH for ongoing MBMS sessions.Change takes effect: Immediately"
MbmsCch
availabilityStatus
"The Availability status of the
MBMS resources in the cell. More than one of the following conditions can apply
for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTEST Bit 1 = 1: FAILED Bit 2 = 1: POWEROFF Bit
3 = 1: OFFLINE Bit 4 = 1: OFFDUTY Bit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bi
t 10 or bit 11 is set to 1) Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADED Bit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLED Bit 8 =
1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKED Bit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILED Bit 11 = 1:
DEPENDENCYSHUTTINGDOWN "
MbmsCch
hcsPrioOffset 7
"Priority offset added, if HCS is used,
by UE to the normal HCS priority level of cells on the MBMS preferred frequency
in order to keep/move the UE to that frequency. Used to set the value of the hcs
OffMbms parameter scheduled on MCCH. Larger values indicate higher priority. Cha
nge takes effect: Next MCCH update with preferred frequency information for MBMS
services"
MbmsCch
MbmsCchId
Naming attribute. Contains the value par
t of the RDN.
MbmsCch
mbmsDispersion TRUE
"Controls whether the UE shall perform M
BMS Frequency Layer Dispersion (FLD) or not at MBMS session stop; that is, wheth
er the UE shall select a cell on the frequency layer that was used before MBMS s
ession start or not. The parameter will not have any effect on MBMS Dispersion f
or UEs conforming to the 3GPP 25.331 Rel-6 CR 3204 (RP-070895). Dispersion will
then be performed in accordance with rules defined in 25.331 instead.Change take
s effect: Next MCCH update where an MBMS service on preferred layer is released"
MbmsCch
mcchPowerOffset -20
"The power of the S-CPCCH used for MCCH
transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower in the cell. If CPI
CH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for MCCH will also change. T
he power needed depends on the number of repetitions on MCCH and acceptable BLER
at cell border. Disturbances:A consequence of changing the parameter is that al
l MBMS common channels in the cell are released. The system will automatically e
stablish the channels again. operationalState for MbmsCch will be set to DISABLE
D by the system, and then ENABLED when MCCH and MICH are established with the ch
anged configuration in RBS.When deactivation is initiated, in case of MBMS sessi
ons where this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio Bearers (RBs) in the
cell are released. In case of MBMS sessions where this cell is a non-PL cell, th
e information about the PL cell is removed.When the control channels MCCH and MI
CH are activated. For MBMS sessions where this is a Preferred Line (PL), RNC wil
l try to set up MTCH channels for all ongoing MBMS sessions with no RB establish
ed in the cell. In case of MBMS sessions where this is a non- PL cell, the infor
mation about the PL cell is updated in MCCH for ongoing MBMS sessions.Change tak
es effect: ImmediatelyUnit: 0.1 dB"
MbmsCch
mcchPowerOffsetTfci
0
"The power of the TFCI field on
the S-CPCCH used for MCCH transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpic
hPower in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of the TFCI

field used for MCCH will also change. Disturbances:A consequence of changing the
parameter is that all MBMS common channels in the cell are released. The system
will automatically establish the channels again. operationalState for MbmsCch w
ill be set to DISABLED by the system, and then ENABLED when MCCH and MICH are es
tablished with the changed configuration in RBS.When deactivation is initiated,
in case of MBMS sessions where this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio
Bearers (RBs) in the cell are released. In case of MBMS sessions where this cell
is a non-PL cell, the information about the PL cell is removed.When the control
channels MCCH and MICH are activated. For MBMS sessions where this is a Preferr
ed Line (PL), RNC will try to set up MTCH channels for all ongoing MBMS sessions
with no RB established in the cell. In case of MBMS sessions where this is a no
n- PL cell, the information about the PL cell is updated in MCCH for ongoing MBM
S sessions.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: 0.01 dB Resolution: 25"
MbmsCch
michPowerOffset -7
"MICH power. The power is set relative t
o primaryCpichPower in the cell. If CPICH power changes the absolute power of MI
CH will also change.Disturbances:A consequence of changing the parameter is that
all MBMS common channels in the cell are released. The system will automaticall
y establish the channels again. operationalState for MbmsCch will be set to DISA
BLED by the system, and then ENABLED when MCCH and MICH are established with the
changed configuration in RBS.When deactivation is initiated, in case of MBMS se
ssions where this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio Bearers (RBs) in t
he cell are released. In case of MBMS sessions where this cell is a non-PL cell,
the information about the PL cell is removed.When the control channels MCCH and
MICH are activated. For MBMS sessions where this is a Preferred Line (PL), RNC
will try to set up MTCH channels for all ongoing MBMS sessions with no RB establ
ished in the cell. In case of MBMS sessions where this is a non- PL cell, the in
formation about the PL cell is updated in MCCH for ongoing MBMS sessions.Change
takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: dB"
MbmsCch
mtch128PowerOffset
-10
"The power of the S-CPCCH used f
or MTCH 129.6 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower
in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for
MTCH 129.6 kbps will also change.Change takes effect: New MBMS sessionsUnit: 0.
1 dB"
MbmsCch
mtch128PowerOffsetTfci 200
"The power of the TFCI field on
the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 129.6 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to
the Secondary CCPCH data field, which in turn is set relative to primaryCpichPow
er in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of the TFCI fiel
d used for MTCH 129.6 kbps will also change.Change takes effect: New MBMS sessio
nsUnit: 0.01 dBResolution: 25"
MbmsCch
mtch256PowerOffset
20
"The power of the S-CPCCH used f
or MTCH 259.2 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower
in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for
MTCH 259.2 kbps will also change. Change takes effect: New MBMS sessionsUnit: 0
.1 dB"
MbmsCch
mtch256PowerOffsetTfci 200
"The power of the TFCI field on
the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 259.2 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to
the Secondary CCPCH data field, which in turn is set relative to primaryCpichPow
er in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of the TFCI fiel
d used for MTCH 259.2 kbps will also change.Change takes effect: New MBMS sessio
nsUnit: 0.01 dBResolution: 25"
MbmsCch
mtch64PowerOffset
-40
"The power of the S-CPCCH used f
or MTCH 64.8 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower i
n the cell, thus if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for M
TCH 64.8 kbps will also change. Change takes effect: New MBMS sessionsUnit: 0.1
dB"
MbmsCch
mtch64PowerOffsetTfci 200
"The power of the TFCI field on
the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 64.8 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to t
he Secondary CCPCH data field, which in turn is set relative to primaryCpichPowe
r in the cell, thus, if CPICH power changes the absolute power of the TFCI field
used for MTCH 64.8 kbps will also change.Change takes effect: New MBMS sessions

Unit: 0.01 dBResolution: 25"


MbmsCch
nonPlMbmsSac
"List of non-preferred layer Mbms Servic
e Area Codes.Sub: RNH, CMS, RAH<tab>Ref. [29]"
MbmsCch
nonPlMbmsSaRef
"List of non-preferred layer references
to the MbmsServiceArea Managed Object. Dependencies:At least one of the attribut
es plMbmsSaRef or nonPlMbmsSaRef must be set when creating an MbmsCch MO, meanin
g that the cell must always be associated with at least one MbmsServiceArea.A ce
ll is either configured to be a preferred layer (plMbmsSaRef) or non-preferred l
ayer (nonPlMbmsSaRef) cell in an MBMS service area.plMbmsSaRef and nonPlMbmsSaRe
f cannot reference the same MBMS service area.Change takes effect: New MBMS sess
ions"
MbmsCch
numNotificationInd
18
"The number of notification indi
cators per MICH frame.Provided to the RBS at configuration of MCCH/MICH by inclu
sion of MICH Mode in NBAP signaling. To minimize MICH power, Nn is set to a low
value. Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433 and 3GPP TS 25.211. Change takes effect: Im
mediately"
MbmsCch
operationalState
The operational state of the MBM
S resources in the cell.
MbmsCch
plMbmsSac
"List of preferred layer Mbms Service Ar
ea Codes.Sub: RNH, CMS, RAH<tab>Ref. [29]"
MbmsCch
plMbmsSaRef
"List of preferred layer references to t
he MbmsServiceArea Managed Object. Dependencies:At least one of the attributes p
lMbmsSaRef or nonPlMbmsSaRef must be set when creating an MbmsCch MO, meaning th
at the cell must always be associated with at least one MbmsServiceArea.A cell i
s either configured to be a preferred layer (plMbmsSaRef) or non-preferred layer
(nonPlMbmsSaRef) cell in an MBMS service area.plMbmsSaRef and nonPlMbmsSaRef ca
nnot reference the same MBMS service area.Change takes effect: New MBMS sessions
"
MbmsCch
plServiceRestriction
FALSE "When set to TRUE that the UE sh
all consider that UTRAN will not provide any non-MBMS services on the MBMS prefe
rred frequency and based on this the UE should perform service prioritizing, tha
t is, select between MBMS services and non-MBMS services. Otherwise, UE shall co
nsider that UTRAN will provide any non-MBMS services on the MBMS preferred frequ
ency. If the parameter value is TRUE, the MBMS PL Service Restriction Informatio
n is scheduled on MCCH. Change takes effect: Next MCCH update with preferred fre
quency information for MBMS services"
MbmsCch
qualityOffset -1
"Additional quality offset added, if HCS
is not used, by UE to the measured quality of the cells on the MBMS preferred f
requency in order to keep/move the UE to that frequency. Used to set the value o
f the qOffMbms parameter scheduled on MCCH. Special values:-1 means infinity Cha
nge takes effect: Next MCCH update with preferred frequency information for MBMS
servicesUnit: dB"
MbmsCchProfile
hcsPrioOffset
"Priority offset added, if HCS i
s used, by UE to the normal HCS priority level of cells on the MBMS preferred fr
equency in order to keep/move the UE to that frequency. The parameter value is u
sed to set the value of the hcsOffMbms parameter scheduled on MCCH. The paramete
r value 7 is the highest priority. Change take effect: Next MCCH update with pre
ferred frequency information for MBMS services. Unit: N/AResolution: 1 Sub: RNHR
ef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
MbmsCchProfileId
Relative Distinguished N
ame.Sub: CMSRef. [7]
MbmsCchProfile
mbmsDispersion
"Controls whether the UE at MBMS
session stop shall perform MBMS Frequency Layer Dispersion (FLD) or not, i.e. w
hether the UE shall select a cell on the frequency layer that was used before th
e MBMS session start or not. Change take effect: Next MCCH update where an MBMS
service on preffered layer is released. Unit: N/AResolution: N/A Sub: RNHRef. [2
]"
MbmsCchProfile
mcchPowerOffset
"The power of the S-CPCCH used f
or MCCH transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpichPower in the cell
, i.e if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH used for MCCH will al

so change. The power needed depends on the number of repetitions on MCCH and acc
eptable BLER at cell border. A consequence of changing the parameter is that all
MBMS common channels in the cell are released. The system will automatically es
tablish the channels again. Operation state for MbmsCch will be set to disabled
by the system and enabled when MCCH and MICH are establish with the changed conf
iguration in RBS.When deactivation is inititaed, in case of MBMS sessions where
this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio Bearers (RBs) in the cell are r
eleased. In case of MBMS sessions where this cell is a non-PL cell, the informat
ion about the PL cell is removed.When the control channels MCCH and MICH are act
ivated. For MBMS sessions where this is a Preferred Line (PL), RNC will try to s
et up MTCH channels for all ongoing MBMS sessions with no RB established in the
cell. In case of MBMS sessions where this is a non- PL cell, the information abo
ut the PL cell is uppdated in MCCH for ongoing MBMS sessions.Change take effect:
Immediate.Unit: 0.1 dBResolution: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
mcchPowerOffsetTfci
"The power of the TFCI f
ield on the S-CPCCH used for MCCH transmission. The power is set relative to pri
maryCpichPower in the cell, i.e. if CPICH power changes the absolute power of th
e TFCI field used for MCCH will also change. A consequence of changing the param
eter is that all MBMS common channels in the cell are released. The system will
automatically establish the channels again. Operation state for MbmsCch will be
set to disabled by the system and enabled when MCCH and MICH are establish with
the changed configuration in RBS.When deactivation is inititaed, in case of MBMS
sessions where this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio Bearers (RBs) i
n the cell are released. In case of MBMS sessions where this cell is a non-PL ce
ll, the information about the PL cell is removed.When the control channels MCCH
and MICH are activated. For MBMS sessions where this is a Preferred Line (PL), R
NC will try to set up MTCH channels for all ongoing MBMS sessions with no RB est
ablished in the cell. In case of MBMS sessions where this is a non- PL cell, the
information about the PL cell is uppdated in MCCH for ongoing MBMS sessions.Cha
nge take effect: Immediate. Unit: 0.01dB Resolution : 25 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
michPowerOffset
"MICH power . The power is set r
elative to primaryCpichPower in the cell, i.e if CPICH power changes the absolut
e power of MICH will also change.A consequence of changing the parameter is that
all MBMS common channels in the cell are released. The system will automaticall
y establish the channels again. Operation state for MbmsCch will be set to disab
led by the system and enabled when MCCH and MICH are establish with the changed
configuration in RBS.When deactivation is inititaed, in case of MBMS sessions wh
ere this cell is Preferred Line (PL), all MTCH Radio Bearers (RBs) in the cell a
re released. In case of MBMS sessions where this cell is a non-PL cell, the info
rmation about the PL cell is removed.When the control channels MCCH and MICH are
activated. For MBMS sessions where this is a Preferred Line (PL), RNC will try
to set up MTCH channels for all ongoing MBMS sessions with no RB established in
the cell. In case of MBMS sessions where this is a non- PL cell, the information
about the PL cell is uppdated in MCCH for ongoing MBMS sessions.Change take eff
ect: Immediate.Unit: 1 dBResolution: 1Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
mtch128PowerOffset
"The power of the S-CPCC
H used for MTCH 129.6 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpi
chPower in the cell, i.e. if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH u
sed for MTCH 129.6 kbps will also change. Change take effect: New MBMS sessionsU
nit: 0.1 dBResolution: 1 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
mtch128PowerOffsetTfci
"The power of the TFCI f
ield on the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 129.6 kbps transmission. The power is set rela
tive to primaryCpichPower in the cell, i.e. if CPICH power changes the absolute
power of the TFCI field used for MTCH 129.6 kbps will also change. Change take e
ffect: New MBMS sessionsUnit: 0.01 dBResolution: 25 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
mtch256PowerOffset
"The power of the S-CPCC
H used for MTCH 259.2 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpi
chPower in the cell, i.e. if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH u
sed for MTCH 259.2 kbps will also change. Change take effect: New MBMS sessionsU
nit: 0.1 dBResolution: 1 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"

MbmsCchProfile
mtch256PowerOffsetTfci
"The power of the TFCI f
ield on the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 259.2 kbps transmission. The power is set rela
tive to primaryCpichPower in the cell, i.e. if CPICH power changes the absolute
power of the TFCI field used for MTCH 259.2 kbps will also change. Change take e
ffect: New MBMS sessionsUnit: 0.01 dBResolution: 25 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
mtch64PowerOffset
"The power of the S-CPCC
H used for MTCH 64.8 kbps transmission. The power is set relative to primaryCpic
hPower in the cell, i.e if CPICH power changes the absolute power of S-CPCCH use
d for MTCH 64.8 kbps will also change. Change take effect: New MBMS sessionsUnit
: 0.1 dBResolution: 1 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
mtch64PowerOffsetTfci
"The power of the TFCI f
ield on the S-CPCCH used for MTCH 64.8 kbps transmission. The power is set relat
ive to primaryCpichPower in the cell, i.e. if CPICH power changes the absolute p
ower of the TFCI field used for MTCH 64.8 kbps will also change. Change take eff
ect: New MBMS sessionsUnit: 0.01 dBResolution: 25 Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
numNotificationInd
The number of notificati
on indicators per MICH frame.The numbers of notification indicators are provided
to RBS at configuration of MCCH/MICH by inclusion of MICH Mode in NBAP signalin
g. To minimize MICH power Nn is set to a low value. Reference 3GPP TS 25.433 and
3GPP TS 25.211. Change take effect: Immediate. Unit: N/AResolution: N/A Sub: RN
HRef. [2]
MbmsCchProfile
plServiceRestriction
"When set to True that t
he UE shall consider that UTRAN will not provide any non-MBMS services on the MB
MS preferred frequency and based on this the UE should perform service prioritiz
ing, i.e. select between MBMS services and non-MBMS services. Otherwise, UE shal
l consider that UTRAN will provide any non-MBMS services on the MBMS preferred f
requency. If the parameter value is True, the MBMS PL Service Restriction Inform
ation is scheduled on MCCH. Change take effect: Next MCCH update with preferred
frequency information for MBMS services. Unit: N/AResolution: N/A Sub: RNHRef. [
2]"
MbmsCchProfile
qualityOffset
"Additional quality offset added
, if HCS is not used, by UE to the measured quality of the cells on the MBMS pre
ferred frequency in order to keep/move the UE to that frequency. The parameter v
alue is used to set the value of the qOffMbms parameter scheduled on MCCH. The p
arameter value -1 implies infinity Change take effect: Next MCCH update with pre
ferred frequency information for MBMS services. Unit: dBResolution: N/ASub: RNHR
ef. [2]"
MbmsCchProfile
rncMimVersion
The version of the RNC MIM for w
hich this profile is created<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
MbmsCchProfile
userLabel
"Provides support for a user def
ined label or name upon an object instance level.Note this is not a default user
label but the user label of the profile object, which is used to identify the M
bmsCchProfile managed object in display lists.Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
MbmsServiceArea
MbmsServiceAreaId
Naming attribute. Contai
ns the value part of the RDN.
MbmsServiceArea
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO.See references in MbmsCch"
MbmsServiceArea
sac
MBMS Service Area Code.Dependencies:The
value of this parameter must be unique within the RNC.Change takes effect: After
MbmsCch lock/unlock
MbmsServiceArea
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
McpaDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
McpaDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]

McpaDeviceGroup
McpaDeviceGroupId
McpaDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
McpaDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
McpaSubrack
cabinetPosition
"Free text, that denotes the cab
inet position on-site.Use cases:Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:1
2Ref. [CB_ECF]"
McpaSubrack
McpaSubrackId
McpaSubrack
noOfSlots
6
"Number of slots in MCPA subrack
, depends on the RBS type.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS
_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
McpaSubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position.The value
consist of (<X><Y><Z>):X = Cabinet position within the node starting from the le
ft, one digit (1 - 9).Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabinet starting
from the ground, one letter (A - Z).Z = Subrack horizontal position within the c
abinet starting from the left, one digit (1 - 9). Examples: 1A1, 1B1, 1B2, 2A1.D
ependencies: The value of attribute cabinetPosition corresponds to the first dig
it in attribute subrackPosition.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHAN
DL_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
MeContext
autoIntegration NO
"Specifies if the RBS is to be A
uto-Integrated.The initial value set at create is NO.Sub: ARW, AIFRef. [2]"
MeContext
bcrLastChange -1
"OSS time in ms last BCR related
notification was received from the node. Always reset after node synchronisatio
n. The initial value set at create is -1.Sub: CMS, BCR"
MeContext
bctLastChange -1
"OSS time in ms last BCT related
notification was received from the node. Always reset after node synchronisatio
n. The initial value set at create is -1.Sub: CMS, BCT"
MeContext
compatibilityOfMIMs
FALSE Indication whether or no
t the NE MIM is compatible with the NE mirrored MIM version.Applications should
not perform read operations towards incompatible Mirrored MIMs.Sub: CMSRef. [7]
MeContext
connectionStatus
NEVER_CONNECTED Status of the in
stance.NeverConnected is set at instance creation.Connectedis set to indicate th
at RANOS has contact with the Network Element.Disconnect is set to indicate thet
RANOS has lost contact with the Network Element.NEVER_CONNECTED = 1CONNECTED =
2DISCONNECTED = 3Sub: CMSRef. [7]
MeContext
dnPrefix
"DN Prefix information. Specifie
d only if the instance of the MeContext MO is a local root instance of the MIB,
otherwise it is set to NULL, see ref. [9]Sub: EQH, RAHRef. [21]"
MeContext
fdnOfRncIubLink
FDN of the associated IubLink MO
on the RNC. Set to empty if the IubLink MO does not existSub: RNHRef. []
MeContext
ftpServerRef
Set by ADD RBS Wizard.A referenc
e to an MO describing FTP-server to use for upgrade and installation.Used only i
n RBS. For RNC and RANAG= NULL.Sub: RAHRef. [7]
MeContext
generationCounter
-1
Keeps track of notificat
ions received from the RNC.The initial value set at create is -1.Sub: CMSRef. [2
]
MeContext
ipAddress
Set-At-Create The IP address of the NE
.A DNS name according to ref. [33]Sub: EQHRef. [7]
MeContext
lostSynchronisation
"The time (YYYY-MM-DD HH
:MM:SS) when the OSS lost synchronisation with the node. When the node is synchr
onised, the value will be SYNCHRONISEDSub:Ref. []"
MeContext
MeContextId
Relative Distinguished Name.Set
equal to MeContext.userLabelSub: EQHRef. [21]
MeContext
mimSwitchPolicy
Defines how version upgrade for
a network element and the mirrored MIB shall be handled.RANOS_FOLLOWS = 1NO_SWIT
CH = 2NE_FOLLOWS = 3UPGRADE_ATTEMPTED = 4Sub: EQHRef. []
MeContext
mirrorMIBsynchStatus
UNSYNCHRONIZED Indicates whethe

r or not the Mirrored MIB of this RNC is currently being synchronized with the M
IB in the RNC.Initial value is unsynchronized.TOPOLOGY = 1ATTRIBUTE = 2SYNCHRONI
ZED = 3UNSYNCHRONIZED = 4Sub: CMSRef. [7]
MeContext
mirrorMIBupdateStatus IDLE
Indicates whether or not
the mirrored MIB the mirrored MIB of this RNC is currently being updated with a
planned configuration.Initial value is idle.UPDATING = 1IDLE = 2Sub: CMSRef. [2
]
MeContext
neCreationComplete
FALSE Indicates whether or not
the creation of an NE has been completed successfully.Administered by MOAD Sub:
EQHRef. [7]
MeContext
neLinkRelations
List of the remote NE's associat
e d with this NE.FDN of MeContext instancesUsed to model the RANAG-RNC link rela
tions.Sub: EQHRef. []
MeContext
neMIMName
The NE MIM name represented by t
his MeContext.<node>_NODE_MODEL (NEAD removes the branch tag received from the n
ode).Sub: CMSRef. [7]
MeContext
neMIMversion
"The branch and the version of t
he NE MIM used by this MeContext,<branch>.<version>.<release>, e.g. B.1.0 (NEAD
concatenates the branch part of the MIM name and the version).<tab>Sub: CMSRef.
[7]"
MeContext
neSecurityStatus
Indicates whether securi
ty is activated on this NE or not.Allowed string values are:ONOFFSub:Ref. []
MeContext
neType
The NE type this MeContext represents.RN
C = 1NODEB = 2RANAG = 3ENODEB = 4<tab>Ref. [7]
MeContext
nodeStartTime
The time (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS) w
hen the node last started.Sub:Ref. []
MeContext
pendingRestart FALSE Indicates whether or not a node
restart is pending.
MeContext
rbsGroupRef
"Reference to the RbsGroup this
MeContext belongs to.The attribute consists of the FDN of the RbsGroup according
to [9] and [20].Used only in RBS. For RNC and RANAG = NULL.NOTE: For instances
of RBS type, this attribute shall be MandatorySub: RAH, EQHRef. [7]"
MeContext
rbsIubId
0
"The identity of the RNC IubLink
MO that corresponds to the RBS this MeContext represents. rbsIubId has the same
value as the attribute rbsId in IubLink MO in RNC and Iub MO in RBS.If the Iub
MO presently does not exist, the value must be 0.Used only in RBS. For RNCand RA
NAG = -1Sub: EQHRef. [7]"
MeContext
restartWarning FALSE Indicates that the NE this MeCon
text represesnts is about to restart due to software upgrade or restore of a bac
kup. Alarms for disconected NE shall be supressed when restartWarning is TRUE.Su
b: EQHRef. []
MeContext
rollbackMirrorMIBname
Name of the old NE mirro
r MIB to be used for rollback during upgrade.Sub: EQH<tab>Ref. []
MeContext
segmentName
The segment to which the NE belo
ngs.Full Distinguished Name of the segment according to [9] and [20].Sub: EQHRef
. [7]
MeContext
synchronisationProgress 0
Represents the percentag
e progress of the node being synchronised. Has 0% when the node is not connected
or unsynchronised and 100% when the node is fully synchronised. Has values in b
etween when then node is synchronising.The initial value set at create is 0.Sub:
CMSRef. [2]
MeContext
telisLastChange -1
"Number of Telis related notific
ations received from the node. Always reset after node synchronisation. The init
ial value set at create is -1.Sub: CMS, Telis"
MeContext
userLabel
"Provides support for putting a
label on the MO instance. It is used by RANOS application to write the attribute
value into the GUI. For information about allowed characters, see ref. [9].Sub:
EQHRef. [7]"
MediumAccessUnit
availabilityStatus
The availability
status.It contains details about operationalState.

MediumAccessUnit
connectorLabel Eth
This attribute is used b
y a management system to show the label on the port the connector is attached to
.
MediumAccessUnit
duplexMode
The duplex mode used.
MediumAccessUnit
linkSpeed
The Link Speed.Unit: 1 M
bps
MediumAccessUnit
MediumAccessUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
MediumAccessUnit
operationalMode
The operational mode.
MediumAccessUnit
operationalState
The operational
state.
MediumAccessUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mich
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the d
evice.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED DEPENDE
NCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full availabil
ity.Use cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Mich
dbchDeviceSetRef
Reference to the DBCH device set
carrying this channel.Use cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Mich
MichId
Mich
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC18.Ref. [FS_CCH]
MimInfo
MimInfoId
MimInfo
mimName
Name of the MIM supported by this interface
MimInfo
mimVersion
MIMs versions supported by this interfac
e
MocnCellProfile
commonPlmnRef
Reference to the CN operator tha
t owns the cells that reference this profile. The PLMN of that CN operator will
be broadcasted in these cells.Change takes effect: New connections
MocnCellProfile
MocnCellProfileId
MocnCellProfile
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO."
MocnCellProfile
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Mspg
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
Mspg
degCauseMsp
FALSE Defines whether a degraded signal (DEG)
defect should cause an automatic MSP switch. This attribute applies to the ETSI
standard.
Mspg
lockout FALSE "If lockout is set to true, the MSP logic is fro
zen meaning that no MSP switch occur, regardless of what happens on the lines. T
he APS (K1KL2) signalling also continues to signal the request and/or responses
that it did when the set operation was perfomed. This attribute applies when an
HG channelized STM-1 TTC interface is used."
Mspg
MspgId
The value component of the RDN.
Mspg
operationalState
The operational state.
Mspg
os155SpiStandbyId
The standby OS155 physical path
termination.
Mspg
os155SpiWorkingId
The working OS155 physical path
termination.
Mspg
primarySection
"The primary section indicates the Os155
SpiTtp that currently has the role of primary interface. As a consequence of a c
ompleted MSP switch, the primary and secondary sections can be interchanged.This
attribute applies to the STM-1 Channelized TTC case."
Mspg
rdiSecondarySf TRUE
"Specifies if MSPG should prevent an MSP
switch, if MS-RDI is present on the secondary section.This attribute applies to
the STM-1 Channelized TTC case."
Mspg
selectedBoard
The ExchangeTerminal MO that is currentl
y used to process the user plane traffic.The only action that can change the sel
ected board is an equipment protection switch.

Mspg
selectedPort
The port currently selected by the MSPG.
The selected port can change only as a result of an MSP switch or an equipment
protection switch.
Mspg
switchMode
AUTOMATIC
The switching mode. Two values a
re possible:switchMode = LOCKED if any of the involved Os155SpiTtp MOs is locked
(or is indirectly locked from the PlugInUnit MO).switchMode = AUTOMATIC in all
other cases.
Mspg
userLabel
Label for free use.
MspgExtended
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
MspgExtended
bidirectional
Specifies the switching type of
the MSP.true = bidirectional modefalse = unidirectional modeThe value of this at
tribute is always true.
MspgExtended
MspgExtendedId
The value component of the RDN.
MspgExtended
operationalState
The operational state.
MspgExtended
os155SpiProtectionRef
Reference to an instance
of Os155SpiTtp MO.The protection OS155 physical path termination.
MspgExtended
os155SpiWorkingRef
Reference to an instance
of Os155SpiTtp MO.The working OS155 physical path termination.
MspgExtended
protectionStatus
Indicates the status of
the protection switch.
MspgExtended
revertive
FALSE Specifies whether the MSP is rev
ertive or non-revertive.true = revertivefalse = non-revertive
MspgExtended
selectedBoard
The ExchangeTerminal MO that is
currently used to process the user plane traffic.The only action that can change
the selected board is an equipment protection switch.
MspgExtended
selectedPort
The port currently selected by t
he MSPG.The selected port can change only as a result of an MSP switch or an equ
ipment protection switch.
MspgExtended
userLabel
Label for free use.
MspgExtended
waitToRestoreTime
5
Represents the time that
the working section must be fault-free before switching back from the protectio
n section.Unit: 1 min
MtchFrameSynch
iubTransportDelayMax
30
Maximum Iub delay for wh
ich soft combining is supported. Special values:0 means that no soft combining w
ill be supported within the RNS.Unit: ms
MtchFrameSynch
iubTransportDelayOffset 2
"Iub downlink transport
delay offset. The value may be increased to accommodate high transport delay var
iation, but this also increases overall delays for MTCH. Unit: ms"
MtchFrameSynch
MtchFrameSynchId
Naming attribute.Contain
s the value part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
MtchFrameSynch
phaseDriftThreshold
15
"Threshold for maximum a
llowed phase drift of an MTCH FACH in % of the TTI length. When this value is ex
ceeded, a re-synchronization is performed.Unit: %"
MtchFrameSynch
toaWindowEndpoint
0
Latest time of arrival m
argin endpoint (3GPP parameter ToAWE). Unit: msDependencies: toaWindowEndpoint <
toaWindowSize
MtchFrameSynch
toaWindowSize 190
Time of arrival window size. (3G
PP parameter ToAWS). Unit: msDependencies: toaWindowSize > toaWindowEndpoint
Mtp3bAp
availabilityStatus
"The availability status. Contai
ns details about the operationalState.Possible values for operational state ENAB
LED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable. - DEGRADED: the corresponding destin
ation is congested.- OFF_DUTY: The ASP Active procedure can not be started for t
he related application server until a client is ready to receive the traffic. Th
e access point is kept ENABLED to allow a client to attach, but traffic sending/
receiving is not allowed on this access point. This state is applicable only for
an IETF M3UA configuration.Possible values for operational state DISABLED: - DE
PENDENCY_LOCKED, DEPENDENCY_FAILED, DEPENDENCY_SHUTTINGDOWN: these values are ba
sed on the administrative state and the availability status of the M3uaLocalAs a
nd Mtp3bSrs instances related to this access point. - FAILED: the MO has other r

easons for staying DISABLED."


Mtp3bAp
Mtp3bApId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bAp
operationalState
"The operational state.The opera
tional state is ENABLED, if the client is allowed to send traffic."
Mtp3bAp
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
Mtp3bAp
routeSetId
Reference to an instance of Mtp3bSrs MO.
Specifies the destination for the traffic from the client.
Mtp3bAp
serviceInd
"The service indicator.Specifies the Ser
vice Indicator (SI) of the client, which is used in outgoing messages and is use
d by traffic handling functions to perform message distribution.Possible SI valu
es are:3 = SCCP 4 = Telephone User Part (TUP)5 = ISDN User Part (ISUP)6 = Data U
ser Part, call and circuit related messages7 = Data User Part, facility registra
tion and cancellation messages8 = MTP Testing User Part9 = Broadband ISDN User P
art10 = Satellite ISDN User Part11 = Spare12 = Q.2630.113 = Spare14 = GCP (H.248
) 15 = SpareThe service indicator must be unique among all Mtp3bAp instances, re
ferring to the same Mtp3bSrs. A maximum of 3 different service indicators can be
configured per Mtp3bSp."
Mtp3bAp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
autoStartLink TRUE
Specifies if the link should be
activated at creation.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
linkState
"The link state.The link state r
epresents a bitmap which contains a combination of the following hexadecimal val
ues, long within parenthesis:0x00 (0) Available0x01 (1) Failed 0x02 (2) Remotely
blocked0x04 (4) Locally blocked0x08 (8) Remotely inhibited0x10 (16) Locally inh
ibited0x20 (32) Deactivated"
Mtp3bSlAnsi
Mtp3bSlAnsiId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
proceduralState
The procedural state of the link
.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
signLinkCode
"The signalling link code, SLC,
used for this link.The signLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes,
independent on in which linkSet the link belongs."
Mtp3bSlAnsi
tpId
Reference to a termination point of the
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are:Mtp2TpAnsi for narrowband.NniSaalTp f
or broadband.Only one link instance can reserve one termination point instance.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
usageState
The usage state of the link.
Mtp3bSlAnsi
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlChina
autoStartLink TRUE
Specifies if the link should be
activated at creation.
Mtp3bSlChina
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Mtp3bSlChina
linkState
"The link state.The link state r
epresents a bitmap which contains a combination of the following hexadecimal val
ues, long within parenthesis:0x00 (0) Available0x01 (1) Failed 0x02 (2) Remotely
blocked0x04 (4) Locally blocked0x08 (8) Remotely inhibited0x10 (16) Locally inh
ibited0x20 (32) Deactivated"
Mtp3bSlChina
Mtp3bSlChinaId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSlChina
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSlChina
prioBeforeSio FALSE Specifies if the message priorit
y shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO).
Mtp3bSlChina
proceduralState
The procedural status of the lin
k.
Mtp3bSlChina
signLinkCode
"The signalling link code, SLC,
used for this link.The signLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes,
independent of which link set the link belongs to."
Mtp3bSlChina
tpId
Reference to a termination point of the
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are:Mtp2TpChina for narrowband.Mtp2HslTpC

hina for high speed link.NniSaalTp for broadband.Only one link instance can rese
rve one termination point instance.
Mtp3bSlChina
usageState
The usage state of the link.
Mtp3bSlChina
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlItu
autoStartLink TRUE
Specifies if the link should be
activated at creation.
Mtp3bSlItu
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Mtp3bSlItu
linkState
"The link state.The link state r
epresents a bitmap which contains a combination of the following hexadecimal val
ues, long within parenthesis:0x00 (0) Available0x01 (1) Failed 0x02 (2) Remotely
blocked0x04 (4) Locally blocked0x08 (8) Remotely inhibited0x10 (16) Locally inh
ibited0x20 (32) Deactivated"
Mtp3bSlItu
Mtp3bSlItuId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSlItu
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSlItu
prioBeforeSio FALSE Specifies if the message priorit
y shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO).
Mtp3bSlItu
proceduralState
The procedural state of the link
.
Mtp3bSlItu
signLinkCode
"The signalling link code, SLC,
used for this link.The signLinkCode for a link must be unique between the nodes,
independent of which link set the link belongs to."
Mtp3bSlItu
tpId
Reference to a termination point of the
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are:Mtp2TpItu for narrowband.Mtp2HslTpItu
for high speed link.NniSaalTp for broadband.Only one link instance can reserve
one termination point instance.
Mtp3bSlItu
usageState
The usage state of the link.
Mtp3bSlItu
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSls
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Mtp3bSls
cLinkAnsi
FALSE "The cLinkAnsi shall be set to t
rue for a link set with C-links between STP-pairs, to prevent SLS bit rotation i
n an ANSI network.This attribute is only valid for an ANSI network."
Mtp3bSls
Mtp3bSlsId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSls
mtp3bSrsId
Reference to an instance of Mtp3
bSrs.
Mtp3bSls
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSls
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
Mtp3bSls
usageState
The usage state of the link set.
- ACTIVE: At least one of the contained links of the SLS is ACTIVE and no link
is BUSY.- BUSY: At least one of the contained links is BUSY.- IDLE: All links of
the SLS are IDLE.
Mtp3bSls
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSlTtc
autoStartLink TRUE
Specifies if the link should be
activated at creation.
Mtp3bSlTtc
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Mtp3bSlTtc
linkState
"The link state.The link state r
epresents a bitmap which contains a combination of the following hexadecimal val
ues, long within parenthesis:0x00 (0) Available0x01 (1) Failed 0x02 (2) Remotely
blocked0x04 (4) Locally blocked0x08 (8) Remotely inhibited0x10 (16) Locally inh
ibited0x20 (32) Deactivated"
Mtp3bSlTtc
Mtp3bSlTtcId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSlTtc
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSlTtc
prioBeforeSio TRUE
Specifies if the message priorit
y shall be inserted in an octet before the Service Indicator Octet (SIO).
Mtp3bSlTtc
proceduralState
The procedural state of the link
.
Mtp3bSlTtc
signLinkCode
"The TTC three bit signalling li

nk code (SLC) and TTC one bit A/Bindicator, used for this link.The code have to
be unique in this signal link set, i.e the signallingLinkCode for all the Mtp3bS
l that belongs to the same Mtp3bSls must be unique (mutual exclusive).Note that
the LSB is treated as A/B indicator (according to TTC standard), for example val
ues 0,2,4 ... indicate A/B indicator set to 0 (equals A), and values 1,3,5 ... i
ndicate A/B indicator set to 1 (equals B)."
Mtp3bSlTtc
tpId
Reference to a termination point of the
lower layer protocol. The possible MOs are:Mtp2TpTtc for narrowband.NniSaalTp fo
r broadband.Only one link instance can reserve one termination point instance.
Mtp3bSlTtc
usageState
The usage state of the link.
Mtp3bSlTtc
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
Contains details about the operationalState.Possible values for operational sta
te ENABLED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable.Possible values for operationa
l state DISABLED: - DEPENDENCY_FAILED: based on the operational state of the Mtp
3bSrs MO. - FAILED: the MO has other reasons for staying DISABLED.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds 0
"The number of attempts
to send the Destination Audit (DAUD) message. If set to 0, the DAUD message is s
ent continuously until a Destination Available (DAVA) message is received.Applic
able only for an E-SIGTRAN configuration."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
changeover buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpAnsi
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
rerouting buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations. Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpAnsi
modifiedSlsRotation
ACTIVATED
"Specifies the s
tandard behavior of Signalling Link Set (SLS) rotation.If the attribute is set t
o ACTIVATED, only two Mtp3bSr MOs can be configured under an Mtb3bSrs MO. The at
tribute is valid, only if nodeBehaviour is set to SEP (Signalling End Point).If
nodeBehaviour is changed from SEP to SGW_STP_SEP or SEP_STP, the value is automa
tically changed to DEACTIVATED.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurati
ons."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
Mtp3bSpAnsiId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
networkInd
"The network indicator (NI) disc
riminates messages between different networks.When setting this attribute, the f
ollowing preconditions must be fulfilled:- No external MTP3b user can have a ref
erence to an Mtp3bAp related to this MO.- In an IPSP configuration, in case of d
ouble exchange mode, and in an SGP configuration, all related M3uaRemoteSp insta
nces must be LOCKED.- In an IPSP configuration, in case of single exchange mode,
and in an ASP configuration, either all related M3uaRemoteSp instances or the r
elated M3uaLocalAs instance must be LOCKED."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
nodeBehaviour SEP
The type of MTP3 signalling poin
t.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
noOfAttempsOfAssociationEstablishment 4
The maxi
mum number of attempts to establish an M3UA association.Applicable only for an E
-SIGTRAN configuration.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
noOfCongestLevelForNI 3
"The number of congestio
n levels for a national NI. If set to 1, only congestion level 1 is handled. Thi
s attribute is not applicable for an international NI.Applicable only for SS7 an
d E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
resendTfcInterval
8
"The resend TFC and SCON
interval.The number of messages received from the peer side, before the Transfe
r Controlled (TFC) message or Signalling Congestion (SCON) message is sent to th
e originating signalling point, indicating that the destination is congested.If
set to 0, sending of TFC and SCON messages is suppressed.Applicable only for SS7
and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance. Can be of type SccpSp.

Mtp3bSpAnsi
routeSetCongestTestFlag 1
"Specifies the congestio
n handling procedure to be used for national networks, which have congestion pri
orities.If set to 0, the congestion handling procedure described by the TTC stan
dard is applied. In this case the attribute timerTc is used.If set to 1, the con
gestion handling procedure described by the ANSI, ITU and China standards is app
lied. In this case the Route Set Congestion Test function is used."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProg
ramUniter MO (RPU).Specifies the SCC stack for the MO. An RPU shall be used only
by signaling points of the same standard. A maximum of 15 instances of this MO
can reference the same RPU.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
signallingPointCode
"The Signalling Point Co
de (SPC) .When setting this attribute, the following preconditions must be fulfi
lled: - None of the related Mtp3bAp, SccpApLocal and SccpApRemote instances can
be referenced by client MO instances. - In an SGP configuration, all M3uaRemoteS
p instances for all related M3uaRemoteAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an ASP c
onfiguration, all related M3uaLocalAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an IPSP con
figuration, there must be no related M3uaRkGrouping instances for any of the rel
ated M3uaLocalAs instances."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
sioSpare
PRIO
Specifies how the two spare bits
in the Service Information Octet (SIO) are used.Applicable only for SS7 and E-S
IGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority
The priority data for this signa
lling point.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeback-declaration (CBD) and Changeback-acknowledgement (CBA) messag
es.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare
bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeover-order (COO) and Changeover-acknowledgement (COA) or Extended
Changeover Order (XCO) and Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) messages.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Emergency-changeover-order (ECO) and Emergency-changeover-acknowledgemen
t (ECA) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses
the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioLink
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for link-related messages. The messages are:Link inhibit (LIN)Link uninhibit (LU
N)Link inhibit denied (LID)Link inhibit acknowledgement (LIA)Link uninhibit ackn
owledgement (LUA)Link forced uninhibit (LFU)Link local inhibit test (LLT)Link re
mote inhibit test (LRT)When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priorit
y uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for Signalling-route-set-test signal for prohibited destination (RST) message.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioSlt
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM) and Signalling Link Test Acknowledgement
(SLTA) messages. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority use
s the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Transfer-controlled (TFC), Transfer-allowed (TFA), Transfer-prohibited (
TFP) and Transfer-restricted (TFR) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3
, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioTra
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Traffic-restart-allowed (TRA) message.When a message is sent from the MT
P3, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spPriority.prioUpu
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the User part unavailable (UPU) message.When a message is sent from the MTP3
, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."

Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer
The timer data for this signaling point.
Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaPeriodicAudit 300
"Timer used for
audit procedure, applicable for IPSEP and SGW. This is the time to wait before s
ending or resending the DAUD messages toward the SGW to audit the state of SS7 d
estinations.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT1
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association fails.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT3
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association becomes active.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 se
cond).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT40
8
Delay to avoid message m
is-sequencing when controlled or forced rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 decisecon
d (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT41
8
Timer controlling the tr
affic activation delay during restart.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT42
8
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to establish an association after initial attempts were unsucces
sful.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT6
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing when controlled rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaT8
8
Delay to inhibit sending
of DUNA messages using the response method.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaTack 35
Maximum time to wait for
message acknowledgement.This attribute must follow the rule:timerM3uaTack > ass
ociationMaxRtx * maximumRto. The latter attributes are in the Sctp MO.Unit: 1 de
cisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaTassocack
40
"Maximum time to
wait for association establisment acknowledgement.This attribute must follow th
e rule:timerM3uaTassocack > (maxInitialRtrAtt + 1) * maximumRto. The latter attr
ibutes are in the Sctp MO.It should be longer than the time a message spends to
reach the most distant destination, be processed and returned.Unit: 1 decisecond
(1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerM3uaTc
50
Timer controlling the pe
riod a route set is considered congested when an SCON message has been received.
Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerSlta
100
Supervision timer for SL
TA message.Corresponds to timer T1 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard.Unit: 1 decisecon
d (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerSltm
400
Timer for sending SLTM p
eriodically.Corresponds to timer T2 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard.Unit: 1 deciseco
nd (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT1 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on changeover.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT10
400
Timer for sending RST pe
riodically.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT12
10
Supervision timer for Li
nk uninhibit acknowledgement.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT13
10
Supervision timer for Li
nk forced uninhibit.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT14
30
Supervision timer for Li
nk inhibit acknowledgement.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT15
20
Supervision timer for st
art signaling route set congestiontest. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Te
st Selection option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 20 - 3
0.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT16
14
Timer waiting for route
set congestion status update. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Test Selecto
n option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 14 - 22.Unit: 1 d
ecisecond (1/10 second).

Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT17
9
Delay to avoid oscillati
on of initial alignment failure and link restart.The value for this timer should
be less than the value for timerT2.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT2 10
Timer for waiting for a COA.Unit
: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT20
1000
Timer controlling the pe
riodic resending of a Local Inhibit Test message.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second
).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT21
1000
Timer controlling the pe
riodic resend of Remote Inhibit Test Message.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT22
600
Delay on commencement of
MTP Restart to allow the node to rebuild an accurate routing table based on mes
sages for adjacent nodes.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT23
40
Supervision timer for ro
uting updates on MTP Restart.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT25
300
Supervision timer for re
ciept of a Traffic Restart Waiting message from an adjacent SP which is restarti
ng.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT26
120
Timer controlling the pe
riodic resend of Traffic Restart Waiting messages during restart of the local no
de.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT27
20
The minimum time period
thats the links are out of service during MTP restart.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 s
econd).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT28
30
Timer controlling the ti
me to react on a restart of an adjacent node.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT29
600
Timer for waiting for a
Traffic Restart message from an adjacent node.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT3 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on a time controlled diversion change back.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second
).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT30
300
Timer for not sending TF
Ps and TFRs messages in response to unexpected TRA and TRW. The timer is not val
id if nodeBehaviour is set to SEP.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT31
100
Timer controlling the ti
me for the detection of false link congestion.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT4 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, firs
t attempt.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT5 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, seco
nd attemptUnit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT6 9
Timer for delay to avoid message
mis-sequencing on controlled rerouting.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerT8 8
"Timer for delay to prohibit sen
ding of TFP messages via the response method. This is a STP specific parameter,
which is ignored when configured as an endpoint.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)
."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
Waiting for BSNT value f
rom MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10
second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTc 50
Timer controlling the period a r
oute set is considered congested when a Transfer Controlled message has been rec
eived. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTRetrieval 10
Timer for waiting for co
mpletion of buffer retrieval from MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard t
imer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to start a link. Timing starts when timerT17 expires (not standa
rd timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpAnsi
statusIndInterval
4
"The status indication i
nterval.The number of messages received from the user part, before the user part

is notified that the destination is congested.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIG
TRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
testPatternSltm A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5 "Specifi
es the test pattern in the Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM).Allowed character
s are 0-9, A-F. The pattern must contain an even number of characters.Applicable
only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpAnsi
transFrHandler IGNORED Specifies how a Transfer Restric
ted (TFR) message shall be treated.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configu
rations.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpAnsi
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE "Specifies whether Assoc
iated Signalling Mode in SGW function (ASM) is activated for this signalling poi
nt.The ASM is configured using SgwMgmtMapping MOs.Applicable only for SS7 and ESIGTRAN configurations.In an IETF M3UA configuration, this attribute is not appl
icable and must be set to false."
Mtp3bSpChina
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
Contains details about the operationalState.Possible values for operational sta
te ENABLED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable.Possible values for operationa
l state DISABLED: - DEPENDENCY_FAILED: based on the operational state of the Mtp
3bSrs MO. - FAILED: the MO has other reasons for staying DISABLED.
Mtp3bSpChina
m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds 0
"The number of attempts
to send the Destination Audit (DAUD) message. If set to 0, the DAUD message is s
ent continuously until a Destination Available (DAVA) message is received.Applic
able only for an E-SIGTRAN configuration."
Mtp3bSpChina
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
changeover buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpChina
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
rerouting buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations. Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpChina
Mtp3bSpChinaId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSpChina
networkInd
"The network indicator (NI) disc
riminates messages between different networks.When setting this attribute, the f
ollowing preconditions must be fulfilled:- No external MTP3b user can have a ref
erence to an Mtp3bAp related to this MO.- In an IPSP configuration, in case of d
ouble exchange mode, and in an SGP configuration, all related M3uaRemoteSp insta
nces must be LOCKED.- In an IPSP configuration, in case of single exchange mode,
and in an ASP configuration, either all related M3uaRemoteSp instances or the r
elated M3uaLocalAs instance must be LOCKED."
Mtp3bSpChina
nodeBehaviour SEP
The type of MTP3 signalling poin
t.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpChina
noOfAttempsOfAssociationEstablishment 4
The maxi
mum number of attempts to establish an M3UA association.Applicable only for an E
-SIGTRAN configuration.
Mtp3bSpChina
noOfCongestLevelForNI 3
"The number of congestio
n levels for a national NI. If set to 1, only congestion level 1 is handled. Thi
s attribute is not applicable for an international NI.Applicable only for SS7 an
d E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpChina
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSpChina
resendTfcInterval
8
"The resend TFC and SCON
interval.The number of messages received from the peer side, before the Transfe
r Controlled (TFC) message or Signalling Congestion (SCON) message is sent to th
e originating signalling point, indicating that the destination is congested.If
set to 0, sending of TFC and SCON messages is suppressed.Applicable only for SS7
and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpChina
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance. Can be of type SccpSp.
Mtp3bSpChina
restartType
ITU_96_RESTART "This attribute shows wh
at MTP3b restart standard the system follows. With China, it is possible using t
his attribute to set which of the ITU restart standard that shall be followed.5

= ITU_96_RESTART6 = ITU_88_RESTARTThis attribute is applicable only when SS7 is


the bearer."
Mtp3bSpChina
routeSetCongestTestFlag 1
"Specifies the congestio
n handling procedure to be used for national networks, which have congestion pri
orities.If set to 0, the congestion handling procedure described by the TTC stan
dard is applied. In this case the attribute timerTc is used.If set to 1, the con
gestion handling procedure described by the ANSI, ITU and China standards is app
lied. In this case the Route Set Congestion Test function is used."
Mtp3bSpChina
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProg
ramUniter MO (RPU).Specifies the SCC stack for the MO. An RPU shall be used only
by signaling points of the same standard. A maximum of 15 instances of this MO
can reference the same RPU.
Mtp3bSpChina
signallingPointCode
"The Signalling Point Co
de (SPC) .When setting this attribute, the following preconditions must be fulfi
lled: - None of the related Mtp3bAp, SccpApLocal and SccpApRemote instances can
be referenced by client MO instances. - In an SGP configuration, all M3uaRemoteS
p instances for all related M3uaRemoteAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an ASP c
onfiguration, all related M3uaLocalAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an IPSP con
figuration, there must be no related M3uaRkGrouping instances for any of the rel
ated M3uaLocalAs instances."
Mtp3bSpChina
sioSpare
SPARE Specifies how the two spare bits
in the Service Information Octet (SIO) are used.Applicable only for SS7 and E-S
IGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority
The priority data for this signa
lling point.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeback-declaration (CBD) and Changeback-acknowledgement (CBA) messag
es.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare
bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeover-order (COO) and Changeover-acknowledgement (COA) or Extended
Changeover Order (XCO) and Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) messages.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Emergency-changeover-order (ECO) and Emergency-changeover-acknowledgemen
t (ECA) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses
the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioLink
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for link-related messages. The messages are:Link inhibit (LIN)Link uninhibit (LU
N)Link inhibit denied (LID)Link inhibit acknowledgement (LIA)Link uninhibit ackn
owledgement (LUA)Link forced uninhibit (LFU)Link local inhibit test (LLT)Link re
mote inhibit test (LRT)When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priorit
y uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for Signalling-route-set-test signal for prohibited destination (RST) message.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioSlt
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM) and Signalling Link Test Acknowledgement
(SLTA) messages. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority use
s the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Transfer-controlled (TFC), Transfer-allowed (TFA), Transfer-prohibited (
TFP) and Transfer-restricted (TFR) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3
, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioTra
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Traffic-restart-allowed (TRA) message.When a message is sent from the MT
P3, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spPriority.prioUpu
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority

for the User part unavailable (UPU) message.When a message is sent from the MTP3
, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer
The timer data for this signaling point.
Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaPeriodicAudit 300
"Timer used for
audit procedure, applicable for IPSEP and SGW. This is the time to wait before s
ending or resending the DAUD messages toward the SGW to audit the state of SS7 d
estinations.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT1
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association fails.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT3
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association becomes active.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 se
cond).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT40
8
Delay to avoid message m
is-sequencing when controlled or forced rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 decisecon
d (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT41
8
Timer controlling the tr
affic activation delay during restart.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT42
8
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to establish an association after initial attempts were unsucces
sful.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT6
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing when controlled rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaT8
8
Delay to inhibit sending
of DUNA messages using the response method.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaTack 35
Maximum time to wait for
message acknowledgement.This attribute must follow the rule:timerM3uaTack > ass
ociationMaxRtx * maximumRto. The latter attributes are in the Sctp MO.Unit: 1 de
cisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaTassocack
40
"Maximum time to
wait for association establisment acknowledgement.This attribute must follow th
e rule:timerM3uaTassocack > (maxInitialRtrAtt + 1) * maximumRto. The latter attr
ibutes are in the Sctp MO.It should be longer than the time a message spends to
reach the most distant destination, be processed and returned.Unit: 1 decisecond
(1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerM3uaTc
50
Timer controlling the pe
riod a route set is considered congested when an SCON message has been received.
Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerSlta
100
Supervision timer for SL
TA message.Corresponds to timer T1 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard.Unit: 1 decisecon
d (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerSltm
400
Timer for sending SLTM p
eriodically.Corresponds to timer T2 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard.Unit: 1 deciseco
nd (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT1 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on changeover.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT10
400
Timer for sending RST pe
riodically.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT12
10
Supervision timer for Li
nk uninhibit acknowledgement.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT13
10
Supervision timer for Li
nk forced uninhibit.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT14
30
Supervision timer for Li
nk inhibit acknowledgement.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT15
20
Supervision timer for st
art signaling route set congestiontest. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Te
st Selection option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 20 - 3
0.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT16
14
Supervision timer for ro
ute set congestion status update. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Test Sel

ection option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 14 - 22.Unit
: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT17
9
Delay to avoid oscillati
on of initial alignment failure and link restart.The value for this timer should
be less than the value for timerT2.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT18
550
"Supervision timer for t
he first phase of a restarting STP. This is an STP specific parameter, which is
ignored when configured as an endpoint.The value for this timer should be less t
han the value for timerT20.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT19
680
Timer controlling the re
sponse of the receipt of a traffic restart message from an adjacent node.Unit: 1
decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT2 10
Timer for waiting for a COA.Unit
: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT20
600
Overall MTP restart time
r at the restarting MTP.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT21
640
Overall MTP restart time
r at an adjacent signalling point to a restarting MTP.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 s
econd).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT22
2500
Timer for test of local
inhibit.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT23
2500
Remote inhibit test time
r.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT3 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on a time controlled diversion change back.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second
).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT4 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, firs
t attempt.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT5 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, seco
nd attemptUnit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT6 9
Timer for delay to avoid message
mis-sequencing on controlled rerouting.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerT8 8
"Timer for delay to prohibit sen
ding of TFP messages via the response method. This is a STP specific parameter,
which is ignored when configured as an endpoint.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)
."
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
Waiting for BSNT value f
rom MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10
second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerTc 50
Timer controlling the period a r
oute set is considered congested when a Transfer Controlled message has been rec
eived. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerTRetrieval 10
Timer for waiting for co
mpletion of buffer retrieval from MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard t
imer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to start a link. Timing starts when timerT17 expires (not standa
rd timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpChina
statusIndInterval
4
"The status indication i
nterval.The number of messages received from the user part, before the user part
is notified that the destination is congested.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIG
TRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpChina
testPatternSltm A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5 "Specifi
es the test pattern in the Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM).Allowed character
s are 0-9, A-F. The pattern must contain an even number of characters.Applicable
only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpChina
transFrHandler IGNORED Specifies how a Transfer Restric
ted (TFR) message shall be treated.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configu
rations.
Mtp3bSpChina
userLabel
Label for free use.

Mtp3bSpChina
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE "Specifies whether Assoc
iated Signalling Mode in SGW function (ASM) is activated for this signalling poi
nt.The ASM is configured using SgwMgmtMapping MOs.Applicable only for SS7 and ESIGTRAN configurations.In an IETF M3UA configuration, this attribute is not appl
icable and must be set to false."
Mtp3bSpItu
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
Contains details about the operationalState.Possible values for operational sta
te ENABLED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable.Possible values for operationa
l state DISABLED: - DEPENDENCY_FAILED: based on the operational state of the Mtp
3bSrs MO. - FAILED: the MO has other reasons for staying DISABLED.
Mtp3bSpItu
m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds 0
"The number of attempts
to send the Destination Audit (DAUD) message. If set to 0, the DAUD message is s
ent continuously until a Destination Available (DAVA) message is received.Applic
able only for an E-SIGTRAN configuration."
Mtp3bSpItu
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
changeover buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpItu
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
rerouting buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations. Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpItu
Mtp3bSpItuId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSpItu
networkInd
"The network indicator (NI) disc
riminates messages between different networks.When setting this attribute, the f
ollowing preconditions must be fulfilled:- No external MTP3b user can have a ref
erence to an Mtp3bAp related to this MO.- In an IPSP configuration, in case of d
ouble exchange mode, and in an SGP configuration, all related M3uaRemoteSp insta
nces must be LOCKED.- In an IPSP configuration, in case of single exchange mode,
and in an ASP configuration, either all related M3uaRemoteSp instances or the r
elated M3uaLocalAs instance must be LOCKED."
Mtp3bSpItu
nodeBehaviour SEP
The type of MTP3 signalling poin
t.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpItu
noOfAttempsOfAssociationEstablishment 4
The maxi
mum number of attempts to establish an M3UA association.Applicable only for an E
-SIGTRAN configuration.
Mtp3bSpItu
noOfCongestLevelForNI 3
"The number of congestio
n levels for a national NI. If set to 1, only congestion level 1 is handled. Thi
s attribute is not applicable for an international NI.Applicable only for SS7 an
d E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpItu
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSpItu
resendTfcInterval
8
"The resend TFC and SCON
interval.The number of messages received from the peer side, before the Transfe
r Controlled (TFC) message or Signalling Congestion (SCON) message is sent to th
e originating signalling point, indicating that the destination is congested.If
set to 0, sending of TFC and SCON messages is suppressed.Applicable only for SS7
and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpItu
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance. Can be of type SccpSp.
Mtp3bSpItu
routeSetCongestTestFlag 1
"Specifies the congestio
n handling procedure to be used for national networks, which have congestion pri
orities.If set to 0, the congestion handling procedure described by the TTC stan
dard is applied. In this case the attribute timerTc is used.If set to 1, the con
gestion handling procedure described by the ANSI, ITU and China standards is app
lied. In this case the Route Set Congestion Test function is used."
Mtp3bSpItu
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProg
ramUniter MO (RPU).Specifies the SCC stack for the MO. An RPU shall be used only
by signaling points of the same standard. A maximum of 15 instances of this MO
can reference the same RPU.
Mtp3bSpItu
signallingPointCode
"The Signalling Point Co
de (SPC) .When setting this attribute, the following preconditions must be fulfi
lled: - None of the related Mtp3bAp, SccpApLocal and SccpApRemote instances can

be referenced by client MO instances. - In an SGP configuration, all M3uaRemoteS


p instances for all related M3uaRemoteAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an ASP c
onfiguration, all related M3uaLocalAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an IPSP con
figuration, there must be no related M3uaRkGrouping instances for any of the rel
ated M3uaLocalAs instances."
Mtp3bSpItu
sioSpare
PRIO
Specifies how the two spare bits
in the Service Information Octet (SIO) are used.Applicable only for SS7 and E-S
IGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority
The priority data for this signa
lling point.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeback-declaration (CBD) and Changeback-acknowledgement (CBA) messag
es.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare
bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeover-order (COO) and Changeover-acknowledgement (COA) or Extended
Changeover Order (XCO) and Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) messages.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Emergency-changeover-order (ECO) and Emergency-changeover-acknowledgemen
t (ECA) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses
the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioLink
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for link-related messages. The messages are:Link inhibit (LIN)Link uninhibit (LU
N)Link inhibit denied (LID)Link inhibit acknowledgement (LIA)Link uninhibit ackn
owledgement (LUA)Link forced uninhibit (LFU)Link local inhibit test (LLT)Link re
mote inhibit test (LRT)When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priorit
y uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for Signalling-route-set-test signal for prohibited destination (RST) message.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioSlt
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM) and Signalling Link Test Acknowledgement
(SLTA) messages. When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority use
s the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Transfer-controlled (TFC), Transfer-allowed (TFA), Transfer-prohibited (
TFP) and Transfer-restricted (TFR) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3
, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioTra
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Traffic-restart-allowed (TRA) message.When a message is sent from the MT
P3, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpItu
spPriority.prioUpu
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the User part unavailable (UPU) message.When a message is sent from the MTP3
, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO"
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer
The timer data for this signaling point.
Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaPeriodicAudit 300
"Timer used for
audit procedure, applicable for IPSEP and SGW. This is the time to wait before s
ending or resending the DAUD messages toward the SGW to audit the state of SS7 d
estinations.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT1
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association fails.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT3
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association becomes active.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 se
cond).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT40
8
Delay to avoid message m
is-sequencing when controlled or forced rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 decisecon

d (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT41
8
Timer controlling the tr
affic activation delay during restart.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT42
8
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to establish an association after initial attempts were unsucces
sful.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT6
5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing when controlled rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaT8
8
Delay to inhibit sending
of DUNA messages using the response method.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaTack 35
Maximum time to wait for
message acknowledgement.This attribute must follow the rule:timerM3uaTack > ass
ociationMaxRtx * maximumRto. The latter attributes are in the Sctp MO.Unit: 1 de
cisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaTassocack
40
"Maximum time to
wait for association establisment acknowledgement.This attribute must follow th
e rule:timerM3uaTassocack > (maxInitialRtrAtt + 1) * maximumRto. The latter attr
ibutes are in the Sctp MO.It should be longer than the time a message spends to
reach the most distant destination, be processed and returned."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerM3uaTc
50
Timer controlling the pe
riod a route set is considered congested when an SCON message has been received.
Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerSlta
100
Supervision timer for SL
TA message.Corresponds to timer T1 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard.Unit: 1 decisecon
d (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerSltm
400
Timer for sending SLTM p
eriodically.Corresponds to timer T2 in the ITU-T Q.707 standard.Unit: 1 deciseco
nd (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT1 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on changeover.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT10
400
Timer for sending RST pe
riodically.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT12
10
Supervision timer for Li
nk uninhibit acknowledgement.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT13
10
Supervision timer for Li
nk forced uninhibit.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT14
30
Supervision timer for Li
nk inhibit acknowledgement.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT15
20
Supervision timer for st
art signaling route set congestiontest. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Te
st Selection option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 20 - 3
0.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT16
14
Supervision timer for ro
ute set congestion status update. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Test Sel
ection option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 14 - 22.Unit
: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT17
9
Delay to avoid oscillati
on of initial alignment failure and link restart.The value for this timer should
be less than the value for timerT2.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT18
550
"Supervision timer for t
he first phase of a restarting STP. This is an STP specific parameter, which is
ignored when configured as an endpoint.The value for this timer should be less t
han the value for timerT20.If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88 the recom
mended value is 200. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT19
680
"Timer controlling the r
esponse of the receipt of a traffic restart message from an adjacent node. If th
e attribute version is set to ITU_T_88, the recommended value is 40.Unit: 1 deci
second (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT2 10
Timer for waiting for a COA.Unit
: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).

Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT20
600
"Overall MTP restart tim
er at the restarting MTP.If the attribute version is set to ITU_T_88, the recomm
ended value is 40. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT21
640
"Overall MTP restart tim
er at an adjacent signalling point to a restarting MTP.If the attribute version
is set to ITU_T_88, the recommended value is 300.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second
)"
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT22
2500
Timer for test of local
inhibit.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT23
2500
Remote inhibit test time
r.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT3 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on a time controlled diversion change back.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second
).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT4 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, firs
t attempt.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT5 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, firs
t attempt.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT6 9
Timer for delay to avoid message
mis-sequencing on controlled rerouting.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerT8 8
"Timer for delay to prohibit sen
ding of TFP messages via the response method. This is a STP specific parameter,
which is ignored when configured as an endpoint.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)
."
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
Waiting for BSNT value f
rom MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10
second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerTc 50
Timer controlling the period a r
oute set is considered congested when a Transfer Controlled message has been rec
eived. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerTRetrieval 10
Timer for waiting for co
mpletion of buffer retrieval from MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard t
imer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to start a link. Timing starts when timerT17 expires (not standa
rd timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpItu
statusIndInterval
4
"The status indication i
nterval.The number of messages received from the user part, before the user part
is notified that the destination is congested.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIG
TRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpItu
testPatternSltm A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5 "Specifi
es the test pattern in the Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM).Allowed character
s are 0-9, A-F. The pattern must contain an even number of characters.Applicable
only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpItu
transFrHandler IGNORED Specifies how a Transfer Restric
ted (TFR) message shall be treated.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configu
rations.
Mtp3bSpItu
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpItu
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE "Specifies whether Assoc
iated Signalling Mode in SGW function (ASM) is activated for this signalling poi
nt.The ASM is configured using SgwMgmtMapping MOs.Applicable only for SS7 and ESIGTRAN configurations.In an IETF M3UA configuration, this attribute is not appl
icable and must be set to false."
Mtp3bSpItu
version ITU_T_07_96
Specifies the version of the MTP
3 ITU-T standard.Applicable only for an SS7 configuration.
Mtp3bSpTtc
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
Contains details about the operationalState.Possible values for operational sta
te ENABLED: - NO_STATUS: the MO is fully operable.Possible values for operationa
l state DISABLED: - DEPENDENCY_FAILED: based on the operational state of the Mtp
3bSrs MO. - FAILED: the MO has other reasons for staying DISABLED.

Mtp3bSpTtc
m3uaNoOfAttempsOfDauds 0
"The number of attempts
to send the Destination Audit (DAUD) message. If set to 0, the DAUD message is s
ent continuously until a Destination Available (DAVA) message is received.Applic
able only for an E-SIGTRAN configuration."
Mtp3bSpTtc
maxSizeChangeBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
changeover buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpTtc
maxSizeReroutBuf
2000
The maximum size of the
rerouting buffer.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations. Unit: 1 K
B
Mtp3bSpTtc
Mtp3bSpTtcId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSpTtc
nodeBehaviour SEP
The type of MTP3 signalling poin
t.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpTtc
noOfAttempsOfAssociationEstablishment 4
The maxi
mum number of attempts to establish an M3UA association.Applicable only for an E
-SIGTRAN configuration.
Mtp3bSpTtc
noOfCongestLevelForNI 3
"The number of congestio
n levels for a national NI. If set to 1, only congestion level 1 is handled. Thi
s attribute is not applicable for an international NI.Applicable only for SS7 an
d E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpTtc
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSpTtc
resendTfcInterval
8
"The resend TFC and SCON
interval.The number of messages received from the peer side, before the Transfe
r Controlled (TFC) message or Signalling Congestion (SCON) message is sent to th
e originating signalling point, indicating that the destination is congested.If
set to 0, sending of TFC and SCON messages is suppressed.Applicable only for SS7
and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpTtc
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance. Can be of type SccpSp.
Mtp3bSpTtc
routeSetCongestTestFlag 0
"Specifies the congestio
n handling procedure to be used for national networks, which have congestion pri
orities.If set to 0, the congestion handling procedure described by the TTC stan
dard is applied. In this case the attribute timerTc is used.If set to 1, the con
gestion handling procedure described by the ANSI, ITU and China standards is app
lied. In this case the Route Set Congestion Test function is used."
Mtp3bSpTtc
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProg
ramUniter MO (RPU).Specifies the SCC stack for the MO. An RPU shall be used only
by signaling points of the same standard. A maximum of 15 instances of this MO
can reference the same RPU.
Mtp3bSpTtc
signallingPointCode
"The Signalling Point Co
de (SPC) .When setting this attribute, the following preconditions must be fulfi
lled: - None of the related Mtp3bAp, SccpApLocal and SccpApRemote instances can
be referenced by client MO instances. - In an SGP configuration, all M3uaRemoteS
p instances for all related M3uaRemoteAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an ASP c
onfiguration, all related M3uaLocalAs instances must be LOCKED. - In an IPSP con
figuration, there must be no related M3uaRkGrouping instances for any of the rel
ated M3uaLocalAs instances."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority
The priority data for this signa
lling point.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioCb
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeback-declaration (CBD) and Changeback-acknowledgement (CBA) messag
es.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare
bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioCo
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Changeover-order (COO) and Changeover-acknowledgement (COA) or Extended
Changeover Order (XCO) and Extended Changeover Acknowledgement (XCA) messages.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioEc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Emergency-changeover-order (ECO) and Emergency-changeover-acknowledgemen

t (ECA) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses
the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioRst
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for Signalling-route-set-test signal for prohibited destination (RST) message.Wh
en a message is sent from the MTP3, the message priority uses the two spare bits
in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioRt
HIGHEST Specifies the priority f
or signalling route test (SRT/SRA) messages.
Mtp3bSpTtc
spPriority.prioTfc
HIGHEST "Specifies the priority
for the Transfer-controlled (TFC), Transfer-allowed (TFA), Transfer-prohibited (
TFP) and Transfer-restricted (TFR) messages.When a message is sent from the MTP3
, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer
The timer data for this signaling point.
Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerSrt
100
Timer for waiting for Si
gnalling Route Test Acknowledgement.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT1 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on changeover.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT10
400
Timer for sending RST pe
riodically.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT15
20
Supervision timer for st
art signaling route set congestiontest. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Te
st Selection option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 20 - 3
0.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT16
14
Supervision timer for ro
ute set congestion status update. Used only if the Route Set Congestion Test Sel
ecton option is set to Use Route Set Congestion test.Guiding value 14 - 22.Unit:
1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT17
9
Delay to avoid oscillati
on of initial alignment failure and link restart.The value for this timer should
be less than the value for timerT2.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)..
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT2 10
Timer for waiting for a COO or a
COA.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT3 10
Delay to avoid message mis-seque
ncing on a time controlled diversion change back.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second
).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT4 10
"Timer for waiting for CBA, firs
t attempt.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT6 9
Timer for delay to avoid message
mis-sequencing on controlled rerouting.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerT8 8
"Timer for delay to prohibit sen
ding of TFP messages via the response method. This is a STP specific parameter,
which is ignored when configured as an endpoint.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)
."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerTBsnt
10
Waiting for BSNT value f
rom MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10
second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerTc 50
Timer controlling the period a r
oute set is considered congested when a Transfer Controlled message has been rec
eived. Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerTRetrieval 10
Timer for waiting for co
mpletion of buffer retrieval from MTP2 or NNI-SAAL at changeover (not standard t
imer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimer.timerTStart
1200
Timer for the interval b
etween attempts to start a link. Timing starts when timerT17 expires (not standa
rd timer).Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua
The M3UA timer data for this sig
naling point.Applicable only for an E-SIGTRAN configuration.
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaPeriodicAudit
300
"Timer u
sed for audit procedure, applicable for IPSEP and SGW. This is the time to wait

before sending or resending the DAUD messages toward the SGW to audit the state
of SS7 destinations.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT1 5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association fails.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT3 5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing of messages when an association becomes active.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 se
cond).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT40
8
Delay to avoid m
essage mis-sequencing when controlled or forced rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 d
ecisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT41
8
Timer controllin
g the traffic activation delay during restart.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT42
8
Timer for the in
terval between attempts to establish an association after initial attempts were
unsuccessful.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT6 5
Delay to avoid mis-seque
ncing when controlled rerouting is initiated.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaT8 8
Delay to inhibit sending
of DUNA messages using the response method.Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaTack
35
Maximum time to
wait for message acknowledgement.This attribute must follow the rule:timerM3uaTa
ck > associationMaxRtx * maximumRto. The latter attributes are in the Sctp MO.Un
it: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaTassocack 40
"Maximum time to
wait for association establisment acknowledgement.This attribute must follow th
e rule:timerM3uaTassocack > (maxInitialRtrAtt + 1) * maximumRto. The latter attr
ibutes are in the Sctp MO.It should be longer than the time a message spends to
reach the most distant destination, be processed and returned.Unit: 1 decisecond
(1/10 second)."
Mtp3bSpTtc
spTimerM3ua.timerM3uaTc 50
Timer controlling the pe
riod a route set is considered congested when an SCON message has been received.
Unit: 1 decisecond (1/10 second).
Mtp3bSpTtc
statusIndInterval
4
"The status indication i
nterval.The number of messages received from the user part, before the user part
is notified that the destination is congested.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIG
TRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpTtc
testPatternSltm 7711
"Specifies the test pattern in t
he Signalling Link Test Message (SLTM).Allowed characters are 0-9, A-F. The patt
ern must contain an even number of characters.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGT
RAN configurations."
Mtp3bSpTtc
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSpTtc
useSgwMgmtMapping
FALSE "Specifies whether Assoc
iated Signalling Mode in SGW function (ASM) is activated for this signalling poi
nt.The ASM is configured using SgwMgmtMapping MOs.Applicable only for SS7 and ESIGTRAN configurations.In an IETF M3UA configuration, this attribute is not appl
icable and must be set to false."
Mtp3bSr
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
Mtp3bSr
linkSetM3uId
Reference to an instance of MTP3bSls or
M3uAssociation.
Mtp3bSr
Mtp3bSrId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSr
operationalState
The operational state.
Mtp3bSr
priority
"The priority of the alternative route.
The traffic is directed to the highest priority route(s) available in the route
set. If more than one route has the same priority within a route set, loadsharin
g is permitted between these routes.The value 1 is the highest priority."
Mtp3bSr
routeBlockingState
NOT_BLOCKED
The blocking state of th
e route.
Mtp3bSr
usageState
"The usage state of the route.For direct
routes, the value of the attribute is the same as for usageState in the related

Mtp3bSls.For routes via STP or SGW, usageState is determined by traffic managem


ent messages:- ACTIVE: A TFA or a DAVA is received.- BUSY: A TFC or an SCON is r
eceived.- IDLE: A TFP or a DUNA is received."
Mtp3bSr
userLabel
Label for free use.
Mtp3bSrs
autoReroute
FALSE "Specifies if automatic reroutin
g is performed when migrating from ATM or TDM to IP.If set to false, rerouting h
as to be done manually for the IP route, using action deBlockSignalingRoute in M
tp3bSr.Applicable only for SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations."
Mtp3bSrs
congestedLevel
"In SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurat
ions, this attribute indicates whether the Route Set is congested.In an IETF M3U
A configuration, it indicates whether the remote destination is congested."
Mtp3bSrs
destPointCode
"The destination point code (DPC
).The Destination Point Code in a Route Set has to be unique within each Signali
ng Point.The format of this attribute must be aligned with the standard of the p
arent Mtp3bSp: ANSI, China, ITU or TTC.In an IETF M3UA configuration, a DPC can
be equal to the local point code, if the DPC represents a destination reachable
via the IP network. This is a normal case for Associated Signalling Mode in SGW
function (ASM), where an SGW and ASP are configured with equal point codes. Such
a configuration is allowed only if the parent Mtp3bSp has SEP node behavior, to
avoid unexpected traffic losses. Such a route set cannot be used for MTP3 traff
ic. That is, it cannot have routes.In SS7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations, a route
set must not have DPC equal to the local point code.The local point code is conf
igured in the attribute signallingPointcode and the node behavior is configured
in the attribute nodeBehaviour in the parent Mtp3bSp MO."
Mtp3bSrs
Mtp3bSrsId
The value component of the RDN.
Mtp3bSrs
operationalState
"The operational state.T
he operational state is ENABLED, if the destination is available via SS7 and/or
IP."
Mtp3bSrs
preferredBearer SS7
The preferred bearer type for ro
uting outgoing messages.The specified bearer is used if available.A rerouting be
tween bearers is performed automatically. Only the SS7 value is applicable for S
S7 and E-SIGTRAN configurations.
Mtp3bSrs
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
Mtp3bSrs
userLabel
Label for free use.
NbapCommon
activeBearer
"Specifies which UniSaalTp is ac
tive when ATM is transport bearer alt. that Sctp is active when IPv4 is bearer.
Possible values: NONE = No active bearer. UNI_SAAL_TP_REF1 = Attribute uniSaalTp
Ref1 is used. UNI_SAAL_TP_REF2 = Attribute uniSaalTpRef2 is used. SCTP_REF = Att
ribute sctpRef is used.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRequirement:
IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01593 Rev:A, IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01712 Rev:ARef. [C
B_ICC]"
NbapCommon
activeUniSaalTpRef
Reference to the UniSaal
Tp Managed Object that represents the active UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapCommon
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
of the signaling link.
NbapCommon
auditRetransmissionT
5
Time between successive
audit retransmissions. Unit: 1 sUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef
. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the protocol termination.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEP
ENDENCY_LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO S
TATUS = Full availability.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_
ICC]
NbapCommon
l2EstablishReqRetryT
1
Time between successive
attempts to establish layer 2 communication. Unit: 1 sUse cases: Integrate RBS i
n the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
l2EstablishSupervisionT 30
Maximum allowed time to
establish layer 2 communication. Unit: 1 sUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio
NetworkRef. [CB_ICC]

NbapCommon
l3EstablishSupervisionT 30
Maximum allowed time to
establish NBAP communication: Successfull establishment of layer 2 followed by a
successful audit procedure.Unit: 1 sUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Netwo
rkRef. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
NbapCommonId
NbapCommon
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Net
workRef. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
sctpRef
Reference to the Sctp instance used. The
reference is only used if the controlPlaneTransportOption is set to IPv4.Use ca
ses: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRequirement: IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:0121
9 Rev:ARef. [CB_ICC]
NbapCommon
standbyUniSaalTpRef
Reference to the UniSaal
Tp Managed Object that represents the stand-by UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapCommon
uniSaalTpRef1
"Reference to the UniSaalTp inst
ance used for the primary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the c
ontrolPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM.Dependencies: Must not be set to the sa
me value as uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO, and not to the same value as uniSaalTpRef1
/2 on NbapDedicated. Both uniSaalTpRef1 and uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO must not be
NULL in case Iub::controlPlaneTransportOption.atm = true.Requirement: IUBCPIP_A
D_RBS-OSS_6011:01218 Rev:AUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_
ICC]"
NbapCommon
uniSaalTpRef2
"Reference to the UniSaalTp inst
ance used for the secondary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the
controlPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM.Dependencies: Must not be set to the
same value as uniSaalTpRef1 on this MO, and not to the same value as uniSaalTpRe
f1/2 on NbapDedicated. Both uniSaalTpRef1 and uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO must not
be NULL in case Iub::controlPlaneTransportOption.atm = true.Requirement: IUBCPIP
_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01710 Rev:A, XATTRIB_FU_RBS_6011:00046 Rev:AUse cases: Integrat
e RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_ICC]"
NbapCommon
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
NbapDedicated
activeBearer
"Specifies which UniSaalTp is ac
tive when ATM is transport bearer alt. that Sctp is active when IPv4 is bearer.
Possible values: NONE = No active bearer. UNI_SAAL_TP_REF1 = Attribute uniSaalTp
Ref1 is used. UNI_SAAL_TP_REF2 = Attribute uniSaalTpRef2 is used. SCTP_REF = Att
ribute sctpRef is used.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRequirement:
IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01594 Rev:A, IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01712 Rev:ARef. [C
B_ICC]"
NbapDedicated
activeUniSaalTpRef
Reference to the UniSaal
Tp Managed Object that represents the active UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapDedicated
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
of the signaling link.
NbapDedicated
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the protocol termination.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEP
ENDENCY_LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO S
TATUS = Full availability.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_
ICC]
NbapDedicated
l2EstablishReqRetryT
1
Time between successive
attempts to establish layer 2 communication.Unit: 1 sUse cases: Integrate RBS in
the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
l2EstablishSupervisionT 30
Maximum allowed time to
establish layer 2 communication.Unit: 1 sUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio N
etworkRef. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
NbapDedicatedId
NbapDedicated
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Net
workRef. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
sctpRef
Reference to the Sctp instance used. The
reference is only used if the controlPlaneTransportOption is set to IPv4.Use ca
ses: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRequirement: IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:0122

1 Rev:ARef. [CB_ICC]
NbapDedicated
standbyUniSaalTpRef
Reference to the UniSaal
Tp Managed Object that represents the stand-by UNI SAAL termination point.
NbapDedicated
uniSaalTpRef1
"Reference to the UniSaalTp inst
ance used for the primary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the c
ontrolPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM.Dependencies: Must not be set to the sa
me value as uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO, and not to the same value as uniSaalTpRef1
/2 on NbapCommon. Both uniSaalTpRef1 and uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO must not be NU
LL in case Iub::controlPlaneTransportOption.atm = true.Requirement: IUBCPIP_AD_R
BS-OSS_6011:01220 Rev:AUse cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_ICC
]"
NbapDedicated
uniSaalTpRef2
"Reference to the UniSaalTp inst
ance used for the secondary signalling bearer. The reference is only used if the
controlPlaneTransportOption is set to ATM.Dependencies: Must not be set to the
same value as uniSaalTpRef1 on this MO, and not to the same value as uniSaalTpRe
f1/2 on NbapCommon. Both uniSaalTpRef1 and uniSaalTpRef2 on this MO must not be
NULL in case Iub::controlPlaneTransportOption.atm = true.Requirement: IUBCPIP_AD
_RBS-OSS_6011:01711 Rev:A, XATTRIB_FU_RBS_6011:00046 Rev:AUse cases: Integrate R
BS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_ICC]"
NbapDedicated
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
Ncli
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
"The administrative stat
e.The NCLI Server is stopped by setting the administrativeState to LOCKED. This
will close down all ongoing NCLI sessions immediately.When setting the administr
ativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, 1800 seconds (30 minutes) will elapse before the MO
goes into state LOCKED. During this time no new NCLI sessions are accepted.Sett
ing the administrativeState to UNLOCKED starts the NCLI Server."
Ncli
NcliId
The value component of the RDN.It is set automat
ically when the MO instance is created.
Ncli
operationalState
The operational state.
NniSaalProfile
NniSaalProfileId
The value component of t
he RDN.
NniSaalProfile
profileData
Struct containing profile data.
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel1Abatement 60
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy decreases below congestionLevel1Abatement, the M
TP3b congestion status of the internal signalling link changes from 1 to 0. This
attribute must follow the rule, congestionLevel1Abatement < congestionLevel1Ons
et."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel1OnSet
70
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy increases above the congestionLevel1Onset, a con
gestion indication is sent to MTP3b and the MTP3b congestion status of the inter
nal signalling link changes from 0 to 1.This attribute must follow the rule, 0 <
= congestationLevel1OnSet <= congestationLevel2OnSet <= congestationLevel3OnSet
<= 100."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel2Abatement 70
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy decreases below congestionLevel2Abatement, but i
s not below congestionLevel1Abatement, the MTP3b congestion status of the intern
al signalling link changes from 2 to 1. This attribute shall follow the rule, co
ngestionLevel1Onset <= congestionLevel2Abatement < congestionLevel2Onset."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel2OnSet
80
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy increases above the congestionLevel2Onset, a con
gestion indication is sent to MTP3b and the MTP3b congestion status of the inter
nal signalling link changes from 1 to 2.This attribute must follow the rule, 0 <
= congestationLevel1OnSet <= congestationLevel2OnSet <= congestationLevel3OnSet
<= 100."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel3Abatement 80
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy decreases below congestionLevel3Abatement, but i
s not below congestionLevel2Abatement, the MTP3b congestion status of the intern
al signalling link changes from 3 to 2.This attribute must follow the rule, cong
estionLevel2OnSet <= congestionLevel3Abatement < congestionLevel3OnSet."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.congestionLevel3OnSet
90
"When th

e current send buffer occupancy increases above the congestionLevel3Onset, a con


gestion indication is sent to MTP3b and the MTP3b congestion status of the inter
nal signalling link changes from 2 to 3.This attribute must follow the rule, 0 <
= congestationLevel1OnSet <= congestationLevel2OnSet <= congestationLevel3OnSet
<= 100."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.discardMessagesLevel1
80
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy exceeds discardMessagesLevel1, but does not exce
ed discardMessagesLevel2, the MTP3b will discard messages with priority 0.This a
ttribute must follow the rule, congestionLevel1OnSet < discardMessagesLevel1 <=
congestionLevel2OnSet."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.discardMessagesLevel2
90
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy exceeds discardMessagesLevel2, but does not exce
ed discardMessagesLevel3, the MTP3b will discard messages with priority 0 and 1.
This attribute must follow the rule, congestionLevel2OnSet < discardMessagesLeve
l2 <= congestionLevel3OnSet."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.discardMessagesLevel3
100
"When th
e current send buffer occupancy exceeds discardMessagesLevel3, the MTP3b will di
scard messages with priority 0, 1 and 2.This attribute must follow the rule, con
gestionLevel3OnSet < discardMessagesLevel3."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.initialCredit
250
"The initial num
ber of credits.For 64 kbit/s, use 30.This attribute must follow the rule, initia
lCredit > maxPD.Unit: number of transmitted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxCC
4
"The maximum number of r
etransmissions of Protocol Data Units (PDU): BGN, END, ER, RS.Unit: number of tr
ansmitted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxNRP
0
The maximum number of re
transmissions of PDUs during proving to consider proving successful.Unit: number
of transmitted PDUs.
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxPD
25
"The maximum number of S
D PDUs before a poll is sent.This attribute must follow the rule, maxPD < initia
lCredit.Unit: number of transmitted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.maxStat
67
"The maximum number, odd
integer value, of list elements placed in a STAT PDU.The maxStat attribute is c
ontrolled by the AAL5 maximum SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. The maxSta
t times 4 (octets) plus additional 12 octets (for header) must not exceed the AA
L5 maximum SDU size (lower of the two directions, fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserM
axSduSize).The consistency check is performed when the NniSaalTp MO is created,
as there is no relation between the NniSaalProfile MO and the Aal5TpVccTp MO.Uni
t: number of transmitted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.mps 2
"The Management Proving Status (
MPS) which is used to determine whether for proving is done during setup of the
SAAL connection.mps = 0 (NORMAL) If set to 0, normal proving is done regardless
of the incoming SSCOP-UU or the local User Part Proving Status set by MTPL3mps =
1 (EMERGENCY) If set to 1, emergency proving is done regardless of the incoming
SSCOP-UU or the local User Part Proving Status set by MTPL3mps = 2 (NEUTRAL) If
set to 2, proving depends on the incoming SSCOP-UU as well as the local User Pa
rt Proving Status set by MTPL3.More information on MPS can be found in table 7 o
f ITU specification Q.2140"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.nrOfPDUsDuringProving
1000
"The len
gth of proving in terms of number of transmitted PDUs (n1).This attribute must f
ollow the rule, timerT2 > 2 * nrOfPDUsDuringProving * timerT3 * t3Factor.The t3F
actor describes (approximately) the relationship between the configured value an
d the actual value of timerT3, and is determined as follows: timerT3(ms)5-6 ms (
t3Factor 2.5) 7-13 ms (t3Factor 2.0)14- ms (t3Factor 1.5) Unit: number of transm
itted PDUs."
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerCC
200
"The timer determining t
he time between retransmission of PDUs: BGN, END, ER, RS. It should be more than
the roundtrip delay.Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerIdle 100
"The timer running when
there are no PDUs to transmit and there are no outstanding acknowledgements or d

ata pending for credit. When this timer is running, no POLL PDUs are sent. This
timer should be significantly greater than the value of timerKeepAlive. Unit: 1m
s"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerKeepAlive
100
"The timer to be
used during a period of no outstanding acknowledgements or new data pending rec
eipt of credit. At timeout, the peer is polled to see if it is alive. The timer
determines the interval between polls in the transient phase. This timer should
be greater than the roundtrip delay and also greater than timerPoll. Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerNoCredit
1500
"The maximum tim
e of no credit. If the timer expires, the assured data transfer mode is released
.Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerNoResponse
500
"The timer to de
termine the maximum time interval, during which reception of at least one STAT P
DU is expected as a response to a poll. This attribute must follow the rule, tim
erNoResponse >= timerKeepAlive + one roundtrip delayUnit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerPoll 50
The timer that specifies
the maximum time between sending of POLL PDUs to the peer receiver during other
traffic (active phase). Unit: 1ms
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerRepeatSrec
3600000 "The timer which
is set whenever a report of SSCOP recovery is received from the SSCF. If the ti
mer is running when another report of recovery is received, the assured data tra
nsfer mode is released. If the timer expires, nothing is done. Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerT1
5000
"The timer between the l
ink release action and the next link re-establish action during the alignment. W
hentimer T1 expires, a new attempt is made to set up assured data transfer mode
to the peer.Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerT2
30000 "The total time that SSC
F attempts alignment. When timer T2expires, the alignment procedure is interrupt
ed.Unit: 1ms"
NniSaalProfile
profileData.timerT3
5
"The time between provin
g PDUs. The timer is set so that loading of the signalling link is approximately
50% of it's nominal rate.This attribute must follow the rule, timerT2 > 2 * nrO
fPDUsDuringProving * timerT3 * t3Factor.The t3Factor describes (approximately) t
he relationship between the configured value and actual value of the timerT3, an
d is determined as follows: timerT3(ms) t3Factor 5-62.5 7-132.0 14 - 1.5 Unit: 1
ms"
NniSaalProfile
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
NniSaalProfile
userLabel
Label for free use.
NniSaalTp
aal5TpVccTpId
The reference to an instance of
an Aal5TpVccTp MO.The AAL5 termination point must terminate on a main processor.
NniSaalTp
maxSduSize
128
"The maximum SAAL SDU size. The
attribute is dependent on the maximum SDU size forAAL5, defined in Aal5TpVccTp.
The attribute, maxSduSize must be 4 bytes less than the maximum SDU size forAAL5
(the lower of the two attributes, fromUserMaxSduSize and toUserMaxSduSize).Addi
tional to the value of the maxSduSize, 4 bytes are used by the SAAL layer for th
e SAAL headerExample: If fromUserMaxSduSize is set to 256 and toUserMaxSduSize i
s set to 512 in the Aal5TpVccTp MO, maxSduSize in the NniSaalTp MO may not excee
d 252.The upper limit of 2044 (2048 including the SAAL header) is due to limitat
ions on the AAL5 layer.The default value for maxSduSize is the minimum value and
it must normally be increased."
NniSaalTp
nniSaalProfileId
The Reference to an inst
ance of a NniSaalProfile MO.The maxStat attribute defined in the NniSaalProfile
MO is controlled by the AAL5 SDU size defined in the Aal5TpVccTp MO. See the des
cription of the maxStat attribute in the NniSaalProfile MO.The consistency check
of the attributes in these two MOs is performed by the NniSaalTp.
NniSaalTp
NniSaalTpId
The value component of the RDN.
NniSaalTp
operationalState
The operational state.
NniSaalTp
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erves this MO instance.

NniSaalTp
userLabel
Label for free use.
NodeBFunction
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of NodeBFuncti
on.Only bit0 is settable via Mub operations. Other bits have only get access.bit
0 - UNDER_REPAIRbit1 - CRITICAL bit2 - MAJOR bit3 - MINORbit4 - ALARM_OUTSTANDIN
G (set to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm
.bit4 is set if an alarm with severity=WARNING, MINOR, MAJOR or CRITICAL is outs
tanding.Use cases: EQF_UC_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Require
ment: Fault Management Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson perso
nnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
NodeBFunction
analogUlAlignIsActive 0
Indicates whether or not
the analog uplink delay alignment function is activated.0=NOT ACTIVATED1=ACTIVA
TEDRequirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00852 Rev:ARef. [FS_RSY]
NodeBFunction
availableRbsChannelElementsDownlink
Indicate
s the available RBS Channel Elements in downlink for R99 traffic. Available RBS
Channel Elements Downlink is equal to enabled downlink hardware capacity minus d
ownlink hardware resources needed for A-DCH channels.Unit: 1 CE Undefined value:
0Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement: LIC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03493 Rev. ARef. [
CB_LMT]
NodeBFunction
availableRbsChannelElementsUplink
Indicate
s the available RBS Channel Elements in uplink for R99 and uplink EUL traffic.Un
it: 1 CE Undefined value: 0Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement: LIC_AD_RBS-OS
S_6502:03495 Rev. ARef. [CB_LMT]
NodeBFunction
backplanePid
"The identity of the backplane,
used to identify the capabilities of the backplane.Use cases: DBC_201User catego
ry: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_DBC]"
NodeBFunction
berAllowed
35
Pilot BER threshold value. Defin
es the Pilot BER threshold value (percentage of erroneous pilot bits per radio f
rames) to be used for UL synchronisation detection and supervision.Unit: 1%Takes
effect: Only for new radio link sets.User category: Ericsson personnelRequireme
nt: RCS_RBS_OM:20Ref. [CB_DCC]
NodeBFunction
branchDiffAbsTime
-1
Branch Difference Absolu
te Time which defines at what time of the day each measurement must start.Ref. [
FS_RSY]
NodeBFunction
branchDiffMeasTime
0
"Branch Difference Measu
rement Time, which defines the period of each measurement.Ref. [FS_RSY]"
NodeBFunction
chipSyncPeriod 3
Required number of consecutive f
rames that have to be chip synchronised before the frame synchronisation is star
ted. Unit: framesTakes effect: Only for new radio link sets.User category: Erics
son personnelRef. [CB_DCC]
NodeBFunction
collectTraceStatus
"Status of trace collect
ion, initiated with operation collectTraces. Possible values:UNDETERMINED = Init
ial value. COLLECTING = Trace collection ongoing. FINISHED = Trace collection ha
s finished OK. FAILED = Trace collection failed.Undefined value: UNDETERMINEDUse
cases: T_UC:6<tab>Ref. [FS_FMT]"
NodeBFunction
dlGraceTimeLeft
"Defines the time left, the grac
e period, before the DL capacity is limited to licensed capacity.Precondition: T
he feature 'Delayed Activation of Capacity Control' is installed by license.Use
cases: CC_UC8Undefined value:-1Unit: 1 dRef. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
dlLicFractBbPool2
0
"Defines the DL capacity
of the second baseband pool in percentage oflicensed DL capacity.Unit: 1%Takes
effect: Not valid unless there are two baseband pools and an installed DL capaci
ty license.Use cases: CC_UC5, CC_UC8Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
dlLimitedByLicenseLevel
Indicates if the downlin
k capacity is limited to licensed level after ended grace period.Precondition: T
he feature 'Delayed Activation of Capacity Control' is installed by license.Use
cases: CC_UC8Ref. [FS_CC]
NodeBFunction
eulLowRate
32
"Defines an EUL scheduling grant
below eulTargetRate. A user's grant will at most be reduced to this level in a
single step during overload situations.Unit: 1 kbpsResolution: 32Use cases: CCH_
UC46, CCH_UC47Requirement: EulSch2_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:04488 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"

NodeBFunction
eulMaxAllowedSchRate
3968
The maximum allowed sche
duled data rate per user.Unit: 1 kbps Resolution: 32Use cases: CCH_UC46Requireme
nt: EU2GRK_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03501 Rev ARef. [FS_CCH]
NodeBFunction
eulMaxShoRate 5760
"Defines the maximum rate that m
ay be allocated in the serving cell for scheduled data to an E-DCH user during a
soft handover. Use cases: CCH_UC46, CCH_UC47Unit: 1 kbpsResolution: 32Requireme
nt: EU2SCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00711 Rev ARef. [FS_CCH]"
NodeBFunction
eulNonServHwRate
160
"The amount of hardware
resources (in terms of a bit rate) that dynamicallymay be allocated to a non-ser
ving E-DCH radio link for processing scheduled data.Use cases: CCH_UC46, CCH_UC4
Unit: 1 kbpsResolution: 32Requirement: EU2SCH_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00712 Rev ARef. [F
S_CCH]"
NodeBFunction
eulNoReschUsers 5
"The number of simultaneous user
s per cell that are allowed to perform rescheduling.Use cases: CCH_UC46, CCH_UC4
7Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RBS_5302:06152 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"
NodeBFunction
eulSchedulingWeight
"1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
"
"This is a sequence of 16 weight factors associated with the 16 Scheduli
ng Priority Indicators (SPIs). The weight factors represent the relative bandwid
th between users assigned to the different scheduling priorities. The special va
lue 0xFFFE (65534) is used to represent infinity. When eulSchedulingWeight is se
t to infinity, users with higher SPI values have absolute priority over those wi
th lower SPI.[0]: weight for SPI = 0 [1]: weight for SPI = 1 ...[15]: weight for
SPI = 15 Use cases: CCH_UC46, CCH_UC47Requirement: EulSch_AD_RBS_OSS_6011:03388
rev BRef. [FS_CCH]"
NodeBFunction
eulTargetRate 160
"The target scheduled grant for
a user.Unit: 1 kbpsResolution: 32Use cases: CCH_UC46, CCH_UC47Requirement: EU2SC
H_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00710 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"
NodeBFunction
featureState16Qam
DEACTIVATED
"Feature state f
or licensed feature '16 QAM Modulation', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED
or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies: Can only be
set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that
is, if NodeBFunction::licenseState16Qam = ENABLED. If the value is ACTIVATED whe
n the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding License Not
Valid alarm is generated.Takes effect: For new connections.Use cases: Manage li
censingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureState64Qam
DEACTIVATED
"Feature state f
or licensed feature '64 QAM', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVA
TED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies: Can only be set to ACTI
VATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that is, if Node
BFunction::licenseState64Qam = ENABLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when the licen
se state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding License Not Valid alar
m is generated.Takes effect: For new connections.Use cases: Manage licensingRequ
irement: 64QAM_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:02674Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateDlPowerControlEul DEACTIVATED
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'Down Link Power Control for Enhanced Uplink', indic
ating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEAC
TIVATED Dependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key i
s installed for the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateDlPowerContr
olEul = ENABLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when the license state changes from E
NABLED to DISABLED a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Use case
s: Manage licensingRequirement: EU2PC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03249 Rev.ARef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateDualStackIub
DEACTIVATED
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'Dual Stack Iub', indicating if the feature is ACTIV
ATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies: If the
value is set to ACTIVATED while NodeBFunction::licenseStateDualStackIub = DISABL
ED, or the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED while the value of thi
s attribute is ACTIVATED, a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.P
recondition: When set to DEACTIVATED both flags of the attribute userPlaneTransp
ortOption on the MO Iub must not be set to true.Takes effect: For new connection
s.Use cases: Manage licensingRef. [CB_LMT]"

NodeBFunction
featureStateEul2msTti DEACTIVATED
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'EUL 2 ms TTI', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DE
ACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies: Can only be set t
o ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that is, i
f NodeBFunction::licenseStateEul2msTti = ENABLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when
the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding License Not
Valid alarm is generated.Use cases: Manage licensingRequirement: EU2MIA_AD_RBS-O
SS_6502:00645Rev ARef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateGrake
DEACTIVATED
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'Advanced Receiver, GRAKE in RBS', indicating if the feature
is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies
: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the
feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateGrake = ENABLED. If the value is
ACTIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a correspondi
ng License Not Valid alarm is generated.Takes effect: For new connections.Use ca
ses: Manage licensingRequirement: EU2GRK_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:02137Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateHsdpaFlexibleScheduler
DEACTIVATED
"Feature state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Flexible Scheduler', indicating if th
e feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dep
endencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed
for the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateFlexibleScheduler = ENA
BLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to D
ISABLED a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Use cases: Manage l
icensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateHsdpaImprovedLinkAdaptation DEACTIVATED
"Feature state for licensed feature 'Improved HSDPA Link Adaptation', indicating
if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVAT
ED Dependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is ins
talled for the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateHsdpaImprovedLink
Adaptation = ENABLED or the RBS system is in emergency state. If the value is AC
TIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding
License Not Valid alarm is generated.Use cases: Manage licensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateMbmsIubEfficiency DEACTIVATED
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'MBMS Iub Efficiency Improvements', indicating if th
e feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dep
endencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed
for the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateMbmsIubEfficiency = ENA
BLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to D
ISABLED a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Use cases: Manage l
icensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateStandardizedRet
DEACTIVATED
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'RET with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the fe
ature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Depende
ncies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for
the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateStandardizedRet = ENABLED.
If the value is ACTIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLE
D a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Use cases: Manage licensi
ngRef. [FS_AUC]"
NodeBFunction
featureStateStandardizedTma
DEACTIVATED
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'TMA with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the fe
ature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Depende
ncies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for
the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateStandardizedTma = ENABLED.
If the value is ACTIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLE
D a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Use cases: Manage licensi
ngRef. [FS_AUC]"
NodeBFunction
gpehOverloadProtEv
"With the attribute gpeh
OverloadProtEv the RBS registers occuring measures taken due to an overload even
t.Measures in this case are reject a job, to overcome an impending overload situ
ation. TX board, RAX board and Main Processor (MP) can initiate the event. Maxim

um intensity of the event is once every 5 minutes per board.The overload protect
ion event is identified with the Event ID = 265.Note! This attribute is only to
be used by the Performance Management Service. It must NOT be set by the client,
over Mub.Undefined value: -1Use cases: Collect and Administrate Performance Mea
surement DataRef. [CB_PMG]"
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupFailSyncEv
"With the attribute gpeh
RlsSupFailSyncEv the RBS registers when RLS supervision have dectected that the
synchronization process failed during the sync state WAIT.The out of sync event
is identified with the Event ID = 261.Note! This attribute is only to be used by
the Performance Management Service. It must NOT be set by the client, over Mub.
Undefined value: -1Use cases: Collect and Administrate Performance Measurement D
ataRequirement: STAT_OBS_RBS_OT:26Ref. [CB_PMG]"
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupFoundSyncEv
"With the attribute gpeh
RlsSupFoundSyncEv the RBS registers when RLS supervison have detected that synch
ronization has been acheived.The In-Sync event is identified with the Event ID =
260.Note! This attribute is only to be used by the Performance Management Servi
ce. It must NOT be set by the client, over Mub.Undefined value: -1Use cases: Col
lect and Administrate Performance Measurement DataRequirement: STAT_OBS_RBS_OT:2
6Ref. [CB_PMG]"
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupLostSyncEv
"With the attribute gpeh
RlsSupLostSyncEv the RBS registers when the RLS supervision have detected that t
hat the RBS has lost synchronization..The lost sync event is identified with the
Event ID = 259.Note! This attribute is only to be used by the Performance Manag
ement Service. It must NOT be set by the client, over Mub.Undefined value: -1Use
cases: Collect and Administrate Performance Measurement DataRequirement: STAT_O
BS_RBS_OT:26Ref. [CB_PMG]"
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupStartedEv
"With the gpehRlsSupStar
tedEv the RBS registers when the RLS supervision started the synchronization pro
cess.The sync started event is identified with Event ID = 257.Note! This attribu
te is only to be used by the Performance Management Service. It must NOT be set
by the client, over Mub.Undefined value: -1Use cases: Collect and Administrate P
erformance Measurement DataRequirement: STAT_OBS_RBS_OT:26Ref. [CB_PMG]"
NodeBFunction
gpehRlsSupSyncEv
"With the attribute gpeh
RlsSupSyncEv the RBS registers when RLS suspervision have detected that synchron
ization is achieved.The in-sync event is identified with Event ID = 258.Note! Th
is attribute is only to be used by the Performance Management Service. It must N
OT be set by the client, over Mub.Undefined value: -1Use cases: Collect and Admi
nistrate Performance Measurement DataRequirement: STAT_OBS_RBS_OT:26Ref. [CB_PMG
]"
NodeBFunction
gpehUlSyncReachedEv
"With the attribute gpeh
UlSyncReachedEv the RBS registers when UL synchronization is initiated. As an ac
tion on this event the UL Inner Loop Power Control Algorithm is started.The UL s
ynchronization event is identified with the Event ID = 256.Note! This attribute
is only to be used by the Performance Management Service. It must NOT be set by
the client, over Mub.Undefined value: -1Use cases: Collect and Administrate Perf
ormance Measurement DataRequirement: STAT_OBS_RBS_OT:24Ref. [CB_PMG]"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNum40WPowerAmplifiers
"Indicat
es the licensed capacity limit for 'Number of 40 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW
based RBS'. The value reflects the capacity value in the license key. The value
is not affected by Licensing Emergency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (
see licenseStateNum40WPowerAmplifiers), the value is undefined (0). The value 21
47483647 represents 'no limit'.Unit: 1 Power AmplifierResolution: 1Undefined val
ue: 0Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNum60WPowerAmplifiers
"Indicat
es the licensed capacity limit for 'Number of 60 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW
based RBS'. The value reflects the capacity value in the license key. The value
is not affected by Licensing Emergency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (
see licenseStateNum60WPowerAmplifiers), the value is undefined (0). The value 21
47483647 represents 'no limit'.Unit: 1 Power AmplifierResolution: 1Undefined val
ue: 0Ref. [CB_LMT]"

NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumCarriers
"Indicates the l
icensed capacity limit for 'Number of Carriers on RUW/RRUW based RBS'. The value
reflects the capacity value in the license key. The value is not affected by Li
censing Emergency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (see licenseStateNumCa
rriers), the value is undefined (0). The value 2147483647 represents 'no limit'.
Unit: 1 carrierResolution: 1Undefined value: 0Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumEulUsers
"Indicates the l
icensed capacity limit for 'Number of EUL Users per Cell'. The value reflects th
e capacity value in the license key. The value is not affected by Licensing Emer
gency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (see licenseStateNumEulUsers), the
value is undefined (0). The value 2147483647 represents 'no limit'.Unit: 1 EUL
userUndefined value: 0Dependencies: Actual allowed number of EUL users also depe
nds on the value of the attribute RbsLocalCell::maxNumEulUsers.Use cases: Manage
LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumHsdpaUsers
"Indicates the l
icensed capacity limit for 'Number of HSDPA Users per Cell'. The value reflects
the capacity value in the license key. The value is not affected by Licensing Em
ergency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (see licenseStateNumHsdpaUsers),
the value is undefined (0). The value 2147483647 represents 'no limit'.Unit: 1
HSDPA userUndefined value: 0Dependencies: Actual allowed number of HSDPA users a
lso depends on the value of the attribute RbsLocalCell::maxNumHsdpaUsers.Use cas
es: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityNumHsPdschCodes
"Indicates the l
icensed capacity limit for 'Number of HS-PDSCH Codes per Cell'. The value reflec
ts the capacity value in the license key. The value is not affected by Licensing
Emergency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (see licenseStateNumHsPdschCo
des), the value is undefined (0). The value 2147483647 represents 'no limit'.Uni
t: 1 HS-PDSCH codeUndefined value: 0Dependencies: Actual allowed number of HS-PD
SCH codes also depends on the value of the attribute RbsLocalCell::maxNumHsPdsch
Codes.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityRbsChannelElementsDownlink
"Indicates the licensed capacity limit for 'RBS Channel Elements Downlink'. The
value reflects the downlink capacity value in the license key. The value is not
affected by Licensing Emergency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (see lic
enseStateRbsChannelElementsDownlink), the value is undefined (0). The value 2147
483647 represents 'no limit'.Unit: 1 CE Undefined value: 0Dependencies: Actual a
llowed number of downlink channel elements also depends on the value of the attr
ibute availableRbsChannelElementsDownlink.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement
: LIC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03494 Rev. ARef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseCapacityRbsChannelElementsUplink
"Indicat
es the licensed capacity limit for 'RBS Channel Elements Uplink'. The value refl
ects the uplink capacity value in the license key. The value is not affected by
Licensing Emergency Unlock. In case license key is disabled (see licenseStateRbs
ChannelElementsUplink), the value is undefined (0). The value 2147483647 represe
nts 'no limit'.Unit: 1 CE Undefined value: 0Dependencies: Actual allowed number
of downlink channel elements also depends on the value of the attribute availabl
eRbsChannelElementsUplink.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement: LIC_AD_RBS-OSS
_6502:03496 Rev. ARef. [CB_LMT] "
NodeBFunction
licenseState16Qam
"License state for licen
sed feature '16 QAM Modulation', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLE
D. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed.Pos
sible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license st
ate is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseState4wayRxDiversity
"License state f
or licensed feature '4-way RX Diversity', indicating if the license is ENABLED o
r DISABLED. That is whether or not a valid license key, for the feature, is inst
alled.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLEDDependencies: In case of Licensing Emerge
ncy Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseState64Qam
"License state for licen
sed feature '64 QAM', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is,

whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed.Possible value
s: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license state is ENAB
LED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement: 64QAM_AD_RBS_6502:02665Ref. [CB_LMT]
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateConfigurableCarrierBandwidth
"License state for licensed feature 'Configurable Carrier Bandwidth', indicating
if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license
key for the feature, is installed. Note that for this feature there is no featur
e state attribute. The feature is seen as activated if any of the attributes Car
rier::dlBandwidth or Carrier::ulBandwidth differ from their default values.Possi
ble values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license stat
e is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement: WRAN 1595Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateDlPowerControlEul
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Down Link Power Control for Enhanced Uplink', indicating if
the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key
for the feature, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Lice
nsing Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequ
irement: EU2PC_AD_RBS_6502:03244 Rev.ARef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateDualStackIub
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Dual Stack Iub', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DI
SABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installe
d.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, licen
se state is ENABLED.Use cases: CC_UC9Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateEnhancedLayer2
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Enhanced Layer 2', indicating if the license is ENABLED or
DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is instal
led.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, lic
ense state is ENABLED.Use cases: CC_UC9Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateEnhancedUplinkIntroduction
"License
state for licensed feature 'Enhanced Uplink Introduction', indicating if the li
cense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for th
e feature, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing E
mergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LM
T]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateEul2msTti
"License state for licen
sed feature 'EUL 2 ms TTI', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. Th
at is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed.Possible
values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license state i
s ENABLED.Use cases: CC_UC9Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateGrake
"License state for licen
sed feature 'Advanced Receiver, GRAKE in RBS', indicating if the license is ENAB
LED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is
installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlo
ck, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement: EU2GRK_AD_R
BS-OSS_6502:02192Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaDynamicCodeAllocation
"License
state for capacity license 'HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation', indicating if the l
icense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for t
he capacity, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing
Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_
LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaFlexibleScheduler
"License
state for capacity license 'HSDPA Flexible Scheduler', indicating if the licens
e is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the ca
pacity, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emer
gency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaImprovedLinkAdaptation
"License
state for licensed feature 'Improved HSDPA Link Adaptation', indicating if the
license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for
the feature, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing

Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_


LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateHsdpaIncrementalRedundancy
"License
state for capacity license 'HSDPA Incremental Redundancy', indicating if the li
cense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for th
e capacity, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing
Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_L
MT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateMbmsIubEfficiency
"License state f
or licensed feature 'MBMS Iub Efficiency Improvements', indicating if the licens
e is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the fe
ature, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emerg
ency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateMimo
"License state for licen
sed feature 'MIMO', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, w
hether or not a valid license key for the feature, is installed.Possible values:
ENABLED DISABLEDIn case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED
.Use cases: Manage LicensingRequirement: MIMO_AD_RBS_6502:01889Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNum40WPowerAmplifiers
"License
state for the capacity license 'Number of 40 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW bas
ed RBS', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED, that is, whether or n
ot a valid license key for the capacity is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DI
SABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Ref. [CB_
LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNum60WPowerAmplifiers
"License
state for the capacity license 'Number of 60 W Power Amplifiers on RUW/RRUW bas
ed RBS', indicating if the license is ENABLED or DISABLED, that is, whether or n
ot a valid license key for the capacity is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DI
SABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Ref. [CB_
LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumCarriers
"License state for the c
apacity license 'Number of Carriers on RUW/RRUW based RBS', indicating if the li
cense is ENABLED or DISABLED, that is, whether or not a valid license key for th
e capacity is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing E
mergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Ref. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumEulUsers
"License state for capac
ity license 'Number of EUL Users per Cell', indicating if the license is ENABLED
or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the capacity, is i
nstalled.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock
, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumHsdpaUsers
"License state f
or capacity license 'Number of HSDPA Users per Cell', indicating if the license
is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the capa
city, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emerge
ncy Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateNumHsPdschCodes
"License state f
or capacity license 'Number of HS-PDSCH Codes per Cell', indicating if the licen
se is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the c
apacity, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Eme
rgency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]
"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateRbsChannelElementsDownlink
"License
state for capacity license 'RBS Channel Elements Downlink', indicating if the l
icense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for t
he capacity, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing
Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_
LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateRbsChannelElementsUplink
"License
state for capacity license 'RBS Channel Elements Uplink', indicating if the lic
ense is ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the

capacity, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing E


mergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage LicensingRef. [CB_LM
T]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateRttPositioning
"License state f
or capacity license 'RTT Positioning', indicating if the license is ENABLED or D
ISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the capacity, is instal
led. Note that for this feature there is no feature state attribute since the fe
ature implicitly is seen as always activated.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED I
n case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: Manage
LicensingRef. [CB_LMT]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateSpecialHwSupport
"License state f
or licensed feature 'Special HW Support', indicating if the license is ENABLED o
r DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the feature, is inst
alled. Note that for this feature there is no feature state attribute since the
feature implicitly is seen as always activated.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED
In case of Licensing Emergency Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: CC_U
C9Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateStandardizedRet
"License state f
or licensed feature 'RET with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the license is
ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the featur
e, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency
Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: CC_UC9Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
licenseStateStandardizedTma
"License state f
or licensed feature 'TMA with AISG/3GPP interface', indicating if the license is
ENABLED or DISABLED. That is, whether or not a valid license key for the featur
e, is installed.Possible values: ENABLED DISABLED In case of Licensing Emergency
Unlock, license state is ENABLED.Use cases: CC_UC9Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
mpOverloadProtectionIsActive
TRUE
Status of the MP
overload protection mechanism.Use cases: OLP_UC02&03User category: Ericsson per
sonnelRef. [FS_OLP]
NodeBFunction
mpOverloadProtSupInterval
1000
Interval for che
cking high load.Use cases: OLP_UC02&03Dependencies: mpOverloadProtSupInterval >
mpOverloadProtSupTimeUnit: 1 msUser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_OLP]
NodeBFunction
mpOverloadProtSupTime 500
Maximum time the RBS tra
ffic application and jobs on higher priority are allowed to execute before it is
considered high load.Use cases: OLP_UC02&03Unit: 1 msDependencies: mpOverloadPr
otSupInterval > mpOverloadProtSupTimeUser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_O
LP]
NodeBFunction
nbapDscp
0
Differentiated Services Code Poi
nt (DSCP) value for NBAP-C and NBAP-D.Takes effect: At next restart.Use cases: I
ntegrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRequirement: IUBCPIP_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:01217 Rev:
ARef. [CB_ICC]
NodeBFunction
NodeBFunctionId
NodeBFunction
nodeBFunctionIubLink
"Reference to related Iu
bLink instance.(Iub instance in RBS)FDN according to [9] and [20].For CORBA user
s, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::MOReference, see ref. [29]Sub: EQHRef. [2
2]"
NodeBFunction
noOfSteps1stStage
0
Number of steps for firs
t power ramping stage during DL initial Power Control.Use cases: DPC-UC1-2Requir
ement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
noOfSteps2ndStage
0
Number of steps for seco
nd power ramping stage during DL initial Power Control.Use cases: DPC-UC1-2Requi
rement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
nrOfCallsThresh 10
Defines the minimum number of ca
lls required from the branch difference measurement report from UBP in order to
take the measurements into account for delay difference calculation.User categor
y: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_RSY]
NodeBFunction
nrOfSamplesThresh
1000
Defines the minimum numb
er of samples required from the branch difference measurement report from UBP in
order to take the measurements into account for delay difference calculation.Us

er category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_RSY]


NodeBFunction
orthLossComp
4
"Offset added to the power level
. Will be used when configuring Compressed Mode SF/2 with an alternative scrambl
ing code.Unit: 0.25 dBUser category: Ericsson personnelUse cases: DRL_UC27, DRL_
UC28Requirement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100Ref. [FS_DPC]"
NodeBFunction
rbsActivationClockStatus
LOCKED_MODE
"Sets th
e clock status when the RBS is activated after a restart. Activated means that N
BAP is started and cell setup is allowed. The RBS system controls the actual clo
ck status, which is not impacted by this attribute and the RBS system does not c
hange this attribute.Possible values: SYNCH_MODE_2 =An external synchronization
is used for Radio Clock generation. Accuracy might NOT be good enough for traffi
c. If traffic is started in these two modes there might be disturbances. The RBS
reaches clock status SYNCH_MODE_2 before SYNCH_MODE_3. SYNCH_MODE_3 = An extern
al synchronization is used for Radio Clock generation. Accuracy might NOT be goo
d enough for traffic. If traffic is started in these two modes there might be di
sturbances. The radio clock accuracy is better in SYNCH_MODE_3 than in SYNCH_MOD
E_2. LOCKED_MODE = An external synchronization is used for Radio Clock generatio
n, Accuracy is better than 50 ppb. Accuracy is good enough for traffic. LOCKED_M
ODE is the clock status with the best accuracy and is reached last.Use cases: SA
R_UC010, SAR_UC011Takes effect: At next restart.User category: Ericsson personne
lRef. [FS_SAR]"
NodeBFunction
sharedEquipmentController
"Used by OSS-RC
for fault management coordination between the WCDMA RBS and another node, for ex
ample, a GSM RBS, that controls equipment used by the WCDMA RBS.Use cases: EQF_U
C_930, EQF_UC_931Ref. [FS_EQF]"
NodeBFunction
steeredHsAllocation
FALSE "Governs if the use of h
sCodeResourceId setting (in MO RbsLocalCell) must be used or not. If set to True
, the hsCodeResourceId values must be followed and the HS-DSCH Resources of the
cells must be mapped to the specified code resources (HS module on TX board). If
set to False, the hsCodeResourceId-settings must be ignored and code resource f
or the HS-DSCH Resources of the cells must be allocated by the RBS such that loa
d sharing of code resources are maximized.Precondition: No HsDschResources MO mu
st exist.Use cases: CCH_UC54, CCH_UC55Requirement: HSCOD_AD_RBS_5302:03428 Rev.:
ARef. [FS_CCH]"
NodeBFunction
stepDuration1stStage
2
Step duration for first
power ramping stage during DL initial Power Control.Use cases: DPC-UC1-2Requirem
ent: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
stepDuration2ndStage
10
Step duration for second
power ramping stage during DL initial Power Control.Use cases: DPC-UC1-2Require
ment: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_DPC]
NodeBFunction
stepSize1stStage
4
Power step size for firs
t power ramping stage during DL initial Power Control.Unit: 0.25 dBUse cases: DP
C-UC1-2Requirement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_DP
C]
NodeBFunction
stepSize2ndStage
4
Power step size for seco
nd power ramping stage during DL initial Power Control.Unit: 0.25 dBUse cases: D
PC-UC1-2Requirement: PCDCH-RBS_OM:100User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_D
PC]
NodeBFunction
toaeCch 195
"Time of arrival early point for common
channels.Unit: 1 msScope: All common channels being set up or reconfigured after
value of this attribute has been updateDependencies: ToAWS=<toaeCch=<200 ms-ToA
WETakes effect: At next Common Transport Channel Setup Request or Next Common Ch
annel Reconfiguration Request.Use cases: FTR_UC3, FTR_UC4Ref. [FS_FTR]"
NodeBFunction
toaeDch 170
"Time of arrival early point for dedicat
ed channels.Unit: 1 msScope: All dedicated channels being set up or reconfigured
after value of this attribute has been updatedDependencies: ToAWS=<toaeDch=<200
ms-ToAWETakes effect: At next Common Transport Channel Setup Request or Next Co
mmon Channel Reconfiguration Request.Use cases: FTR_UC6, FTR_UC7Ref. [FS_FTR]"
NodeBFunction
ulGraceTimeLeft
"Defines the time left, the grac
e period, before the UL capacity is limited to licensed capacity.Precondition: T

he feature 'Delayed Activation of Capacity Control' is installed by license.Use


cases: CC_UC9Undefined value:-1Unit: 1 dRef. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
ulLicFractBbPool2
0
"Defines the UL capacity
of the second baseband pool in percentage of licensed UL capacity.Unit: 1%Takes
effect: Not valid unless there are two baseband pools and an installed UL capac
ity license.Use cases: CC_UC5, CC_UC9Ref. [FS_CC]"
NodeBFunction
ulLimitedByLicenseLevel
Indicates if the uplink
capacity is limited to licensed level after ended grace period.Precondition: The
feature 'Delayed Activation of Capacity Control' is installed by license.Use ca
ses: CC_UC9Ref. [FS_CC]
NodeBFunction
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
NodeBFunction
wideSearchTimer 150
Defines the time allowed for ach
ieving UL synchronisation. If the timer expires the wide-search procedure is ini
tiated. Attribute value 0 means infinit time.Unit: framesTakes effect: Only for
new radio link sets.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_DCC]
NodeSynch
availabilityStatus
"The availability status
of the Node Synchronization signaling.More than one of the following conditions
can apply for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWE
ROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit
9, bit 10 or bit 11 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8
= 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1:
DEPENDENCYSHUTTINGDOWN"
NodeSynch
fixedWindowSizeInit
12
Number of samples to be
taken for the fixed window of the Node synchronization algorithm operating in th
e initialization state
NodeSynch
fixedWindowSizeSup
10
Number of samples to be
taken for the fixed window of the Node synchronization algorithm operating in th
e supervision state.
NodeSynch
maxTransportDelay
Latest calculated Maximu
m dynamic transport delay including the measurement inaccuracy.Special values:40
960000 indicates no value availableUnit: microsecondsResolution: 125
NodeSynch
NodeSynchId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.
NodeSynch
operationalState
The operational state of
the Node Synchronization signaling.
NodeSynch
phaseDiffThreshold
50
Threshold for detection
of too large phase drift between RNC and RBS.Unit: 10 parts per billion (ppb)Res
olution: 10
NodeSynch
phaseMeasurement
Latest calculated RFN to
BFN phase difference value.Special values:40960000 indicates no value available
Unit: microsecondResolution: 125
NodeSynch
sampleIntervalInit
100
Time interval between sa
mples for the Node synchronization algorithm operating in the initialization sta
teUnit: msResolution: 50
NodeSynch
sampleIntervalSup
10
Time interval between sa
mples for the Node synchronization algorithm operating in the supervision state.
Unit: s
NodeSynch
slidingWindowSize
100
Number of fixed windows
to be kept within the sliding window of the Node synchronization algorithm.
NodeSynch
staticDelay
Latest calculated one way static
delay.Special values:40960000 indicates no value availableUnit: microsecondReso
lution: 125
NodeSynch
timeStamp
Time stamp for the last reported
value of the phase measurement and associated accuracy.Format: yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm
:ss. Special values:Empty string: no measurement done.
NodeSynch
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
NotificationIRP
irpVersion
"One or more Notification IRP ve
rsion entries.Note: For CORBA users, CommonIRPConstDefs::VersionNumberSet, see r
ef. [28]Sub: FMSRef [21]"

NotificationIRP
NotificationIRPId
Relative Distinguished N
ame<tab>Sub: FMS<tab>Ref. [21]
ObifDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement
: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
ObifDeviceGroup
configurationGroup
ALL1
"Indicates the RU (Radio
Unit) configuration group for a Main Remote RBS. The configuration group specif
ies the topology of the RUs. Possible values: ALL1 = Max one RU per BU-port. All
ports can be used. ABC2 = Two RUs per BU-port. Ports A, B and C can be used. AB
3 = Three RUs per BU-port. Ports A and B can be used. A6 = Max 6 RUs per BU-port
. Port A can be used.Takes effect: At OBIFB restart.Precondition: Corresponding
sector must be un-initiated.Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Incr
ease CoverageRef. [CB_ECF]"
ObifDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDHardware units not sup
porting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINED.Use case
s: HWT_UC1Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3Ref. [FS_HWT]
ObifDeviceGroup
ObifDeviceGroupId
ObifDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T r
ec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
ObifDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC904Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
OpticalInterfaceLink
connectedToObjectARef
"Reference to th
e plug-in unit of OBIF board or auxiliary plug-in unit of RRU or RRUW to which t
his cable must be connected. The information sent through the cable is sent from
Object A to Object B.Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Increase C
overagePrecondition: The referred to MO and the corresponding device group MOs m
ust exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
OpticalInterfaceLink
connectedToObjectBRef
"Reference to th
e plug-in unit of OBIF board or auxiliary plug-in unit of RRU or RRUW to which t
his cable must be connected. The information sent through the cable is sent from
Object A to Object B.Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Increase C
overagePrecondition: The referred to MO and the corresponding device group MOs m
ust exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
OpticalInterfaceLink
objectAConnector
"Value represent
ing the connector on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected.TX_
A, TX_B up to TX_F are valid connectors for OBIFB.A_RX_OPT is a valid connectors
for the slave port on RRU or RRUW. B_TX_OPT is valid connector for the master p
ort on RRUW.Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Increase CoverageRef
. [CB_ECF]"
OpticalInterfaceLink
objectBConnector
"Value represent
ing the connector on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected.RX_
A, RX_B up to RX_F are valid connectors for OBIFB.A_TX_OPT is a valid connector
for the slave port on RRU or RRUW. B_RX_OPT is valid connector for the master po
rt on RRUW.Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Increase CoverageRef.
[CB_ECF]"
OpticalInterfaceLink
OpticalInterfaceLinkId
OptoCommCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the opto co
mmunication cable.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get acces
s. bit0=UNDER_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (s
et to 1 when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use
cases: EQF_UC_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault
Management Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [F
S_EQF]"
OptoCommCable
OptoCommCableId
Os155SpiTtp
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state

.
Os155SpiTtp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Os155SpiTtp
currentPmRegister
Returns the current valu
es of all PM counters.
Os155SpiTtp
lineNo
The line number.
Os155SpiTtp
loopBack
NONE
The loopback state of this physi
cal path termination.The attribute administrativeState must be set to LOCKED whe
n setting the attribute loopback.
Os155SpiTtp
msAisReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarm Mult
iplexer Section (MS) Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) is to be issued.true - enable
reporting.false - disable reporting.
Os155SpiTtp
msDegM 7
MS - multiplexer section. The number of
bad seconds in a row that causes a Degraded Signal alarm.This attribute has no m
eaning in the ANSI standard.
Os155SpiTtp
msDegThreshold 30
"MS - multiplexer section.Specif
ies how many of the received blocks are allowed to have bit errors. The measurem
ent is made each second. If the threshold is exceeded, the second is considered
to be bad.Unit: 1% This attribute has no meaning in the ANSI standard."
Os155SpiTtp
msRdiReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarm Mult
iplexer Section (MS) Remote Defect Indication (RDI) is to be issued.true - enabl
e reporting.false - disable reporting.
Os155SpiTtp
muxMode
The level at which the STM-1 or OC3 sign
al is demultiplexed.
Os155SpiTtp
operationalState
The operational state.
Os155SpiTtp
Os155SpiTtpId
The value component of the RDN.
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
Os155SpiTtp
reservedBySync
The identity of the Synchronizat
ion MO that reserves this MO instance.
Os155SpiTtp
shutDownTimeout 1800
"The shut-down timer.It is used
when the administrativeState is set to SHUTTING_DOWN. When the timer expires, ad
ministrativeState is set to LOCKED.Unit: 1 s"
Os155SpiTtp
standardMode
The standard that this MO compli
es to.
Os155SpiTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ospf
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state.
Ospf
availabilityStatus
The availability status.It conta
ins details about operationalState.
Ospf
ipMo
Contains a reference to an Ip MO instance that r
eserves this MO.
Ospf
operationalState
"The operational state.This attr
ibute can only be set to ENABLED when the attribute, workingMode in Ip MO is set
to ROUTER_MODE."
Ospf
ospfAreaBdrRtrStatus
FALSE Area border router flag.Indicate
s whether the router is acting as an area border router or not.
Ospf
ospfASBdrRtrStatus
FALSE "Specifies whether this router i
s configured as an Autonomous System border router. This attribute must be set t
o true if the user wants to configure static routes, which are distributed to ot
her OSPF routes as external routes. Configuration of static routes is the same a
s adding and deleting static routes to the IpRoutingTable MO."
Ospf
OspfId
The value component of the RDN.
Ospf
ospfRouterId
"This attribute has the format of an IP
address.To set this attribute, administrativeState has to be set to LOCKED. The
ospfRouterId is uniquely identifying the router in the Autonomous System. By con
vention to ensure uniqueness, this is configured to the value of one of the rout
er's IP interface addresses."
Ospf
recoverTopoDb TRUE
Indicates whether the topology database
is to be recovered from the database at restart.
Ospf
topoDbStoreInterv
60
The interval with which the topo

logy database is stored.Unit: 1 s


Ospf
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfArea
areaId
The OSPF area identity in form of an IP
address. This areId uniquely identifies the area.AreaId 0.0.0.0 is used for the
OSPF backbone.Range: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255.
OspfArea
areaLsaChecksum 0
Represents 32-bit unsigned sum o
f the link-state advertisements LS check-sums contained in this area's link-stat
e database.
OspfArea
importExternalLsa
TRUE
Specifies whether import
ing Autonomous System external LSAs is supported.
OspfArea
OspfAreaId
The value component of the RDN.
OspfArea
range0
OspfArea IP address range zero (0).
OspfArea
range0.advertise
Indicates whether the ar
ea range should be advertised into OSPF.
OspfArea
range0.ipAddress
The subnet address of th
e range.
OspfArea
range0.subnetMask
"IP subnet mask of the r
ange to be added.The subnet mask must be contigouos. That is, has the LSB set to
0 (zero).Example:255.255.255.XContiguous subnet mask:11111111.11111111.11111111
.11111110 (X = 254)11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252)Non-contiguous s
ubnet mask:11111111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)"
OspfArea
range1
OspfArea IP address range one (1).
OspfArea
range1.advertise
Indicates whether the ar
ea range should be advertised into OSPF.
OspfArea
range1.ipAddress
The subnet address of th
e range.
OspfArea
range1.subnetMask
"IP subnet mask of the r
ange to be added.The subnet mask must be contigouos. That is, has the LSB set to
0 (zero).Example:255.255.255.XContiguous subnet mask:11111111.11111111.11111111
.11111110 (X = 254)11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252)Non-contiguous s
ubnet mask:11111111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)"
OspfArea
range2
OspfArea IP address range two (2).
OspfArea
range2.advertise
Indicates whether the ar
ea range should be advertised into OSPF.
OspfArea
range2.ipAddress
The subnet address of th
e range.
OspfArea
range2.subnetMask
"IP subnet mask of the r
ange to be added.The subnet mask must be contigouos. That is, has the LSB set to
0 (zero).Example:255.255.255.XContiguous subnet mask:11111111.11111111.11111111
.11111110 (X = 254)11111111.11111111.11111111.11111100 (X = 252)Non-contiguous s
ubnet mask:11111111.11111111.11111111.11111010 (X = 250)"
OspfArea
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
OspfArea
sendAreaSummary FALSE Specifies whether the router ori
ginates and propagates summary LSAs into a stub-area.
OspfArea
stubArea
FALSE Specifies whether the OSPF area
is a stub area or not.
OspfArea
stubAreaMetric 1
Cost for default router when the
router advertises into a stub area and the router is an area border router. Thi
s attribute is set by default to the least metric among the interfaces to other
areas.
OspfArea
stubAreaMetricType
COMPARABLE_COST Stub area metric
type.RFC 1850 (OSPF V2 MIB):comparableCost (external type 1)nonComparable (exte
rnal type 2)
OspfArea
userLabel
Label for free use.
OspfInterface
helloInterval 10
The time between sending OSPF He
llo-packets over the interface.This attribute must have a positive value.Unit: 1
s
OspfInterface
interfacePriority
1
The interface priority.E
ach router is configured with a priority configured from 0 - 255 where 0 is the

lowest priority and 255 the highest.This attribute must have a positive value.
OspfInterface
interfaceTransitDelay 1
Estimated delay for the
transmission of a link state update package over the interface.Unit: 1 s
OspfInterface
lsaTransmissionInterval 5
The time between LSA retransmissions over the interface.Unit: 1 s
OspfInterface
ospfAreaRelated
The identity of the OspfArea con
nected to this OspfInterface. The default value is the default OspfArea MO.
OspfInterface
OspfInterfaceId
The value component of the RDN.
OspfInterface
relatedLink
Each OSPF interface is connected
to one IP link.The relatedLink can be either an IpAtmLink or an EthernetLink MO
reference.
OspfInterface
routerDeadInterval
40
The time after which a n
eighbor router is declared dead when not heard from.Unit: 1 s
OspfInterface
userLabel
Label for free use.
OutDevice
administrativeState
LOCKED "The administrative stat
e of the device.Possible values: LOCKED UNLOCKEDUse cases: EAC_UC210,EAC_UC220,E
AC_UC230Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Ref. [FS_EAC]"
OutDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
OutDevice
equipmentName
"Specifies the external device b
eing controlled.Use cases: EAC_UC210,EAC_UC200Ref. [FS_EAC]"
OutDevice
normallyOpen
TRUE
"Defines the active state of the
control port.True if the connected external equipment issues an alarm by closin
g the circuit between the external equipment and the External Alarm and Control
Unit.Use cases: EAC_UC210,EAC_UC200Ref. [FS_EAC]"
OutDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
OutDevice
OutDeviceId
OutDevice
outDeviceStatus 0
"The current status of the exter
nal device.Possible values: 0 = Off 1 = OnUse cases: EAC_UC240,EAC_UC250Ref. [FS
_EAC]"
OutDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
OutDevice
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
OutDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
OutDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
OutDeviceSet
OutDeviceSetId
PacketDataRouter
aal5TpRef
Reference to the Aal5TpV
ccTp Managed Object that represents the Core Network AAL5 connection endpoint.De
pendencies:The Aal5TpVccTp MO has a reference to a Spm MO.The PdrDevice that is
parent to this PacketDataRouter should refer to the same Spm MO.
PacketDataRouter
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrati
ve state of the Packet Data Router.
PacketDataRouter
availabilityStatus
"The availabilit
y status of the Packet Data Router. More than one of the following conditions ca
n apply for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROF
FBit 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9,
10 or 11 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFU
LL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCY

SHUTTINGDOWN"
PacketDataRouter
cnIuLinkIpAddress
"IP address at t
he CN side of the IuLink, e.g. in ATM VC terminating router or one of the IP add
resses in SGSN, used for IP level ping link or network supervision.The input for
mat used by the operator is four fields of digits, separated by dots. Each field
may consist of three digits.The value of each digit shall be in the range 0..25
5"
PacketDataRouter
operationalState
The operational
state of the Packet Data Router.
PacketDataRouter
PacketDataRouterId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.Set by the system.
PacketDataRouter
reservedBy
"Sequence of references,
updated automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have r
eferences to this MO."
PacketDataRouter
rncIpAddress
"The IP address of the A
AL5 TP terminated in the router processor.The input format used by the operator
is four fields of digits, separated by dots. Each field may consist of three dig
its.The value of each digit shall be in the range 0..255"
PacketDataRouter
timeToLive
20
Time-to-live value assig
ned to uplink traffic IP header.
PacketDataRouter
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
Paging
bcchModCycleLength
9
"BCCH modification cycle length
coefficient (k). The cycle length is calculated as the k'th potential of 2, wher
e k = 6,..,9. The BCCH modification information element should be transmitted in
every frame within a defined interval. This interval will be within a specific
cycle interval similarly defined as DRX cycle length.Special values:Initially se
t by the system to 9 (corresponds to cycle length 5,120 s).This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel. "
Paging
cnDrxCycleLengthCs
6
"Core Network DRX cycle length c
oefficient (k) for UEs in idle mode, circuit switched. The cycle length is calcu
lated as the k'th potential of 2, where k = 6..9.For example, 6 corresponds to c
ycle length 640 ms, 7 corresponds to cycle length 1280 ms, etc.Change takes effe
ct: New connections"
Paging
cnDrxCycleLengthPs
7
"Core Network DRX cycle length c
oefficient (k) for UEs in idle mode, packet switched. The cycle length is calcul
ated as the k'th potential of 2, where k = 6..9.For example, 6 corresponds to cy
cle length 640 ms, 7 corresponds to cycle length 1280 ms, etc.Change takes effec
t: New connections"
Paging
noOfPagingRecordTransm 2
Number of preconfigured subseque
nt transmissions of the same Paging Record.
Paging
PagingId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part
of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
Paging
utranDrxCycleLength
5
"The DRX cycle length coefficien
t (k) for UEs in URA_PCH.The DRX cycle length is the frequency with which the UE
listens on the paging channel. The parameter is applicable for both UTRAN and C
N initiated paging in URA_PCH.Value mapping:The cycle length is calculated as th
e k'th power of 2, where k = 3..9.For example, 6 corresponds to cycle length 640
ms, 7 corresponds to cycle length 1280 ms, etc."
PauDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
PauDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
PauDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]

PauDeviceGroup
PauDeviceGroupId
PauDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
Pcap
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the P
CAPMore than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object. Valu
e mapping:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLIN
EBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9 or bit 10 is set t
o 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPE
NDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILED
Pcap
localSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApLocal MO that rep
resents the local SCCP Access point.
Pcap
operationalState
The operational state of the PCA
P signaling bearer.
Pcap
PcapId
Pcap
remoteSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApRemote MO that re
presents the remote SCCP Access point.
Pcap
sccpDisabledT 100
Timer for supervising the propagated ope
rational state change of the local PCAPThe alarm Local Failure is issued on time
r expiry.Unit: s
Pcap
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Pcap
userOutOfServiceT
100
Timer for supervising the N-STAT
E-indication for the remote SCCP (SSN=1) or the remote PCAP (SSN=249).Timer expi
ry for remote SCCP (SSN=1) issues the alarm Local Failure and the remote PCAP (S
SN=249) issues the alarm Remote Failure.Unit: s
Pccpch
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCH_UC17Ref. [FS_CCH]
Pccpch
dbchDeviceSetRef
"Reference to the DBCH device se
t carrying this channel.Use cases: CCH_UC1, CCH_UC17Ref. [FS_CCH]"
Pccpch
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC17Ref. [FS_CCH]
Pccpch
PccpchId
Pccpch
pnIsActive
Identifies if a PN transmission is start
ed on PCCPCH.True (=1) if PN is generated.User category: Ericsson personnelRef.
[CB_UTS]
Pch
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The administrative state
of the channel.
Pch
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Pch
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Pch
PchId
Pch
pchPower
-4
"Maximum power to be used for transmitti
ng the PCH, relative to the primaryCpichPower value.Unit: 0.1 dB"
Pch
pichMode
18
Number of paging indications per frame i
n the PICH.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Disturbance
s:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.
Pch
pichPower
-7
"PICH power is the power to be used for
transmitting on the physical channel carrying the paging indicators, relative to
the primaryCpichPower value.Unit: dB"
Pch
pnIsActive
Identifies if a PN transmission is start
ed on PCH.True if PN is generated on Pch.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [
CB_UTS]
Pch
pnTfi
Defines the transport format that are used in an
active PN sending. Precondition: PN transmission is started.User category: Eric

sson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]


Pch
sccpchOffset
20
"Radio timing offset inside a radio fram
e. (SCCPCH parameter)Value mapping:0: 0 chips1: 256 chips...149: 38144 chipsDist
urbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Whenever its value
is set, the PCH is disabled automatically and then re-enabled.Unit: 256 chips"
Pch
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
PchProfile
pchPower
"Maximum power to be used for tr
ansmitting the PCH channel, relative the primaryCpichPower value.Resolution: 0.1
dB-350: -35.0 dB-349: -34.9 dB...150: 15.0 dBSub: RNHRef. [2]"
PchProfile
PchProfileId
PchProfile
pichPower
"PICH Power is the power to be u
sed for transmitting on thephysical channelcarrying the paging indicators, relat
ive to the primary CpichPower value.Resolution: 0.1 dB-10: -10.0 dB-9: -9.0 dB..
5: 5.0 dBSub: RNHRef. [2]"
PchProfile
rncMimVersion
The version of the RNC MIM for w
hich this profile is created<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
PchProfile
sccpchOffset
Radio timing offset inside a rad
io frame (SCCPCH parameter)0: 0 chip1: 256 chip149: 38144 chipA change of this a
ttribute may affect traffic.Sub: RNHRef. [2]
PchProfile
userLabel
"Provides support for a user def
ined label or name upon an object instance level.Note this is not a default user
label but the user label of the profile object, which is used to identify the C
ellAndChannelProfile managed object in display lists.Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
Pcpich
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCL_UC045Ref. [FS_CCL]
Pcpich
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCL_UC045Requirement: CELL_RBS_FU:9Ref
. [FS_CCL]
Pcpich
PcpichId
PcuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
PcuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
PcuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
PcuDeviceGroup
PcuDeviceGroupId
PcuDeviceGroup
usageState
"Indicates the usage of correspo
nding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_302, AUC_301, AUC
_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]"
PdDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
PdDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
PdDevice
PdDeviceId
PdDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: AUC_310Ref. [FS_AUC]
PdDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]

PdDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
PdDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
PdDeviceSet
PdDeviceSetId
PdrDevice
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The administrati
ve state of the Packet Data Router device.
PdrDevice
availabilityStatus
"The availability status
of the Packet Data Router device.More than one of the following conditions can
apply for the same object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFB
it 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, 1
0 or 11 is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL
Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCYSH
UTTINGDOWN"
PdrDevice
deviceIndId
"Device individual identity.Set
by the system to PDRD-<#>, where #=a number greater that zero."
PdrDevice
operationalState
The operational state of
the Packet Data Router device.
PdrDevice
PdrDeviceId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
PdrDevice
spmReference
Reference to an instance of Spm
MO.
PdrDevice
usageState
The usage state of the Packet Da
ta Router device.
PdrDevice
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Pich
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Pich
dbchDeviceSetRef
"Reference to the DBCH device se
t carrying this channel.Use cases: CCH_UC3, CCH_UC18.Ref. [FS_CCH]"
Pich
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC18.Ref. [FS_CCH]
Pich
PichId
Pich
piTestPtrnIsActive
"Identifies if a paging indicato
r test pattern is transmitted on PICH0=false, 1=trueUser category: Ericsson pers
onnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
PiuDevice
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
"The administrat
ive state.If this attribute is set to SHUTTING_DOWN, it will immediately go into
the state LOCKED."
PiuDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.Possible values when operationalState
is set to DISABLED:- FAILED- DEPENDENCY_LOCKED- DEPENDENCY_FAILED
PiuDevice
deviceId
"The local identity of the devic
e within the PIU.Dependencies: If the attribute loaderType in LoadModule MO is s
et to OSE_LOADER, the value of deviceId is the same as for the attributes instan
ceId and restartGroup from Program MO, struct ProgramInstance."
PiuDevice
operationalState
The operational state.
PiuDevice
PiuDeviceId
The value component of the RDN.
PiuDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
PiuDevice
userLabel
Label for free use.
PiuType
boardWidth
The width of the plug-in-unit board in s
teps of 5 mm.A plug-in-unit can use more space than the slot that it occupies.Ex
ample: boardWidth=3 corresponds to 3*5 = 15 mm.Unit: 5 mm

PiuType
defAllowedSeqRestarts
"Default value for the PlugInUni
t attribute, allowedSeqRestarts."
PiuType
lmFilesInstallState
NOT_INSTALLED "Specifies the sum of th
e file states for all load modules required for this PiuType. Example:If all req
uired load modules are installed, then this attribute = INSTALLED.If no required
load modules are installed, then this attribute = NOT_INSTALLED.Otherwise, if p
artly installed, this attribute = PARTLY_INSTALLED."
PiuType
PiuTypeId
The value component of the RDN.It is set
automatically during system upgrade.
PiuType
productData
"Specifies the product number, short pro
duct revision, product name and product information of the plug-in-unit. The pro
duction date is not used.Recommended: Exclude the trailing letters in the revisi
on of the PiuType. Example: - R2B = R2 without trailing letter- R2B/3 = R2B/3 in
the PiuType- R2B/A = R2 in the PiuType."
PiuType
productData.productInfo
Information about the product.If
AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the range is 0.. (unlimited).
PiuType
productData.productionDate
"The production date is
represented in two ways:- the preferred syntax is four-digits for the year, two
digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of eight characters. E
xample: 19991231- the date is also be represented by two digits for the year, fo
llowed by the letter W for week, and two digits for the number of the week, a to
tal of five characters. Example: 99W52The production date is mandatory for the M
Os: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage and LoadModule."
PiuType
productData.productName
"The name of the product.The pro
duct name is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadMo
dule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
PiuType
productData.productNumber
"The product number of t
he product or document.Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 456, 1/BFD 101 999For Upgr
adePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade package.Maximum length fo
r a product number is 36 when referring to a document. The product number is man
datory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, S
ubrack and SubrackProdType."
PiuType
productData.productRevision
"The revision state of t
he product.Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7BThe product revision is mandatory for th
e MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and Su
brackProdType."
PiuType
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
PiuType
role
"This value is:- MP if a board has the role of a
Main processor- BP if a board has the role of a device board, or- CMXB if a boa
rd has the role of a CMXB board, or- OTHERS, otherwise."
PlannedAreaProperties
abortAtPreCheckFailure FALSE Indicates that t
he activation will not being if there any pre-check failures in the plan.This at
tribute will be used only activations that are scheduled.Initial value is FALSE.
Sub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
activationDate
Start date and time for
the activation. Format: YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SSSub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
activationInformationRecord
A record
of activation related information items.Sub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
activationInformationRecord.activationInfoKey
Activation information item key.
PlannedAreaProperties
activationInformationRecord.activationInfoValue
Activation information item value.
PlannedAreaProperties
activationLastCommitRecord
Record o
f last commit time (in ns) of activation elements set and used by the activation
algorithms.Sub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
activationLastCommitRecord.commitElement
Activation element (Plan or MIB) for which last commit time is recorded.
PlannedAreaProperties
activationLastCommitRecord.commitTime
Last commit time (in ns) set and used by the activation algorithms.

PlannedAreaProperties
activationScheme
DEFAULT Indicates the Ac
tivation scheme attached to the plan.Initial value is DEFAULT.DEFAULT= 0INTRA_MI
B_ORDERING = 1INTER_MIB_ORDERING = 2Sub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
jobID
CIF AM job idSub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
nodeActivationStateRecord
A record
containing planned node name and its activation status.Sub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
nodeActivationStateRecord.activationState
NOT_STARTED
"Current activation state of MIB.Initial value is NOT_STARTED.NO
T_STARTED = 0QUEUED = 1IN_PROGRESS = 2COMPLETE = 3,FAILED = 4,PARTLY_COMPLETED =
5,TERMINATED= 6,NEVER_CONNECTED = 7,TIMED_OUT= 8FAILED_PRECHECK=9 "
PlannedAreaProperties
nodeActivationStateRecord.mibRootFDN
FDN of MIB root.
PlannedAreaProperties
overallActivationStatus NOT_STARTED
"Activat
ion status of the planned configuration.Initial value is NOT_STARTED.NOT_STARTED
= 0IN_PROGRESS = 1PARTLY_REALIZED = 2,FAILED = 3,COMPLETE = 4,TERMINATING= 5,TE
RMINATED= 6,SCHEDULED= 7,TIMED_OUT= 8Sub: PCA"
PlannedAreaProperties
partlyActivated FALSE Indicates if the activat
ion is realised partly for the plan.Initial value is FALSE. Sub: PCA
PlannedAreaProperties
PlannedAreaPropertiesId
PlannedAreaProperties
plannedConfigurationName
Planned
Configuration name. Sub: PCA
PlannedConfigurationApp
PlannedConfigurationAppId
Plmn
aliasPlmnIdentities
"Sequence of max 30 PlmnIdentite
s.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [ ]"
Plmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mcc
Plmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mnc
Plmn
aliasPlmnIdentities.mncLength
Plmn
mcc
"Mobile Contry CodeNote: Integer, for CORBA user
s, see ref. [29]The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation
instances<tab>Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
Plmn
mnc
"Mobile Network CodeNote: Integer, for CORBA use
rs, see ref. [29]The set operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelatio
n instancesSub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. [22]"
Plmn
mncLength
"The length of the attribute mncThe set
operation will be rejected if there exists UtranRelation instancesSub: RNH, I/E,
CMSRef. [2]"
Plmn
PlmnId
Plmn
userLabel
"Provides support for putting a label on
the MO instance.Sub: RNH, I/E, CMSRef. []"
PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn
List of PLMN identities used to
identify the external CN operators that have roaming agreements with a sharing C
N operator.
PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn.mcc
1
The MCC part of a PLMN i
dentity used in the radio network.
PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn.mnc
1
The MNC part of a PLMN i
dentity used in the radio network.
PlmnIdentityGroup
plmn.mncLength 2
The length of the MNC pa
rt of a PLMN identity used in the radio networkUnit: digit
PlmnIdentityGroup
PlmnIdentityGroupId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.
PlmnIdentityGroup
reservedBy
"Reference, updated auto
matically by the system, that points back toward the MO that has a reference to
this MO.See reference in CnOperator."
PlmnIdentityGroup
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
PlugInUnit
administrativeState
LOCKED The administrative state
.
PlugInUnit
allowedSeqRestarts
RESTARTS_WITH_WARM
"The num
ber of automatic sequential restarts that are allowed for a PIU. When this numbe

r of automatic restarts has been exceeded, the automatic restarting halts and th
e PIU is fault-marked.The time limit between two restarts is 5 minutes. This mea
ns that if the time between two restarts is less than 5 minutes, the restarts ar
e counted, otherwise the restart counter is reset.For example, RESTARTS_WITH_WAR
M means 3 restarts with time limit less than 5 minutes are accepted but when the
4th occurs within 5 minutes, the board is considered faulty and an alarm is iss
ued. The attribute specifies the escalation staircase for automatic (spontanenou
s) restarts, for the board. Example: if the attribute it set to RESTARTS_WITH_CO
LD, the first restart will be of rank cold, the second (within five minutes) wil
l be cold with test. The third restart (within five minutes) will fault-mark the
board.If no value is specified when the MO is created, a default value, fetched
from defAllowedSeqRestarts in the referenced MO, PiuType, is used."
PlugInUnit
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
PlugInUnit
greenLed
Indicates the operational status
of the Auxiliary Plug-in Unit.The following values are possible for this attrib
ute:NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is not readable at the momentSTEADY_LIGHT = Po
wer presentSLOW_BLINK = Missing resourceFAST_BLINK = Load or test in progressFLI
CKERING = Busy
PlugInUnit
hwTestResult
Contains text information from l
atest performed hardware tests.
PlugInUnit
hwTestStatus
NO_TEST_RESULTS Indicates the status of
hardware tests.
PlugInUnit
operationalState
"The operational state.I
t is set to ENABLED when the basic OS is started, all other programs on the MP/B
P are loaded/started, and all hardware tests during start-up are performed."
PlugInUnit
piuGroupNumber 0
"Indicates which restart group t
he plug-in unit belongs to.A restart group consists of a number of plug-in units
, where at least one must be enabled (working) or performing recovery. When no p
lug-in unit in a group is working, the node is restarted automatically. Must hav
e a positive value.Zero indicates no group."
PlugInUnit
piuType
Reference to an instance of PiuType.
PlugInUnit
PlugInUnitId
The value component of the RDN.
PlugInUnit
productType
HW
Describes the product type.
PlugInUnit
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the Auxili
ary Plug-in Unit.The following values are possible for this attribute:NOT_AVAILA
BLE = The LED state is not available at the momentOUT = No faultSTEADY_LIGHT = P
IU fault
PlugInUnit
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
PlugInUnit
unitType
Displays the same value as the a
ttribute productName from the struct AdminProductData in MO PiuType.
PlugInUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
PlugInUnit
yellowLed
NOT_AVAILABLE Indicates the informatio
n status of the Auxiliary Plug-in Unit.The following values are possible for thi
s attribute:NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is not available at the momentOUT = PI
U unlockedSTEADY_LIGHT = PIU lockedSLOW_BLINK = Shutting-down in progressFLICKER
ING = Busy
PmIRP
irpVersion
One or more PM IRP version entries<tab>S
ub: PMSRef. []
PmService
maxNoOfCounters 65000 "The maximum number of simultane
ously active counters.If this limit is exceeded, when a performance monitoring i
s created or resumed, the create or resume operation is rejected.If the total nu
mber of simultaneously active counters becomes higher than a preset percentage o
f the maximum limit, a alarm is issued.To keep the number of active counters bel
ow the limit, performance monitorings can be suspended if this value is set to a
lower value than before. The most recently defined performance monitorings are
suspended first."
PmService
maxNoOfMonitors 10
"The maximum number of simultane
ously active performance monitorings.If this limit is exceeded, when a performan

ce monitoring is created or resumed, the create or resume operation is rejected.


<tab>To keep the number of active performance monitorings below the limit, perfo
rmance monitorings can be suspended if the value is set to a lower value than be
fore. The most recently defined performance monitorings are suspended first."
PmService
maxNoOfPmFiles 200
"The maximum number of Result Ou
tput Period(ROP) files that are maintained in the node.If a new file is created
and the limit is exceeded,the oldest file is deleted.If the value is set to a lo
wer value than before, files can be deleted to keep the number of stored files b
elow the limit. The oldest file is deleted first."
PmService
minorAlarmCeasingDelta 5
The percentage of the at
tribute maxNoOfCounters used to calculate the minor alarm ceasing limit.<tab>Min
or alarm ceasing limit = maxNoOfCounters * (100 - minorAlarmCeasingDelta) / 100A
minor alarm is ceased when the total number of active counters becomes lower th
an the minor alarm ceasing limit.The attribute value must confirm to the followi
ng rule: The calculated minor alarm ceasing limit >= the calculated warning alar
m ceasing limit.Unit: 1%
PmService
performanceDataPath
The name of the path to
where the ROP files are stored.
PmService
performanceDataVolume /c/
The volume (c or any p-v
olume) where the ROP files are stored. The format for this attribute is : /c/ or
/pxxx/ where each x is a digit (0..9).
PmService
transactionTimeOut
60
"The time for the transa
ction timeout that is applied for all transactions created internally by the Per
formance Management Service, for example when creating a performance monitoring.
Unit: 1 s"
PmService
userLabel
Label for free use.
PmService
warningAlarmCeasingDelta
5
The percentage o
fmaxNoOfCounters used to calculate the warning alarm ceasing limit. Warning alar
m ceasing limit = maxNoOfCounters * (warningAlarmLimitPercent - warningAlarmCeas
ingDelta)/100.A warning alarm is ceased when the total number of active counters
becomes lower than the warning alarm ceasing limit.The attribute value must con
firm to the following rules: The calculated warning alarm ceasing limit <= the c
alculated minor alarm ceasing limit.warningAlarmLimitPercent > warningAlarmCeasi
ngDelta.Unit: 1%
PmService
warningAlarmLimitPercent
80
The percentage o
f the attribute maxNoOfCounters used to calculate the warning alarm limit.Warnin
g alarm limit = maxNoOfCounters * warningAlarmLimitPercent/100A warning alarm is
raised if the total number of active counters exceeeds the warning alarm limit.
The attribute value must confirm to the following rule:warningAlarmLimitPercent
> warningAlarmCeasingDelta.Unit: 1%
PositioningServiceClass
agpsMeasTimeMax
"Maximum measurement tim
e, signaled to the UE in the A-GPS MEASUREMENT CONTROL message. Unit: 1 msChange
takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)"
PositioningServiceClass
delayTolerantRespTimeMax
"Maximum
response time for a positioning request using the RANAP message LOCATION REPORT
ING CONTROL, when the RANAP IE Response Time is set to 'Delay Tolerant' and fixe
dRespTimeMax is set to -1.Dependencies:Only used when fixedRespTimeMax = -1Unit:
msResolution: 100Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning tra
nsaction)"
PositioningServiceClass
firstAttemptCandidate
"Ordered list co
ntaining three Positioning methods that the RNC selects between, when determinin
g the positioning method for the first positioning attempt.Change takes effect:
Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)"
PositioningServiceClass
firstAttemptResultQosCheck
Controls
whether the QoS of the result of the first positioning attempt shall be perform
ed. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
fixedRespTimeMax
"Fixed maximum r
esponse time for a positioning request using the RANAP message LOCATION REPORTIN
G CONTROL.Special values:When this attribute has value -1, the RANAP IE Response
Time, received in the LOCATION REPORTING CONTROL message, is used to set the ti

mer instead, as follows: - When the RANAP IE Response Time is 'Low Delay',lowDel
ayRespTimeMax will be used to set the timer.- When the RANAP IE Response Time is
'Delay Tolerant', delayToleranceRespTimeMax will be used to set the timer.Depen
dencies:lowDelayRespTimeMax and delayToleranceRespTimeMax are only used when fix
edRespTimeMax = -1Unit: msResolution: 100Change takes effect: Ongoing connection
s (next positioning transaction)"
PositioningServiceClass
lowDelayRespTimeMax
"Maximum respons
e time for a positioning request using the RANAP message LOCATION REPORTING CONT
ROL, when the RANAP IE Response Time is set to 'Low Delay' and fixedRespTimeMax
= -1.Dependencies:Only used when fixedRespTimeMax = -1Unit: msResolution: 100Cha
nge takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)"
PositioningServiceClass
PositioningServiceClassId
PositioningServiceClass
positioningServiceClassInstId
ID of th
e service class.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
PositioningServiceClass
reportedConfidenceLevel
Confidence value
for the reported position sent by the LOCATION REPORT message.Unit: %Change tak
es effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
secondAttemptMethod
Positioning meth
od for the second positioning attempt.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (
next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
secondAttemptResultQosCheck
Controls
whether the QoS of the result of the second positioning attempt shall be perfor
med. Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
shapeConversionEa
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Arc'.Change takes effect: Ongoing connectio
ns (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
shapeConversionEp
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point'.Change takes effect: Ongoing connect
ions (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
shapeConversionEpa
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Altitude'.Change takes effect: O
ngoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
shapeConversionEpaue
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Altitude and Uncertainty Ellipso
id'.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
shapeConversionEpuc
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Uncertainty Circle'.Change takes
effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
shapeConversionEpue
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Ellipsoid Point With Uncertainty Ellipse'.Change take
s effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
shapeConversionP
Report format wh
en the measured format is 'Polygon'.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (ne
xt positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
thirdAttemptMethod
Positioning meth
od for the third positioning attempt.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (n
ext positioning transaction)
PositioningServiceClass
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
PowerControl
adjustmentPeriod
8
Adjustment period for do
wnlink power balancing.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
adjustmentRatio 0
Adjustment ratio for downlink po
wer balancing.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change t
akes effect: New connections
PowerControl
betaPrachControlTf0
11
"Beta value (gainFactor)
for RACH control part, TFC 0.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel. Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Change t
akes effect: New connections"

PowerControl
betaPrachControlTf1
10
"Beta value (gainFactor)
for RACH control part, TFC 1.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson per
sonnel. Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Change t
akes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
betaPrachDataTf0
15
"Beta value (gainFactor)
for RACH data part, TFC 0.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel. Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Change take
s effect: New connections"
PowerControl
betaPrachDataTf1
15
"Beta value (gainFactor)
for RACH data part, TFC 1.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel. Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Change take
s effect: New connections"
PowerControl
blerCorrectionFactor
8
"The jump algorithm typi
cally gives a result that is slightly biased towards increased BLER. This parame
ter is used to compensate for this bias.This attribute may only be changed by Er
icsson personnel. Value mapping:1: 0,12: 0,2...10: 1,0Change takes effect: New c
onnections"
PowerControl
cBackOff
0
"Used to back off the open loop
power control estimate to a conservative starting point.Value mapping:-60: -15,0
0 dB-59: -14,75 dB... 60:15,00 dBUnit: 0.25 dB"
PowerControl
cCM
4
Used to adjust the reference power for u
sers in compressed mode during DL power balancingThis attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel. Value mapping:0: 0.0 dB...4: 2.0 dB...20: 10.0 dBUnit
: 0.5 dB
PowerControl
cNbifho 10
Factor used to take into account the non
-blind inter-frequency handover margin.Unit: 0.1 dBResolution: 5
PowerControl
codePowerPeriod 200
Measurement period for downlink
power balancing.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit:
10 msChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
cPO
0
Used to set the uplink DPCCH power offse
t to a conservative level.Value mapping:-30: -15.0 dB-29: -14.5 dB...0:0.0 dB...
30: 15.0 dBUnit: 0.5 dB
PowerControl
deltaSir1
10
Delta in UL SIR target value dur
ing the frame containing the start of the first transmission gap in the transmis
sion gap pattern. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit
: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
deltaSir2
10
Delta in UL SIR target value dur
ing the frame containing the start of the second transmission gap in the transmi
ssion gap pattern. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Uni
t: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
deltaSirAfter1 5
Delta in UL SIR target value dur
ing the frame after the frame containing the start of the first transmission gap
in the transmission gap pattern.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
deltaSirAfter2 5
Delta in UL SIR target value dur
ing the frame after the frame containing the start of the second transmission ga
p in the transmission gap pattern.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
dlInitSirTarget 41
Initial SIR target for the downl
ink DPDCH part of all RABs.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
dlPcMethod
BALANCING
Selects the downlink pow
er control method to be used at establishment of the radio connection. Change ta
kes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ecNoPcpichDefault
-16
The default value to be
used in power calculations for Ec divided by No.
PowerControl
fixedPowerDl
65
"Fixed downlink power used in th
e fixed-balancing downlink power control method, expressed relative to the PCPIC
H power. Value mapping:1: -35.0 dB2: -34.5 dB3: -34.0 dB...70: -0.5 dB71: 0.0 dB
72: 0.5 dB...101: 15.0 dBUnit: 0.5 dBChange takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
fixedRefPower 65
"Fixed downlink reference power

used in the fixed-balancing downlink power control method, expressed relative to


the PCPICH power. Value mapping:1: -35.0 dB2: -34.5 dB3: -34.0 dB...70: -0.5 dB
71: 0.0 dB72: 0.5 dB...101: 15.0 dBUnit: 0.5 dBChange takes effect: New connecti
ons"
PowerControl
gainFactorCExtraHigh
5
Reference gain factor (g
eneric beta value) for the uplink DPCCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spr
eading factor <= 8. 'Extra high' refers to extra high data transmission capabili
ty due to very low spreading factor. Used by Power Control.This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:gainFactorCExtraHigh or gainFa
ctorDExtraHigh must be equal to 15
PowerControl
gainFactorCHigh 8
Reference gain factor (generic b
eta value) for the uplink DPCCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor in the range 8 < SF <= 16. 'High' refers to high data transmission capabil
ity due to low spreading factor.Used by Power Control.This attribute may only be
changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:Note that either gainFactorCHigh or
gainFactorDHigh must be equal to 15.
PowerControl
gainFactorCLow 11
Reference gain factor (generic b
eta value) for the uplink DPCCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor >= 32. 'Low' refers to low data transmission capability due to high spread
ing factor.Used by Power Control.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Dependencies:Note that either gainFactorCLow or gainFactorDLow must b
e equal to 15.
PowerControl
gainFactorDExtraHigh
15
Reference gain factor (g
eneric beta value) for the uplink DPDCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spr
eading factor <= 8. 'Extra high' refers to extra high data transmission capabili
ty due to very low spreading factor. Used by Power Control.This attribute may on
ly be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:gainFactorCExtraHigh or gainFa
ctorDExtraHigh must be equal to 15
PowerControl
gainFactorDHigh 15
Reference gain factor (generic b
eta value) for the uplink DPDCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor in the range 8 < SF <= 16. 'High' refers to high data transmission capabil
ity due to low spreading factor.Used by Power Control.This attribute may only be
changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:Note that either gainFactorCHigh or
gainFactorDHigh must be equal to 15.
PowerControl
gainFactorDLow 15
Reference gain factor (generic b
eta value) for the uplink DPDCH part of RABs (or SRB) with a minimum spreading f
actor >= 32. 'Low' refers to low data transmission capability due to high spread
ing factor.Used by Power Control.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Dependencies:Note that either gainFactorCLow or gainFactorDLow must b
e equal to 15.
PowerControl
hysteresisSiUpdate
30
"If the difference betwe
en reported power measurement and the power value transmitted in System Informat
ion is larger than this hysteresis in one cell, an update of system information
is initiated in that cell.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personn
el. Value mapping:30: 3.0 dB31: 3.1 dB...60: 6.0 dBUnit: 0.1 dB"
PowerControl
initShoPowerParam
-2
Correction of initial do
wnlink power at soft handover RL setup. Unit: dBChange takes effect: New connect
ions
PowerControl
itp
0
Mode of transmission power of the uplink
DPCCH at the first slot after transmission gap. This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
maxAdjustmentStep
1
"Maximum adjustment step
for downlink power balancing.This parameter is signaled over NBAP with the valu
es [1..10] slots, where 1 corresponds to an allowed change of the downlink power
(due to downlink power balancing) of at most 1 dB every 1 slot. 10 corresponds
to an allowed change of the downlink power of at most 1 dB every 10 slots.maxAdj
ustmentStep = 1 corresponds to a limit on rate ofchange of 1 dB/slot.maxAdjustme
ntStep = 10 corresponds to a limit on rate ofchange of 0.1 dB/slot.This attribut
e may only be changed by Ericsson pesonnel. Change takes effect: New connections
"

PowerControl
pcpichPowerDefault
33
"Default primary CPICH p
ower. If the primary CPICH power is not provided from DRNC, DPCCH_Power_Offset i
s calculated using this parameter.Unit: dBm"
PowerControl
pO1
0
Power offset for the TFCI. Value mapping
:0: 0.00 dB1: 0.25 dB...24: 6.00 dBUnit: 0.25 dB
PowerControl
pO2
12
Power offset for the TPC bits. Value map
ping:0: 0.00 dB1: 0.25 dB...24: 6.00 dBUnit: 0.25 dB
PowerControl
pO3
12
Power offset for the pilot bits. Value m
apping:0: 0.00 dB1: 0.25 dB...24: 6.00 dBUnit: 0.25 dB
PowerControl
PowerControlId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
PowerControl
reportPeriodicity
1000
Report periodicity (RTWP
period) for RBS common measurements.This attribute may only be changed by Erics
son personnel. Disturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.U
nit: 10 msChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
rpp
1
Mode of step size during recovery period
. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect:
New connections
PowerControl
rtwpFilter
9
Filter coefficient for received
total wideband power measurement. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirErrorMode
2
Used to determine which SIR erro
r measurements shall be initiated.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Value mapping:0: None1: Event E2: Event F3: Both (1&2)
PowerControl
sirErrorReportHyst
60
Defines the hysteresis u
sed to determine when a SIR error measurement report shall be sent from the RBS
to RNC.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Resolution: 10U
nit: msChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirEstFilter
0
Measurement filtering coefficien
t used to determine when a SIR error measurement report shall be sent from the R
BS to RNC.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Change takes
effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirIncreaseMask 4
"Time that subsequent SIR target
up commands are ignored after a successful SIR target up command, for 10 ms TTI
users.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: radio fra
me (10 ms)Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
sirIncreaseMaskTti2
4
"Time that subsequent SI
R target up commands are ignored after a successful SIR target up command, for 2
ms TTI users.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: ra
dio frame (10 ms)"
PowerControl
sirMax 100
Maximum allowed SIR target for 10 ms TTI
users.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirMaxTti2
173
Maximum allowed SIR target for 2
ms TTI users.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
sirMin -82
Minimum allowed SIR target.Unit: 0.1 dBC
hange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
transmissionTargetError 10
"Wanted percentage of EDCH frames for which the number of harq transmissions is greater than the target
, for 10 ms TTI users.Unit: 0.1 %Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
transmissionTargetErrorTti2
10
"Wanted percenta
ge of E-DCH frames for which the number of harq transmissions is greater than th
e target, for 2 ms TTI users.Unit: 0.1 %Change takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
transmittedCodePowerFilter
4
Measurement Filt
er Coefficient for Transmitted Code Power measurement used for downlink power ba
lancing.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:
Changing this attribute may affect traffic.Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetEdch
30
"Initial SIR target in t
he uplink for RABs in state EUL/HS (that is, using the E-DCH) and using 10 ms TT
I.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetEdchTti2 30
"Initial SIR target in t

he uplink for RABs in state EUL/HS (that is, using the E-DCH) and using 2 ms TTI
.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections"
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetExtraHigh
92
Initial SIR targ
et in the uplink for RABs that have a minimum spreading factor <= 4.Unit: 0.1 dB
Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetHigh
82
Initial SIR target in th
e uplink for RABs that have a minimum spreading factor <= 16 (but > 4).Dependenc
ies:RABs that have a minimum spreading factor <=4 use ulInitSirTargetExtraHigh a
s the initial SIR target instead.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connection
s
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetLow
49
Initial SIR target in th
e uplink for RABs that have a minimum spreading factor >= 32.Unit: 0.1 dBChange
takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulInitSirTargetSrb
57
Initial SIR target in th
e uplink for stand alone SRB.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulOuterLoopRegulator
JUMP
Regulation type for upli
nk outer loop power control algorithm.Change takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulSirGuard
2
Defines the range used when dete
rmine when a SIR error measurement report shall be sent from the RBS to RNC.This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: dBChange takes effec
t: New connections
PowerControl
ulSirStep
10
Size of upstep of SIR target for
10 ms TTI users.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerControl
ulSirStepTti2 5
Size of upstep of SIR target for
2 ms TTI users.Unit: 0.1 dBChange takes effect: New connections
PowerDistrSystem
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the power distribution system.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OF
F IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY
LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full availability.Use cases: PSC_UC103_MSSRequirement: UTRA
N_MM:06Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
currentLoad
The measured Power Distr
ibution current load. Use cases: PSC_UC103Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
currentOverloadAlarmCeaseOffset 2
"Alarm c
ease offset for Power Distribution current load.Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103,
PSC_UC104Unit: 1 ARef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
currentOverloadAlarmLevel
110
"Alarm l
evel for Power Distribution Current load.Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC
104Unit: 1 ARef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
10
"Alarm cease offset for Power Distribution input voltage. Example: 25 = 2.5 V.Us
e cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputOvervoltageAlarmLevel
-580
"Alarm l
evel for Power Distribution input voltage. Example: -580 = -58 V.Use cases: PSC_
UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
30
"Alarm cease offset for power distribution input voltage. Example: 10 = 1 VCease
condition is true if power distribution input voltage < inputUndervoltageAlarmL
evel - inputUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset.Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC
104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputUndervoltageAlarmLevel
-440
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution input voltage. Example: -480 = -48 VFault condition
is true if power distribution input voltage > inputUndervoltageAlarmLevel.Use ca
ses: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
inputVoltage
The measured Power Distr
ibution input voltage. Example: -480 = -48 VUndefined value: -1Use cases: PSC_UC
103Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
operationalState
Defines the oper
ational state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: PSC_UC103Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerDistrSystem
pdDeviceRef
Reference to MO PdDevice

.Use cases: PSC_UC101Ref. [FS_PSC]


PowerDistrSystem
PowerDistrSystemId
PowerDistrSystem
systemOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
5
"Alarm cease offset for power distribution system voltage. Example: 10 = 1 VCeas
e condition is true if power distribution system voltage > systemOvervoltageAlar
mLevel + systemOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset.Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_
UC104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
systemOvervoltageAlarmLevel
-580
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution system voltage. Example: -580 = -58 VFault condition
is true if power distribution system voltage < systemOvervoltageAlarmLevel.Use
cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
systemUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
5
"Alarm cease offset for power distribution system voltage. Example: 10 = 1 V Cea
se condition is true if power distribution system voltage < systemUndervoltageAl
armLevel - systemUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset.Use cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, P
SC_UC104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
systemUndervoltageAlarmLevel
-440
"Alarm l
evel for power distribution system voltage. Example:-480 = -48 VFault condition
is true if power distribution system voltage > systemUndervoltageAlarmLevel.Use
cases: PSC_UC101, PSC_UC103, PSC_UC104Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerDistrSystem
systemVoltage
The measured Power Distr
ibution system voltage. Example: -480 = -48 VUndefined value: -1Use cases: PSC_U
C103Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySubrack
cabinetPosition
"String with cabinet pos
ition as defined by 'Mub user' for positioning of cabinet.It is used to distingu
ish subracks in different cabinets, thus allowing a unique subrack position to b
e built. Example: 9.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12
Ref. [CB_ECF]"
PowerSupplySubrack
noOfSlots
7
"Number of slots in powe
r supply subrack, depends on the RBS type.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirem
ent: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
PowerSupplySubrack
PowerSupplySubrackId
PowerSupplySubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position.Th
e value consist of (<X><Y><Z>):X = Cabinet position within the node starting fro
m the left, one digit (1 - 9).Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabinet s
tarting from the ground, one letter (A - Z).Z = Subrack horizontal position with
in the cabinet starting from the left, one digit (1 - 9).Examples: 1A1, 1B1, 1B2
, 2A1.Dependencies: The value of attribute cabinetPosition corresponds to the fi
rst digit in attribute subrackPosition.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement
: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]"
PowerSupplySystem
acDeviceRef
Reference to AcDevice MO
.Use cases: PSC_UC201Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
availabilityStatus
The availability
status of the power supply system.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_T
EST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FU
LL NO STATUS = Full availability.Use cases: PSC_UC203_MSSRequirement: UTRAN_MM:0
6Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
batteryCurrent
The measured battery cur
rent. It is positive when the battery is charged and negative when discharging.U
ndefined value: -9999Use cases: PSC_UC203 Unit: 1 ARef. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
batteryOvertempAlarmCeaseOffset 5
"The lev
el at which the power supply system battery temperature alarm ceases.Cease condi
tion is true if battery temperature < BatteryOvertempAlarmLevel - BatteryOvertem
pAlarmCeaseOffset.Unit: 1CScope: Battery supervisionUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC20
3, PSC_UC204,PSC_UC227_MSSRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
batteryOvertempAlarmLevel
58
"The ala
rm level for power supply system battery temperature. Fault condition is true if
battery temperature > batteryOvertempAlarmLevel.Unit: 1CScope: Battery supervisio
nUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
batteryTestEnable
FALSE "Indicates if it

is allowed to start battery test. It does not prevent using the batteries in ca
se of AC failure.Dependencies: May not be set to true if attribute Battery:batte
ryCapacityDefaultValue <= 30 (battery test is not allowed for low capacity batte
ries).Takes effect: At commit or at next test if battery test is active.Scope: B
attery testUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
batteryVoltage
"The measured battery vo
ltage. It is measured over the battery, hence 0 means the battery is disconnecte
d. It is equal to the system voltage when the battery is connected.Use cases: PS
C_UC203Unit: 0.1 VUndefined value: -1Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
bfDeviceRef
Reference to BfDevice MO
.Use cases: PSC_UC201Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
cyclicBattTestStartTime 03:00 "Indicates at wh
at time during a day the cyclic battery test is started. Expressed as hh:mmhh =
hours (00..23)mm = minutes (00..59)Scope: Battery testTakes effect: At commit or
at next test if battery test is active.Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC2
04Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect -410
"Indicat
es at what voltage the battery fuse unit must disconnect the main load. (This is
not for disconnection of the battery. Disconnection of battery is 39 V.)Disconn
ected if systemVoltage > mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect.systemVoltage = batteryV
oltage if the system is running on battery supply.Example: -420 = -42 VUnit: 0.1
VScope: Battery fuse supervisionDependencies: priorityLoadUndervoltageDisconnec
t - mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect >= 0.2 V.Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC
_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
mainPrioCurrentLoad
The measured sys
tem current load. It is the sum of the current load delivered from each rectifie
r minus the battery current.Use cases: PSC_UC203Undefined value: -1Unit: 1 ARef.
[FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
monthBatteryTest
2340
"Gives the month
s during which battery test is executed.Example: 2340 = 100100100100 = March, Ju
ne, September and Decemberbit0=JANUARYbit1=FEBRUARYbit2=MARCHbit3=APRILbit4=MAYb
it5=JUNEbit6=JULYbit7=AUGUSTbit8=SEPTEMBERbit9=OCTOBERbit10=NOVEMBERbit11=DECEMB
ERScope: Battery testUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
operationalState
Defines the oper
ational state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: PSC_UC203_MSSRequireme
nt: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
PowerSupplySystemId
PowerSupplySystem
priorityLoadUndervoltageDisconnect
-405
"Indicates at what voltage the battery fuse unit must disconnect the Priority Lo
ad. (This is not for disconnection of the battery. Disconnection of battery is 3
9 V.)Disconnected if systemVoltage >priorityLoadUndervoltageDisconnect.systemVol
tage = batteryVoltage if the system is running on battery supply.Example: -460 =
-46 VUnit: 0.1 VScope: Battery fuse supervisionDependencies: priorityLoadUnderv
oltageDisconnect - mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect >= 0.2 VUse cases: PSC_UC201,
PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
psDeviceRef
Reference to PsDevice.Us
e cases: PSC_UC201Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
secureTransmBatteryBackupTimeLimit
30
"Battery backup time limit, indicating when it is time to order a shut down of r
adio resources during low battery time level.Use cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PS
C_UC204, PSC_UC227_MSSUnit: 1 minRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
secureTransmEnable
FALSE "Indicates if ra
dio resources must be shut down during low battery time level.Use cases: PSC_UC2
01, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204,PSC_UC227_MSSRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
systemOvervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
5
"The alarm ceased level for system voltage.Example: 5 = 0.5 VCease condition is
true if system voltage > SystemOvervoltageAlarmLevel + SystemOvervoltageAlarmCea
seOffset.Unit: 0.1 VScope: Battery supervisionUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, P
SC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
systemOvervoltageAlarmLevel
-570
"Alarm l

evel for system voltage. Example: -580 = 58 VUnit: 0.1 VScope: Battery supervisi
onUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
systemPowerLoad
The measured system powe
r load. It is represented in percent of available capacity. It is the mean value
of the power load delivered from each rectifier.Undefined value: -1Use cases: P
SC_UC203Unit: 1%Ref. [FS_PSC]
PowerSupplySystem
systemUndervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset
30
"The level at which the system undervoltage alarm ceases.Example: 15 = 1.5 VCeas
e condition is true if system voltage < SystemUndervoltageAlarmLevel - SystemUnd
ervoltageAlarmCeaseOffset.Unit: 0.1 VScope: Battery supervisionUse cases: PSC_UC
201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
systemUndervoltageAlarmLevel
-440
"Alarm l
evel for system undervoltage.Example: -383 = -38.3 VFault condition is true if s
ystem voltage > SystemUndervoltageAlarmLevel.Unit: 0.1 VScope: Battery supervisi
onUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
systemVoltage
"The measured system vol
tage. It is equal to the Battery Voltage when the battery is connected, otherwis
e it is the highest voltage delivered from one PS.Example: -480 = -48 VUndefined
value: -1Use cases: PSC_UC203Unit: 0.1 VRef. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
temperatureDisconnect 60
"Indicates the t
emperature at which the battery fuse unit disconnects the battery. Applies to bo
th main and priority loads.Disconnected if battery temperature > temperatureDisc
onnect.Note! Shall only for certain special batteries be set to values > 60, and
then only after Ericsson personnel/battery manufacturer consultation.Unit: 1CScop
e: Battery fuse supervisionUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PS
C]"
PowerSupplySystem
temperatureDisconnectCeaseOffset
5
"Indicates the temperature at which the battery fuse unit reconnects the battery
. Applies to both main and priority loads.Reconnected if battery temperature < t
emperatureDisconnect -temperatureDisconnectCeaseOffset.Unit: 1CScope: Battery fuse
supervisionUse cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
PowerSupplySystem
undervoltageDisconnectCeaseOffset
40
"Indicates the voltage at which the battery fuse unit reconnects the load. Appli
cable both for main and priority load.The default value will give an undervoltag
e reconnection at mainLoadUnderVoltageDisconnect - undervoltageDisconnectCeaseOf
fset => - 410 - 40 = -450 (-45.0 V DC).Reconnected if system voltage < mainLoadU
ndervoltageDisconect - undervoltageDisconnectCeaseOffset.systemVoltage = battery
Voltage if the system is running on battery supply.System Voltage = Battery Volt
age if the system is running on battery supplyNote! The reconnection of the batt
eries are hard coded to -39.0 V. The batteries are reconnected if: Battery Volta
ge <= -39.0 V & System Voltage <mainLoadUndervoltageDisconnect - undervoltageDis
connectCeaseOffset.Example: 1 = 0.1 VUnit: 0.1 VScope: Battery fuse supervisionU
se cases: PSC_UC201, PSC_UC203, PSC_UC204Ref. [FS_PSC]"
Prach
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCH_UC20Ref. [FS_CCH]
Prach
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC20.Ref. [FS_CCH]
Prach
PrachId
Prach
ubchDeviceSetRef
"Reference to MO UbchDeviceSet.U
se cases: CCH_UC4, CCH_UC20.Ref. [FS_CCH]"
PredefRbsScannerGpeh
fileLocation
Indicates the location (
absolute path) on the hard disk for the GPEH ROP files.Hard coded in system to ?
c/pm_data/?Use cases: Collect and Administrate Performance Measurement DataRequi
rement: PERFEVENT_RBS_RE:140Ref. [CB_PMG]
PredefRbsScannerGpeh
maxFileSize
270
"The maximum size allowe
d for the current GPEH ROP file, not yet compressed with the gzip algorithm.When
maxFileSize is reached, writing to the current ROP file is stopped.Writing is r
esumed again at the beginning of the next ROP (in the next ROP file).Unit: 1 kBD

ependencies: maxFileSize is set to maxStorageSize by the system.Takes effect: At


next activation of the scanner.Use cases: Collect and Administrate Performance
Measurement DataRequirement: PERFEVENT_RBS_RE:10, PERFEVENT_RBS_CA:20, 30Ref. [C
B_PMG]"
PredefRbsScannerGpeh
maxStorageSize 270
"Maximum disk usage allo
wed for GPEH files compressed with the gzip algorithm in the node.The size of an
compressed GPEH ROP file is approximately 1/5 of the uncompressed GPEH ROP file
size.When maxStorageSize is reached, the oldest compressed GPEH ROP file is rem
oved by the system.Unit: 1 kBDependencies: maxFileSize is set to maxStorageSize
by the system.Takes effect: At next activation of the scanner.Use cases: Collect
and Administrate Performance Measurement DataRequirement: PERFEVENT_RBS_RE:10,
PERFEVENT_RBS_CA:20, 30Ref. [CB_PMG]"
PredefRbsScannerGpeh
PredefRbsScannerGpehId
PredefRbsScannerGpeh
scanState
"The state of the GPEH s
canner. The value is set by the system, according to the suspend/resume operatio
n from the Mub user, over the PMCI interface.Possible values: ACTIVE SUSPENDEDUs
e cases: Collect and Administrate Performance Measurement DataRequirement: PERFE
VENT_RBS_FU:60 PERFEVENT_RBS_FU:100Ref. [CB_PMG]"
Program
heapSize
0
Specifies the program heap size. The val
ue in the referenced LoadModule is fetched by Program and used if no value is su
bmitted at the creation of the Program MO.The referenced load module has a defau
lt size defined at compile time. This value is used if no other value is submitt
ed at the creation of LoadModule or the Program MO.The value of this attribute i
s overwritten during Software Upgrade.The setting of this attribute have no effe
ct until the Program is restarted.The attribute heapSize is only relevant if the
parent of the Program MO is Spm or PlugInUnit.
Program
loadModule
Specifies which load module the Program
is instantiated from.
Program
operationalState
The operational state.
Program
poolSize
0
Specifies the program pool size. It is p
ossible to set this value at the creation of the Program MO. It is only valid fo
r MP programs.The value in the referenced LoadModule is fetched by Program and u
sed if no value is submitted at the creation of the Program MO.The referenced lo
ad module has a default size defined at compile time. This value is used if no o
ther value is submitted at the creation of LoadModule or the Program MO.The valu
e of this attribute is overwritten during Software Upgrade.The setting of this a
ttribute have no effect until the Program is restarted.The attribute heapSize is
only relevant if the parent of the Program MO is Spm or PlugInUnit.Unit: 1 B
Program
ProgramId
"The value component of the RDN.It is se
t automatically during system upgrade.If the Program MO is manually created, the
n set the value for this attribute."
Program
programInstances
A list of program instances.The
default value of this attribute is an empty list.This attribute is only relevant
if the parent of this MO is the PlugInUnit MO.
Program
programInstances.distribution 0
"Specifies the processor
and/or processor core, where the program instance executes.In case of a single
CPU or a single core, this value must be set to 0.The instances can be distribut
ed within only one PlugInUnit MO."
Program
programInstances.instanceId
0
The instance ID of the p
rogram at the resource layer.The value 0 means that it is not instatiated.
Program
programInstances.restartGroup 0
The restart group this p
rogram instance belongs to. It controls the error escalation.The value 0 means t
hat this program instance does not belong to any restart group.
Program
restartCounterLimit
3
"Specifies the number of times t
hat a program can restart, without escalation to a PIU restart. The possible val
ues are:- restartCounterLimit = -1Unlimited, do not restart PIU, regardless of t
he number of times the specific program restarts.- restartCounterLimit = 3Three
restarts, hot, warm, and PIU restart.The program escalates to a PIU restart when
the number of restarts reaches the value set for this attribute. Example: the v
alue is set to 5, escalation to PIU restart occurs at the fifth restart.This att

ribute is only relevant if the parent of the Program MO is PlugInUnit."


Program
restartTimer
60
"Specifies the time that a program has t
o execute without faults, until the restart counter is reset. The time value is
in seconds.restartTimer= -1Forever, implies that the restart counter is only res
et when the PIU is restarted.This attribute is only relevant if the parent of th
e Program MO is PlugInUnit.If the Program MO of the jvm_lm is created, then rest
art timer is set to at least 900 seconds. Any value less than that will be set t
o 900 seconds."
Program
startState
DISABLED
"Indicates if the program is per
mitted to enter the operational state enabled or not after a PIU restart.The def
ault state is DISABLED, to avoid that an operating program and a new version of
the same program have its startState enabled at the same time.It is used on all
types of node restarts and restart of PlugInUnit with the RestartCause = PIU_RES
TART_UPGRADE."
Program
userLabel
Label for free use.
Psch
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCL_UC046Ref. [FS_CCL]
Psch
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCL_UC046Requirement: CELL_RBS_FU:9Ref
. [FS_CCL]
Psch
PschId
PsDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsDevice
PsDeviceId
PsDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: AUC_310Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsDeviceSet
PsDeviceSetId
Psu
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the non-processing
unit.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDER
_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_U
C_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Management D
esign Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_EQF]"
Psu
deviceRef
Reference to the PS device that supervis
es this unit.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SitePrecondition: PCU created.Ref. [CB_EC
F]
Psu
greenLed
"Indicates the operational status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported
. NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Power not pres
ent, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is ind
icated instead. STEADY_LIGHT = Power present. SLOW_BLINK = Dependant resource mi

ssing, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is i
ndicated instead. FAST_BLINK = Load/Test in progress, but since the LED state is
not readable in this state, NOT_AVAILABLE is indicated instead. FLICKERING = In
itial boot test, but since the LED state is not readable in this state, NOT_AVAI
LABLE is indicated instead.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]"
Psu
productionDate 0
"Date the unit was produced (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Psu
productName
"Product name of the unit (part of PID).
Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondition
: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Psu
productNumber
"Product number of the unit (part of PID
). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Preconditi
on: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Psu
productRevision
"Product revision of the unit (part of P
ID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installedRef. [FS_PIY]"
Psu
productType
HW
"Product type (PID) is used by product i
nventory to select products.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU:3Precondi
tion: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Psu
PsuId
Psu
redLed
Indicates the fault status of the non-processing
unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported. NOT_AVAILABLE
= The LED state is currently not available. OUT = No fault. STEADY_LIGHT = Faul
t.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]
Psu
serialNumber
"Unique number that identifies the unit
(part of PID). Persistent in hardware.Use cases: UC1, UC2Requirement: PID_RBS_FU
:3Precondition: Hardware must be installed.Ref. [FS_PIY]"
Psu
yellowLed
Indicates the information status of the
non-processing unit.Possible values: NOT_APPLICABLE = This LED is not supported.
NOT_AVAILABLE = The LED state is currently not available. OUT = Board unlocked.
STEADY_LIGHT = Board locked. SLOW_BLINK = Shutdown in progress. FLICKERING = Bo
ard busy.Use cases: MEC_310Ref. [FS_MEC]
PsuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
PsuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
PsuDeviceGroup
PsuDeviceGroupId
PsuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
RabHandling
activeQueueMgmt OFF
Determines if active queue manag
ement (early congestion detection and selective dropping of packets) is turned o
n or off for all PS Interactive RABs.Change takes effect: New connections
RabHandling
eulMinHwSchRate 32
"The pre-allocated hardware rate
for scheduled data for E-DCH users in the RBS. Needed for RBS hardware consumpt
ion calculations in RNC. The calculation is performed in the same way for 2 ms a
nd 10 ms TTI, with this constant as input, but the values shall then be rounded
up differently depending on the used TTI. This attribute may only be changed by
Ericsson personnel. Dependencies: The same constant is defined in the RBS for th
e scheduler. These constants should be set to the same value. Unit: kbpsResoluti
on: 32Change takes effect: Ongoing connections"
RabHandling
psStreamingInactivityTimer
30
"Time after whic
h an inactive PS Streaming RAB is released.When both the downlink and uplink thr

oughput for a PS Streaming RAB have been 0 kbps (no data has been transmitted) f
or this length of time, a release of the PS Streaming RAB is requested from the
CN.Unit: s"
RabHandling
RabHandlingId
Rach
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The administrative state
of the channel.
Rach
aichPower
-6
"AICH power, to be used for transmitting
on AICH, relative to the primaryCpichPower value.The value range is set to cove
r both the RRC and NBAP spec.Unit: dB"
Rach
aichTransmissionTiming 4
"AICH timing delay parameter.Dis
turbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic. Whenever its valu
e is set, the RACH is disabled automatically and then re-enabled.Unit: chips"
Rach
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCH_UC20.Ref. [FS_CCH]
Rach
blerCfn
"The connection frame number at which a measurem
ent is started. The value 65535 gives an immediate start. If start is not immedi
ate, the CFN should be aligned to the TTI of the TrCHOnly valid when a BLER meas
urement is startedUser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
Rach
blerIsActive
True if BLER is measured on the RACH cha
nnel. Pointed out by berCcld and berDchldUser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [
CB_UTS]
Rach
blerL3ReportPeriod
"Time period for updates of bler
LatestValue, expressed in multipes of measPeriod.Unit: 10 ms radio frames1 - 599
9 : 10 ms frame1 = 10 ms6000: Not valid6001-6060: Minutes,6001 = 1 minute..6060
= 60 minutesOnly valid when a BLER measurement is started.User category: Ericsso
n personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
Rach
blerMeasPeriod
"Defines the measurement period in multi
ples of 10 ms (frames). Note! Be aware that a measurement started with a low mea
sPeriod can put significant load on the RBS, and must be avoided during high tra
ffic.Unit: 10 ms radio framesOnly valid when a BLER measurement is started. meas
Period >= measTimeValue must be a multiple of TTI.That is,TTI = 10 ms -> multipl
e of 1TTI = 20 ms -> multiple of 2TTI = 40 ms -> multiple of 4User category:Eric
sson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
Rach
blerMeasTime
"Time within blerMeasPeriod, in which BL
ER measurements are being performed.Unit: 10 ms radio framesblerMeasTime must <=
blerMeasPeriodValues must be a multiple of TTI.That is,TTI = 10 ms -> multiple
of 1TTI = 20 ms -> multiple of 2TTI = 40 ms -> multiple of 4Only valid when a BL
ER measurement is startedUser category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
Rach
constantValueCprach
-19
Constant value used by the UE to
calculate the initial power on PRACH according to the Open loop power control p
rocedure.Unit: dB
Rach
fileName
The file at which the measurements will
be logged. Only valid when a BLER measurement is startedUser category: Ericsson
personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
Rach
maxPreambleCycle
4
Maximum number of preamble rampi
ng cycle.
Rach
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC20.Ref. [FS_CCH]
Rach
powerOffsetP0 3
Power step when no acquisition indicator
is received.Unit: dB
Rach
powerOffsetPpm -4
Power step between preamble and the mess
age part.Unit: dB
Rach
preambleRetransMax
8
Maximum number of preambles in o
ne preamble ramping cycle.
Rach
preambleSignatures
65535 "Preamble signatures for PRACH.B
it 0: P0Bit 1: P1...Bit 15: P15One or more preamble signatures can be active.The
rightmost bit (bit 0) in the Corba data type long corresponds to P0, bit 1 corr
esponds to P1 and so on. However not that bit 0 is the leftmost bit in the ASN.1

type bitstring."
Rach
preambleThreshold
34
"The threshold for preamble dete
ction, relative to the interference level. This attribute may only be changed by
Ericsson personnel. Value mapping:0: -36.0 dB1: -35.5 dB...34:-19.0 dB...72: 0.
0 dBDisturbances:Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Unit: 0.5 dB
"
Rach
RachId
Rach
scramblingCodeWordNo
0
"Scrambling Code for preamble an
d message part. PRACH parameter.The value range covers both the RRC and NBAP spe
c.Disturbances: Changing this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.Whenever its
value is set, the RACH is disabled automatically and then re-enabled.Unit: codes
"
Rach
spreadingFactor 64
"Minimum spreading factor to use for PRA
CH.Value mapping:32: TTI = 10 ms.64: TTI = 20 ms.Disturbances: Changing this att
ribute may affect ongoing traffic.Whenever its value is set, the RACH is disable
d automatically and then re-enabled."
Rach
subChannelNo
4095
"Sub channel numbers.Bit 0: sub channel
no 0Bit 1: sub channel no 1...Bit 11: sub channel no 11One or more sub channel n
umbers can be active.The rightmost bit (bit 0) in the Corba data type long corre
sponds to sub channel no 0, bit 1 corresponds to sub channel no 1 and so on, how
ever not that bit 0 is the leftmost bit in the ASN.1 type bitstring."
Rach
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
RachProfile
aichPower
"AICH power, to be used for tran
smitting on AICH, relative to theprimaryCpichPower value.-22: -22.0 dB-21: -21.0
dB..5: 5.0 dBSub: RNHRef. [2]"
RachProfile
aichTransmissionTiming
AICH timing delay parame
ter.A Change of this attribute may affect traffic.0: 3 chip delay1: 4 chip delay
Sub: RNHRef. [2]
RachProfile
constantValueCprach
Constant value in dB use
d by the UE to calculate the initial power on PRACH according to the Open loop p
ower control procedure.<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
RachProfile
maxPreambleCycle
Maximum number of preamb
leramping cycleSub: RNH<tab>Ref. [2]
RachProfile
powerOffsetP0
Power step in dB when no acquisi
tion indicator is received.<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
RachProfile
powerOffsetPpm
Power step in dB between preambl
e and the message part.- 5: -5.0 dB...10: 10.0dB<tab>Sub: RNH<tab>Ref. [2]
RachProfile
preambleRetransMax
Maximum number of preamb
les in one preamble ramping cycle<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
RachProfile
preambleSignatures
Preamble signatures for
PRACH.Sub: RNHRef. [2]
RachProfile
RachProfileId
RachProfile
rncMimVersion
The version of the RNC MIM for w
hich this profile is created<tab>Sub: RNHRef. [2]
RachProfile
scramblingCodeWordNo
Scrambling Code for prea
mble and message part. (PRACH parameter)The value range is set in a short term t
o cover both the RRC and NBAP spec.A change of this attribute may affect traffic
.<tab>Sub: RNH<tab>Ref. [2]
RachProfile
spreadingFactor
Minimum spreading factor to use
for PRACH.The value 32 corresponds to TTI= 10msThe value 64 corresponds to TTI=
20msA change in this attribute may affect traffic.Sub: RNHRef. [2]
RachProfile
subChannelNo
Sub Channel Number.Sub: RNHRef.
[2]
RachProfile
userLabel
"Provides support for a user def
ined label or name upon an object instance level.Note this is not a default user
label but the user label of the profile object, which is used to identify the C
ellAndChannelProfile managed object in display lists.Sub: RNHRef. [2]"
RadioLinks
noOfRadioLinks
Total number of radio links on t
he corresponding cell carrier.Ref. [CB_DCC]

RadioLinks
RadioLinksId
Ranap
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the R
ANAP. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object:Bi
t 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1:
OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9 or bit 10 is set to 1)Bit 6 =
1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKED
Bit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILED
Ranap
cnDomainInd
"Core network domain indicator, as defin
ed in the Ranap specification. Specifies whether this instance of Ranap belongs
to the CS or PS domain."
Ranap
cnId
"Identity of the Core Network node that this MO
instance represents.This identity must be unique within the CnOperator in which
this instance is contained. When NRI MOCN is active, this identity should be uni
que within the RNC.Dependencies: If Iu Flex is active for the domain that this R
anap instance belongs to (CS or PS as specified in cnDomainInd), cnId must be >
-1. If Iu Flex is not active for the domain, cnId must be == -1.See the class de
scription of CnOperator for further restrictions."
Ranap
localSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApLocal MO that rep
resents the local SCCP Access point.
Ranap
maxResetResourceMessageSize
250
Maximum number of IuSigC
onn IDs to be sent in each RESET RESOURCE message to the CN.
Ranap
networkResourceIdentifier
"-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1"
List of NRI values used by Iu Flex to select a CN node when the routing procedur
e is based on (P)TMSI .The attribute must have all 8 elements set. Special value
s:-1 means not defined.
Ranap
noOfResetSendings
5
"Number of consecutive retries o
f sending RESET message to the CN. An alarm is issued only once and will occur a
fter the last unsuccessful RESET message, that is, after last timeout of resetRe
sendT."
Ranap
operationalState
The operational state of the RAN
AP signaling bearer.
Ranap
RanapId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part of the
RDN.
Ranap
relativeCapacity
50
"Relative capacity of this Ranap
instance (CN node) compared to other nodes in the domain. Only used when Iu Fle
x is active.The capacity weights for all selected Ranap instances (CN nodes) for
the current domain type are added together, to give the sum of capacity weights
. The capacity weight for each instance is then divided by the total sum, giving
the probability that that instance will be selected. When the probability has b
een calculated, either a random number or the NRI of a Ue (depending on the algo
rithm) is used to select the Ranap instance to use.Only Ranap instances with rel
ativeCapacity > 0 are considered in the random selection algorithm."
Ranap
remoteSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApRemote MO that re
presents the remote SCCP Access point.
Ranap
resetAckGuardT 25
Guard period before sending a RESET ACKN
OWLEDGE message to the CN. Unit: s
Ranap
resetResendT
40
Time between successive sendings of RESE
T message to the CN. Unit: s
Ranap
sccpDisabledT 100
Timer for supervising the propagated ope
rational state change of the local SCCP. The alarm Local Failure is issued on ti
mer expiry.Unit: s
Ranap
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Ranap
userOutOfServiceT
100
Timer for supervising the N-STAT
E-indication for the remote SCCP (SSN=1) or the remote RANAP (SSN=142). Timer ex
piry for remote SCCP (SSN=1) issues the alarm Local Failure and for remote RANAP
(SSN=142) issues the alarm Remote Failure. Unit: s
RaxDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =

Full availability.Use cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement


: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
RaxDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDHardware units not sup
porting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINED.Use case
s: HWT_UC1Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3Ref. [FS_HWT]
RaxDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T r
ec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
RaxDeviceGroup
RaxDeviceGroupId
RaxDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC904Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
RbsConfiguration
configFaultReason
The reason why t
he OSS-RC configuration failed. The attribute is set by OSS-RC.Undefined value:
Use cases: Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
configurationReport
The configuratio
n report stored as a string.User category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: Us
e cases: Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
defaultGateway
"The IP address and subn
et mask to the default gateway. The attribute value is fetched from the DHCP ser
ver.User category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: Specification: RFC 2131, R
FC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter dhcpOptions, option code 121Use cases: C
onfigure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
dhcpIpAddress
"The IP address to the D
HCP server. The attribute value is fetched from the DHCP server.User category: E
ricsson personnelUndefined value: Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DH
CP result parameter dhcpOptions, option code 54Use cases: Configure RBS at siteR
ef. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
dnsIpAddress
"The IP address to the D
NS. The attribute value is fetched from the DHCP server.User category: Ericsson
personnelUndefined value: Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP resul
t parameter dhcpOptions, option code 6Use cases: Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_I
BC]"
RbsConfiguration
ethernetIpAddress
"The IP address
of the Ethernet link used for O&M access. The attribute value is fetched from th
e DHCP server.User category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: Specification: R
FC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter yourIpAddressUse cases: Config
ure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
ethernetSubnetMask
"The subnet mask
of the Ethernet link used for O&M access. The attribute value is fetched from t
he DHCP server.User category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: Specification:
RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter dhcpOptions, option code 1Use
cases: Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
integrationSequence
Indicates the Pl
anned Area to be activated as part of the Auto-Integration.
RbsConfiguration
integrationSequence.plannedAreaName
The Planned Area Name.
RbsConfiguration
integrationSequence.userId
The id o
f the user who specified this Plan to be auto activated.
RbsConfiguration
oamConfigFile
The O&M access (site bas
ic) configuration file stored as a string. The value is set by the system based
on a file which is either fetched from the SMRS server by operation fetchRbsConf
igurationFiles or inserted via the RBS Element Manager.User category: Ericsson p
ersonnelUndefined value: Use cases: Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
progressInformation
The configuratio
n operation performed.User category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: Use case
s: Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
progressLevel
The progress of the conf
iguration.Unit: 1%Undefined value: 0User category: Ericsson personnelUse cases:

Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]


RbsConfiguration
rbsConfigLevel
"The configuration level
of the RBS. Only used for synchronization/interaction with OSS-RC during auto-i
ntegration of an IP based RBS (that is, the attribute is not applicable to any o
ther configuration method, and the value of the attribute is irrelevent to any o
ther user than OSS-RC). Since the value is non-persistent it will go back to the
undefined value after a node restart. When the attribute is set to OSS_CONFIGUR
ATION_FAILED the reason for failure is stored in the configFaultReason attribute
.Possible values: UNDEFINED BASIC_CV CABINET_EQUIPMENT SITE_BASIC SITE_EXTERNAL_
HW OSS_ACTIVATING_CONFIGURATION OSS_CONFIGURAION_SUCCESSFUL OSS_CONFIGURATION_FA
ILEDUndefined value: UNDEFINEDUse cases: Manufacture RBS, Configure RBS at site,
Integrate RBS in the radio networkRef. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
RbsConfigurationId
RbsConfiguration
rbsLogicalName
The logical name of the
RBS. The attribute is set by the site installer.Use cases: Configure RBS at site
Ref. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
siteConfigFile
The site equipment (site
external hardware) configuration file stored as a string. The value is set by t
he system based on a file which is either fetched from the SMRS server by operat
ion fetchRbsConfigurationFiles or inserted via the RBS Element Manager.User cate
gory: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: Use cases: Configure RBS at siteRef. [C
B_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
smrsIpAddress
"The IP address to the S
MRS server containing the Autointegration RBS Summary File (logical address or I
P address). The attribute value is fetched from the DHCP server.User category: E
ricsson personnelUndefined value: Specification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DH
CP result parameter dhcpOptions, option code 66Use cases: Configure RBS at siteR
ef. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
summaryFile
The Autointegration RBS
Summary file stored as a string. The value is set by the system based on a file
which is fetched from the SMRS server by operation fetchRbsConfigurationFiles. U
ser category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: Use cases: Configure RBS at sit
eRef. [CB_IBC]
RbsConfiguration
summaryFileFilePath
"The file name (
including path) of the Autointegration RBS Summary File. The attribute value is
fetched from the DHCP server.User category: Ericsson personnelUndefined value: S
pecification: RFC 2131, RFC 2132, RFC 3442 DHCP result parameter dhcpOptions, op
tion code 67Use cases: Configure RBS at siteRef. [CB_IBC]"
RbsConfiguration
unlockRbsAfterIntegration
NO
Indicate
s if the RBS should be unlocked after activation of Planned Area.
RbsGroup
listOfRbs
References to RBSs that are incl
uded in the group.The attribute consists of a sequence of the full Distinguished
Names of the MeContext's that represent the associated RBS's according to [9] a
nd [20].Sub: EQHRef. [7]
RbsGroup
RbsGroupId
RbsGroup
userLabel
Provides support for putting a l
abel on the MO instance. It is used by RANOS application to write the attribute
value into the GUI.Sub: EQHRef. [7]
RbsLocalCell
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the RbsLoca
lCell.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UNDE
R_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 when
bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF_
UC_923, EQF_UC_924User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [FS_UPT]"
RbsLocalCell
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the cell.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED D
EPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full ava
ilability.Use cases: CCL_UC006Ref. [FS_CCL]
RbsLocalCell
carrierRef
"Reference to the Carrier MO use
d by the cell.Use cases: CCL_UC002, CCL_UC006Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, CELL_RB
S_FU:11Ref. [FS_CCL]"

RbsLocalCell
cellRange
35000 "Defines the maximum range (in m
eters) for random access detection (random access distance). For soft handover t
he RBS adds a soft handover margin internally.Note that the actual cell range re
solution is 3 chips, that is, around 234 m.Unit: 1 mPrecondition: Cell not setup
by the RNC (availabilityStatus=OFF_LINE). Dependencies: If a license key for th
e features 'Extended Range up to 80 km' or 'Extended Range up to 200 km' exists,
this range must not be exceeded, otherwise the default value must not be exceed
ed.Use cases: CCL_UC002, CCL_UC040, CCL_UC006Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, CELL_RB
S_FU:11, CELL_RBS_FU:9, EXRNG_FU_RBS_5302:07619Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RbsLocalCell
coherenceMode 2
"Specifies how large part of the
preamble that is accumulated coherently. When coherenceMode is 4, the parameter
Rach::preambleThreshold (RNC MOM) is recommended to be reduced 3 steps (1.5 dB)
from 35 to 32.Possible values: 2 = Accumulate ? of the preamble coherently and
the rest non-coherently. 4 = Accumulate the whole preamble coherently.Preconditi
on: Cell not setup by the RNC (availabilityStatus=OFF_LINE).Use cases: CCL_UC040
, CCL_UC006Requirement:EXRNG_FU_RBS_5302:07741User category: Ericsson personnelR
ef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eDch2msTtiCapability
"Shows whether the cell
is E-DCH 2 ms TTI capableor not.Possible values: EDCH_2MS_TTI_CAPABLE EDCH_2MS_T
TI_NON_CAPABLERequirement: EU2MIA_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00646 Rev:AUse cases: CCL_UC00
6Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signallingRef. [F
S_CCL]"
RbsLocalCell
eDchCapability
"The E-DCH capability of the cel
l.Possible values: EDCH_CAPABLE EDCH_NON_CAPABLERequirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:008
56 Rev:AUse cases: CCL_UC006Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub inter
face NBAP signallingRef. [FS_CCL]"
RbsLocalCell
eHichMinCodePower
-220
Minimum downlink power i
n a cell to be used for an individual E-HICH channel on 10 ms TTI. Note that the
minimum power for 2 ms users is 6 dB higher than the value given by this parame
ter. Dependencies: Only used when NodeBFunction::licenseStateDlPowerControlEul i
s ENABLED and NodeBFunction::featureStateDlPowerControlEul is ACTIVATED. (eHichM
inCodePower =< (maxUserEHichPowerDlTti2 ?6dB)) and (eHichMinCodePower =< maxUser
EHichERgchPowerDl).Unit: 0.1 dBUse cases: CCH_UC44Requirement: EU2PC_AD_RBS-OSS_
6502:03250 Rev.ARef. [FS_CCH]
RbsLocalCell
eulLockedOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate
"The pur
pose with this parameter is to provide the operator with the noise floor level u
sed when the noise floor is locked. This parameter is used in conjunction with t
he parameters eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock and eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate accordin
g to table below. It has undefined value until cell has been set up for EUL.eulO
ptimalNoiseFloorLock + eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate => eulLockedOptimalNoiseFloo
rEstimatefalse + not used?=> not used false + <value>=> not used true+ not used?=> <curr
ent level>true+ value? => <value>Unit: 0.1 dBmUndefined value: -1Use cases: CCH_U
C44, CCH_UC45Precondition: E-DCH Resources setup in the cell.Ref. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eulMaxNoSchEDch 100
"The maximum number of simultane
ous scheduled E-DCH users.Use cases: CCH_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RB
S_5302:06154 Rev. BRef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eulMaxOwnUuLoad 30
"The maximum allowed contributio
n to uplink interference rise from traffic generated in the own cell. The schedu
ler limits the E-DCH power based on this parameter. Unit is rise of interference
(noise rise) in dB.Unit: 0.1 dBUse cases: CCH_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EULCP_
AD_RBS_5302:04736 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eulMaxRotCoverage
100
"Maximum RoT (Rise over
Thermal) level allowed to preserve coverage.Unit: 0.1 dBUse cases: CCH_UC44, CCH
_UC45Requirement: EULCP_AD_RBS_5302:04791 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eulMinMarginCoverage
10
"The uplink interference
contribution from other cells is estimated in the load estimator, but is never
allowed to go below the value of this parameter. The unit is load factor, that i
s, interference power from other cells divided by total interference power.Unit:
0.01Resolution: 2Use cases: CCH_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RBS_5302:0
6127 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"

RbsLocalCell
eulNoERgchGroups
4
"Number of E-RGCH groups
per channelization code and cell.Recommended value: 16Use cases: CCH_UC44, CCH_
UC45Takes effect: At next setup of E-DCH Resources for this cell.Requirement: EU
LSCH_AD_RBS_5302_06791 Rev. ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock
"The struct attr
ibutes eulNoiseFloorLock and eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate are set and get togeth
er.eulNoiseFloorLock is used together with eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate to be ab
le to lock the noise floor level (eulNoiseFloorLock set to true) to either the c
urrent level, when eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) or to
a value defined in eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate.When eulNoiseFloorLock is set t
o false, the noise floor level is according to algorithm and eulOptimalNoiseFloo
rEstimate is negligible.Use cases: CCH_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RBS_
5302:06136 Rev. A, EULSCH_AD_RBS_5302:07761 Rev. PA1Ref. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock.eulNoiseFloorLock
FALSE
"When set to true, locks the noise floor level. Used in conjunction with eulOpti
malNoiseFloorEstimate to be able to lock the noise floor level to either the cur
rent level, when eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is set to -1 (= undefined) or to a
value defined in eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate."
RbsLocalCell
eulOptimalNoiseFloorLock.eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate
-1040 "Used in conjunction with eullNoiseFloorLock to be able to lock the nois
e floor level to either the current level, when eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstimate is
set to -1 (=undefined value), or to a value defined in eulOptimalNoiseFloorEstim
ate.Unit: 0.1 dBmUndefined value: -1"
RbsLocalCell
eulSlidingWindowTime
1800
"The length of the slidi
ng window during which a thermal noise level is found.Unit: 1 sResolution: 10Tak
es effect: If the noise floor is locked, at commit. If the noise floor is not lo
cked, at next noise floor lock or at next setup of E-DCH resources.Use cases: CC
H_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EULSCH_AD_RBS_5302:06117 Rev. BRef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
eulThermalLevelPrior
-1040 "The anticipated uplink
noise floor of the unloaded RBS, including feeder and TMA contributions.Example:
200 = 20 dBmUnit: 0.1 dBmTakes effect: If the noise floor is locked, at commit.
If the noise floor is not locked, at next noise floor lock or at next setup of
E-DCH Resources.Use cases: CCH_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EULCP_AD_RBS_5302:0611
0 Rev. BRef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
featureState4wayRxDiversity
DEACTIVATED
"Feature
state for licensed feature '4-way RX Diversity', indicating if the feature is A
CTIVATED or DEACTIVATED. The attribute is used to activate and deactivate the fe
ature in the cell.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies: Can only
be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, th
at is, if NodeBFunction::licenseState4wayRxDiversity = ENABLED.If the value is A
CTIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding
License Not Valid alarm is generated.Takes effect: At next cell setup.Ref. [CB_
LMT]"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateEnhancedLayer2
DEACTIVATED
"Feature
state for licensed feature 'Enhanced Layer 2', indicating if the feature is ACT
IVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies: Can o
nly be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature
, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateEnhancedLayer2 = ENABLED. If the value
is ACTIVATED when the license state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a correspon
ding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Takes effect: For new connections.Use
cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_LMT]"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateHsdpaDynamicCodeAllocation DEACTIVATED
"Feature state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Dynamic Code Allocation', indicating
if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATE
D Dependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is inst
alled for the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateHsdpaDynamicCodeAl
location = ENABLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when the license state changes fro
m ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Takes
effect: At cell setup.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_LMT
]"

RbsLocalCell
featureStateHsdpaIncrementalRedundancy DEACTIVATED
"Feature state for licensed feature 'HSDPA Incremental Redundancy', indicating i
f the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATED.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED
Dependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVATED in case a valid license key is insta
lled for the feature, that is, if NodeBFunction::licenseStateHsdpaIncrementalRed
undancy = ENABLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when the license state changes from
ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding License Not Valid alarm is generated.Takes
effect: At cell setup.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio NetworkRef. [CB_LMT]
"
RbsLocalCell
featureStateMimo
DEACTIVATED
"Feature state f
or licensed feature 'MIMO', indicating if the feature is ACTIVATED or DEACTIVATE
D.Possible values: ACTIVATED DEACTIVATED Dependencies: Can only be set to ACTIVA
TED in case a valid license key is installed for the feature, that is, if NodeBF
unction::licenseStateMimo = ENABLED. If the value is ACTIVATED when the license
state changes from ENABLED to DISABLED a corresponding License Not Valid alarm i
s generated.Takes effect: At cell setup.Use cases: Integrate RBS in the Radio Ne
tworkRequirement: MIMO_AD_RBS_OSS_6502:01898Ref. [CB_LMT]"
RbsLocalCell
hsCodeResourceId
0
"Specifies the mapping o
f HS-DSCH Resources of the cell to an HSDPA processing resource on the TX board.
Effect of this parameter is only considered if the steeredHsAllocation is set to
true. Using the value 0 means that the cell will not support HS-DSCH.Preconditi
on: No HsDschResources MO exists for this cell.Dependencies: The value must not
exceed the sum of numHsCodeResources in all MO TxDeviceGroup of the baseband poo
l.Use cases: CCH_UC54, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCOD_AD_RBS_5302:03429 Rev. ARef. [
FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
hsdpaCapability
"The HSDPA capability of the cel
l.Possible values: HSDPA_CAPABLE HSDPA_NON_CAPABLERequirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:0
0853 Rev:AUse cases: CCL_UC006Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub int
erface NBAP signallingRef. [FS_CCL]"
RbsLocalCell
localCellId
"The identity of the RBS local c
ell.Precondition: Cell not setup by the RNC (availabilityStatus=OFF_LINE).Depend
encies: Value must be the same as in the corresponding RNC MO UtranCell.Specific
ation: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signallingUse cases: CCL_U
C002, CCL_UC006, CCL_UC040Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, CELL_RBS_FU:11Ref. [FS_CCL
]"
RbsLocalCell
maxDlPowerCapability
"The maximum downlink po
wer capability for the cell. The attribute is calculated and reported to the RNC
.Example: 200 = 20.0 dBmUnit: 0.1 dBUndefined value: -1Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6
011:00854 Rev:AUse cases: CCL_UC006Specification: 3GPP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iu
b interface NBAP signallingRef. [FS_CCL]"
RbsLocalCell
maxEAgchPowerDl -183
"Maximum downlink power for an i
ndividual E-AGCH channel in the cell.Example: 100 = 10 dBUnit: 0.1 dBUse cases:
CCH_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EULCP_AD_RBS_5302:04791 Rev.:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
maxEAgchPowerDlTti2
-123
"Maximum downlink power
for an individual E-AGCH channel in the cell. Applicable for 2 ms TTI.Unit 0.1 d
BResolution: 1Use cases: CCH_UC44, CCH_UC45Requirement: EU2PC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00
724 Rev ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
maxNumEulUsers 4
"The maximum number of Serving E
UL users allowed per cell.Precondition: If license key 'Number of EUL Users per
Cell' is enabled (see NodeBFunction::licenseStateNumEulUsers), and Licensing Eme
rgency Unlock is not activated, maxNumEulUsers can not be set to a higher value
than the license key allows. If the license key is disabled, maximum 4 EUL users
are allowed per cell. If Licensing Emergency Unlock is activated, maximum 96 EU
L users are allowed per cell.Takes effect: Increase takes effect immediately. De
crease takes effect gracefully (starving out resources).Use cases: CCH_UC63Requi
rement: EUL32LIC_AD_RBS-OSS_6011:04537 Rev ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
maxNumHsdpaUsers
16
"The maximum number of H
SDPA users allowed per cell.Precondition: If license key 'Number of HSDPA Users
per Cell' is enabled (see NodeBFunction::licenseStateNumHsdpaUsers), and Licensi
ng Emergency Unlock is not activated, maxNumHsdpaUsers can not be set to a highe

r value than the license key allows. If the license key is disabled, maximum 16
HSDPA users are allowed per cell. If Licensing Emergency Unlock is activated, ma
ximum 96 HSDPA users are allowed per cell.Takes effect: Increase takes effect im
mediately. Decrease takes effect gracefully (starving out resources).Use cases:
CCH_UC60, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSUSER_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03365 Rev ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
maxNumHsPdschCodes
5
"The maximum number of H
S-PDSCH codes allowed per cell.Precondition: If license key 'Number of HS-PDSCH
Codes per Cell' is enabled (see NodeBFunction::licenseStateNumHsPdschCodes) and
Licensing Emergency Unlock is not activated, maxNumHsPdschCodes can not be set t
o a higher value than the license key allows. If the license key is disabled, ma
ximum 5 HS-PDSCH codes are allowed per cell. If Licensing Emergency Unlock is ac
tivated, maximum 15 HS-PDSCH codes are allowed per cell.Takes effect: Increase t
akes effect immediately. Decrease takes effect gracefully (starving out resource
s).Use cases: CCH_UC60, CCH_UC37Requirement: HSCOD_AD_RBS_5302:07114 Rev ARef. [
FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
maxUserEHichERgchPowerDl
-183
"E-HICH for serv
ing and non serving/E-RGCH have fixed power relative CPICH power. But if feature
'Dl Power Control Eul' is active, then the parameter defines the maximum power
for E-HICH relative to CPICH for serving E-DCH RL. The parameter value is still
fixed for all other casesDependencies: maxUserEHichERgchPowerDl >= eHichMinCodeP
ower.Example: 200 = 20 dBUnit: 0.1 dBUse cases: CCH_UC44Requirement: EULCP_AD_RB
S_5302:04790 Rev.:ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
maxUserEHichPowerDlTti2 -123
"E-HICH (for serving and
non serving) have fixed power relative CPICH power. But if feature 'Dl Power Co
ntrol Eul' is active, then the parameter defines the maximum power for E-HICH re
lative to CPICH for serving E-DCH RL. The parameter value is still fixed for non
-Serving RL.. Applicable for 2 ms TTI.Dependencies: maxUserEHichPowerDlTti2 >= (
eHichMinCodePower + 6dB).Unit: 0.1 dBResolution: 1Use cases: CCH_UC44Requirement
: EU2PC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:00723 Rev ARef. [FS_CCH]"
RbsLocalCell
minDlPowerCapability
"The minimum downlink po
wer capability for the cell. The attribute is calculated and reported to the RNC
.Example:-100 = -10.0 dBmExample: -301 = UNDEFINEDUnit: 0.1 dBUndefined value: 301Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00855 Rev:AUse cases: CCL_UC006Specification: 3G
PP TS 25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signallingRef. [FS_CCL]"
RbsLocalCell
minSpreadingFactor
"Indicates the minimum s
preading factor supported by the cell.Use cases: CCL_UC006Specification: 3GPP TS
25.433, NBAP, UTRAN Iub interface NBAP signallingRef. [FS_CCL]"
RbsLocalCell
ocnsContinuousTransmissionOn
FALSE OCNS continuous
transmission on/off for all users. Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User categ
ory: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsCorrelationTime
1
OCNS correlation time. U
nit: 1 sRequirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Ericsson personnelRef.
[CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsHsdpaNumOfUsers
0
Number of HSDPA users fo
r OCNS.Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Ericsson personnelRef.
[CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsHsdpaTransmissionProbability
0
OCNS HSD
PA transmission probability.Unit: 0.01Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User ca
tegory: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveAvgPow 100
OCNS average power per i
nteractive user. One value per user. Attribute ocnsInteractiveNumOfUsers gives t
he number of valid values.Unit: 0.1 dBmRequirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User c
ategory: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveAvgRequestInterArrivalTime
600
OCNS average interactive arrival time.Unit: 0.1 sRequirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:0
4884User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveAvgRequestSize 1
OCNS average int
eractive request size.Unit: 1 kBRequirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category
: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveNumOfUsers
0
Number of intera

ctive users for OCNS.Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Ericsson


personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsInteractiveRandomizationOn FALSE OCNS randomizati
on on/off for interactive users.Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category
: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsIsActive
FALSE "Shows if OCNS is active on the
cell. The notification (AVC) for this attribute, is triggered by the system (the
attribute is not settable by operator).User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [C
B_UTS]"
RbsLocalCell
ocnsIsConfigured
FALSE "Shows if OCNS is config
ured on the cell. The notification (AVC) for this attribute, is triggered by the
system (the attribute is not settable by operator).User category: Ericsson pers
onnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
RbsLocalCell
ocnsPowerVariation
OFF
OCNS power variation for
all users. Possible values: OFF RA50 TU3Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User
category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechActivityFactor
0
OCNS activity fa
ctor for speech users.Unit: 1%Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category:
Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechAvgPow
100
OCNS average power per s
peech user. One value per user. Attribute ocnsSpeechNumOfUsers gives the number
of valid values.Unit: 0.1 dBmRequirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: E
ricsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechNumOfUsers
0
Number of speech users f
or OCNS. Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Ericsson personnelRef
. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsSpeechRandomizationOn
FALSE OCNS randomizati
on on/off for speech users.Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Eri
csson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsStandardDeviation 0
OCNS power variation sta
ndard deviation.Unit: 0.1 dBRequirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Er
icsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsVideoAvgPow 100
OCNS average power per video use
r. One value per user. Attribute ocnsVideoNumOfUsers gives the number of valid v
alues.Unit: 0.1 dBmRequirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Ericsson pe
rsonnelRef. [CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
ocnsVideoNumOfUsers
0
Number of video users fo
r OCNS. Requirement: OCNS_AD_RBS_5001:04884User category: Ericsson personnelRef.
[CB_UTS]
RbsLocalCell
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCL_UC006Requirement: CELL_RBS
_FU:9Ref. [FS_CCL]
RbsLocalCell
qualityCheckPowerEHich 0
Offset to be used in E-H
ICH power.Dependencies: Only used when NodeBFunction::licenseStateDlPowerControl
Eul is ENABLED and NodeBFunction::featureStateDlPowerControlEul is ACTIVATEDUnit
: 0.1 dBUse cases: CCH_UC44Requirement: EU2PC_AD_RBS-OSS_6502:03251 Rev.ARef. [F
S_CCH]
RbsLocalCell
RbsLocalCellId
RbsLocalCell
rbsSynchronizationRef
Reference to the RbsSync
hronization MO.Use cases: CCL_UC006Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2Ref. [FS_CCL]
RbsLocalCell
userLabel
Label for free use.Ref. [DR_MOM]
RbsSlot
RbsSlotId
RbsSlot
slotPosition
1
"Slot position within the subrack, start
ing from left.Use cases: MEC_200, MEC_220Requirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:15Dependenc
ies: Maximum value =< noOfSlots in the corresponding subrack MO.Ref. [FS_MEC]"
RbsSlot
slotState
FREE
"The state of the slot. FREE = the slot
is free to be configured with a new PIU USED = a PIU is inserted in the slot, or
the slot is reconfigured with a PIUUse cases: MEC_200, MEC_220Requirement: EQHA
NDL_RBS_FU:15&16Ref. [FS_MEC]"
RbsSubrack
cabinetPosition
"String with cabinet position as

defined by 'Mub user' for positioning of cabinet.It is used to distinguish subr


acks in different cabinets, thus allowing a unique subrack position to be built.
Example: 9.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB
_ECF]"
RbsSubrack
noOfSlots
7
Number of slots in the subrack.U
se cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_ECF]
RbsSubrack
RbsSubrackId
RbsSubrack
subrackPosition
"The subrack position.The value
consist of (<X><Y><Z>):X = Cabinet position within the node starting from the le
ft, one digit (0 - 9).Y = Subrack vertical position within the cabinet starting
from the ground, one letter (A - Z).Z = Subrack horizontal position within the c
abinet starting from the left, one digit (0 - 9).Examples: 1A1, 1B1, 1B2, 2A1, 0
Z0.Subrack position 0Z0 indicates an undefined position.Dependencies: The value
of attribute cabinetPosition corresponds to the first digit in attribute subrack
Position.Use cases: Scratch RBS at SiteRequirement: EQHANDL_RBS_FU:12Ref. [CB_EC
F]"
RbsSynchronization
masterTu
Indicates which TIM devi
ce owning plug-in unit is master.Possible values: NO_ACTIVE PLUG_IN_UNIT_REF1 PL
UG_IN_UNIT_REF2Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00857 Rev:AUse cases: NSD_UC14Depend
encies: timDeviceRef1&2Ref. [FS_NSD]
RbsSynchronization
nodeIsStable
Stability status of the
node. TRUE if at least one TIM device is stable.Use cases: NSD_UC14Dependencies:
timDeviceRef1&2Ref. [FS_NSD]
RbsSynchronization
nodeIsSynchronized
Synchronization
status of the node. TRUE if at least one TIM device is synchronized.Use cases: N
SD_UC14Dependencies:timDeviceRef1&2Ref. [FS_NSD]
RbsSynchronization
plugInUnitRef1
"Reference to first TU o
r CBU plug-in unit MO.Precondition: TU or CBU PlugInUnit MO must exist.Use cases
: NSD_UC3, NSD_UC4Ref. [FS_NSD]"
RbsSynchronization
plugInUnitRef2
"Reference to second TU
or CBU plug-in unit MO.Precondition: TU or CBU PlugInUnit MO must exist.Use case
s: NSD_UC3, NSD_UC4Ref. [FS_NSD]"
RbsSynchronization
RbsSynchronizationId
RbsSynchronization
timDeviceRef1
"Reference to the TimDev
ice MO on the TU plug-in unit, or CBU plug-in unit, pointed out by plugInUnitRef
1.Use cases: NSD_UC3, NSD_UC4Ref. [FS_NSD]"
RbsSynchronization
timDeviceRef2
"Reference to the TimDev
ice MO on the TU plug-in unit or CBU plug-in unit,pointed out by the plugInUnitR
ef2.Use cases: NSD_UC3, NSD_UC4Ref. [FS_NSD]"
Rcs
cchWaitCuT
9
Waiting timer for cell update. Special v
alues:0 is used to indicate infinity (timer not used).Unit: 5 minutes
Rcs
dchRcLostT
50
"Timer that is started when all radio li
nks for a connection are lost. At time-out, the radio connection is considered l
ost.Special values:The value 18000 deci seconds = 1800 s = 30 minutes is used fo
r testing purposes to disable the Radio Connection Supervision functionality for
a UE on dedicated channels.Unit: 0.1 sResolution: 5Change takes effect: The val
ue CANNOT be changed for an ongoing connection; that is, whenever the attribute
is reconfigured in the RNC, the new value shall only apply to new connections."
Rcs
hsDschRcLostT 50
Controls the RCS timer for supervision o
f uplink synch of RLS containing the serving HS-DSCH radio link.Special values:1
8000 indicates that the RCS function is switched off. Used for test purposes.Uni
t: 0.1 sResolution: 5
Rcs
RcsId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part of the
RDN.Set by the system to 1.
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
logicalLineNumber
0
Identifiies the logical
connection to the RDBTH PC. Only applicable to ET boards with channelization (i.
e. with STM1). For other ET boards it shall be set to 0.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
plugInUnitRef
Reference to the TXB plug-in uni
t where the AAL5 connection terminates.Precondition: The TXB PlugInUnit MO must
exist.Ref. [CB_UTS]

RdbtAal5TpVccTp
RdbtAal5TpVccTpId
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
txmId
The ID of the TXM where the RDBT AAL5 co
nnection terminates.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtAal5TpVccTp
vclTpRef
Reference to the the VCL termina
tion point the RDBT AAL5 VCC is associated with.Precondition: The VclTp MO must
exist.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtTestPort
internalMac
When the test conenctor is used
then internal MAC address must be provided as the destination for the RDBT data.
The data is sent out on the sRIO test connector. The MAC address must be a vali
d address to an RDBT receiver connected to the sRIO test connector. A pre-requis
ite is that the sRIO switches has been configured with the addresses for the tes
t connector.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtTestPort
piuDeviceRef
Reference to the logical TX boar
d (TXL) where the RDBT connection orginates.Precondition: The DUW TXL PiuDevice
MO must exist.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtTestPort
RdbtTestPortId
RdbtTestPort
txmId
The ID of the TXM where the RDBT UDP con
nection terminates.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
ipAccessHostEtRef
Reference to the the IP
host that the RDBT data is sent on.Precondition: The IpAccessHostEt MO must exis
t.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
piuDeviceRef
Reference to the logical TX boar
d (TXL) where the RDBT connection orginates.Precondition: The DUW TXL PiuDevice
MO must exist.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
RdbtUdpTpId
RdbtUdpTp
remoteIpAddress
The IP address of the RDBTH PC w
here the RDBT data is sent.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
remoteUdpPort
Identifies the remote UDP port o
n the RDBTH PC.Ref. [CB_UTS]
RdbtUdpTp
txmId
The ID of the TXM where the RDBT UDP con
nection terminates.Ref. [CB_UTS]
ReliableProgramUniter
admActiveSlot
"Reference to a Slot, co
ntains the running Normal relation to a slot. If the reference is set to the pas
sive slot, the passive slot is cleared and only one relation is set."
ReliableProgramUniter
admPassiveSlot
"Reference to a Slot, co
ntains the running Stand-by relation to a slot. If the reference is set to the a
ctive slot or a NULL value, the passive slot will be cleared."
ReliableProgramUniter
normalisation AUTOMATIC
"Controls when t
o switch back the RPU after error recovery has been done.Normalisation at PIU un
lock is always done, regardless of the value of this attribute."
ReliableProgramUniter
operationalMode
"Specifies if the RSH ex
ecution mode (active/passive) in the two Reliable Programs, matches the normal/s
tand-by relations set on the corresponding RPU."
ReliableProgramUniter
reliableProgramLabel
Compare this lab
el to the reliableProgramLabel in the LoadModule MO.
ReliableProgramUniter
ReliableProgramUniterId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.It is set automatically during system upgrade.
ReliableProgramUniter
replication
APPL_CONTROLLED Specifies the le
vel of data replication that is associated with the RPU.
ReliableProgramUniter
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO in
stances that reserve this MO instance.
ReliableProgramUniter
rpuId
The ReilableProgramUniter identi
ty on the resource layer.
ReliableProgramUniter
switchOver
AT_PIU_FAULT
Controls when to
switch the RPU if a certain error occurs.
ReliableProgramUniter
userLabel
Label for free use.
Repertoire
info
Information regarding the function.
Repertoire
name
A function friendly name associated to t
he repertoire. The value must be unique with respect to all repertoires with the
same install state.

Repertoire
piuTypeList
A list containing all PiuType re
ferences that has been added to this repertoire.
Repertoire
RepertoireId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically during system upgrade.If this MO is manually created (not
reccomended) the value for this attribute has to be set.
Repertoire
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
Repertoire
userLabel
Label for free use.
ResMeasControl
ResMeasControlId
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodInteractive
16
RES Measurement
period for the services containing Interactive. The supportedResServices enum va
lues for these services are:- INTERACTIVE- INTERACTIVEHS- INTERACTIVEEUL- PSDCHH
SChange takes effect: When the RES scanner is activatedThe value will not take e
ffect if the scanner is already active.Unit: s
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodSpeech
16
RES measurement period f
or the services containing Speech. The SupportedResServices enum values for thes
e services are:- SPEECH12200- SPEECH12200_INTERACTIVE- SPEECH12200_STREAMING- SP
EECH12200_INTERACTIVEHS- AMR7950- AMR5900- AMR4750- AMRWB- AMRWB_INTERACTIVE- AM
RWB_STREAMING- AMRWB_INTERACTIVEHS- STREAMINGHS- SPEECH12200_STREAMINGHS- SPEECH
12200_PSDCHHS- AMRNBMMChange takes effect: When the RES scanner is activatedThe
value will not take effect if the scanner is already active.Unit: s
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodStreaming 16
RES measurement period f
or Streaming service.The SupportedResServices enum values for these services are
:- STREAMING- STREAMINGHSChange takes effect: When the RES scanner is activatedT
he value will not take effect if the scanner is already active.Unit: s
ResMeasControl
resMeasPeriodVideo
16
RES measurement period f
or Video service.Change takes effect: When the RES scanner is activatedThe value
will not take effect if the scanner is already active.Unit: s
ResMeasControl
resMeasure1
RES measurement includes RES ser
vice and RES rmq.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure1.rmq NOT_ACTIVE
RES measurement quantity
to be measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner
is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure1.service
NOT_ACTIVE
RES service to b
e measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is a
lready active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure2
RES measurement includes RES ser
vice and RES rmq.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure2.rmq NOT_ACTIVE
RES measurement quantity
to be measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner
is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure2.service
NOT_ACTIVE
RES service to b
e measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is a
lready active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure3
RES measurement includes RES ser
vice and RES rmq.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure3.rmq NOT_ACTIVE
RES measurement quantity
to be measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner
is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure3.service
NOT_ACTIVE
RES service to b
e measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is a
lready active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure4
RES measurement includes RES ser
vice and RES rmq.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure4.rmq NOT_ACTIVE
RES measurement quantity
to be measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner
is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure4.service
NOT_ACTIVE
RES service to b
e measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is a
lready active.

ResMeasControl
resMeasure5
RES measurement includes RES ser
vice and RES rmq.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure5.rmq NOT_ACTIVE
RES measurement quantity
to be measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner
is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure5.service
NOT_ACTIVE
RES service to b
e measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is a
lready active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure6
RES measurement includes RES ser
vice and RES rmq.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure6.rmq NOT_ACTIVE
RES measurement quantity
to be measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner
is already active.
ResMeasControl
resMeasure6.service
NOT_ACTIVE
RES service to b
e measured.Change of this parameter will not take affect if the RES scanner is a
lready active.
ResMeasControl
resUeFraction 1
"Defines a subset of UEs during
a RES recording. Measurements shall be started for 1/resUeFraction of the UE's t
hat shall have performed the measurements. If this parameter is set to 1, then t
he measurement should be done for all UEs.Change takes effect: When the RES scan
ner is activatedThe value will not take effect if the scanner is already active.
"
RetDevice
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN
_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDevice
electricalAntennaTilt 0
"The antenna tilt induce
d by the RETU.Unit: 0.1Dependencies: The total antenna tilt relative the vertical
plane is electricalAntennaTilt + AntennaBranch::mechanicalAntennaTilt for this a
ntenna. A positive value for the total tilt gives that the antenna beam is point
ing below the horizontal plane for this antenna (towards the ground), while a ne
gative value gives that it is pointing above the horizontal plane for this anten
na.Use cases: CCL_UC025, AUC_310Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetDevice
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDevice
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: AUC_310Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDevice
RetDeviceId
RetDevice
usageState
Indicates the usage of the devic
e.Possible values: BUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_310Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Re
quirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device set.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LO
CKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Fu
ll availability.Use cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: U
TRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_309Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
productNumber
Vendor specific software product
number of the RETU.Use cases: AUC_321Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
RetDeviceSetId
RetDeviceSet
retType
Type of RETU. Defines (together with ant
ennaType on the corresponding SectorAntenna MO) which configuration data (MO Ret
Profile) that is used.Use cases: AUC_321Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetDeviceSet
revState
Revision state of the software r
unning on the RETU. Use cases: AUC_321Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetProfile
antennaType
"Type of antenna. Corresponds to

the same attribute on the MO SectorAntenna.Possible values: 0..50 = Reserved fo


r predefined antenna types supported by Ericsson. 51..100 = Available for custom
er specific antenna types.For the reserved antenna types, corresponding pre-defi
ned sets of RET profile attribute values will be set by the RBS SW. Such sets of
attribute values already in use may be overwritten at SW upgrades. When a custo
mer specific type is used no such attribute changes will occur. To enable creati
on of consistent sets of RET profile attributes there is a tool available as par
t of the RET Config product (190 09-CXC 132 6068).Use cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC03
4Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
checkSum
"Checksum of minTilt, maxTilt an
d the RET configuration parameters. CRC16 with initial value 0xFFFF is used to c
alculate the checksum.Use cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
maxTilt
"Maximum electrical antenna tilt value.U
nit: 0.1Use cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Dependencies: minTilt<=maxTiltRef. [FS_CCL]
"
RetProfile
minTilt
"Minimum electrical antenna tilt value.U
nit: 0.1Use cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Dependencies: minTilt<=maxTiltRef. [FS_CCL]
"
RetProfile
retParam1
"RET configuration parameter 1.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
retParam2
"RET configuration parameter 2.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
retParam3
"RET configuration parameter 3.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
retParam4
"RET configuration parameter 4.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
retParam5
"RET configuration parameter 5.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
retParam6
"RET configuration parameter 6.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
retParam7
"RET configuration parameter 7.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
retParam8
"RET configuration parameter 8.U
se cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Ref. [FS_CCL]"
RetProfile
RetProfileId
RetProfile
retType
"Type of RETU. Corresponds to the same a
ttribute on the MO RetDeviceSet.0=Katrein vendor RETU1=RETU product number 12=RE
TU product number 2:100=RETU product number 100Use cases: CCL_UC032, CCL_UC034Re
f. [FS_CCL]"
RetuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
RetuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
RetuDeviceGroup
RetuDeviceGroupId
RetuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
RfCable
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the opto communicat
ion cable.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=
UNDER_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1
when bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases:
EQF_UC_923, EQF_UC_924Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault Managem
ent Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_EFH]"
RfCable
connectedToObjectARef
"Reference to the hardware unit

(for example, PIU of sTRX, auxiliary plug-in unit of PAU/sAIU/RU/FU/RUW/RRUW) to


which this cable must be connected.The information sent through the cable is se
nt from Object A to Object B.If the cable is used both for DL and UL, the DL dir
ection must be Object A to Object B.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Anten
na EquipmentPrecondition: The referred to MO and the corresponding device group
MOs must exist.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
RfCable
connectedToObjectBRef
"Reference to the hardware unit
(for example, PIU of sTRX, auxiliary plug-in unit of PAU/sAIU/FU/RU/RUW/RRUW, Co
nnectionField or PIU of sTRX) to which this cable must be connected.The informat
ion sent through the cable is sent from Object A to Object B. If the cable is us
ed both for DL and UL, Object A and Object B must be set to show how information
in DL is sent.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentPrecondit
ion: The referred to MO and the corresponding device group MOs must exist.Ref. [
CB_ECF]"
RfCable
dlAttenuation -1
"Cable attenuation, downlink.Example: 36
= 3.6 dBUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 dBTak
es effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell.Undefined value: -1Ref.
[CB_ECF]"
RfCable
electricalDlDelay
-1
"Electrical downlink delay of th
e cable. Example: 103 = 10.3 nanosecondsUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify A
ntenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup for the affecte
d cell.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
RfCable
electricalUlDelay
-1
"Electrical uplink delay of the
cable.Example: 103 = 10.3 nanosecondsUndefined value: -1Use cases: Scratch RBS a
t Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 nsTakes effect: At the next cell setup
for the affected cell.User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_ECF]"
RfCable
objectAConnector
"Value representing the connecto
r on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected.Note that the value
NOT_CONNECTED shall only be used temporarily during certain reconfiguration act
ivities. Leaving the cable in this state will result in an alarm at the next nod
e restart or sector initiation.Possible values: NOT_CONNECTED = Used when cables
for branch B are moved when adding a carrier. TX_A = Valid connector for sTRX.
RX_A1, RX_B, ANT_A and ANT_B = Valid connectors for sAIU. FEEDBACK and TX_OUT =
Valid connectors for PAU. RX_A1, RX_A2, RX_B1 and RX_B2 = Valid connectors for F
U. TX = Valid connector for RU. RXA_IO and RXB_IO = Valid connectors for RUW and
RRUW.Use cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentRef. [CB_ECF]"
RfCable
objectBConnector
Value representing the connector
on the hardware unit to which this cable must be connected.Possible values: FB_
IN = Valid connector for sTRX.H1-H3 = Valid connectors for Connection Field. J1J3 = Valid connectors for Connection Field. RX_A and RX_B = Valid connectors for
RU and sTRX. RXA_IO and RXB_IO = Valid connectors for RUW and RRUW. TX_A = Vali
d connector for FU. TX_IN = Valid connector for PAU and sAIU.Use cases: Scratch
RBS at SiteRef. [CB_ECF]
RfCable
RfCableId
RfCable
ulAttenuation -1
"Cable attenuation, uplink.Example: 36 =
3.6 dBUse cases: Scratch RBS at Site, Modify Antenna EquipmentUnit: 0.1 dBTakes
effect: At the next cell setup for the affected cell.Undefined value: -1Ref. [C
B_ECF]"
RfifDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement
: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
RfifDeviceGroup
crossConnActive
Identifies if RFIF cross-connect
ion is active or not. This depends on the node configuration.Ref. [CB_ECF]
RfifDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDHardware units not sup
porting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINED.Use case
s: HWT_UC1Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3Ref. [FS_HWT]
RfifDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational

state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T r


ec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
RfifDeviceGroup
RfifDeviceGroupId
RfifDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC904Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
RnApplication
RnApplicationId
Relative Distinguished Name.Sub:
CMSRef. [7]
RnApplication
userLabel
Provides support for putting a l
abel on the MO instance.Sub: CMSRef. [7]
RncCapacity
capacityUnit
"Defines the unit (bps/ number o
f users, number of connected IP RBS etc.) for the licensed capacity."
RncCapacity
currentCapacityLimit
Indicates the current ca
pacity limit applied in the node.
RncCapacity
currentCapacityLimit.noLimit
TRUE
RncCapacity
currentCapacityLimit.value
0
RncCapacity
isLicensedControlled
Indicates if the capacit
y feature is under license control.
RncCapacity
keyId
The product identity of the key for the
capacity feature under license control.
RncCapacity
licensedCapacityLimit
Defines the node license
d capacity as defined in the License Key File. noLimit is used to define if the
value is valid or not.
RncCapacity
licensedCapacityLimit.noLimit TRUE
RncCapacity
licensedCapacityLimit.value
0
RncCapacity
operatorCapacityLimit
"Wanted node capacity li
mit. Normally set to the same limit as licensedCapacitylimit. The operator can s
et this to a lower value than licensedCapacityLimit for test reasons, known prob
lems in the node etc.noLimit is used to define if the value is valid or not.Chan
ge takes effect: Immediately"
RncCapacity
operatorCapacityLimit.noLimit TRUE
RncCapacity
operatorCapacityLimit.value
0
RncCapacity
RncCapacityId
RncDeployment
RncDeploymentId
RncFeature
featureState
DEACTIVATED
"Used to activate or dea
ctivate a feature.A prerequisite for activating a feature under license control
is that a valid license key has been installed in the CPP License Manager (param
eter isLicenseControlled has the value True).Change takes effect: New connection
s; however, setting to ACTIVATED may also affect ongoing connections."
RncFeature
isLicenseControlled
The parameter defines if
the feature is under license control or not.
RncFeature
keyId
The product identity of the key for the
feature under license control.
RncFeature
licenseState
"Indicates if a valid key is ins
talled or not in the License Manager.Value mapping:ENABLED: Set when there is a
valid key, or if the feature is not under license control (parameter isLicenseCo
ntrolled has the value FALSE).DISABLED: Indicates that a valid key is not instal
led."
RncFeature
RncFeatureId
RncFeature
serviceState
Indicates if the feature is oper
able or inoperable (if the feature providing service or not).
RncFunction
aliasPlmnIdentities
List of alias PLMN ident
ities for this RNC. Defines PLMNs with roaming restrictions for the Selective Ha
ndover feature.See the class description of UtranRelation for more details.
RncFunction
aliasPlmnIdentities.mcc 1
The MCC part of a PLMN i
dentity used in the radio network.
RncFunction
aliasPlmnIdentities.mnc 1
The MNC part of a PLMN i
dentity used in the radio network.
RncFunction
aliasPlmnIdentities.mncLength 2
The length of th
e MNC part of a PLMN identity used in the radio networkUnit: digit

RncFunction
ctrFileSize
5000
"Size of each CTR recording file
. The file size is valid for the uncompressed file.The default value will give a
storage time of 1 hour for each file, for 2 simultaneous CTR recordings and 16
simultaneous UETR recordings, and given that uetrFileSize is also set to its def
ault value.If the size of the file reaches the value of ctrFileSize within a spe
cific ROP, CTR recording will stop until the next ROP begins.Unit: kB (1000 byte
s)Change takes effect: Next ROP"
RncFunction
ecCnPriorityLevel
7
"Priority level received
from the Core Networ,k which RNC interprets as the identifier for CS Speech Eme
rgency Calls.Change takes effect: Immediately"
RncFunction
ecCnSbhoRequestIgnore FALSE "Determines if a request
from the Core Network for Service based handover should be ignored for an Emerg
ency Call, if positioning using A-GPS is possible."
RncFunction
ecLocationAttemptUmts OFF
Determines whether a loc
ation attempt should be made for the emergency call in the UMTS system. Only val
id if ecCnSbhoRequestIgnore = TRUE
RncFunction
ecSbhoTimer
6
"Time within which a service-bas
ed handover must be completed for an emergency call.A service-based handover for
emergency call can be initiated when ecCnSbhoRequestIgnore = FALSE, or when ecC
nSbhoRequestIgnore = TRUE but it is not possible to perform UMTS-based A-GPS pos
itioning.Unit: s"
RncFunction
edchSoftCongThreshold 66
"Starting point for the
soft congestion detection. This point is the shortest dynamic delay that can be
detected as soft congestion, expressed as percentage of edchDataFrameDelayThresh
oldThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: %"
RncFunction
edchTciIntervalMin
250
"Defines the minimum int
erval between two consecutive TNL CONGESTION INDICATION control frames, belongin
g to one flow controlled EUL flow, which are sent towards RBS. The interval is v
alid per flow controlled flow, regardless of which type of TCI that are sent, e.
g. with code 2 or 3. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. U
nit: msResolution: 50"
RncFunction
emergencyCallRedirect OFF
Turns on/off the immedia
te reject of RRC Connection Requests with establishment cause set to emergency c
all to GSM in order to enable more accurate positioning.Change takes effect: New
connections
RncFunction
eulBufferEmptyTimeThreshold
50
The UE shall sen
d an unhappy bit if it takes the UE more than this time to empty its buffer with
the current serving grant.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel.Unit: ms
RncFunction
gpehDataLevel HEADER_DATA_ONLY
"Determines whet
her the entire protocol message of the selected GPEH external events should be r
ecorded, or only the header data of the selected external events. When recording
external events, the GPEH user may select to record header data only or the ent
ire protocol message of the selected GPEH external events. The default setting i
s HEADER_DATA_ONLY, and this setting causes less information to be recorded in G
PEH - information that can be used by the GPEH user for high level trouble-shoot
ing, such as verifying that all the expected messages occurred in the correct ti
mes, or checking for failure messages for procedures. The user may change from t
he default setting if more data is required for more detailed trouble-shooting.
The resetting of the parameter to ALL_DATA should only be done if the system is
not already highly loaded, since there will be a large increase in data recorded
by GPEH on resetting this parameter to ALL_DATA.Change takes effect: Next ROP"
RncFunction
gpehFileSize
15000 "Specifies the size of each GPEH
file. The file size is valid for the uncompressed file.If the gpehFileSize is r
eached within a specific ROP, the GPEH will stop the recording until the next RO
P begins.Unit: kB (1000 bytes)"
RncFunction
gpehStorageSize 100000 "Total GPEH storage size availab
le on the O&M MP and each Module MP.When gpehStorageSize is exceeded, the GPEH f
unction will remove the oldest GPEH file(s) from the persistent storage to make
space for a new file, and GPEH recording will continue.This attribute may only b

e changed by Ericsson personnel.Dependencies: The size of the GPEH file may neve
r exceed the available GPEH storage size on each MP (gpehStorageSize >= gpehFile
Size).Unit: kB (1000 bytes)Change takes affect: Next ROP"
RncFunction
highPrioScanReserve
0
Specifies the percentage
of the GPEH file size that is reserved for high-priority scanners. This means t
hat no events from low-priority scanners shall be written into the file when the
following limit is reached: gpehFileSize - (highPrioScanReserve / 100) * gpehFi
leSize. Unit: %Change takes effect: Next ROP
RncFunction
hsCellChangeAllowed
FALSE Overall On/Off switch fo
r serving HS-DSCH cell change
RncFunction
hsCellChangeCfnOffset 100
Offset in number of fram
es calculated from the activation time at serving HS-DSCH Cell Change.This attri
bute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies:hsCellChangeCfnOffs
et >= hsMacdSwitchTimeOffset
RncFunction
hsIubDrtExtensionInterval
100
"Minimum time in
terval between two HS-DSCH Data Frames with a DRT Extension. The purpose is to n
ot send DRT Extensions too often. When the parameter is set to zero, no DRT Exte
nsions are sent (the feature is turned OFF). This attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel. Unit: msResolution: 10Change takes effect: New connection
s"
RncFunction
hsMacdSwitchTimeOffset 5
"Used when calculating t
he time for the switch-over of the HS MAC-D flow from Source Cell to Target Cell
, at Serving HS-DSCH Cell Change.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel. Dependencies:hsMacdSwitchTimeOffset <= hsCellChangeCfnOffsetUnit: fra
me"
RncFunction
hsMissingCaReduction
50
Defines the degree of bi
t rate reduction due to missing CAPACITY ALLOCATION control frames.Example: New
bit rate = Old bit rate * (1- hsMissingCaReduction/100). This attribute may only
be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: %Change takes effect: New connections
RncFunction
hsMissingCaSupervisionTime
33
"Time without a
received CAPACITY ALLOCATION (CA) control frame, for this PQF, that results in a
reduced HSDPA bit rate. The reason for checking the presence of these CAPACITY
ALLOCATION control frames in RNC is that a CA shall be received at least every o
ne second time interval (more often or once per second). If this doesn't happen,
it is likely that a CA is dropped over the transport network. Further on, if se
veral CA control frames are dropped, not received in RNC, it could mean that the
best effort type of transport network is congested. This attribute may only be
changed by Ericsson personnel. Special values:0 defines that CA presence supervi
sion is turned off.Unit: 0.1 sChange takes effect: New connections"
RncFunction
hsOnlyBestCell TRUE
RNC wide switch for selecting on
ly the best cell for HS.
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger
"Indicates whether triggers lead
ing to a transition from HS-DSCH to a DCH connection are acted upon or not.For i
nformation about the cases, see struct definitions for HsToDchTrigger"
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.changeOfBestCellInterRnc OFF
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when Se
rving HS-DSCH Cell Change can not be completed, when it has been triggered by a
change of best cell (event 1d) indication and the cell is an inter-RNC UTRAN Cel
l."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.changeOfBestCellIntraRnc OFF
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when Se
rving HS-DSCH Cell Change can not be completed, when it has been triggered by a
Change of Best Cell (event 1d) indication and the best cell is an intra-RNC UTRA
N Cell."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.poorQualityDetected
OFF
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when po
or radio quality has been detected."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.servHsChangeInterRnc
OFF
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when th
e serving HS-DSCH cell is removed from the Active Set, a Serving HS-DSCH Cell Ch

ange can not be completed and the best cell is an inter-RNC UTRAN Cell."
RncFunction
hsToDchTrigger.servHsChangeIntraRnc
OFF
"Indicat
es whether a trigger for a HS-DSCH to DCH transition is accepted or not, when th
e serving HS-DSCH cell is removed from the Active Set, a Serving HS-DSCH Cell Ch
ange can not be completed and the best cell is an intra-RNC UTRAN Cell."
RncFunction
intraNodeIpResourceRef
Node internal IP resourc
es available for inter-subrack data transport. The node internal IP resources ar
e used to relieve the inter-subrack links (ISL) of dedicated channel data transp
ort. The IpAccessHostPool referred to by this attribute must contain at least on
e IpAccessHostEt from each subrack. Only applicable for RNC nodes with Ethernet
inter-subrack links.
RncFunction
iuSccpConRateMeasPeriod 120
Averaging period for Iu
signaling connection setup rate measurement used for load-triggered RNS-wide Acc
ess Class barring and PDF-counter pmIuSccpConRate.Unit: sResolution: 10 Change t
akes effect: Immediately after each measurement period
RncFunction
iuSccpConRateThresh
10000 "Connection setup rate t
hreshold for Load Triggered Access Class Barring. The Iu-signaling connection se
tup rate is averaged over a period configured in the attribute iuSccpConRateMeas
Period. If the measured average exceeds this threshold, the Load-triggered Acces
s Class Barring feature is triggered. Once the Load-triggered Access Class Barri
ng feature is triggered, 80 % of the Access Classes in range 0..9 are randomly b
arred in the entire RNS. The access class restrictions are removed in the follow
ing measurement periods, in steps of 2 access classes at a time, if the connecti
on setup rate in that period has been reduced below this threshold (adjusted by
an internal hysteresis margin).Unit: connections/sResolution: 10 Change takes ef
fect: Immediately after each new measurement period"
RncFunction
loadSharingDirRetryEnabled
FALSE Indicates whethe
r the Load Sharing via Directed Retry to GSM function has been enabled in the RN
C.
RncFunction
loadSharingRrcEnabled FALSE Indicates whether the In
ter-Frequency Load Sharing function has been enabled in the RNC. Change takes ef
fect: Immediately
RncFunction
loadSharingThreshold
20
Threshold below which RR
C redirections for inter-frequency load sharing will be inhibited.Defined in ter
ms of the difference in available resources between the source cell and the targ
et cell. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: %Change
takes effect: Immediately
RncFunction
maxAllowedGbrDlPsStream 256
Maximum allowed GBR in t
he downlink for PS Streaming RABs.Unit: kbpsChange takes effect: New connections
RncFunction
maxPowerOverloadHystTime
10
Hysteresis time
for detection and resolution of HS-DSCH overload.Unit: sChange takes effect: Imm
ediately
RncFunction
mcc
1
"The MCC part of the PLMN identity for t
his RNC. The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Country Code, 3 digits, and th
e Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits. (Example: If MCC=125 and MNC=46 then plmnI
d=12546.)The PLMN identity is broadcast in all UTRAN cells in this RNC if the Ce
ll MOCN feature is not active. The initial value of this attribute has no releva
nce. This attribute must be configured by the operator.Dependencies: This attrib
ute may only be changed if no cells are defined."
RncFunction
mnc
1
"The MNC part of the PLMN identity for t
his RNC. The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Country Code, 3 digits, and th
e Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits. (Example: If MCC=125 and MNC=46 then plmnI
d=12546.)The PLMN identity is broadcast in all UTRAN cells in this RNC if the Ce
ll MOCN feature is not active. The initial value of this attribute has no releva
nce. This attribute must be configured by the operator.Dependencies: This attrib
ute may only be changed if no cells are defined."
RncFunction
mncLength
2
"The length of the MNC part of t
he PLMN identity for this RNC. The PLMN identity consists of the Mobile Country
Code, 3 digits, and the Mobile Network Code, 2 or 3 digits. (Example: If MCC=125
and MNC=46 then plmnId=12546.)The PLMN identity is broadcast in all UTRAN cells

in this RNC if the Cell MOCN feature is not active. The initial value of this a
ttribute has no relevance. This attribute must be configured by the operator.Dep
endencies: This attribute may only be changed if no cells are defined."
RncFunction
mocnExternalNriMatching FALSE "Determines whether a (P
)TMSI allocated in an external RAN is handled as if it is allocated in the share
d RAN to which the RNC belongs, during selection of Core Network.Value mapping:F
ALSE: external (P)TMSIs will be handled as external (P)TMSIsTRUE: external (P)TM
SIs will be handled as internal (P)TMSIsChange takes effect: Immediately"
RncFunction
nbapAuditInterval
0
"Time interval for perio
dic NBAP audit procedure.Special values:0 means that the periodic NBAP audit is
deactivated. If the periodic NBAP audit is activated by changing the value from
zero (deactivated) to non zero (activated), the NBAP audit will start immediatel
y, and then wait the configured time interval. A change from a non zero to anoth
er non zero value will cause a reset of the timer, without an NBAP audit.Unit: h
our"
RncFunction
nbapDscp
0
DiffServ code point value for NB
AP-C and NBAP-D.Change takes effect: At system restart
RncFunction
networkResourceIdentifierLengthCs
0
"Bitmask
length of the NRI for CS/MSC. Value mapping;:networkResourceIdentifierLengthCs
== 0 indicates that Iu Flex is not active for the CS domain. networkResourceIden
tifierLengthCs > 0 activates Iu Flex for the CS domain.Dependencies: Before acti
vating or de-activating Iu Flex for CS, all Ranap instances for the CS domain mu
st be deleted (all instances for which Ranap::cnDomainInd = CIRCUIT_SWITCHED).If
Iu Flex for the CS domain is not active, there can only be one instance of Rana
p with cnDomainInd = CIRCUIT_SWITCHED per CnOperator. See the class description
of CnOperator for further restrictions.Unit: bits"
RncFunction
networkResourceIdentifierLengthPs
0
"Bitmask
length of the NRI for PS/SGSN.Value mapping;:networkResourceIdentifierLengthPs
== 0 indicates that Iu Flex is not active for the PS domain. networkResourceIden
tifierLengthPs > 0 activates IuFlex for the PS domain.Dependencies: Before activ
ating or de-activating Iu Flex for PS, all Ranap instances for the PS domain mus
t be deleted (all instances for which Ranap::cnDomainInd = PACKET_SWITCHED).See
the class description of CnOperator for further restrictions.Unit: bits"
RncFunction
pcapPositioningMode
RNC_CENTRIC
"Selects either
the SAS-centric mode of positioning, or the RNC-centric mode (with no SAS involv
ed).Change takes effect: New connections"
RncFunction
primaryCnOperatorRef
Reference to the primary
CnOperator in this RNC. Used to select which CN Operator to use when there is m
ore than one CnOperator instance defined and neither NRI MOCN nor Cell MOCN is a
ctive.
RncFunction
recordingStorageSize
60000 "Total size of the stora
ge space available for PM Recording ROP files on the O&M MP.When recordingStorag
eSize is reached, the PM Recording function will remove the oldest recording fil
e and continue. If the recordingStorageSize is completely used by a single recor
ding file, the PM Recording function will stop the recording until the next ROP
begins.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Dependencies: T
he file sizes for UETR and CTR recordings may never exceed the available recordi
ng storage size on the central O&M MP: recordingStorageSize >= ctrFileSize, reco
rdingStorageSize >= uetrFileSizeUnit: kB (1000 bytes)Change takes effect: Next R
OP"
RncFunction
RncFunctionId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
RncFunction
rncId 1
"RNC identity used in the radio network.
The RNC identity is a part of the RNTI. The initial value of this attribute has
no relevance. This attribute must be configured by the operator.Disturbances: C
hanging this attribute may affect ongoing traffic.All cells in the RNC will be l
ocked, and as a result all traffic in those cells will be lost. The cells will b
e automatically unlocked after reconfiguration."
RncFunction
uetrFileSize
275
"Size of each UETR recording fil
e. The file size is valid for the uncompressed file.The default value will give

a storage time of 1 hour for each file, for 2 simultaneous CTR recordings and 16
simultaneous UETR recordings, and given that ctrFileSize is also set to its def
ault value.If the size of the file reaches the value of uetrFileSize within a sp
ecific ROP, UETR recording will stop until the next ROP begins.Unit: kB (1000 by
tes)Change takes effect: Next ROP"
RncFunction
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
RncModule
availabilityStatus
"The availability status
of the RncModule.More than one of the following conditions can apply for the sa
me object:Bit 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLIN
EBit 4 = 1: OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9, bit 10 or bit 11
is set to 1)Bit 6 = 1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 =
1: DEPENDENCYLOCKEDBit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILEDBit 11 = 1: DEPENDENCYSHUTTINGDO
WN"
RncModule
operationalState
The operational state of
RncModule.
RncModule
reservedBy
"Sequence of IubLink MO referenc
es which belongs to this RncModule.The system will set the reservedBy when a new
IubLink MO is created or deleted for the RncModule, and then in the same transa
ction as the creation/deletion."
RncModule
RncModuleId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
RncModule
rncModuleResourceId
0
Created by the system. U
sed locally within the RNC to address the RncModule.
RncModule
rpuRefs
Reference to the MP processor on which t
he RncModule program is executing.
RncModule
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
RncSystemParameters
hsWaitMeasRepT 750
Maximum waiting time for
a Measurement Report from the UE.Unit: msResolution: 250This attribute may only
be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
RncSystemParametersId
RncSystemParameters
tNbapRlAdd
3
Timer used to supervise
the NBAP Radio Link Addition procedure. Started at transmission of NBAP RADIO LI
NK ADDITION REQUEST. Stopped at reception of NBAP RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE o
r NBAP RADIO LINK ADDITION FAILURE or NBAP ERROR INDICATION.Unit: sThis attribut
e may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tNbapRlSetupIub 3
Timer used to supervise
the NBAP Radio Link Setup procedure. Started at transmission of NBAP RADIO LINK
SETUP REQUEST. Stopped at reception of NBAP RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE.Unit: sThi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tNbapRnsapChSwitch4
4
Started at trans
mission of DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST. Stopped at reception of DED
ICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION RESPONSE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed
by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tNbapSynchRlReConfig2 3
Waiting time for
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION READY (Iub).Unit: sThis attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRnsapRlAdd
4
Timer used to supervise
the RNSAP Radio Link Addition procedure. Started at transmission of RNSAP RADIO
LINK ADDITION REQUEST. Stopped at reception of RNSAP RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONS
E or RNSAP RADIO LINK ADDITION FAILURE or RNSAP ERROR INDICATION.Unit: sThis att
ribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRnsapRlSetupIur
4
Timer used to su
pervise the RNSAP Radio Link Setup procedure. Started at transmission of RNSAP R
ADIO LINK SETUP REQUEST. Stopped at reception of RNSAP RADIO LINK SETUP RESPONSE
.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRnsapSynchRlReConfig1 4
Waiting time for
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION READY (Iur).Unit: sThis attribute may only be change
d by Ericsson personnel.

RncSystemParameters
tRrcActiveSetUpdate
5
Timer used to su
pervise the RRC Active Set Update procedure. Started at transmission of RRC ACTI
VE SET UPDATE REQUEST. Stopped at reception of RRC ACTIVE SET UPDATE COMPLETE or
RRC ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Eric
sson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcChSwitch1 15
Started at transmission
of RRC: RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION. Stopped at reception of RRC: RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsson p
ersonnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcChSwitch3 5
Started at transmission
of RRC: TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION or RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION. Stopp
ed at reception of RRC: TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE or RADIO BEAR
ER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcEst1
3
Started at transmission
ofRRC CONNECTION SETUP to UE. Stopped at reception of RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPL
ETE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRABEst
5
Waiting time for RRC RES
PONSE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRABRel
6
Started at transmission
of RRC: RADIO BEARER RELEASE or RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION. Stopped at recepti
on of RRC: RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE or RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLET
E.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRel1
1
Started at transmission
of RRC CONNECTION RELEASE to UE in state CELL_DCH. Stopped at reception of RRC C
ONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsson
personnel.
RncSystemParameters
tRrcRel2
1
Started at transmission
of RRC CONNECTION RELEASE to UE in state CELL_FACH. Stopped at reception of RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETE.Unit: sThis attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel.
RnlQosClassProfile
RnlQosClassProfileId
Naming attribute
. Contains the value part of the RDN.
RnlQosClassProfile
rnlQosClassProfileInsId
Internal identif
ier of this instance.
RnlQosClassProfile
tcPsBgQosRef
Reference to the QoS spe
cification for PS Background.Dependencies: References a SpiQosClass under this R
nlQosClassProfile instance. Change takes effect: New connections
RnlQosClassProfile
userLabel
Provides the possibility
to put a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RN
C.
Rnsap
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the R
NSAP. More than one of the following conditions can apply for the same object:Bi
t 0 = 1: INTESTBit 1 = 1: FAILEDBit 2 = 1: POWEROFFBit 3 = 1: OFFLINEBit 4 = 1:
OFFDUTYBit 5 = 1: DEPENDENCY (set to 1 when bit 9 or bit 10 is set to 1)Bit 6 =
1: DEGRADEDBit 7 = 1: NOTINSTALLEDBit 8 = 1: LOGFULL Bit 9 = 1: DEPENDENCYLOCKED
Bit 10 = 1: DEPENDENCYFAILED
Rnsap
localSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApLocal MO that rep
resents the local SCCP Access point.
Rnsap
operationalState
The operational state of the RNS
AP signaling bearer.
Rnsap
remoteSccpApRef
Reference to the SccpApRemote MO that re
presents the remote SCCP Access point.
Rnsap
RnsapId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part of the
RDN.
Rnsap
sccpDisabledT 100
Timer for supervising the propagated ope
rational state change of the local SCCP. The alarm Local Failure is issued on ti
mer expiry.Unit: s
Rnsap
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put a user-f
riendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.

Rnsap
userOutOfServiceT
100
Timer for supervising the N-STAT
E-indication for the remote SCCP (SSN=1) or the remote RNSAP (SSN=143). Timer ex
piry for remote SCCP (SSN=1) issues the alarm Local Failure and for remote RNSAP
(SSN=143) issues the alarm Remote Failure.
RoutingArea
nmo
MODE_II Network operation mode that indicates wh
ether the Gs interface between the SGSN and MSC/VLR is installed.
RoutingArea
rac
"Routing Area Code of a routing area. An
RA is used by UTRAN to page mobiles on request from the PS CN. When the paramet
er is changed, UTRAN updates system information and notifies the UEs.The rac is
unique in the LA. An LA can span over several RNCs."
RoutingArea
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO.See reference in UtranCell."
RoutingArea
RoutingAreaId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
RoutingArea
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Rrc
cfnOffsetMarginFirstRabEst
0
"The additional margin i
n number of radio frames added to the system margin (= 50) when the activation t
ime (the CFN) is set at establishing any RAB to a stand alone RRC connection by
use of synchronization procedure B.NOTE: If cfnOffsetMarginFirstRabEst > 200, th
e value may wrap around and result in unacceptably short activation times.Resolu
tion:1 Change takes effect: New connectionSpecification: 3GPP TS 25.214"
Rrc
n300
5
Maximum number of retransmissions of RRC Connect
ion Request.Used by the UE.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson person
nel. Change takes effect: New connections
Rrc
n302
6
Maximum number of retransmissions of Cell Update
.Used by the UE.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Rrc
n308
1
Maximum number of retransmissions of the RRC con
nection release complete message.Used by the UE. This attribute may only be chan
ged by Ericsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connections
Rrc
n313
100
Number of frames to be considered for out-of-syn
c detection (UE in DCH).This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel
.
Rrc
n315
1
"Number of frames to be considered for in-sync d
etection (UE in DCH)This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. De
pendencies:Must not be set longer than t313, assuming 1 frame = 10 ms."
Rrc
RrcId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part of the
RDN.Set by the system to 1.
Rrc
t300
10
Time for supervision of RRC Connection Setup.Use
d by the UE.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Value mapp
ing:0: 100 ms1: 200 ms2: 400 ms3: 600 ms4: 800 ms5: 1000 ms6: 1200 ms7: 1400 ms8
: 1600 ms9: 1800 ms10: 2000 ms11: 3000 ms12: 4000 ms13: 6000 ms14: 8000 msChange
takes effect: New connections
Rrc
t302
5
"Maximum time between UE transmission of Cell Up
date message and UE reception of the Cell Update Confirm message. If not receive
d, the UE sends a new Cell Update. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsso
n personnel. 0: 100 ms1: 200 ms2: 400 ms3: 600 ms4: 800 ms5: 1000 ms6: 1200 ms7:
1400 ms8: 1600 ms9: 1800 ms10: 2000 ms11: 3000 ms12: 4000 ms13: 6000 ms14: 8000
ms"
Rrc
t305
3
"Time in UE between periodic cell updates. If th
is time has expired, the UE sends a new CELL UPDATE. Value mapping:0: No updatin
g1: 5 min2: 103: 304: 605: 1206: 3607: 720 min"
Rrc
t307
30
Waiting time before moving to idle (UE in PCH or
FACH)This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: s
Rrc
t308
40
Started at UE transmission of the RRC Connection
Release Complete message. Set in SIB 1.This attribute may only be changed by Er
icsson personnel. Change takes effect: New connections
Rrc
t309
6
UE timer that is controlled by UTRAN and sent to
the UE in system information. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson pe

rsonnel. Change takes effect: New connections


Rrc
t313
3
"Waiting time before RL Failure (UE in DCH).This
attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Special values:0 indicates
that the t313 is not in use.Dependencies:Must be set longer than n315, assuming
1 frame = 10 ms.Unit: s"
Rrc
t316
30
Waiting time before starting T317 (UE in PCH)Thi
s attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: s
Rrc
t317
180
Maximum time for moving from CELL_FACH to idle m
ode if out of service area.Used by the UE.This attribute may only be changed by
Ericsson personnel. Unit: s
RruDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
RruDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
RruDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
RruDeviceGroup
RruDeviceGroupId
RruDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
RttPositioning
measTimeMaxRbs
"Specifies the maximum value of
the RNC timer controlling the RTT measurement in RBSThe timer shall be set to th
is value whenever a DEDICATED MEASUREMENT INITIATION REQUEST message that reques
ts an RTT Measurement is sent. In case the timer expires before the reception of
a valid report, the RTT positioning shall be aborted. Unit: 0.1 sChange takes e
ffect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)"
RttPositioning
measTimeMaxUe
"Specifies the maximum value of
the RNC timer controlling the Rx-Tx timing measurement in UE.The timer shall be
set to this value whenever a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message that requests an UE RxT
x type 1 measurement is sent. In case the timer expires before the reception of
a valid report, the RTT positioning shall be aborted.Unit: 0.1 sChange takes eff
ect: Ongoing connections (next positioning transaction)"
RttPositioning
outlierFactor
"Factor that describes how much
larger distance than the cell size an RTT measurement may represent, before it i
s counted as a measurement error. Unit: 0.1Change takes effect: Ongoing connecti
ons (next positioning transaction)"
RttPositioning
posQualities
Typical QoS parameters for the R
TT positioning method.Change takes effect: Ongoing connections (next positioning
transaction)
RttPositioning
posQualities.accuracyCodeTypical
"Expecte
d accuracy code of the positioning method, to be used in the selection of the po
sitioning method for the first positioning attempt. The uncertainty radius of a
circular uncertainty measure (in meters) is related to the accuracy code by:Radi
us = 10 x (1.1^accuracyCodeTypical - 1)Specification: 3GPP TS 23.032"
RttPositioning
posQualities.confidenceEstimate
Expected confide
nce of the positioning method to be used for shape Conversion. Unit: %
RttPositioning
posQualities.responseTimeTypical
Expected
response time of the positioning method to be used in the selection of the posi
tioning method for the first positioning attempt.Unit: ms Resolution: 100
RttPositioning
posQualities.verticalAccuracyCodeTypical
"Expected vertical accuracy code of the positioning method, to be used in the se
lection of the positioning method for the first positioning attempt. The uncerta
inty (in meters) is related to the vertical accuracy code by:Uncertainty = 45 x
(1.025^verticalAccuracyCodeTypical - 1) Specification: 3GPP TS 23.032 "
RttPositioning
propagationTimeUncertainty
Expected two-way
propagation time uncertainty which should reflect: i) the RTT measurement error

ii) the UE RxTx type 1 Measurement error iii) radio propagation effects. Note th
at the parameter does not reflect the effect of non-simultaneous measurement tim
es of the RTT measurement and the UE RxTx type 1 Measurement - this is handled b
y a separate error contribution. Unit: 0.1 chipChange takes effect: Ongoing conn
ections (next positioning transaction)
RttPositioning
RttPositioningId
Naming attribute.Contain
s the value part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
RuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
RuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
RuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
RuDeviceGroup
RuDeviceGroupId
RuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
RuifDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement
: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
RuifDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDHardware units not sup
porting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINED.Use case
s: HWT_UC1Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3Ref. [FS_HWT]
RuifDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T r
ec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
RuifDeviceGroup
RuifDeviceGroupId
RuifDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC904Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
SaiuDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement:
UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_AUC]
SaiuDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDRef. [FS_HWT]
SaiuDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: AUC_308Specification: ITU-T re
c. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_AUC]
SaiuDeviceGroup
SaiuDeviceGroupId
SaiuDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: AUC_308Specification:
ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_AUC]
SasPositioning
enabledSasFeatures
SAS_AGPS_AND_SAS_RTT
"Selects
the positioning-methods that will be signaled to the SAS, if the UE also suppor
ts them.Change takes effect: New connections"
SasPositioning
pcapSasRespTime 200
Time without SAS response after
which the RNC aborts the CN positioning request.Unit: msResolution: 100Change ta
kes effect: New connections
SasPositioning
SasPositioningId
SccpApLocal
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.

SccpApLocal
maxConn
"Specifies the maximum number of connect
ions allowed for this SCCP Access Point. It is only valid for local SCCP Access
Points.At a change of the attribute, the SCCP user traffic for the other SccpApL
ocal related to the same SccpSp is affected."
SccpApLocal
operationalState
The operational state.
SccpApLocal
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
SccpApLocal
SccpApLocalId
The value component of the RDN.
SccpApLocal
ssN
"The Subsystem number (SSN) of the SCCP
Access Point.If the SccpAp is local, then the SSN has to be unique among all oth
er SccpAp MOs under the same SccpSp MO.Disturbances: At a change of this attribu
te, the SCCP user traffic for the other SccpApLocal related to the same SccpSp i
s affected."
SccpApLocal
userLabel
Label for free use.
SccpApLocal
useS1 FALSE "Controls adding of OPC from routing lab
el to Calling Party Address if absent.false = Do not add OPC to Calling Part Add
ress.true = Add OPC to Calling Part Address.Disturbances: At a change of this at
tribute, the SCCP user traffic for the other SccpApLocal related to the same Scc
pSp is affected."
SccpApRemote
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
SccpApRemote
mtp3bApId
The identity of the Mtp3bAp used
by this MO.
SccpApRemote
operationalState
The operational state.
SccpApRemote
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
SccpApRemote
SccpApRemoteId
The value component of the RDN.
SccpApRemote
ssN
The Subsystem Number (SSN) of the SCCP A
ccess Point.The SSN must be unique among all SccpApRemote instances referring to
the same Mtp3bAp.
SccpApRemote
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sccpch
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a
vailability.Use cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Sccpch
dbchDeviceSetRef
Reference to MO DbchDeviceSet. A
ttribute value is assigned by the system.Use cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Sccpch
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCH_UC18Ref. [FS_CCH]
Sccpch
pnIsActive
"Identifies if a PN transmission is star
ted on SCCPCH.0=false, 1=true. User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [CB_UTS]"
Sccpch
SccpchId
SccpScrc
SccpScrcId
The value component of the RDN.
SccpScrc
userLabel
Label for free use.
SccpSp
hopCounterSclc 8
"The SCLC hop counter is a parameter tha
t is decremented for each performed GT translation for SCLC messages on the way
to the end destination.If decrementing the counter results in the value of zero
in a non-end destination node, the SCCP initiates the appropriate error procedur
e."
SccpSp
hopCounterScoc 8
"The SCOC hop counter is a parameter tha
t is decremented for each performed GT translation for SCOC messages on the way
to the end destination. If decrementing the counter results in the value of zero
in no end destination node, the SCCP initiates the appropriate error procedure.
"
SccpSp
lowerConnThres 50
Allows the user to specify the level at
which the lower connection threshold notification is triggered. The thresholds m
ust be given as a percentage of the maximum number of connection resources made
available for the entire SCCP. Dependencies: The value of this attribute must be
lower than or equal to the value for attribute upperConnThres.Unit: 1%
SccpSp
maxRelayedConn 1
Connection Oriented SCCP Signaling Relay

Point (SRP-CO) and Maximum number of Relayed Connections is not used in this CP
P version.
SccpSp
mtp3bSpId
The identity of the L3 Signalling Point
used by this MO.
SccpSp
operationalState
The operational state.
SccpSp
prioGeneral
0
"Sets the priority for all the other mes
sages which are issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from th
e SCCP, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO.Coding of the me
ssage priority:0 <tab>Lowest priority123<tab> Highest priority"
SccpSp
prioIT 1
"Sets the priority for the Inactivity Test messa
ge when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP,
the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO.Coding of the message pr
iority:0 <tab>Lowest priority123<tab> Highest priority"
SccpSp
prioRLSD
1
"Sets the priority for the connection re
lease message when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from
the SCCP, the message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO.Coding of the
message priority:0 <tab>Lowest priority123<tab> Highest priority"
SccpSp
prioSST 1
Sets the priority for the Subsystem Test message
when issued by the SCCP itself. When a message is transferred from the SCCP the
message priority uses the two spare bits in the SIO.Coding of the message prior
ity:0 <tab>Lowest priority123<tab> Highest priority
SccpSp
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
SccpSp
SccpSpId
The value component of the RDN.
SccpSp
smiValue
0
The Subsystem Multiplicity Indicator (SM
I) is always ignored for incoming messages. This SCCP can however be configured
to insert a specific SMI value in outgoing messages. The coding and interpretati
on is as follows:Coding Comment 0|Affected Subsystem multiplicity unknown. 1|Aff
ected Subsystem is solitary. 2|Affected Subsystem is duplicated. 3|Spare.
SccpSp
swapUDTPointer 1
There are two ways to construct a UDTS f
rom a UDT:- to only swap the pointers to Called Party Address (CdPA) and Calling
Party Address (CgPA) in a UDT message when constructing a UDTS.- to swap dataHo
w this is done in the SCCP is configurable. The XUDTS is constructed in the same
way. The coding and interpretation is as follows:0 = swap data - CdPA is sent b
efore CgPA1 = swap pointers - CdPA is sent after CgPA.
SccpSp
tCong 300
Congestion timer.Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)Guiding value
s:Range 10-2550Default 300
SccpSp
tconnEst
600
Connection establishment control timer.U
nit: 1 ds (0.1 s)Guiding values:Range 600 - 1200Default 600
SccpSp
tconnResp
150
Connection response waiting timer.Unit:
1 ds (0.1 s)Guiding values:Range 100-200Default 150
SccpSp
tIar
6600
Receive inactivity control timer.Unit: 1 ds (0.1
s)Guiding values:Range 6600-12600Default 6600
SccpSp
tIas
3000
Send inactivity control timer.Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)
Guiding values:Range 3000-6000Default 3000
SccpSp
tReass 150
Reassembly timer.Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)Guiding value
s:Range 100-200Default 150
SccpSp
tRel
100
Connection release timer.Unit: 1 ds (0.1 s)Guidi
ng values:Range 100-200Default 100
SccpSp
tStatInfo
300
Subsystem Status Test timer.Unit: 1 ds (
0.1 s)Guiding values:Range 10-2550Default 300
SccpSp
upperConnThres 80
Allows the user to specify the level at
which the upper connection threshold notification is triggered. The thresholds m
ust be given as a percentage of the maximum number of connection resources made
available for the entire SCCP.Unit: 1%
SccpSp
userLabel
Label for free use.
SccpSp
useSCMG
The use of SCMG functions.SST = SCCP Subsystem T
est message.SSA = SCCP Subsystem Allowed message.SSP = SCCP Subsystem Prohibited
message.SSC = SCCP Subsystem Congested message.
SccpSp
useSCMG.allowRemoteBroadcast
0
Controls the remote broa

dcast.0 = allow remote broadcast. 1 = do not allow remote broadcast.Set allowRem


oteBroadcast=1 for the TTC standard.
SccpSp
useSCMG.initiateTimerTcon
0
Controls whether to init
iate hardcoded congestion timer or not.0 = start timer when SSC is received.1 =
do not start timer.Set initiateTimerTcon=1 for the TTC standard.
SccpSp
useSCMG.sendSSA 1
Controls when to send SSA (SCCP Subsyste
m Allowed message).0 = Do not send SSA. 1 = Send SSA immediately when client att
aches.Set sendSSA=0 for the TTC standard.
SccpSp
useSCMG.sendSSP 3
Controls whether to send SSP (SCCP Subsy
stem Prohibited message).0 = Do not send SSP when client detaches.1 = Send SSP i
mmediately when client detaches.2 = Do not send SSP when receiving MTP_TRANSFER_
ind and user is detached and do not send when user detaches.3 = Send SSP when re
ceiving MTP_TRANSFER_ind and client is detached and send when user detaches.Set
sendSSP=2 for the TTC standard.
SccpSp
useSCMG.sendSST 1
"Controls when to send SST (SCCP Subsyst
em Test message).0 = Wait for tStatInfo timer to expire once after MTP_RESUME be
fore sending SST. 1 = Send SST immediately after MTP_RESUME, then start tStatInf
o timer.Set sendSST=0 for the TTC standard."
SccpSp
useSCMG.useSST 0
Controls whether to send SST messages or
not (SCCP Subsystem Test message).0 = Send SST as indicated by sendSST. 1 = (no
t used)2 = (not used)3 = Do not initiate SST.Set useSST=3 for the TTC standard
Sctp
allowedIncrementCookieLife
30
The attribute defines th
e allowed increment of the validCookieLife parameter (in local node) when an inc
rease of the parameter is requested from remote node.A new value of the attribut
e does not apply to associations that are already established.Unit: 1 s
Sctp
associationMaxRtx
8
"The maximum number of consecuti
ve retransmissions to a remote peer (on all the destination IP addresses of the
peer). If the number of retransmissions becomes greater than this value, the rem
ote peer is considered to be unreachable and the association is closed down.The
value of this attribute has the following range:pathMaxRtx <= associationMaxRtx
<= Number of destination IP addresses * pathMaxRtxThe value may need to be incre
ased to avoid frequently lost associations in an unstable network.A new value of
this attribute applies to both existing and new associations.It should be set t
o 4 for single homedassociations.Unit: 1 attempts"
Sctp
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
Sctp
bundlingActivated
ENABLED Enables and disables the use of
bundling.A new value of this attribute applies to both existing and new associat
ions.
Sctp
bundlingTimer 10
This attribute specifies maximum SCTP bu
ndling delay.Value=0 means that SCTP will only bundle what is available and send
directly (no delay).A new value of the attribute does not change the current me
asurement interval. It applies only to subsequent intervals.A new value of the a
ttribute applies to both existing and new associations.Unit: 1 ms (millisecond)
Sctp
heartbeatInterval
30
"The amount of time added to the
Retransmission TimeOut (RTO) of a specific address when setting up the period o
f time between sending heartbeats. Small values can lead to an earlier detection
of unreachable addresses than higher values. However, sending the heartbeat too
often can lead to a performance penalty.A new value of the attribute does not c
hange the current measurement interval. It applies only to subsequent intervals.
A new value of the attribute applies to both existing and new associations.Unit:
1 s"
Sctp
heartbeatStatus TRUE
Enables and disables heartbeats for asso
ciations.true - enable heartbeats.false - disable heartbeats.A new value of this
attribute applies to both existing and new associations.
Sctp
initialAdRecWin 32768 The initial value of the advertised rece
iver window credit.A new value of the attribute does not apply to associations t
hat are already established.Unit: 1 B (byte)
Sctp
initialRto
20
"The initial value that the Retransmissi
on TimeOut (RTO) takes prior to the first measurement of the Round-Trip Time (RT

T).The value of this attribute has the following relation to the values of other
attributes:minimumRto <= initialRto < maximumRtoA new value of the attribute do
es not apply to associations that are already established.Unit: 1 cs (centisecon
d, that is 0.01 second)"
Sctp
intervalLostUser
0
"The number of seconds, after wh
ich SCTP decides that the connection to the SCTP user is lost. After the time sp
ecified in this attribute has elapsed, all the endpoints and the associations re
lated to this SCTP user are terminated.A new value of the attribute does not cha
nge the current measurement interval. It applies only to subsequent intervals.A
new value of the attribute applies to both existing and new associations.Unit: 1
s"
Sctp
intervalOobPkts 3600
"The number of seconds, after which the
counter for out-of-the-blue packets is reset.A new value of the attribute does n
ot change the current measurement interval. It applies only to subsequent interv
als.A new value of the attribute applies to both existing and new associations.U
nit: 1 s"
Sctp
ipAccessHostGpbId
The identity of an IpAccessHostG
pb referred to by this MO. Dependencies: Setting of this attribute is rejected i
f ipAccessSctpRef is set.This attribute must contain a value if an M3uAssociatio
n MO refers to this MO.
Sctp
ipAccessSctpRef
The identity of an IpAccessSctp referred
to by this MO. Dependencies: Setting of this attribute is rejected if ipAccessH
ostGpbId is set.
Sctp
keyChangePeriod 4
Defines how often the secret key used fo
r computing the Message Authentication Code (MAC) on the State Cookie is changed
.A new value of the attribute does not change the current measurement interval.
It applies only to subsequent intervals.A new value of the attribute applies to
both existing and new associations.Unit: 1 s
Sctp
maxBurst
4
The number of packages that are sent dur
ing the fast retransmit phase when a SACK is processed.A new value of the attrib
ute applies to both existing and new associations.
Sctp
maximumRto
40
"The maximum value for the Retransmissio
n TimeOut (RTO). The value of this attribute must be greater than the value of m
inimumRto.A new value of the attribute applies to both existing and new associat
ions.Unit: 1 cs (centisecond, that is 0.01 second)"
Sctp
maxIncomingStream
17
The allowed maximum number of in
coming streams for an association.Note that 17 is the default value for M3UA ass
ociations.A new value of the attribute does not apply to endpoints that are alre
ady established.
Sctp
maxInitialRtrAtt
8
"The maximum number of retransmi
ssions allowed for both INIT and COOKIE_ECHO chunks. If the number of retransmis
sions exceeds this value, SCTP aborts the initialization of the association and
reports the error to the SCTP user. A new value of the attribute does not apply
to associations that are already established.Unit: 1 attempts"
Sctp
maxOutgoingStream
17
The allowed maximum number of ou
tgoing streams for an association.Note that 17 is the default value for M3UA ass
ociations.A new value of the attribute does not apply to endpoints that are alre
ady established.
Sctp
maxShutDownRtrAtt
5
The maximum number of retransmis
sions during the shutdown phase of an association. A new value of the attribute
applies to both existing and new associations.Unit: 1 attempts
Sctp
maxUserDataSize 1480
"The maximum number of bytes of an IP da
tagram that can be transferred in a single unit over a specific path in an IP ne
twork. If an IP datagram exceeds the Path Maximum Transfer Unit (PMTU), it is ei
ther fragmented or dropped.This value does NOT include the IP header, 20 bytes.
A new value of this attribute applies to both existing and new associations.Unit
: 1 B (byte)"
Sctp
mBuffer 256
"The attribute sets the size of the buffer used
for storing user data pending to be sent or retransmitted in an association. Tha
t is, the attribute sets the maximum amount of user data that SCTP buffers befor

e discarding user messages.The value may need to be increased to ensure stable d


ata flow at high load.Note that the value must be greater than the value of nThr
esholdA new value of this attribute applies to both existing and new association
s.Unit: 1 KB (kilobyte)"
Sctp
minimumRto
10
"The minimum value for Retransmission Ti
meOut (RTO).The value of this attribute has the following relation to the values
of other attributes: tSack + expected Round Trip Time < minimumRto < maximumRto
A new value of the attribute applies to both existing and new associations.Unit:
1 cs (centisecond, that is 0.01 second)"
Sctp
nPercentage
85
This attribute is set as a percentage of
the attribute nThreshold. A congestion-ceased indication is sent to the SCTP us
er when the usage of the SCTP send buffer drops below nPercentage. A new value o
f the attribute applies to both existing and new associations.Unit: 1% (percent)
age.
Sctp
nThreshold
192
"Sets the value of the threshold used to
ask the SCTP user to stop the delivery of a data on an association. A congestio
n indication will be sent to the user when the SCTP send buffer usage is above n
Treshold.The value of this attribute has the following relation to the value of
mBuffer:- nThreshold must be less than mBuffer,- nThreshold = 3/4 * mBuffer, is
the normal value.The value may need to be increased to ensure stable dataflow at
high load.A new value of this attribute applies to both existing and new associ
ations.Unit: 1 KB (kilobyte)"
Sctp
numberOfAssociations
The maximum number of associatio
ns that can be handled by this SCTP MO.
Sctp
operationalState
The operational state.
Sctp
pathMaxRtx
4
"Maximum number of consecutive retransmi
ssions to a remote transport address. If the number of retransmissions becomes g
reater than this value, the remote transport address is considered to be inactiv
e and no data is sent to it. If all the remote transport addresses become inacti
ve, the association will be closed down.The value of this attribute has the foll
owing range:1 attempt <= pathMaxRtx <= associationMaxRtxThe value should be adap
ted to the network quality. A low value will reduce the time for fault detection
, but it is recommended only for stable networks.The value may need to be increa
sed to avoid frequently lost associations in an unstable network.If multihomed S
CTP is used and tests for insertion and removal of the Ethernet cable are perfor
med, wait 60 seconds between inserting the first cable and removing the second c
able. That is: remove cable, insert cable, wait 60 seconds, remove second cable,
insert second cable.A new value of this attribute applies to both existing and
new associations.Unit: 1 attempts ."
Sctp
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
Sctp
rpuId
Reference to an instance of ReliableProgramUnite
r MO. Note that there is an one to one relation between SCTP MO and ReliableProg
ramUniter MO instances.
Sctp
rtoAlphaIndex 3
The attribute rtoAlphaIndex (Retransmiss
ion Timeout Alpha Index) computes the value of the Smoothed Round-Trip Time (SRT
T) for a specific destination address. It weights the RTT values. The value of t
his attribute is used to create a value of RTO.Alpha between 0 and 1. A value cl
ose to 1 gives a higher importance to the last RTT measurement. The range of pos
sible values and the actual value given to the RTO.Alpha parameter are the follo
wing:rtoAlphaIndex = 1 -> RTO.Alpha = 1/2rtoAlphaIndex = 2 -> RTO.Alpha = 1/4rto
AlphaIndex = 3 -> RTO.Alpha = 1/8rtoAlphaIndex = 4 -> RTO.Alpha = 1/16A new valu
e of the attribute applies to both existing and new associations.
Sctp
rtoBetaIndex
2
The attribute rtoBetaIndex (Retransmissi
on Timeout Beta Index) computes the value of RTTVar (Round Trip Time Variation)
of a destination address.The value of this attribute is used to create a value o
f RTO.Beta between 0 and 1. A value close to 1 gives a higher importance to the
last observed variation. The range of possible values and the actual value given
to the RTO.Beta parameter are the following:rtoBetaIndex = 1 -> RTO.Beta = 1/2r
toBetaIndex = 2 -> RTO.Beta = 1/4rtoBetaIndex = 3 -> RTO.Beta = 1/8rtoBetaIndex

= 4 -> RTO.Beta = 1/16A new value of the attribute applies to both existing and
new associations.
Sctp
SctpId
The value component of the RDN.
Sctp
tSack 4
"The time delay for sending the Selective Acknow
ledgement (SACK). That is the time from reception of the DATA chunk to sending o
f the SACK chunk. A new value of the attribute does not change the current measu
rement interval. It applies only to subsequent intervals.A new value of the attr
ibute applies to both existing and new associations.Unit: 1 cs (centisecond, tha
t is 0.01 second)"
Sctp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sctp
validCookieLife 60
The attribute sets the lifespan of the S
tate Cookie sent in the INIT_ACK chunk. It limits the amount of time between sen
ding the INIT_ACK and the reception of a COOKIE_ECHO chunk when establishing an
association.The value of this attribute has the following relation to the values
of other attributes:validCookieLife >= maximumRto * maxInitialRtrAtt.A new valu
e of the attribute does not apply to associations that are already established.U
nit: 1 s
SduFormat
formatContext
Applicable when more than one SD
U Format exists per subflow and more than one subflow exists for one rabType. It
is used to create a subflow combination with the correct sduSize parameters e.g
. SID + an AMR rate.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
SduFormat
SduFormatId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.
SduFormat
sduSize
Subflow size (TB size).This attribute ma
y only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Unit: bit
Sector
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the s
ector.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED DEPENDE
NCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full availabil
ity.Use cases: CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]
Sector
band
0
"Defines the frequency band used in the sector.
Value defined at initSector.Use cases: CCL_UC015, CCL_UC017Requirement: CELL_RBS
_OM:2, CELL_RBS_FU:11Specification: 3GPP TS 25.104, Base Station (BS) radio tran
smission and reception (FDD)Dependencies: Must match the FqBandLowEdge and FqBan
dHighEdge of AntennaBranch.Undefined value: 0 Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
beamDirection 0
"Beam direction.Examples 000 = North 090
= East 180 = South 270 = WestUnit: 1Use cases: CCL_UC024, CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
geoDatum
WGS84 "Denotes the geographic datum for this s
ector.Use cases: CCL_UC024, CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
height
"Height above ground.Example: 1015 = 10.15 meter
sUnit: 1 cmUse cases: CCL_UC024, CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
latHemisphere NORTH "Defines the latitudinal hemisphere.Poss
ible values: NORTH SOUTHExample: Bromma airfield has latHemisphere = NORTHUse ca
ses: CCL_UC024, CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
latitude
0
"Defines the latitude of the RBS, using
coordinates of the World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS 84).Example: Bromma airfield
has latitude = 5532101Use cases: CCL_UC024, CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
lineRate
NA
"Specifies the capacity on an optical or
electrical link.Only valid for DUW.Possible values: X_2 = 1.2 Gb/s linkX_4 = 2.
5 Gb/s link NA = Not applicableTakes effect: At commit of initSector.Preconditio
n: Sector must be un-initiated.Use cases: Manufacture RBS, Scratch the RBS at Si
te, Increase Coverage, Configure RBS at Site.Ref. [CB_ECF]"
Sector
longitude
0
"Defines the longitude of the RBS, using
coordinates of the World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS 84).Example: Bromma airfield
has longitude = 0060157Use cases: CCL_UC024, CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
maxInternalUlGainOn
FALSE "Turns maximum RBS internal upli
nk gain in the sector on or off.Use cases: CCL_UC024, CCL_UC017Precondition: The
cells using the sector must not be setup. TMA type for the sector must not be A
TMA. Enabled AI devices used by the corresponding carriers must support setting
of maximum UL gain.Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
numberOfSectorAntennas 1
Number of SectorAntenna MO(s) in

the sector.Precondition: Sector must be un-initiated.Ref. [FS_CCL]


Sector
numberOfTxBranches
-1
"Number of TX branches in this s
ector.Use cases: CCL_UC015, CCL_UC017Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, CELL_RBS_FU:11D
ependencies: Value defined at initSector. If the sector is not initiated, the va
lue is undefined.Undefined value: -1 Ref. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCL_UC017Requirement: CELL_RBS_FU:9Ref
. [FS_CCL]
Sector
proceduralStatus
"The procedural status of the se
ctor.Possible values: INITIALIZED INITIALIZATION REQUIRED NOT INITIALIZED INITIA
TING REPORTING TERMINATINGUse cases: CCL_UC017Requirement: CELL_RBS_OM:2, BCM_FU
_RBS_6011:00858 Rev:ARef. [FS_CCL]"
Sector
radioBuildingBlock
NA
"Indicates the configured Radio
Building Block in a DUW configuration. Possible values: RBB12_1A RBB22_1A RBB24_
1A NA = Not ApplicableTakes effect: At commit of initSector.Precondition: Sector
must be un-initiated.Use cases: Add Capacity, Configure RBS at Site, Increase C
overageRef. [CB_ECF] "
Sector
retDevicesRef
Reference to the RetDevice MO(s) of the
sector. The attribute value is updated at commit of initSector.Requirement: BCM_
FU_RBS_6011:00859 Rev:AUse cases: CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]
Sector
sectorAntennasRef
Reference to the SectorAntenna M
O(s) of the sector.Use cases: CCL_UC017Dependencies: Number of valid sector ante
nna references depends on the value of the attribute numberOfSectorAntennas.Ref.
[FS_CCL]
Sector
SectorId
Sector
tmaDeviceRef
Reference to TmaDevice MO(s). The attrib
ute value is updated at commit of initSector.Requirement: BCM_FU_RBS_6011:00860
Rev:AUse cases: CCL_UC017Ref. [FS_CCL]
Sector
userLabel
Label for free use. Ref. [DR_MOM]
Sector
utranCellRef
"DN of the related RNC UtranCell MO.FDN
according to [9] and [20]For CORBA users, GenericNRIRPSystem::AttributeTypes::MO
Reference, see ref. [29]Sub: RNH, CMSRef. [29]"
SectorAntenna
alarmStatus
0
"The alarm status of the SectorA
ntenna.Only bit 0 is settable via Mub. Other bits have only get access. bit0=UND
ER_REPAIRbit1=CRITICAL bit2=MAJOR bit3=MINORbit4=ALARM_OUTSTANDING (set to 1 whe
n bit 1, 2 or 3 is set to 1)No bit set means no outstanding alarm.Use cases: EQF
_UC_923, EQF_UC_924, CCL_UC024Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: Fault
Management Design Rules, rule RBS_FM:29User category: Ericsson personnelRef. [F
S_CCL]"
SectorAntenna
antennaType
0
"Type of antenna.Possible values
: 0..50 = Reserved for predefined antenna types supported by Ericsson. 51..100 =
Available for customer specific antenna types.Use cases: CCL_UC049, CCL_UC048Pr
econdition: Corresponding sector not initiated.Ref. [FS_CCL]"
SectorAntenna
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.Use cases: CCL_UC048Ref. [FS_CCL]
SectorAntenna
SectorAntennaId
Security
aAServerIPAddressList
List of Authentication a
nd Authorization Server IP addressesThe list can contain up to 10 IP addresses.
The IP address used by the node is selected randomly from the list.
Security
authorizationCacheTimeOut
60
Timeout for auth
orization data obtained from the AA server. All locally cached authorization dat
a are cleared and then requested again from the AA server.Unit: 1 min
Security
certEnrollErrorMsg
"Certification Enrollmen
t Error MessageIf the enrollment enters the error state, this attribute contains
a string that states the cause of the error. Otherwise, the value of this attri
bute is not defined."
Security
certEnrollState
Certification Enrollment StateTh
is attribute shows the current state of the certificate enrollment.
Security
certExpirWarnTime
90
Certification Expiry War
ning TimeThis attribute specifies how far in advance an event is issued when the

node certificate is about to expire.Unit: 1 day


Security
corbaSecurityActive
"This attribute specifie
s whether Corba security is activated or not. The state of this attribute is con
trolled using the command, secmode. Corba security is disabled in Security Level
1 and enabled in Security Levels 2 and 3."
Security
debugPortsActive
"This attribute specifie
s whether the debug server and the UDP link handler are activated. If they are a
ctivated, these services open the TCP and UDP ports.The state of this attribute
is controlled using the command, secmode. In Security Level 3, these services ar
e inactive."
Security
fileTransferClientMode
"This attribute specifie
s whether the node uses FTP or SFTP when retrieving files from external file ser
vers. The state of this attribute is controlled using the command, secmode, and
can be set on all security levels."
Security
installedTrustedCertificates
A list containin
g information about each installed trusted certificate. This attribute is update
d when a new trusted certificate is installed or removed (uninstalled).
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.category
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.issuer
A string
representation of the X.509 name of the authority that has issued the certifica
te.
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.notValidAfter
"The time format is specified in UTC time. The format is : YYYYMMDDHHMMSSExample
: The valid format for UTC time 6 minutes, 27 seconds after 21:00 on 6 November
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.notValidBefore
"The time format is specified in UTC time. The format is : YYYYMMDDHHMMSSExample
: The valid format for UTC time 6 minutes, 27 seconds after 21:00 on 6 November
1985 is 19851106210627"
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.serialNumber
A string representation of the certificate serial number (up to 40 digits long).
Security
installedTrustedCertificates.subject
A string
representation of the X.509 name denoting the entity for which the certificate
was issued.
Security
localAADatabaseInstallationFailure
"States
whether the action, installLocalAADatabase has failed to complete within the spe
cified duration.This attribute must be set to false using the action, cancelInst
allLocalAADatabase, before installLocalAADatabase can be executed again. The att
ribute can also be set to false directly.When the node is on Security Level 3 an
d an installation failure occurs, an alarm is issued."
Security
localAuthenticationFileVersion
Specifies the ve
rsion of the file used for local user authentication.
Security
localAuthorizationFileVersion
Specifies the ve
rsion of the file used for local user authorization.
Security
nodeCertificate
Shows information about the curr
ently active node certificate to be inspected.
Security
nodeCertificate.issuer
A string representation
of the X.509 name of the authority that has issued the certificate.
Security
nodeCertificate.notValidAfter
"The time format
is specified in UTC time. The format is : YYYYMMDDHHMMSSExample: The valid form
at for UTC time 6 minutes, 27 seconds after 21:00 on 6 November 1985 is 19851106
210627"
Security
nodeCertificate.notValidBefore
"The time format
is specified in UTC time. The format is : YYYYMMDDHHMMSSExample: The valid form
at for UTC time 6 minutes, 27 seconds after 21:00 on 6 November 1985 is 19851106
210627"
Security
nodeCertificate.serialNumber
A string represe
ntation of the certificate serial number (up to 10 digits long).
Security
nodeCertificate.subject
A string representation
of the X.509 name denoting the entity for which the certificate was issued.

Security
operationalSecurityLevel
"Shows the curre
nt security level in the node. The operational security level may differ from th
e requested security level in some situations.The value of this attribute is set
using the actions, setSecurityLevel3 or adaptSecurityLevel, or by using the com
mand, secmode."
Security
requestedSecurityLevel
"Shows the security leve
l requested. The requested security level may differ from the operational securi
ty level in some situations.The value of this attribute is set using the actions
, setSecurityLevel3 or adaptSecurityLevel, or by using the command, secmode."
Security
SecurityId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
Security
targetMonitorPortActive
"Specifies whether the t
arget monitor is activated. If activated, it opens a TCP port for output of trac
e data. The value of this attribute is controlled using the command, secmode, an
d it can be set on all security levels."
Security
telnetAndFTPServersActive
"Specifies wheth
er Telnet and FTP servers are activated. The value of this attribute is controll
ed using the command, secmode. In Security Level 3, these servers are inactivate
d."
Security
trustedCertificateInstallationFailure
"States
whether one or more of the following is true: - the action, installTrustedCertif
icate has failed to complete within the specified duration - a downloaded certif
icate is corrupted - a downloaded certificate does not match the information pro
vided in the structure, CertInfo.This attribute must be set to false using the a
ction, cancelInstallTrustedCertificates before installTrustedCertificate can be
executed again. The attribute can also be set to false directly."
Security
userLabel
Label for free use.
SecurityHandling
ciphering
1
Indicates whether cipher
ing is used or not.The value of this attribute should reflect the configuration
of the connected SGSN node.Value mapping:0: off1: onChange takes effect: New con
nections
SecurityHandling
cipheringGuardTime
80
Guard time for s
tart of ciphering in RLC-TM.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson perso
nnel. Unit: frames
SecurityHandling
SecurityHandlingId
Naming attribute
.Contains the value part of the RDN.Set by the system to 1.
Segment
connectionStatus
NEVER_CONNECTED "Status of the instance.
NeverConnected is set at instance creation, after that the value is controlled b
y FMS. Connected is set to indicate that the Segment is connected. If connection
with the Segment is lost, Disconnected is set.NEVER_CONNECTED = 1CONNECTED = 2D
ISCONNECTED = 3Sub: FMSRef. [7]"
Segment
ipAddress
The IP address where the Segment can be
reached from a management point of view.Sub: EQHRef. [7]
Segment
rnsRefs
A list of DNs of the SubNetwork MOs for all RNSs
associated to the Segment.The DNs consist of the full Distinguished Names accor
ding to [9] and [20].Sub: EQHRef. [7]
Segment
SegmentId
Segment
userLabel
Provides support for a user defined labe
l or name upon an object instance level.Sub: EQHRef. [7]
ServiceArea
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO.See reference in UtranCell."
ServiceArea
sac
Service Area Code of the service area th
at a cell belongs to. A ServiceAreais used by UTRAN to indicate the location of
a UE to the CN. It is also used by the CN to indicate to UTRAN in which area to
broadcast CN information.It is unique in the LA.An LA can span over several RNCs
.Changing this parameter can cause a mismatch between CN configuration and UTRAN
configuration until it has been configured in both places.
ServiceArea
ServiceAreaId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.

ServiceArea
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Sid
cnInformation 2
System Information should be distributed
about these CNs. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Valu
e mapping:0: PS only 1: CS only 2: PS and CS
Sid
noOfMaxDrxCycles
1
"Paging notification duration.To
notify UEs in IDLE mode about a system information update, the RNC sends a pagi
ng message on the PCH at every page occasion of a number of maximum DRX cycles.C
hange takes effect: Immediately"
Sid
noOfMibValueTagRetrans 0
Number of MIB value tag retransm
issions on the FACH.Change takes effect: Immediately
Sid
sb1
Contains the configuration for the Scheduling Bl
ock (SB1).
Sid
sb1.sb1RepPeriod
128
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
the Scheduling BlockAs it must be possible to schedule and broadcast all suppor
ted SIBs/SBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be possible to use a
ll the valid values within this range. For example, to increase the repetition r
ate for this SIB/SB may mean that the repetition rate for another SIB/SB must be
decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods such as 4 and
8 are used. Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sb1.sb1StartPos 126
"Start position (SIB_POS) for the Schedu
ling Block. Dependencies:Only even values in the range 0 to (sb1RepPeriod - 2) a
re valid, with the exception of the following values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ...,
4088.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
schedulingBlockEnabled FALSE "Controls whether the Scheduling
Block (SB1) is being broadcasted or not. Value mapping:TRUE: the Scheduling Blo
ck is sent on the broadcast channel and SIB scheduling information is divided be
tween the MIB and SB1. FALSE: the Scheduling Block is not sent on the broadcast
channel and all SIB scheduling information is contained in the MIB. Dependencies
:If the Scheduling block is activated or deactivated (the value of parameter sch
edulingBlockEnabled is changed), RNC initiates update of system information.Chan
ge takes effect: Immediately"
Sid
sib1
Structure contains the Sib1 parameters.
Sid
sib1.sib1RepPeriod
32
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
System Information Block (SIB) type 1. As it must be possible to schedule and b
roadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be po
ssible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase t
he repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another SI
B must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods such
as 4 and 8 are used. Also, a Repetition Period must be chosen in which it is po
ssible to broadcast the entire SIB.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib1.sib1StartPos
4
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 1. The default value is optimized for a situat
ion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, an
d one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists.Dependencies:Onl
y even values in the range 0 to (sib1RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the exceptio
n of the following values : 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect:
ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
sib11
Structure contains the Sib11 parameters.
Sid
sib11.sib11RepPeriod
128
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
System Information Block (SIB) type 11. As it must be possible to schedule and
broadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be p
ossible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase
the repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another S
IB must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods suc
h as 4 and 8 are used. Also, a Repetition Period must be chosen in which it is p
ossible to broadcast the entire SIB.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib11.sib11StartPos
20
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 11. The default value is optimized for a situa
tion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, a

nd one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists.Dependencies:On


ly even values in the range 0 to (sib11RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the except
ion of the following values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect
: ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
sib12
Structure contains the Sib12 parameters.
Sid
sib12.sib12RepPeriod
32
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
System Information Block (SIB) type 12. As it must be possible to schedule and
broadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be p
ossible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase
the repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another S
IB must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods suc
h as 4 and 8 are used. Also, a Repetition Period must be chosen in which it is p
ossible to broadcast the entire SIB.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib12.sib12StartPos
14
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 12. The default value is optimized for a situa
tion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, a
nd one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists.Dependencies:On
ly even values in the range 0 to (sib12RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the except
ion of the following values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect
: ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
sib18
Structure containing the Sib18 parameters. Chang
e takes effect: Immediately
Sid
sib18.sib18RepPeriod
128
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
System Information Block (SIB) type 18. As it must be possible to schedule and
broadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be p
ossible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase
the repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another S
IB must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods suc
h as 4 and 8 are used. Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib18.sib18StartPos
122
"Start position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 18. Dependencies:Only even values in the range
0 to (sib18RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the exception of the following values
: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResol
ution: 2"
Sid
sib2
Structure containing the Sib2 parameters.
Sid
sib2.sib2RepPeriod
128
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
a System Information Block (SIB) type 2.As it must be possible to schedule and
broadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be p
ossible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase
the repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another S
IB must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods suc
h as 4 and 8 are used. Also, a Repetition Period must be chosen in which it is p
ossible to broadcast the entire SIB.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib2.sib2StartPos
118
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for a
System Information Block (SIB) type 2. The default value is optimized for a situ
ation where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist,
and one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists.Dependencies:O
nly even values in the range 0 to (sib2RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the except
ion of the following values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect
: ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
sib3
Structure contains the Sib3 parameters.
Sid
sib3.sib3RepPeriod
16
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
System Information Block (SIB) type 3. As it must be possible to schedule and b
roadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be po
ssible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase t
he repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another SI
B must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods such
as 4 and 8 are used. Also, a Repetition Period must be chosen in which it is po
ssible to broadcast the entire SIB.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib3.sib3StartPos
2
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for Sy

stem Information Block (SIB) type 3. The default value is optimized for a situat
ion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, an
d one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists.Dependencies:Onl
y even values in the range 0 to (sib3RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the exceptio
n of the following values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect:
ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
sib5
Structure contains the Sib5 parameters.
Sid
sib5.sib5RepPeriod
32
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
System Information Block (SIB) type 5. As it must be possible to schedule and b
roadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be po
ssible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase t
he repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another SI
B must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods such
as 4 and 8 are used. Also, a Repetition Period must be chosen in which it is po
ssible to broadcast the entire SIB.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib5.sib5StartPos
6
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 5. The default value is optimized for a situat
ion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, an
d one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists.Dependencies:Onl
y even values in the range 0 to (sib5RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the exceptio
n of the following values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect:
ImmediatelyUnit: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
sib7
Structure contains the Sib7 parameters.
Sid
sib7.sib7RepPeriod
16
"Repetition period (SIB_REP) for
System Information Block (SIB) type 7. As it must be possible to schedule and b
roadcast all supported SIBs within their own Repetition Period, it may not be po
ssible to use all the valid values within this range. For example, to increase t
he repetition rate for this SIB may mean that the repetition rate for another SI
B must be decreased. This is particularly true when fast repetition periods such
as 4 and 8 are used. Also, a Repetition Period must be chosen in which it is po
ssible to broadcast the entire SIB.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUnit: SFN"
Sid
sib7.sib7StartPos
2
"Start Position (SIB_POS) for Sy
stem Information Block (SIB) type 7. The default value is optimized for a situat
ion where the maximum number of Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cells (31) exist, an
d one Inter-Frequency and one Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell exists.Only even values
in the range 0 to (sib7RepPeriod - 2) are valid, with the exception of the foll
owing values: 0, 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, ..., 4088.Change takes effect: ImmediatelyUn
it: SFNResolution: 2"
Sid
sib7ExpirationTimeFactor
1
SIB7 use expiration time
as re-read mechanism. The expiration time is sib7RepPeriod times sib7Expiration
TimeFactor.Change takes effect: Immediately
Sid
SidId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part of the
RDN.Set by the system to 1.
Sid
updateCellReattsNo
5
Number of update reattempts when
an update of system information parameters in a cell failed.Change takes effect
: Immediately
Site
altitude
0
Positive values represents meter above t
he ground whereas negative represents meters below the ground. Theprecision is 0
.1 mSub: EQH<tab>Ref. []
Site
datum wgs84 This gives the geographical information a contex
t.Sub: EQH<tab>Ref.[]
Site
freeText
Operators choice of informationSub: EQH<
tab>Ref. []
Site
latitude
0
"The value must be given in seconds and
composed by the formula 3600*D + 60*M + S (D: degrees, M: minutes, S: seconds).
Positive degree values (0 o - 90 o ) correspond to north latitude values whereas
negative degree values (-0 o - -90 o ) correspond to south latitude values. The
precision is 0.1 second.Sub: EQH<tab>Ref. []"
Site
listOfNe
List of ManagedElement MO instances that
belong this Site. FDN according [9] and [20]Sub: EQH<tab>Ref. []

Site
location
The postal address to a geographical loc
ation<tab>Sub: EQHRef. []
Site
longitude
0
"The value must be given in seconds and
composed by the formula 3600*D + 60*M + S (D: degrees, M: minutes, S: seconds).
Positive degree values (0 o - 180 o ) correspond to east longitudevalues. Negati
ve degree values (-0 o - -180 o ) correspond to west longitude values. The preci
sion is 0.1 second.Sub: EQH<tab>Ref. []"
Site
SiteId
Site
timeZone
UTC
The timeZone the site exists in<tab>Sub:
EQH<tab>Ref.[]
Site
userLabel
Provides support for putting a label on
the MO instance.<tab>Sub: EQH<tab>Ref. []
Slot
activeSwAllocation
"The SwAllocation instance, amon
g the predefined instances, which is active. The SwAllocation instance which is
active is the one currently used by the PlugInUnit, configured in this Slot. If
no PlugInUnit is configured or if no matching SwAllocation, containing the speci
fic PiuType, is found, the value of this attribute is null."
Slot
productData
"Describes the plug-in-unit that is curr
ently inserted. The information is only available when slotState = USED.If the b
oard inserted in the slot stops working or is pulled out of the slot, the produc
tData attribute will not change its value. The value of this attribute is change
d when a new board is inserted into the slot."
Slot
productData.productionDate
"The production date can
be represented in two ways. 1) The preferable syntax is a four-digit representa
tion of the year, and a two-digit representation of the month and a two-digit re
presentation of the day. The numbers of characters in this case, is eight.Exampl
e:199912312) The date can also consist of two digits for the year, followed by t
he letter W for week and two digits for the number of week. The numbers of chara
cters in this case, is five.Example:99W12"
Slot
productData.productName
A user-friendly name of the prod
uct.
Slot
productData.productNumber
"Unique identity for eac
h product, which is constituted by the Ericsson product number (ABC number).The
maximum number of characters for a product number is 24 including 2 slashes, 2 s
paces and 2 characters for origination notation.Example of product number: ABC 1
01 001(1/ABC 101 01/1234)123/ABCDE 101 1010/12345"
Slot
productData.productRevision
"Indicates the revision
state of the product. It consists of a letter R or P, one or two digits and/or o
ne or two letters. The maximum number of characters is four inclusive R or P.Exa
mple: R1A, R1A02, P7BA suffix may be added to the revision state. The suffix may
consists of one or two digits or one letter."
Slot
productData.serialNumber
The serial number consis
ts of 13 alphanumerical characters grouped as 6 plus 7 characters. The first 6 c
haracters are to be used for factory codes and the last 7 characters are used fo
r an individual number or batch number.
Slot
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
Slot
SlotId
The value component of the RDN.It is set automat
ically when the MO instance is created.
Slot
slotNumber
"The number of the slot position from th
e left hand side, starting with 1."
Slot
slotState
Indicates the state of the slot.
Slot
upgradeGroupId 0
"This attribute can to group a number of
PIUs, all in the group can be upgraded at the same time.If upgradeGroupTypeName
is , this attribute is not used."
Slot
upgradeGroupTypeName
"The upgradeGroupTypeName, toget
her with the upgradeGroupId, defines an upgrade group."
Slot
userLabel
Label for free use.
SpDevicePool
noOfActiveDevices
"Number of active Device
s of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePoo

l"
SpDevicePool
noOfBusyDevices
"Number of busy Devices of a cer
tain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePool"
SpDevicePool
noOfDisabledDevices
"Number of disable Devic
es of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePo
ol"
SpDevicePool
noOfEnabledDevices
"Number of enable Device
s of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePoo
l"
SpDevicePool
noOfIdleDevices
"Number of idle Devices of a cer
tain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePool"
SpDevicePool
noOfLockedDevices
"Number of locked Device
s of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePoo
l"
SpDevicePool
noOfUnlockedDevices
"Number of unlocked Devi
ces of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDeviceP
ool"
SpDevicePool
SpDevicePoolId
Naming attribute.Contains the va
lue part of the RDN.Set by the system.
SpDevicePool
totalNoOfDevices
"Total number of Devices
of a certain type (Cc, Dc or Pdr) in the corresponding instance of SpDevicePool
"
SpiQosClass
flowControl
Specifies if Flow Control is act
ivated for this SPI value. Change takes effect: New connections
SpiQosClass
reservedBy
"Sequence of references, updated
automatically by the system, that point back toward the MOs that have reference
s to this MO."
SpiQosClass
SpiQosClassId
Naming attribute. Contains the v
alue part of the RDN.
SpiQosClass
spiQosClassInsId
Internal identifier of t
his instance.
SpiQosClass
userLabel
Provides the possibility to put
a user-friendly label on the MO instance.The value is not used by the RNC.
Spm
asciPortNumber 0
Specifies the ATM Switch Core Interface
(ASCI) port number.
Spm
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
Spm
executionResourceNumber 0
The identity of the SPM on the S
pecial purpose Processor Unit (SPU).
Spm
installedResourceIdList
Contains the list of identities
of installed Spm MOs in the system.
Spm
operationalState
The operational state.
Spm
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
Spm
runningResourceIdList
Contains the list of identities
of running Spm MOs.
Spm
spLinkName
The unique name of the link between the
SP and BP.
Spm
SpmId
The value component of the RDN.
Spm
switchModuleNumber
0
The switch module number.
Spm
userLabel
Label for free use.
Spu
availabilityStatus
The availability status. It cont
ains details about operationalState.
Spu
operationalState
The operational state.
Spu
spLinkName
The special purpose processor link name.
Spu
SpuId
The value component of the RDN.
Spu
userLabel
Label for free use.
Ssch
availabilityStatus
The availability status of the c
ommon channel.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_LOCKED
DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS = Full a

vailability.Use cases: CCL_UC018Ref. [FS_CCL]


Ssch
operationalState
Defines the operational state.Po
ssible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: CCL_UC018Requirement: CELL_RBS_FU:9Ref
. [FS_CCL]
Ssch
SschId
StrxDeviceGroup
availabilityStatus
The availability status
of the device group.Possible values: NOT_INSTALLED POWER_OFF IN_TEST DEPENDENCY_
LOCKED DEPENDENCY_FAILED FAILED OFF_LINE DEGRADED OFF_DUTY LOG_FULL NO STATUS =
Full availability.Use cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement
: UTRAN_MM:06Ref. [FS_DBC]
StrxDeviceGroup
hwTestResult
State of progress of the hardwar
e test.Possible values: FAILED PASSED PENDING UNDETERMINEDHardware units not sup
porting hardware test will always return the default value UNDETERMINED.Use case
s: HWT_UC1Requirement: Test_UTRAN_FU3Ref. [FS_HWT]
StrxDeviceGroup
operationalState
Defines the operational
state.Possible values: DISABLED ENABLEDUse cases: DBC_904 Specification: ITU-T r
ec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:04Ref. [FS_DBC]
StrxDeviceGroup
StrxDeviceGroupId
StrxDeviceGroup
usageState
Indicates the usage of correspon
ding device(s).Possible values: ACTIVEBUSYIDLE Use cases: DBC_UC904Specification
: ITU-T rec. X.731 Requirement: UTRAN_MM:05Ref. [FS_DBC]
Sts1SpeTtp
aisPReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarms Ala
rm Indication Signal - P (AIS-P) are to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false
- reporting disabled.
Sts1SpeTtp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Sts1SpeTtp
currentPmRegister
Returns the current valu
es of all PM counters.
Sts1SpeTtp
expectedPathTrace
"The expected path trace
. The string can be a maximum of 62 characters in length, or an empty string ().
A non-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with NULL c
haracters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR and LF are a
dded automatically at the end of the string.An empty string means that the detec
tion of Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) is disabled. This attribute is set to an
empty string every time the attribute pathTraceFormat is set."
Sts1SpeTtp
operationalState
The operational state.
Sts1SpeTtp
rdiPReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarms Rem
ote Defect Indication - P (RDI-P) are to be issued.true - reporting enabled.fals
e - reporting disabled.
Sts1SpeTtp
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erve this MO instance.
Sts1SpeTtp
Sts1SpeTtpId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
Sts1SpeTtp
timConsequentAction
FALSE "Trace Identifier Mismat
ch (TIM) consequent action, that is for generation of Alarm Indication Signal (A
IS) downstream and Remote Defect Indication (RDI) upstream as a consequence of t
he TIM detection. true - enabled.false - disabled."
Sts1SpeTtp
transmittedPathTrace
"The transmitted path tr
ace.The string can be a maximum of 62 characters in length, or an empty string (
). A non-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with NULL
characters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR and LF are
added automatically at the end of the string."
Sts1SpeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Sts3CspeTtp
aisPReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarms Ala
rm Indication Signal - P (AIS-P) are to be issued.true - reporting enabled.false
- reporting disabled.
Sts3CspeTtp
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
Sts3CspeTtp
currentPmRegister
Returns the current valu
es of all PM counters.

Sts3CspeTtp
expectedPathTrace
"The expected path trace
. The string can be a maximum of 62 characters in length, or an empty string ().
A non-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with NULL c
haracters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR and LF are a
dded automatically at the end of the string.An empty string means that the detec
tion of Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM) is disabled. This attribute is set to an
empty string every time the attribute pathTraceFormat is set."
Sts3CspeTtp
operationalState
The operational state.
Sts3CspeTtp
rdiPReporting FALSE Indicates whether the alarms Rem
ote Defect Indication - P (RDI-P) are to be issued.true - reporting enabled.fals
e - reporting disabled.
Sts3CspeTtp
reservedBy
Contains an MO instance that res
erve this MO instance.Identity of the AtmPort reserving this MO.
Sts3CspeTtp
Sts3CspeTtpId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
Sts3CspeTtp
timConsequentAction
FALSE "Trace Identifier Mismat
ch (TIM) consequent action, that is for generation of Alarm Indication Signal (A
IS) downstream and Remote Defect Indication (RDI) upstream as a consequence of t
he TIM detection. true - enabled.false - disabled."
Sts3CspeTtp
transmittedPathTrace
"The transmitted path tr
ace.The string can be a maximum of 62 characters in length, or an empty string (
). A non-empty string not being of full length is padded automatically with NULL
characters. The string can consist of printable ASCII characters. CR and LF are
added automatically at the end of the string."
Sts3CspeTtp
userLabel
Label for free use.
Subflow
resBitErrRatioExp
Exponent part of Residual Bit Er
ror Ratio.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Subflow
resBitErrRatioMan
Mantissa part of Residual Bit Er
ror Ratio.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Subflow
sduDelivery
Indicates if erroneous SDUs shall be del
ivered or not.This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel. Value ma
pping:0: Erroneous SDUs are delivered1: Erroneous SDUs are not delivered2: No ch
eck if SDUs are erroneous
Subflow
sduErrRatioExp
Exponent part of SDU Error Ratio.This at
tribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Subflow
sduErrRatioMan
Mantissa part of SDU Error Ratio.This at
tribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
Subflow
SubflowId
Naming attribute.Contains the value part
of the RDN.
Subflow
subflowNumber
Identifies which subflow this MO instanc
e relates to. This attribute may only be changed by Ericsson personnel.
SubNetwork
dnPrefix
"DN Prefix information. Specifie
d only if the instance of the SubNetwork MO is a local root instance of the MIB,
otherwise it is set to NULL, see ref. [9]Sub: EQHRef. [21]"
SubNetwork
rncRef
Reference to the MeContext that represen
t the associated RNC.The attribute consists of the FDN of the MeContext accordin
g to [9] and [20]. Used only in RNS. For sub-network = NULL.Sub: EQHRef. [7]
SubNetwork
SubNetworkId
Relative Distinguished Name. Sub
: EQHRef. [21]
SubNetwork
userDefinedNetworkType UTRAN Type of network e.g. UTR
AN For RNS = NULLSub: EQHRef. [21]
SubNetwork
userLabel
"Provides support for putting a
label on the MO instance.Can be set by EQH in Sub-network and RNS level.Can be s
et by RAH in RNS level.Sub: EQH, RAHRef. [21]"
Subrack
cabinetPosition
"Specifies the position of the cabinet,
within a group of other cabinets, in which this subrack is placed.The purpose of
this attribute is to help in troubleshooting as its value is included in the al
arm information."
Subrack
numberOfSlots 28
Specifies the actual number of slots con
figured on the node.This attribute is set to the value of defNumberOfSlots in MO

SubrackProdType at create of the subrack.


Subrack
operationalProductData
The operational product data des
cribes the backplane of the subrack that is actually installed.
Subrack
operationalProductData.productionDate
"The production
date can be represented in two ways. 1) The preferable syntax is a four-digit re
presentation of the year, and a two-digit representation of the month and a twodigit representation of the day. The numbers of characters in this case, is eigh
t.Example:199912312) The date can also consist of two digits for the year, follo
wed by the letter W for week and two digits for the number of week. The numbers
of characters in this case, is five.Example:99W12"
Subrack
operationalProductData.productName
A user-friendly
name of the product.
Subrack
operationalProductData.productNumber
"Unique identity
for each product, which is constituted by the Ericsson product number (ABC numb
er).The maximum number of characters for a product number is 24 including 2 slas
hes, 2 spaces and 2 characters for origination notation.Example of product numbe
r: ABC 101 001(1/ABC 101 01/1234)123/ABCDE 101 1010/12345"
Subrack
operationalProductData.productRevision
"Indicates the r
evision state of the product. It consists of a letter R or P, one or two digits
and/or one or two letters. The maximum number of characters is four inclusive R
or P.Example: R1A, R1A02, P7BA suffix may be added to the revision state. The su
ffix may consists of one or two digits or one letter."
Subrack
operationalProductData.serialNumber
The serial numbe
r consists of 13 alphanumerical characters grouped as 6 plus 7 characters. The f
irst 6 characters are to be used for factory codes and the last 7 characters are
used for an individual number or batch number.
Subrack
productType
This attribute describes the product typ
e and is always set to the value HW.
Subrack
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances that res
erve this MO instance.
Subrack
SubrackId
The value component of the RDN.
Subrack
subrackNumber 0
"The number of the subrack.If switchModu
le is set, any setting of this attribute will be ignored. It will instead displa
y the value already set in the attribute switchModuleNumber, in the referred Swi
tchModule MO."
Subrack
subrackPosition
"Specifies the subrack position within a
cabinet.The purpose of this attribute is to help in troubleshooting as its valu
e is included in the alarm information.The subrack position is also included in
the product inventory.The subrack position consists of:- a mandatory integer (1n) stating the cabinet ID, starting from the left,- a mandatory letter (A-Z) sta
ting the Subrack vertical position, starting from the ground, and- an optional i
nteger (1-n) stating the Subrack horizontal position, starting from the left.Exa
mple: 1B2, 5C"
Subrack
subrackProdTypeRef
"Reference to an instance of Sub
rackProdType MO.This attribute must be specified if administrativeProductData is
not used.If it is not specified, detection of a SubrackProdType MO with the exa
ct matching product data is done, and if successful, attribute subrackProdTypeRe
f is set. If a SubrackProdType is not found, then the creation of the Subrack is
rejected.If both attributes administrativeProductData and subrackProdTypeRef ar
e specified, this administrativeProductData is replaced by the product data for
the SubrackProdType MO."
Subrack
subrackType
There can only be one hub subrack in the
node. The hub subrack is used to control switching and synchronization for the
complete node.
Subrack
switchModule
"Reference to a SwitchModule MO, where t
he switch module number is retrieved. This number describes how the subrack is c
onnected to the node, that is, how the subrack's cables are connected to the hub
subrack. The hub subrack has switch module number 0. The default value of this
attribute is NULL, which means that the switch module number is 0.If the attribu
te transmissionType in the MO SubrackProdType is set to ATM_TRANSMISSION or ETHE

RNET10G, this attribute is mandatory. If transmissionType is set to ETHERNET_CAB


LE, this attribute must be set to NULL."
Subrack
userLabel
Label for free use.
SubrackProdType
boardPositions
"Indicates the slot positions in
the subrack where it is possible to insert the CMXB, SCU and TU boards. If any
of these positions are not specified, then a board type position with the value
0 is created."
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.cmxbPositionA
0
"Indicates the s
lot position in the subrack where the Ethernet Switch Board, CMXB, is situated.T
his value must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots.0 indicates
that this board is not supported."
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.cmxbPositionB
0
"Indicates the s
lot position in the subrack where the Ethernet Switch Board, CMXB, is situated.T
his value must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots.0 indicates
that this board is not supported."
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.scuPositionA
0
Indicates the sl
ot position in the subrack where the Switch Control Unit (SCU) board is situated
. This value must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots.0 indica
tes that this board is not supported.
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.scuPositionB
0
Indicates the sl
ot position in the subrack where the Switch Control Unit (SCU) board is situated
.This value must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots.0 indicat
es that this board is not supported.
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.tuPositionA
0
Indicates the sl
ot position in the subrack where the Timing Unit (TU) board is situated.This val
ue must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots.0 indicates that t
his board is not supported.
SubrackProdType
boardPositions.tuPositionB
0
Indicates the sl
ot position in the subrack where the Timing Unit (TU) board is situated.This val
ue must not be greater than defNumberOfSlots or numberOfSlots.0 indicates that t
his board is not supported.
SubrackProdType
defNumberOfSlots
Defines the number of sl
ots to be created in the subrack.
SubrackProdType
fanConfiguration
Indicates the fan config
uration in the subrack.
SubrackProdType
maxPowerDissipation
Enables programs to read
the specified maximum power dissipation.This reading is needed to prevent subra
ck from overheating.Unit: 1 W
SubrackProdType
productData
Specifies the product data for t
he backplane of the subrack.Recommended: Exclude the trailing letters in the pro
duct revision of this MO.Examples: - R2B corresponds to R2- R2B/3 remains as R2B
/3- R2B/A corresponds to R2
SubrackProdType
productData.productInfo
Information about the pr
oduct.If AdminProductData is used by LoadModule the range is 0.. (unlimited).
SubrackProdType
productData.productionDate
"The production
date is represented in two ways:- the preferred syntax is four-digits for the ye
ar, two digits for the month, and two digits for the day, a total of eight chara
cters. Example: 19991231- the date is also be represented by two digits for the
year, followed by the letter W for week, and two digits for the number of the we
ek, a total of five characters. Example: 99W52The production date is mandatory f
or the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage and LoadModule."
SubrackProdType
productData.productName
"The name of the product
.The product name is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage
, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."
SubrackProdType
productData.productNumber
"The product num
ber of the product or document.Examples: ABC 101 001, CXC 123 456, 1/BFD 101 999
For UpgradePackage, this is the document number of the upgrade package.Maximum l
ength for a product number is 36 when referring to a document. The product numbe
r is mandatory for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, Pi
uType, Subrack and SubrackProdType."

SubrackProdType
productData.productRevision
"The revision st
ate of the product.Examples: R1, r1a, R1A02, P7BThe product revision is mandator
y for the MOs: ConfigurationVersion, UpgradePackage, LoadModule, PiuType, Subrac
k and SubrackProdType."
SubrackProdType
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
SubrackProdType
SubrackProdTypeId
The value component of t
he RDN.It is set automatically during system upgrade.Note that if this MO is man
ually created (not recommended) the value for this attribute has to be set.
SubrackProdType
transmissionType
Specifies the type of tr
ansmission.
SubrackProdType
userLabel
Label for free use.
SupportApplication
SupportApplicationId
Relative Disting
uished Name <tab>Sub: CMS<tab>Ref. [7]
SupportApplication
userLabel
"Provides support for pu
tting a label on the MO instance.Sub: EQH, CMSRef. [7]"
SwAllocation
repertoireList
A list of references to repertoi
res.
SwAllocation
role
Specifies the role of a slot or plug-inunit. The role must be unique with respect to other SwAllocation MOs in the node
. This is a preparation to introduce pre-defined SwAllocation in future upgrade
packages.
SwAllocation
slotList
"A list of references to mainly
slots in a subrack, for example, Slot MO, Fan MO, Webserver MO, Jvm MO, ActiveOt
herLMs MO. It may also refer to other objects that handle auxiliary units, for e
xample, XPIU and RBS FAN."
SwAllocation
SwAllocationId
"The value component of the RDN.
It is set automatically during system upgrade.If this MO is manually created (no
t recommended), the value for this attribute has to be set."
SwAllocation
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchCoreUnit
administrativeStateSili UNLOCKED
"The administrat
ive state for the Switch Internal Link Interface (SILI) on the switch board. Thi
s attribute refers to all ports, that is, the state LOCKED locks all ports, and
UNLOCKED unlocks all ports."
SwitchCoreUnit
availabilityStatusSil
The availability status
of the Switch Internal Link (SIL) ports. It contains details about operationalSt
ate.
SwitchCoreUnit
availabilityStatusSync
The availability status
of the network synchronization distribution.It contains details about operationa
lState.
SwitchCoreUnit
operationalStateSil
"The operational state.
Indicates the traffic handling capability of all ports as a group on the board,
that is, it is enabled if one or more of the eight ports is enabled.This attribu
te is only used for test."
SwitchCoreUnit
operationalStateSync
The operational state of
network synchronization distribution.
SwitchCoreUnit
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO instances
that reserve this MO instance.
SwitchCoreUnit
silPorts
"Contains a list of port numbers
. The port number is between 0-7 and is used to read the state of the switch int
ernal port.See also the actions getSilPortState, getOperState and getAvailState.
"
SwitchCoreUnit
SwitchCoreUnitId
The value component of t
he RDN.
SwitchCoreUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchExtensionUnit
administrativeStateSil UNLOCKED
"The adm
inistrative state for the Switch Internal Link (SIL) ports on the switch board.T
his attribute refers to all ports, that is, the state LOCKED locks all ports, an
d UNLOCKED unlocks all ports."
SwitchExtensionUnit
availabilityStatusSil
The availability

state of the Switch Internal Link (SIL) ports.It contains details about operati
onalState.
SwitchExtensionUnit
availabilityStatusSync
The availability
status of the network synchronization distribution.It contains details about op
erationalState.
SwitchExtensionUnit
operationalStateSil
The operational
state. The operational state is enabled if one of the eight ports is enabled.
SwitchExtensionUnit
operationalStateSync
The operational
state of network synchronization distribution.
SwitchExtensionUnit
reservedBy
Contains a list of MO in
stances that reserve this MO instance.
SwitchExtensionUnit
silPorts
"Contains a list of port
numbers.The port number is between 0-7 and is used to read the state of the swi
tch internal port.Se also the actions getSilPortState, getSilOperState and getSi
lAvailState."
SwitchExtensionUnit
SwitchExtensionUnitId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
SwitchExtensionUnit
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchFabric
SwitchFabricId
The value component of the RDN.I
t is set automatically when the MO instance is created.
SwitchFabric
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchInternalLink
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
The admi
nistrative state.
SwitchInternalLink
availabilityStatusSync
The availability
status of the network synchronization distribution.It contains details about op
erationalState.
SwitchInternalLink
availabilityStatusTraffic
The avai
lability status of the switch internal link.It contains details about operationa
lState.
SwitchInternalLink
operationalStateSync
The operational
state of network synchronization distribution.There is no clock distribution if
the link is set to DISABLED.
SwitchInternalLink
operationalStateTraffic
The operational
state of switch internal link. There is no traffic if the link is set to DISABLE
D.
SwitchInternalLink
plugInUnit1
Contains a reference of
one connection point for a SwitchCoreUnit or SwitchExtensionUnit.
SwitchInternalLink
plugInUnit2
Contains a reference of
one connection point for a SwitchCoreUnit or SwitchExtensionUnit.
SwitchInternalLink
siliport1
"Switch internal port nu
mber on PlugInUnit 1.On a standard SCB/SXB board, the ports are labeled from the
bottom to the top.Port nr -> label: 0 ->D1 ->C2 ->B3 ->A Note that this mapping
can change when a board is added or removed."
SwitchInternalLink
siliport2
"Switch internal port nu
mber on PlugInUnit 2.On a standard SCB/SXB board, the ports are labeled from the
bottom to the top.Port nr -> label: 0 ->D1 ->C2 ->B3 ->A Note that this mapping
can change when a board is added or removed."
SwitchInternalLink
SwitchInternalLinkId
The value compon
ent of the RDN.
SwitchInternalLink
userLabel
Label for free use.
SwitchModule
activeSwitchPlane
"Specifies the active sw
itch plane: A or B. During multiple faults, both plan A and B may be used."
SwitchModule
administrativeState
UNLOCKED
"The administrat
ive state.When setting the administrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, a notification
that the state has been changed to LOCKED is sent towards the operator. There is
however no guarantee that this operation has been successful due to limitations
in the resource layer."
SwitchModule
administrativeStateSwitchPlaneA UNLOCKED
"The adm
inistrative state of switch plane A.It is not allowed to lock both switch plane
A and B.When setting the administrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, a notification th

at the state has been changed to LOCKED is sent towards the operator. There is h
owever no guarantee that this operation has been successful due to limitations i
n the resource layer."
SwitchModule
administrativeStateSwitchPlaneB UNLOCKED
"The adm
inistrative state of switch plane B.It is not allowed to lock both switch plane
A and B.When setting the administrativeState to SHUTTING_DOWN, a notification th
at the state has been changed to LOCKED is sent towards the operator. There is h
owever no guarantee that this operation has been successful due to limitations i
n the resource layer."
SwitchModule
availabilityStatus
The availability status.
It contains details about operationalState.
SwitchModule
availabilityStatusSwitchPlaneA
The availability
status of the Switch Plane A.It contains details about operationalState.
Swit